Close
About
FAQ
Home
Collections
Login
USC Login
Register
0
Selected
Invert selection
Deselect all
Deselect all
Click here to refresh results
Click here to refresh results
USC
/
Digital Library
/
University of Southern California Dissertations and Theses
/
A Historical Study Of Speech Education At The University Of Southern California (1880 Through 1950)
(USC Thesis Other)
A Historical Study Of Speech Education At The University Of Southern California (1880 Through 1950)
PDF
Download
Share
Open document
Flip pages
Contact Us
Contact Us
Copy asset link
Request this asset
Transcript (if available)
Content
A HISTORICAL STUDY OF SPEECH EDUCATION AT THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA (1880 THROUGH 1950) by E a rl W ashington P rid d y A D is s e r t a tio n P re s e n te d to th e FACULTY OF THE GRADUATE SCHOOL UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA In P a r t i a l F u lf illm e n t o f th e R equirem ents f o r th e D egree DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Speech) Ju n e 1961 UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GRADUATE SC H O O L UNIVERSITY PARK LO S A NGELES 7. C A LIFOR N IA This dissertation, written by EarJ...Ma&hlng.t.P.n...f!r.lddx........ under the direction of h.XB~Dissertation C om mittee, and approved by all its members, has been presented to and accepted by the Graduate School, in partial fulfillment of requirements for the degree of D O C T O R O F P H I L O S O P H Y . . . .................... •J . Dean n Ju n o , 1961 D ate................................................................................ TATION COMMITTEE half man TABLE OF CONTENTS C h ap ter Page I . INTRODUCTION............................................................................. 1 The Problem D e f in itio n s o f Terms M ethodology and P ro ced u re Review o f L i t e r a t u r e I I . THE BEGINNINGS, 1880-1895 ................................................ 25 I I I . THE COLLEGE OF ORATORY, 1895-1920 ............................. 37 From 1895 to 1898 From 1898 to 1899 From 1899 to 1903 From 1903 to 1920 IV. SCHOOL OF SPEECH, 1920-1945 ............................................ 82 D evelopm ent o f th e School o f Speech F u rth e r D evelopm ents in th e School V. DEPARTM ENT OF SPEECH, 1945-1950 .................................. 137 O rg a n iz a tio n A d m in is tra to rs and F a c u lty New C ourses o f Study I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts VI. FORENSICS: FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS A N D TRENDS . . 146 I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D eb atin g , 1900-1920 I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D eb atin g , 1921-1950 P u b lic S peaking C o n te s ts V II. D RA M A : FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS A N D TRENDS . . . . 215 P ro d u c tio n s Some C u r r ic u la r D evelopm ents The A p o llia d The P o e try P lay h o u se ii C h a p ter Page V II I . SPEECH CORRECTION: DEVELOPMENT A N D TRENDS, 1925-1950 .................................................................................. 259 The E a rly B eg in n in g s The C lin ic B egins The C lin ic D evelops L a te r C l i n i c a l D evelopm ents IX. S U M M A R Y AN D CONCLUSIONS . ................................................ 284 BIBLIOGRAPHY......................................................................... 300 APPENDICES........................................................................................................316 A ppendix A, I n t e r v i e w s .......................................................................316 A ppendix B, Q u e s tio n n a ire s ........................................................ 426 A ppendix C, T ab le s o f F a c u lty and C ourses .................. 443 A ppendix D, G rad u ate S tu d ie s ................................................... 454 A ppendix E, R e c ita l S e le c tio n s .............................................. 479 A ppendix F, E x p e rim e n ta l One-Act P lay s 1945 to 1950 ............................................................. 495 A ppendix G, A P a r t i a l L is tin g o f R e p re s e n ta tiv e T ex ts and R efe ren ce Books o f th e P e r i o d s ............................................................................ 502 A ppendix H, SC D ebate T ournam ents, 1934-1950 . . . . 510 iii CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION The h i s t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a d a te s from 1880 when th e U n iv e rs ity was fou n d ed . T h is sp eech t r a i n i n g a p p a re n tly h as p la y ed an im p o rta n t r o le i n th e l i v e s o f th o u san d s o f i t s s tu d e n ts ; i t w i l l p ro b a b ly c o n tin u e to do so . I t was b e lie v e d t h a t a stu d y o f th e a v a ila b le re c o rd s and in fo rm a tio n on th e developm ent o f t h i s sp eech e d u c a tio n would h e lp in e v a lu a t in g th e p r e s e n t and g u id in g sp eech t r a i n i n g in th e f u tu r e . P r e s id e n t Rufus B. von K leinSm id s a id : ’’H is to ry s e rv e s n o t o n ly to enhance o u r a p p r e c ia tio n o f th e p r e s e n t, b u t a ls o to q u ic k en o u r judgm ent o f th e f u tu r e ." * The Problem S tate m e n t o f th e Problem The problem o f t h i s stu d y was to make a h i s t o r i c a l in v e s ti g a t i o n o f th e developm ent o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia from 1880 th ro u g h 1950. *Rufus B. von K leinSm id, C a rd in a l and Gold (Los A n g eles: U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a ,G e n e r a l Alumni A s s o c ia tio n , 1939), p . 3. 1 Though a h i s t o r y , by i t s v e ry n a tu r e , would be ex p e c te d to answ er a m yriad o f more s p e c i f i c q u e s tio n s , i t was b e lie v e d t h a t a h is t o r y such a s t h i s m ight be e x p e c te d to answ er such q u e s tio n s a s : 1. What prom pted th e e s ta b lis h m e n t o f sp eech ( e lo c u tio n ) tr a i n i n g a t th e tim e th e U n iv e rs ity was founded? 2. What w ere th e g u id in g p h ilo s o p h ie s and g o a ls a s th e y d ev elo p ed th ro u g h th e y e a rs ? 3. What changes in a d m in is tr a tiv e p o l i c i e s w ere found in sp eech e d u c a tio n a t SC from 1880 to 1950? 4 . In w hat r e s p e c ts d id e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t i e s g iv e o p p o rtu n ity f o r sp eech p a r t i c i p a t i o n and grow th? 5. What m ain developm ents w ere found in g ra d u a te sp eech work a t th e U n iv e r s ity up to 1950? 6. What c o n tr ib u tio n s in th e f i e l d o f sp eech ed u - c a tio n w ere made by th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia from 1880 th ro u g h 1950? 7. What tr e n d s and changes in sp eech e d u c a tio n found a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a w ere p a r t o f th e g e n e ra l n a t io n a l p ic tu r e ? L im ita tio n o f th e Problem Speech t r a i n i n g a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n ia began in 1880 when th e f i r s t c l a s s in e lo c u tio n was o f f e r e d a t th e v e ry b e g in n in g o f th e new u n i v e r s i t y 's l i f e . The w r i t e r a r b i t r a r i l y ch o se th e y e a r 1950 to co n clu d e th e stu d y as developm ents s in c e th e n in th e e s ta b lis h m e n t o f th e D iv is io n o f Com m unication w ere to o r e c e n t to p e rm it lo n g ran g e p e r s p e c tiv e and e v a lu a tio n . The stu d y ex clu d ed developm ents in cinem a and t e l e v i s i o n b e c au se th e s e d e p a r t m ents w ere n o t a d m in is tr a tiv e ly c o o rd in a te d w ith sp eech and drama a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia u n t i l 1945. R adio was in c lu d e d b ecau se c o u rs e s in t h a t a r e a w ere f o r many y e a rs ta u g h t by members o f th e sp eech f a c u l ty , and when a s e p a r a te d ep a rtm en t o f r a d io was form ed in 1946, i t was p la c e d in th e same a d m in is tr a tiv e d i v is io n a s sp eech . Im p o rtan ce o f th e Problem A h i s t o r i c a l stu d y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t th e U ni v e r s i t y o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia was th o u g h t to be s i g n i f i c a n t b ecau se (1 ) th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a was among th e e a r l i e s t to e s t a b l i s h a s e p a r a te C o lle g e o f O ra to ry ; (2) th ro u g h th e y e a rs 1895-1950 th e SC program in sp eech e d u c a tio n c o n s i s t e n t l y m a in ta in e d a p o s it io n o f n a t io n a l le a d e r s h ip ; and (3) p re lim in a ry in v e s ti g a t i o n su g g e ste d t h a t some o f th e d ev elo p m en ts in sp eech e d u c a tio n a t SC w ere t y p i c a l o f n a t i o n a l tr e n d s i n t h i s f i e l d . ^ I t seem ed, th e r e f o r e , t h a t su ch a stu d y m ig h t be v a lu a b le , n o t o n ly a s a re c o rd o f th e grow th o f a t r a i n i n g program in one im p o rta n t e d u c a tio n a l d i s c i p l i n e a t one le a d in g u n i v e r s i t y , b u t a ls o as a d e t a i l e d c a s e h i s t o r y i l l u s t r a t i v e o f m ajo r tr e n d s i n th e b ro a d e r h i s t o r i c a l p i c t u r e o f sp eech ed u ca t i o n in A m erica. D e f in itio n s o f Terms T erm inology in th e f i e l d i d e n t i f i e d in th e t i t l e o f t h i s d i s s e r t a t i o n a s "sp eec h " underw ent s e v e r a l changes d u rin g th e p e rio d co v e re d by th e s tu d y . F or exam ple, d u rin g th e l a t t e r y e a rs o f th e l a s t c e n tu ry " e lo c u tio n " was th e m ost p o p u la r te rm u sed to i n d ic a t e th e e n t i r e f i e l d f o r s tu d y . N ear th e tu r n o f th e c e n tu ry " o r a to r y " became th e p r e f e r r e d te rm . By a p p ro x im a te ly 1920 th e p r e f e r e n c e was becom ing " s p e e c h ." T hese and o th e r term s r e q u ir e d d e f i n i t i o n f o r th e p u rp o se s o f t h i s s tu d y . Some o f th e re a s o n s u n d e rly in g th e ch an g in g p o p u la r ity o f v a r io u s term s w i l l be e x p lo re d in l a t e r c h a p te r s o f t h i s r e p o r t. ^T hroughout th e stu d y th e a b b r e v ia tio n SC (U n iv er s i t y o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a ; was f r e q u e n tly em ployed f o r th e sak e o f b r e v i t y ; th e a b b r e v ia tio n J U M 3 (U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e ) r e f e r r e d to th e c l a s s e s w hich convened in down town Los A ngeles and w hich w ere moved to th e SC campus S eptem ber, 1939. 5 Speech The word "sp eech " i s a v e ry o ld word com ing from o u r A nglo Saxon a n c e s t o r s ' s o a e c . However, as a term to i n d i c a t e a f i e l d o f t r a i n i n g i n a modern e d u c a tio n a l sy stem , i t i s n o t f i f t y y e a rs o ld . T h is I s n o t m eant to im ply t h a t th e f i e l d o f t r a i n i n g i s a newcomer to e d u c a tio n ; re c o rd e d h i s t o r y shows t h a t i t was th e c o re o f th e c u rric u lu m in a n c ie n t G reece. In t h i s stu d y th e te rm "sp e ec h " and "sp e e c h tr a in i n g " r e f e r to th e v i s u a l, v o c a l, and v e r b a l a c t i v i t i e s o f o r a l com m unication a s ta u g h t in th e U n iv er s i t y o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a from i t s fo u n d in g . A gain, i t sh o u ld b e em phasized t h a t th e m odem te rm "sp e ec h " w i l l a t tim e s be u sed as a g e n e ra l term in c lu d in g a l l th e a c t i v i t i e s and c o u rs e s o f t h i s f i e l d o f t r a i n i n g f o r th e s e v e n ty y e a rs o f th e s tu d y . D epending on th e tim e and fa s h io n , some o f th e s e a c t i v i t i e s and c o u rs e s have b een la b e le d v a r io u s ly a s : d e c la m a tio n , o r a to r y , e lo c u tio n , d is p u t a ti o n , o r a l e x p re s s io n , re a d in g , p u b lic sp e a k in g , v o ic e and d i c t i o n , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f l i t e r a t u r e , p h o n e tic s , v o ic e s c ie n c e , sp eech c o r r e c tio n , and so on. T h is i s o n ly a p a r t i a l l i s t i n g , b u t i t s e rv e s to in d i c a t e th e a r e a o r th e f i e l d o f stu d y in c lu d e d u n d er Speech. Drama and r a d io a r e sp eech a c t i v i t i e s t h a t a t tim es w ere in c lu d e d as p a r t o f th e sp eech t r a i n i n g a t SC and so have been in c lu d e d in th e s tu d y . Cinema and t e l e v i s i o n a ls o u t i l i z e sp eech 6 a s a b a s ic p a r t o f t h e i r a c t i v i t i e s , b u t s in c e th e y w ere n e v e r d i r e c t l y u n d er th e g u id an ce o r c o n t r o l o f th e ” Speech D epartm ent" th e y have n o t been in c lu d e d i n t h i s s tu d y . E lo c u tio n The term " e lo c u tio n ," g e n e r a lly b e lie v e d to have ap p eared f i r s t in E ngland around th e b e g in n in g o f th e n in e te e n th c e n tu ry , in i t s "m odern day" se n se was s t i l l in vogue in A m erica when SC was e s ta b lis h e d in 1880. A c l a s s i n e lo c u tio n was o f fe re d when th e d o o rs o f th e i n s t i t u t i o n w ere opened in th e f a l l o f t h a t y e a r. E lo c u tio n had i t s background in th e G reek word £ \o J C v T < o $ (w hich r e f e r r e d to s t y l e ) as p a r t o f th e G reek 6 i a )v£K T o £ ; l a t e r , L a tin term s e lo c u tio ( a ls o r e f e r r i n g to w ording, o r s t y l e o f a d is c o u rs e ) and p r o n u n tia tio o r a c t i o ( d e s ig n a tin g d e liv e r y ) came in to u s e . The B r i t i s h u sed th e te rm " e lo c u tio n " to r e f e r to p ro n u n c ia tio n arid a c tio n and t h a t w hich we have come to d e s ig n a te a s d e liv e r y . L a te r on, th e word " e lo c u tio n " came to mean em phasis on e x t e r n a l g ra c e s o f d e liv e r y ( e s p e c ia lly o f v o ic e and g e s tu r e ) a t th e ex p en se o f th e th o u g h t c o n te n t. O ra to ry The term " o ra to ry " a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia from 1880 to around 1920 was g e n e r a lly u sed ^W ilbur Samuel H ow ell, "S o u rc es o f th e E lo c u tio n a ry Movement in E ngland: 1 700-1748," The Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech. XLV (F e b ru a ry , 1959), 1. i to in d ic a t e m em orized, o r i g i n a l c o m p o sitio n s w hich w ere d eclaim ed o r r e c i t e d . The s t y l e ten d ed to th e flo w e ry and fo rm a l, and th e d e liv e r y was in flu e n c e d by th e more showy te c h n iq u e s w hich w ere th e fa s h io n o f th e tim e s . D eclam ation B eing a ty p e o f sp e a k in g u n d er th e b ro a d e r c l a s s i f i c a t i o n known as o r a to r y , "d e c la m a tio n " in t h i s stu d y had to do w ith th o s e fo rm al m em orized sp eech es o r r e c i t a t i o n s som etim es w r i tte n by th e s tu d e n t h im s e lf. D eclam atio n s w ere a ls o c a lle d c o m p o sitio n s, and w ere re q u ir e d o f th e s tu d e n t to g iv e p r a c t i c e in d e liv e r y , f o r l i t e r a r y d e v e lo p m ent, and when he w ro te them h im s e lf, to en co u rag e th o u g h t o r g a n iz a tio n . They w ere o f te n a s s ig n e d to commemorate a s p e c ia l o c c a sio n o r to p ic o f th e day o r to expound some th e o ry . These "sp e e c h e s" were r e g u la r a ssig n m e n ts in o r a to r y c la s s e s as w e ll as in c l a s s e s o f E n g lis h . The more e x c e ll e n t sp e a k e rs w ere allo w ed to a p p e a r on s p e c ia l e x h ib itio n s , b u t f o r commencement program s, sp e a k e rs w ere ch o sen on th e b a s is o f s c h o la s t ic a v e ra g e s . The l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s o f fe re d f re q u e n t o p p o r tu n itie s f o r th e r e n d i ti o n o f d e c la m a tio n s a t t h e i r r e g u la r s e s s io n s and a t s p e c ia l program s a s w e ll, when th e p u b lic was i n v it e d . Though by no means o b s o le te to d a y , d e c la m a tio n had i t s g r e a t e s t p o p u la r ity d u rin g th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry p e rio d (1895-1920) on th ro u g h th e 1920’ s . F o re n s ic s The te rm " f o r e n s ic s " in t h i s stu d y was u sed to r e f e r to a l l ty p e s o f p u b lic sp e ak in g c o n te s t a c t i v i t i e s i n c lu d in g o r a to r y , d e c la m a tio n , and d e b a te . The te rm i s n o t r e s t r i c t e d to l e g a l a c t i v i t i e s n o r to a rg u m e n ta tio n a lo n e .^ M ethodology and P ro c ed u re Method The h i s t o r i c a l m ethod seemed a p p r o p r ia te s in c e t h i s stu d y was co n cern ed w ith th e h i s t o r y and developm ent o f th e v a r io u s a re a s o f sp eech t r a i n i n g a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia from 1880 th ro u g h 1950. As s t a t e d by D ic k e n s: H i s t o r i c a l m ethod i s a r e s e a r c h p la n t h a t u n d e rta k e s to d e s c r ib e r e l a t i o n s h i p s among p a s t e v e n ts o c c u rrin g d u rin g a g iv e n p e rio d o f tim e , by means o f c o n t r o ll e d o b s e rv a tio n o f th e re c o rd s o f p a s t observers.5 Good d e f in e s h i s t o r i c a l r e s e a r c h " a s an in te g r a te d n a r r a t i v e o r d e s c r ip tio n o f p a s t e v e n ts o r f a c t s , w r i tte n in th e s p i r i t o f c r i t i c a l in q u ir y , to f in d th e w hole t r u t h and r e p o r t it."* * Thus th e h i s t o r i c a l m ethod was cho sen as ^"The term f o r e n s ic s i s g e n e r a lly a p p lie d to th e c o u r ts o f j u s t i c e as a word o f d e s c r ip tio n d e riv e d from th e Roman forum w here t r i a l s o f law f r e q u e n tly to o k p la c e ," Max R adln, Law D ic tio n a ry , e d . Law rence G. G reene (New York: Oceana P u b lic a tio n s , 1955), p . 133. ^M ilto n D ickens, m im eographed m a te r ia l s f o r c l a s s room u s e . ^ C a rte r V ic to r Good, I n tr o d u c tio n to E d u c a tio n a l R esearch (New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , I n c . , 195 9 ), p . 115. i t in v o lv e s (1) c o l l e c t i o n o f d a ta , w ith c o n s id e r a tio n o f docum ents o f p rim ary and se co n d ary s o u rc e s , b ib lio g ra p h y , and o r g a n iz a tio n o f m a te r ia l s ; (2) c r i t i c i s m o f f in d in g s ; and (3 ) th e p r e s e n ta ti o n o f th e f a c t s in re a d a b le fo rm .7 P ro ced u re When th e r e s e a r c h f o r t h i s stu d y was b e in g p la n n e d , an a tte m p t was made to u t i l i z e a l l p o s s ib le s o u rc e s w hich seemed to have any b e a rin g on th e h i s t o r y o f sp eech ed u ca t i o n a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a from 1880 th ro u g h 1950. D ata w ere o b ta in e d from p e rs o n a l in te rv ie w s , q u e s tio n n a ir e s , and docum ents. The g a th e r in g o f th e s e d a ta was done o v e r a p e rio d o f tw en ty m onths. 1. P e rs o n a l in te rv ie w s co m p rised an im p o rta n t p a r t o f th e s e a rc h f o r in fo rm a tio n . Twenty in te rv ie w s w ere o b ta in e d from a c tiv e and r e t i r e d i n s t r u c t o r s o f th e School o f Speech, fo rm er g ra d u a te s , and a d m in is tr a to r s . A ta p e r e c o r d e r was u sed f o r th e s e in te rv ie w s e x c e p t in two in s ta n c e s w here i t s u se was n o t f e a s i b l e . An a v e ra g e tim e o f one h o u r was ta k e n f o r each in te rv ie w . In some in s ta n c e s a d d i tio n a l in te rv ie w s w ere n e c e s s a ry to o b ta in f u r t h e r in fo rm a tio n . 2. Q u e s tio n n a ire s w ere s e n t to th o s e p e o p le w here p e r s o n a l in te rv ie w s w ere n o t p o s s ib le b ec au se o f d is t a n c e . 7I b i d . . p . 122. 10 The q u e s tio n s w ere b a s i c a l l y th e same f o r th e q u e s tio n n a i r e s as f o r th e In te rv ie w s . They n e c e s s a r ily d i f f e r e d from p e rso n to p e rso n b ecau se o f: (1) th e p e rio d In w hich th e p e rso n was co n n e cte d w ith th e SC School o f Speech; (2) th e s u b je c ts ta u g h t; (3) th e n a tu r e o f th e I n d i v i d u a l 's c o n n e c tio n w ith th e S ch o o l; and (A) th e p a r t i c u l a r i n fo rm a tio n needed w hich o n ly t h a t p e rso n was a b le to g iv e . The r e s u l t s o f th e s e in te rv ie w s and q u e s tio n n a ir e s (s e e A ppendix A) w ere q u o ted v e rb a tim e x c e p t f o r n e e d le s s r e p e t i t i o n s and e x tra n e o u s comments. 3. A C ontura p h o to s ta t m achine was used to ta k e d a ta from th e fo llo w in g w r itte n s o u rc e s : th e M inutes o f th e Board o f T ru s te e s o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia ; th e U n iv e r s ity C a ta lo g u e s; v a rio u s U n iv e rs ity p am p h lets and b u l l e t i n s , th e U n iv e rs ity jo u r n a ls , Y ear Books, p e r io d ic a ls and n ew sp ap ers; books, l e t t e r s , te le g ra m s , c lip p in g s , sc ra p b o o k s, and program s; and i n t e r - l i b r a r y lo a n s o f th e s e s and d i s s e r t a t i o n s . A. In a d d itio n to d a ta o b ta in e d from in te rv ie w s , q u e s tio n n a ir e s , and docum entary s o u rc e s , in fo rm a tio n was a ls o o b ta in e d from u n re co rd ed c o n v e rs a tio n s and from con v e r s a tio n s by te le p h o n e w ith th o s e a c q u a in te d w ith sp eech e d u c a tio n a t SC. Most o f th e d a ta from w r i tte n so u rc e s w ere n e c e s s a r i l y c o l le c te d a t SC. A ccess to th e o r i g i n a l M inutes 11 o f th e U n iv e rs ity Board o f T ru s te e s was g ra n te d . A lso , th e U n iv e rs ity C a talo g u es and th e U n iv e rs ity p u b lic a tio n s w ere s tu d ie d (se e B ib lio g ra p h y f o r th e co m p lete l i s t ) . A ll th e c o p ie s o f th e s tu d e n t new spaper, The D aily T ro ia n , w ere checked from i t s f i r s t e d i t i o n in 1912 th ro u g h 1950. T hree h i s t o r i c a l th e s e s w ere re a d p lu s c e r t a i n s tu d e n t r e s e a r c h r e p o r ts and m is c e lla n e o u s unbound m a te r ia ls on f i l e in SC 's Doheny L ib ra ry . O th er m a te r ia ls on sp eech w ere found in p e rs o n a l n o te s and scrap b o o k s lo an ed by th e Speech f a c u l t y members, The Los A ngeles T im es. Los A ngeles E xam iner. The Speech T e a c h e r, Speech M onographs. W estern S peech. The S o u th ern J o u rn a l o f Speech, and The Q u a rte rly J o u rn a l o f Speech. O th er l i b r a r i e s w hich had p e r tin e n t in fo rm a tio n w ere th e U n iv e rs ity o f W ashington, S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity , and S o u th ern Oregon C o lleg e o f E d u c a tio n , as w e ll a s th e c i t y l i b r a r i e s o f Spokane, S e a t t l e , San F ra n c is c o , and Los A n g eles. A lso i n t e r - l i b r a r y lo a n s o f p e r t i n e n t th e s e s and d i s s e r t a t i o n s were o b ta in e d from New York U n iv e rs ity , U n iv e rs ity o f W isconsin, M arq u ette U n iv e rs ity , Iowa S ta te U n iv e rs ity , Colum bia U n iv e rs ity , and N o rth w estern U n iv er s i t y . P lan o f th e Study The stu d y was p lan n ed to p r e s e n t as co m p lete an ac c o u n t o f th e developm ent o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t SC 12 as th e a v a ila b le m a te r ia l a llo w e d . The c h a p te r s w ere o rg a n iz e d (1) to g iv e an o v e r - a l l c h ro n o lo g ic a l p i c t u r e o f sp eech t r a i n i n g o v e r a s e v e n ty -y e a r p e rio d , and (2) to add f u r t h e r In fo rm a tio n on developm ents o f s p e c i f i c a r e a s o f sp e ec h . F o llo w in g I s a b r i e f o u tli n e o f th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e rem ain d er o f th e stu d y : The re m ain in g d iv is io n o f C h a p ter I in c lu d e s a rev iew o f l i t e r a t u r e r e l a t e d to th e s u b je c t. C h ap ter I I , The B eg in n in g s, s t a r t s th e c h r o n o lo g ic a l developm ent t h a t goes on th ro u g h C h ap ter V. I t d e s c r ib e s th e c o u rs e s in e lo c u tio n , th e f a c u l ty , th e l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s , o r g a n iz a t i o n o f t h e D r a t o r i c a l A s s o c ia tio n , d e b a tin g , and th e e lo c u tio n r e c i t a l s a t th e U n iv e rs ity from 1880 to 1895. C h a p ter I I I , The C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , tr a c e s th e developm ent o f th e C o lleg e th ro u g h i t s f iv e a d m in is tr a to r s ( W illis , B a s s e tt, R o b e rts, W rig h t, and Y oder) from i t s o r g a n iz a tio n in 1895 to i t s becom ing th e School o f Speech in 1920. C h ap ter IV, School o f Speech, d e s c r ib e s th e renam ing o f th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry , th e f a c u l ty , th e c u rric u lu m , th e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c o r g a n iz a tio n s o f th e S chool, and th e f u r t h e r developm ents from 1920 to 1945. C h ap ter V, D epartm ent o f Speech, rev iew s developm ents from 1945 th ro u g h 1950 a s to o r g a n iz a tio n , s e p a r a tio n o f drama and ra d io from th e Speech D epartm ent, d i r e c t o r s and f a c u lty , new c o u rs e s , and th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts . C h ap ter VI, F o re n s ic s : F u rth e r D evelopm ents and T ren d s, b e g in s a s e r i e s o f c h a p te r s t h a t p r e s e n t more d e t a i l e d In fo rm a tio n on th e m a jo r s u b je c t- m a tte r a r e a s . C h a p te r VI c o n ta in s In fo rm a tio n on d e b a tin g In th e U n iv e r s ity , tr e n d s In d e b a tin g , n a t io n a l d e b a te s , I n t e r n a t i o n a l d e b a te s , and o th e r p u b lic sp e a k in g d e v e lo p m ents a t SC from 1908 to 1950. C h ap ter V II, Drama: F u rth e r D evelopm ents and T ren d s, c o v e rs p ro d u c tio n s , d i r e c t o r s , t h e a t e r s , c u r r i c u l a r d ev elo p m en ts, th e A p o llla d , and th e P o e try P lay h o u se. C h ap ter V III, Speech C o rre c tio n : D evelopm ent and T ren d s, 1925 th ro u g h 1950, p r e s e n ts a d is c u s s io n o f th e develo p m en ts in sp eech c o r r e c tio n . C h ap ter IX p r e s e n ts th e Summary and C o n c lu sio n s. F or th e f i r s t p a r t o f th e stu d y , C h a p ter I I th ro u g h C h ap ter V, th e p la n o f developm ent p ro g re s s e d in ch ro n o l o g ic a l seq u en ce. In th e s e c h a p te rs th e aim was to p r e s e n t a y e a r-b y -y e a r acco u n t o f th e h i s t o r y o f sp eech t r a i n i n g a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . In c lu d e d w ere such m ajo r f a c t o r s a s f a c u l ty , c o u rs e s , c u r r i c u l a , speech a c t i v i t i e s , changes in a d m in is tr a tio n , and th e g r a n tin g o f th e B a c h e lo r's , M a s te r 's , and D o c to r 's d e g re e s . The second h a l f o f th e s tu d y , C h a p ters VI th ro u g h V III, p re s e n te d f u r t h e r develo p m en ts in s p e c ia l a r e a s o f sp eech t r a i n i n g . W ith th e com ing o f Ray K e e sla r Immel to SC in 1924, th e School o f Speech d ev elo p ed in to w e ll-d e fin e d s u b je c t a r e a s ; th e r e f o r e C h ap ters VI, V II, and V III have been added to g iv e s p e c i f i c tre a tm e n t o f th e s e a r e a s . 14 In a d d itio n to th e n in e c h a p te r s , th e stu d y In c lu d e d th e fo llo w in g : (1) B ib lio g ra p h y ; and (2) an A ppendix co n t a i n in g (a ) c o p ie s o f p e rs o n a l in te r v ie w s , (b) c o p ie s o f q u e s tio n n a ir e s and r e p l i e s , (c) ta b le s show ing f a c u l ty members and c o u rs e s ta u g h t, (d) G rad u ate Study l i s t i n g s w hich in c lu d e d M.A. and Fh.D. d e g re e s in Speech g ra n te d by SC from 1924 th ro u g h 1950, (e ) r e c i t a l s e l e c t i o n s , ( f ) o n e -a c t p la y s g iv e n by th e Drama D epartm ent f ijm 1945 th ro u g h 1950, (g) m ajo r t e x t s o f th e p e r io d s , and (h) SC D ebate T ournam ents, 1934-50. Review o f L i t e r a tu r e I n t e r e s t in th e h is t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n has been in c r e a s in g g r e a t l y in r e c e n t y e a r s . D e s c rib in g th e aim s o f th e Com m ittee in th e H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n in 1947, and en c o u ra g in g f u r t h e r r e s e a r c h in t h i s a r e a , G ile s W ilkeson G ray, C hairm an, had t h i s to say : A lthough th e scope o f th e C o m m ittee's a c t i v i t i e s i s u lti m a t e ly to in c lu d e th e e n t i r e ra n g e o f th e h i s t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n , i t s p r e s e n t e f f o r t s a r e c o n c e n tra te d in A m erica; w ith in th e l i m i t s o f o u r own c o u n try i s enough m a te r ia l to occupy o u r a t t e n t i o n f o r some tim e to com e.° However, th e number o f such s tu d ie s has been r e l a t i v e l y s m a ll, and th e y have te n d e d to be (1) in tr o d u c to r y s u rv e y s, O G ile s W ilkeson G ray, "R ese arch i n th e H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n ," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech, X X X V (A p ril, 1949), 121. 15 o r (2 ) g e n e ra l s tu d ie s o f sp eech e d u c a tio n in a s in g le i n s t i t u t i o n . T hese h i s t o r i c a l s tu d ie s have g e n e r a lly se rv e d th e conmon p u rp o se o f p e r p e tu a tin g o u r sp eech h e r ita g e , and o f e n c o u ra g in g f u r t h e r r e s e a r c h and p u b lic a t i o n in t h i s f i e l d . The s tu d ie s done on A m erican sp eech h i s t o r y p e r t in e n t to th e w r i t e r 's stu d y w ere grouped and d e s c rib e d as fo llo w s : I n tro d u c to r y Survey S tu d ie s H aro ld M . J o r d a n 's " R h e to r ic a l E d u ca tio n in A m erican C o lle g e s and U n i v e r s i t ie s ," w hich c o l le c te d d a ta on r h e t o r i c a l e x e r c is e s (1850-1915) was g a th e re d from f a c u l t i e s , c a ta lo g u e s , commencement sp e a k in g , and re c o rd s o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g and i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r a to r y . These " e x e r c i s e s ," w hich w ere a c t u a l l y e q u iv a le n t to c o u rs e s , w ere c a r e f u l l y tr a c e d th ro u g h th e s i x t y - f i v e y e a r p e rio d , and t h e i r in f lu e n c e in th e developm ent o f speech d e p a r t m ents th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try was p o in te d out.^ A nthony F. B la n k s' "An In tro d u c to r y Study in th e H is to ry o f th e T each in g o f P u b lic S peaking in th e U n ited S ta te s " was a su rv ey o f w hat had been acco m p lish ed in th e y e a rs 1636 to 1927. The d i s s e r t a t i o n was tw o -fo ld in i t s p u rp o se . I t tr a c e d (1) a w e ll d e fin e d unbroken t r a d i t i o n ^H arold M. Jo rd a n , " R h e to r ic a l E d u ca tio n in A m erican C o lle g e s and U n iv e r s itie s " (u n p u b lish e d D o c to ra l d i s s e r t a t i o n , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , E v an sto n , 1952). 16 o f sp eech e d u c a tio n o f G reek and E n g lis h o r ig in on th ro u g h C o lo n ia l d ay s to 1927, and (2) th e ty p e o f i n s t r u c t i o n b e in g done. Of b i b li o g r a p h ic a l i n t e r e s t to th e w r ite r * s stu d y was an e x h a u s tiv e l i s t i n g o f t e x t s u sed th ro u g h o u t th e y e a rs th e su rv e y c o v e re d . The m ajo r sc h o o ls d is c u s s e d w ere th o s e on th e E a s t C o a s t . ^ C h a rle s Andrew F r i t z 's "The C o n ten t o f th e T each in g o f Speech in A m erican C o lle g e s b e fo re 1850" was co n cern ed w ith two p ro b lem s. They w ere (1) to d is c o v e r th e ty p e o f t r a i n i n g and i t s te a c h in g c o n te n t in th e e a r ly c o lle g e s , and (2) to show th e r e l a t i o n o f p r e s e n t sp eech te a c h in g to th e e a r ly p e r io d . The tr e a tm e n t, l i k e Blanks* s tu d y , was a b ro ad su rv ey o f th e f i e l d ; i t d e a l t w ith c o lle g e s b e fo re 1850, b u t F r i t z p o in te d o u t s i m i l a r i t i e s o f e a r l i e r to l a t e r sp eech d ev elo p m en ts in A m erican c o lle g e s . These s i m i l a r i t i e s p r i n c i p a l l y w ere (1) th e h ig h esteem in w hich t r a i n i n g in p u b lic sp e a k in g was h e ld in th e e a r ly c o lle g e s , (2) th e dependence upon th e a n c ie n t r h e to r ic i a n s f o r th e th e o ry o f sp eech c o m p o sitio n , and (3) th e need o f a g re e m ent a s to a body o f e le m e n ta ry p r i n c ip l e s w hich s h a l l be re c o g n iz e d as form ing th e c o n te n t o f th e b e g in n in g c o u r s e .H l^A nthony F. B lan k s, "An I n tro d u c to r y Study in th e H is to ry o f th e T each in g o f P u b lic S peaking in th e U n ited S ta te s , 1636-1927" (u n p u b lish e d D o c to ra l d i s s e r t a t i o n , S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity , 1927). ^ C h a r l e s Andrew F r i t z , "The C o n ten t o f th e T eaching o f Speech in A m erican C o lle g e s b e fo re 1850" (u n p u b lish e d D o c to ra l d i s s e r t a t i o n , New York U n iv e r s ity , 1928), pp. 121- 27. 17 F r i t z 's e x a m in a tio n o f e a r ly e d u c a tio n a l docum ents o f Y ale, H arv ard , C o rn e ll, and o th e r s would b e o f i n t e r e s t e s p e c i a l l y to s tu d e n ts o f th e h i s t o r y o f t h a t p e rio d . Thomas E. C o u lto n 's "T ren d s in Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erican C o lle g e s" co v ered f o r t y - e i g h t s t a t e s p lu s th e D i s t r i c t o f Colum bia, from w hich he to o k a r e p r e s e n ta tiv e sam pling o f 118 c o lle g e c a ta lo g u e s f o r th e p e rio d 1835- 1935. H is f in d in g s , in b r i e f , showed t h a t " th e r e h as been . . . a l i v i n g n u c le u s o f c o n te n t and p ro c e d u re , r a t h e r th a n a co m p lete o v e rth ro w o f o ld and an a d o p tio n o f new c o n te n t and m e t h o d s , w i t h a d ju stm e n ts b u t n o t a b ru p t c h a n g es. C o u lto n 's stu d y i s r e l a t e d to th e p r e s e n t stu d y in t h a t i t showed tr e n d s from th e e a r ly e lo c u tio n a r y move m ent to th e p r e s e n t day s c i e n t i f i c and p s y c h o lo g ic a l d ev elo p m en ts. S tu d ie s o f C o lle g e s and U n iv e r s itie s H e rb e rt E dgar R a h e 's "The H is to ry o f Speech i n Ten In d ia n a C o lle g e s , 1 820-1938," showed t h a t th e s e c o lle g e s h e ld p r i n c i p a l l y to th e p a t t e r n s , o r c o u rs e s o f stu d y , s e t by e a s te r n i n s t i t u t i o n s . The c o u rs e s o f stu d y found in th e te n In d ia n a c o lle g e s c o n s is te d o f re a d in g , sp eech c o r r e c t io n , p u b lic sp e a k in g , and d ra m a tic s , p lu s th e ^T hom as g . C o u lto n , "T ren d s in Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erican C o lle g e s , 1835-1935" (u n p u b lish e d D o c to ra l d i s s e r t a t i o n , New York U n iv e r s ity , 1935), p . 139. 18 e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r work In th e l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s w here d e b a te was a m ajo r a c t i v i t y . ^ The w r i t e r found p a r a l l e l s h e re w ith h i s stu d y in (1) th e e a r ly p re v a le n c e o f r e l i g i o u s in f lu e n c e in sp eech t r a i n i n g , and (2) th e s i m i l a r i t y found i n th e c o u rs e s o f stu d y (re a d in g , sp eech c o r r e c t io n , p u b lic sp e a k in g , and d ra m a tic s ) w hich p red o m in ated th ro u g h o u t th e s p e c if ie d In d ia n a s c h o o ls . H orace Rodman J o n e s ' "The D evelopm ent and P re s e n t S ta tu s o f B eginning Speech C ourses in th e C o lle g e s and U n iv e r s itie s in th e U n ited S ta te s " was a su rv ey o f 318 i n s t i t u t i o n s , d e s c r ib in g c o u rs e s , aim s, f u n c tio n s , and s tu d e n ts ' a t t i t u d e s . The stu d y in d ic a te d tr e n d s tow ard sp eech c u r r i c u l a whose aim s w ere b a s i c a l l y " n o t to make s k i l l e d p e rfo rm e rs b u t to d ev e lo p w e ll-ro u n d e d p e r s o n a l i t i e s . " 14 C a rl A rth u r D a l l i n g e r 's " H is to ry o f Speech T ra in in g a t W illiam J e w e ll C o lleg e and P ark C o lle g e , 1850 to 1940," gave a m in u te ly d e t a i l e d h i s t o r i c a l tre a tm e n t o f th e s e n e ig h b o rin g M isso u ri c o lle g e s . H is p u rp o se was to p r e s e n t ^ H e r b e r t Edgar Rahe, "The H is to ry o f Speech in Ten In d ia n a C o lle g e s, 1820-1938" (u n p u b lish e d D o c to ra l d i s s e r t a t i o n , U n iv e rs ity o f W isco n sin , 1 9 3 9 ). 14H orace Rodman Jo n e s, "The D evelopm ent and P re s e n t S ta tu s o f B eg in n in g Speech C ourses in th e C o lle g e s and U n iv e r s itie s in th e U n ited S t a t e s ," Speech M onographs. XX (A ugust, 1958), 201-203. A b s tr a c t o f T heses in Speech, e d ite d by Clyde Dow, M ichigan S ta te C o lle g e , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , 1952. 19 a com prehensive p i c t u r e o f th e o p p o r tu n itie s w hich s tu d e n ts had to d ev e lo p t h e i r sp e a k in g a b i l i t i e s In th e two Mid w e s te rn l i b e r a l a r t s c o lle g e s . H elen P. R o a ch 's p u b lis h e d D o c to ra l d i s s e r t a t i o n e n t i t l e d H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n a t Colum bia C o lle g e was a s p e c if i c tre a tm e n t o f sp eech h i s t o r y In a s in g le I n s t i t u t i o n In c h ro n o lo g ic a l p r e s e n ta tio n , a rra n g e d In f iv e p e rio d s from 1754 to 1940. She tr a c e d th e h i s t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t Colum bia, show ing th e developm ent o f sp e a k in g , re a d in g , d ra m a tic s , and sp eech c o r r e c t io n . R o a ch 's was th e o n ly d o c to r a l stu d y found o f a " s i n g le i n s t i t u t i o n " ty p e and was h e lp f u l to th e w r i t e r b ec au se i t showed p a r a l l e l s in th e fu n c tio n in g o f sp eech i n s t r u c t i o n in a s in g le sc h o o l and c o u rs e s c r e a te d and ta u g h t by a sm a ll f a c u l ty g ro u p . M asters* T heses in Speech E d u ca tio n A number o f M a s te rs ' th e s e s have been w r i tte n on h i s t o r i c a l a s p e c ts o f sp eech e d u c a tio n in th e U n ited S ta te s . Those t h a t had s p e c ia l i n t e r e s t f o r th e w r i t e r w ere: (1) Lowery LeRoy C o w p e rth w a ite 's "A H is to ry o f *-*Carl A rth u r D a llin g e r , " H is to ry o f Speech T ra in in g a t W illiam J e w e ll C o lle g e and P ark C o lle g e , 1850-1940” (u n p u b lish e d D o c to ra l d i s s e r t a t i o n , U n iv e rs ity o f Iowa, 1952). ^ H e le n P. Roach, H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n a t Colum bia C o lle g e . 1754-1956. p u b lis h e d D o c to ra l d i s s e r t a t i o n (New York: Colum bia U n iv e r s ity , 1950). 20 o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e F o re n s ic s a t th e S ta te U n iv e rs ity o f Iowa from 1874 to 1946" w hich was a r e s t r i c t e d stu d y o f tr e n d s in f o r e n s ic s on t h a t u n i v e r s i t y 's cam pus. Cowper- th w a ite , in h i s c o n c lu s io n s , s tr e s s e d th e d e b t due th e l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s f o r p r e s e n t day sp e ech developm ent in f o r e n s i c s . (2) A lic e M oe's "The Changing A sp ects o f Speech E d u ca tio n in th e U nited S ta te s from 1636 to 1936" was a broad su rv e y ty p e o f in v e s t ig a t i o n o v e r a lo n g p e rio d o f sp eech grow th. F in d in g s p e r t i n e n t to t h i s stu d y w ere: D uring th e R e v o lu tio n a ry p e rio d th e i n t e r e s t in p u b lic sp e a k in g was f o s te r e d by th e grow th and developm ent o f l i t e r a r y and d e b a te s o c i e t i e s . Form alism and a r t i f i c i a l i t y w ere th e k e y n o tes o f sp eech t r a i n i n g system s o f f e r e d d u rin g th e 1880's.*-® (3) Leroy T. L a s s e 's "The H is to ry o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e O ra to ry in th e U n ited S ta te s " gave u s e f u l f o r e n s ic in fo rm a tio n o f th e E a st and M iddle West b e fo re 1 9 3 0 .19 *-^Lowery LeRoy C ow perthw aite, "A H is to ry o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e F o re n s ic s , Iowa S ta te U n iv e r s ity , 1874-1946" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , Iowa S ta te U n iv e rs ity , Iowa C ity , 1946). *-®Alice Moe, "The Changing A sp ec ts i n Speech Educa tio n " (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , M a rq u e tte U n iv e rs ity , M ilw aukee, 1937), pp. 48, 123. l^L ero y T. L asse , "The H is to ry o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e O ra to ry in th e U n ited S ta te s " (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , E v an sto n , I l l i n o i s , 1929). 21 H is t o r i c a l T heses o f SC T hree M asters* th e s e s c o n ta in e d u s e f u l In fo rm a tio n on v a rio u s a s p e c ts o f SC 's h i s t o r y . These th e s e s w ere (1 ) L e s lie F. G ay 's " H is to ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia from 1880 to 1910"; (2) Samuel Eugene G a te s ' "A H is to ry o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n i a , 1900 to 1928"; and (3) G ile s F re d e ric k R o b in so n 's "An H i s t o r i c a l Study o f D ram atic A c t i v i t i e s o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , 1880-1957."^® G ay 's and G a te s ' s tu d i e s gave th e g e n e ra l background o f th e U n iv e r s ity , i t s fo u n d in g , lo c a tio n , and b a s ic d ev elo p m en ts. R o b in so n 's h i s t o r i c a l o u tli n e o f d ra m a tic a c t i v i t i e s a t SC b r i e f l y o u tlin e d d a ta on th e Drama D epartm ent and a ls o tr a c e d dram a d ev elo p m en ts th ro u g h th e y e a rs b e fo re th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e D epartm ent o f Speech in 1945. P u b lic a tio n s T here w ere th r e e books w hich th e w r i t e r found h e lp f u l and o fte n p a r t i c u l a r l y p e r t i n e n t to th e p r e s e n t s tu d y . T hese w ere: (1) D isc u ssio n and D e b a te , by A lan N ic h o ls , w hich gave much in fo rm a tio n o f h i s t o r i c a l v a lu e n o t o n ly ^ L e s l i e F. Gay, " H is to ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , 1880-1910" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , 1910); Samuel Eugene G a te s, "A H is to ry o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , 1900-1928" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , 1929); G ile s F re d e r ic k R obinson, "An H is to r i c a l Study o f D ram atic A c t i v i t i e s a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , 1880-1957" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , 1957). 22 on d is c u s s io n and d e b a te , b u t on l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s and p u b lic sp e ak in g g e n e r a lly ; (2) A H is to ry and C r itic is m o f A m erican P u b lic A d d re ss, e d ite d by W illiam Norwood B rig a n ce, w hich se rv e d t h i s stu d y as u s e f u l so u rc e m a te r ia l on p u b lic sp e a k in g a c t i v i t i e s and to p ic s by tw e n ty -e ig h t i n f l u e n t i a l A m erican sp e a k e rs o f h ig h com petence from th e C o lo n ia l P e rio d th ro u g h th e F i r s t W orld W a r--a re a s co v e re d b e in g law , s t a t e c r a f t , and e d u c a tio n - - a s re p o r te d in two volum es by fo rty - o n e o u ts ta n d in g sp eech a u t h o r i t i e s o f th e U n ited S ta te s ; and (3) H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n , e d ite d by K arl R ich ard W allace, w hich d e s c rib e d A m erican sp eech e d u c a tio n from C o lo n ia l tim es to ab o u t 1925, c o v e rin g sp eech c o r r e c tio n and p a th o lo g y , o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , ed u c a t i o n a l d ra m a tic s , and th e a r t o f mass c o m m u n ic atio n --b u t n o t in c lu d in g r a d io and t e l e v i s i o n . E s p e c ia lly r e le v a n t to th e p r e s e n t stu d y w ere th e d e t a i l e d d e s c r ip tio n s o f th e fo llo w in g f iv e m ajo r p r iv a te s c h o o ls o f sp eech on th e E a st C oast and in th e M iddle W est: The N a tio n a l School o f E lo cu t i o n and O ra to ry , P h ila d e lp h ia ; The Emerson C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , B oston; C u rry 's School o f E x p re ssio n , B oston; The L eland Powers School o f th e Spoken Word, B oston; and The Colum bia School o f O ra to ry , C hicago. 2*Alan N ic h o ls, D isc u ssio n and D ebate (New York: H a rc o u rt, B race and Company, 1941); W illiam Norwood B rig an ce ( e d .) , A H is to ry and C r itic is m o f A m erican P u b lic A ddress (2 v o l s . ; New York: M cG raw -H ill Book Company, I n c . , 1943); K arl R ich ard W allace ( e d .) , H is to ry o f Speech E d u ca tio n in A m erica (New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , 1954). 23 P e r tin e n t h i s t o r i c a l a r t i c l e s u s e f u l to t h i s stu d y w ere: (1) T. E a r l P ard o e, "An H i s t o r i c a l O verview ," w hich d is c u s s e d w e s te rn sc h o o ls o f sp eech and th e men who c o n tr ib u te d to sp eech s c ie n c e and h e a rin g r e s e a r c h ; (2 ) Donald H ayw orth, "The D evelopm ent o f th e T ra in in g o f P u b lic S p eak ers i n A m erica," w hich p re s e n te d in fo rm a tiv e background in fo rm a tio n in p u b lic a d d re s s ; (3) E g b e rt R. N ic h o ls, "A H i s t o r i c a l S k etch o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D e b a tin g ," w hich was a stu d y o f th e f o r e n s ic program in th e 1 9 3 0 's w hich sp re a d o v er th e n a tio n ; and (4) G ile s W ilk erso n G ray, "Toward th e H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n ,” w hich gave i n fo rm a tio n on sp eech t r a i n i n g th ro u g h o u t th e U n ited S ta te s , l i s t e d th e c o lle g e s t h a t have made s tu d ie s in sp eech ed u ca t i o n , and d is c u s s e d th e a d m in is tr a tiv e a s p e c ts o f th e te a c h in g o f sp e e c h . A ll f o u r a u th o rs ad v o cate d th e need f o r f u r t h e r r e s e a r c h in th e h i s t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n i n A m erica, u t i l i z i n g p rim a ry s o u rc e m a te r ia l s in th e f i e l d o f s p e e c h.^ T. E a r l P ard o e, "An H i s t o r i c a l O verview ," W estern S peech. X X III (Ja n u a ry , 194 9 ), 5 -1 2 ; Donald H ayw orth, "The D evelopm ent o f th e T ra in in g o f P u b lic S p eak ers in A m erica," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f Speech E d u c a tio n . XIV (November, W i8 ), 489-502; E g b e rt R. N ic h o ls, "A H i s t o r i c a l S k etch o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D e b a tin g ," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech. X II (A p ril, 1936), 213-20, X III ( X p r il, 1537)', 259- 78; G ile s W ilk erso n G ray, "Toward th e H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n ," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech. X X III (December, 1947), 521-271 Summary o f C h ap ter T h is c h a p te r in tro d u c e d th e problem o f th e stu d y and d is c u s s e d i t s im p o rta n c e . I t a ls o o u tlin e d th e rem a in d er o f th e s tu d y , d e s c rib e d th e m ethodology, and rev iew ed p e r t i n e n t l i t e r a t u r e . CHAPTER II THE BEGINNINGS* 1880-1895 The O rig in a l B u ild in g The f i r s t b u ild in g on th e campus f o r a l l c l a s s e s o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a i s s t i l l u sed by th e S chool o f Music a t 902 West 3 7 th P la c e .^ In t h i s b u ild in g on O cto b er 6 th , 1880, th e day th e U n iv e rs ity o f f i c i a l l y opened i t s d o o rs, f i f t y - t h r e e s tu d e n ts a tte n d e d th e f i r s t c l a s s e s .^ C o u rses and F a c u lty A c o u rs e in e lo c u tio n was among th e U n iv e r s ity 1s f i r s t o f f e r in g s , though no d e s c r ip tio n o f th e c o u rs e was d is c o v e re d . M iss M. D. MeChain, P ro fe s s o r o f E lo c u tio n and A s s is ta n t T each er in E n g lis h L i t e r a t u r e , ta u g h t ^The f i r s t lo c a tio n o f th e o r i g i n a l b u ild in g , a c c o rd in g to P e a r l A lic e M acloskey, S chool o f M usic S e c re t a r y , 1906-1952, was i n th e m id d le o f w hat i s now Bovard A th le tic F ie ld , back o f w here Old C o lle g e s to o d . The second move (se e Alumni Review. V II [S eptem ber, 1925], 5 ), was to th e s o u th e rn c o rn e r o f th e F ie ld f a c in g 3 4 th and 3 5 th S t r e e t s , and "was reac h ed a f t e r a h o r s e - c a r r i d e from Los A ngeles [C iv ic C e n te r], fo llo w ed by a t r e k a c ro s s th e f i e l d s . " The t h i r d move, to 902 West 3 7 th P la c e , o c c u rre d December 31, 1955. ^ U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a C a talo g u e ( r e f e r r e d to a f t e r t h i s a s SC C a ta lo g u e ), l8 6 o -lo 8 1 , p . 5. 25 26 th e c l a s s o f f e r e d by th e E n g lis h D ep artm en t. T h is c l a s s was composed o f f o u r men and th r e e women: Emma J . B rad ley Rowena L an fran co R alph E. L o ck h art I . A. McCrary W illiam H. M ille r Cora Tubbs . W . B. Workman-’ The in tr o d u c tio n o f e lo c u tio n as one o f SC’ s f i r s t c o u rs e o f f e r in g s was n o t u n u s u a l, f o r i n s t r u c t i o n in e lo c u t i o n had a p ro m in en t p o s itio n in c o lle g e s th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try from 1875.^ D uring th e second y e a r, 1881-1882, M iss Agnes M. McLain was th e te a c h e r o f th e c l a s s in e l o c u tio n .^ How e v e r, no re c o rd was found re g a rd in g who to o k th e c o u rs e , th e number o f s tu d e n ts e n r o lle d , n o r w hat th e work e n t a i l e d . The fo llo w in g y e a r Rev. M . F. C olburn became i n s t r u c t o r in e lo c u tio n . H is c l a s s num bered th ir ty - tw o s tu d e n ts f o r th e y e a r 1882-1883.** In 1884-1885, tw elv e 3 I b i d . S l a r i e Hochmuth and R ich ard Murphy, ” R h e to r ic a l and E lo c u tio n a ry T ra in in g in N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry C o lle g e s ," H is to ry o f Speech E d u ca tio n in A m erica, e d ite d by K arl R. W allace (New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , I n c ., 1954), p . 169. -*SC C a ta lo g u e , 1881-1882, p. 6. 6Ibid., 1882-1883, p. 8. s tu d e n ts w ere l i s t e d a s " ta k in g s p e c ia l w ork in e lo c u tio n and n o t a g e n e ra l re a d in g c l a s s . " 7 T h is s i g n i f i e d t h a t C olb u rn made a d i s t i n c t i o n betw een " e lo c u tio n " and " g e n e r a l r e a d i n g / ' p e rh a p s on th e b a s is o f p erfo rm an ce aspects**- tho u g h th e d i s t i n c t i o n was n o t c l e a r . The fo llo w in g d e s c r i p t i o n o f th e c o u rs e in " E lo c u tio n and O ra to ry " showed w hat t h i s c l a s s o f fe re d : . . . The work in t h i s D epartm ent [an in fo rm a l t i t l e r e f e r r i n g to e lo c u tio n and o r a to r y c o u rs e s a s o f f e r e d in th e E n g lis h D epartm ent] d e a ls w ith th e n a tu r e , p u r p o se , and h i s t o r y o f O ra to ry , th e m a s te ry o f th o u g h t and e x p re s s io n , s e l f - c o n t r o l , v iv id n e s s and e a r n e s tn e s s in p u b lic a d d re s s . I t a ls o com prehends a f u l l c o u rs e o f s y s te m a tic a l d r i l l in th e m e ch an ical and p h y s ic a l ele m e n ts o f e x p re s s io n , such a s com pass [p ro b a b ly mean in g v o c a l ra n g e ], volum e and f l e x i b i l i t y o f th e v o ic e ; p o s it io n , g e s tu re and e x p r e s s iv e power o f th e c o u n te n a n c e . & T h is d e s c r ip tio n su g g e ste d so m ething o f th e n a tu r e , p u r p o se s, and a c t i v i t i e s o f th e c o u rs e . I t seemed to in d i c a t e an em phasis on " p u b lic a d d r e s s ." No d i r e c t m en tio n was made o f re a d in g o r p u b lic e n te rta in m e n t though d e c la m a tio n s and e x c e r p ts from g r e a t l i t e r a t u r e w ere l i k e l y to have been u se d f o r th e v o ic e w ork. In th e C a talo g u e 1885 to 1886 th e r e i s no l i s t i n g o f e i t h e r a te a c h e r o f e lo c u tio n o r o f th e s u b je c t I t s e l f . E lo c u tio n a g a in ap p eared in th e c o u rs e o f stu d y in th e C o lle g e o f L ib e r a l A rts f o r th e y e a r 1887-1888 w ith an expanded seq u en ce o f o f f e r in g s : 7Ibid.. 1884-1885, pp. 8, 16. 8Ibid., p. 31. 28 1. D eclam atio n (e v e ry two w eeks) f o r Freshm en 2 . D eclam atio n ie v e ry two w eeks) f o r Sophomores 3 . D eclam atio n (m onthly) f o r J u n io r s 4 . O ra tio n (tw o in th e y e a r) f o r S e n io r s ." No f u r t h e r e x p la n a tio n o r d e s c r ip tio n was g iv e n o f th e s e o f f e r i n g s ; how ever, i t seemed re a s o n a b le to i n t e r p r e t t h a t " d e c la m a tio n " m eant th e d e liv e r y o f a m em orized com posi ti o n , n o t n e c e s s a r ily o r i g i n a l w ith th e p e rfo rm e r; w h ile " o r a tio n " was p ro b a b ly an o r i g i n a l memorized c o m p o sitio n . The E n g lis h D epartm ent, in w hich th e e a r ly e lo c u tio n o f f e r in g s a p p e ared , e v id e n tly r e q u ire d c o n s id e ra b le o r a t o r i c a l p a r t i c i p a t i o n o f i t s s tu d e n ts , e s p e c i a lly th e u p p er classm en ; th e s e n io r re q u ire m e n ts in 1887-1888 s ta t e d t h a t "a n e s s a y and one c h a p e l o r a tio n b e g iv e n to co m p lete th e y e a r 's c o u rs e o f s t u d y . T h e i n s t r u c t o r 's name was n o t m e n tio n ed . The n e x t i n s t r u c t o r in e lo c u tio n m entioned in th e C a ta lo g u e was K itty R ic h a rd s who was added to th e f a c u l ty f o r th e sc h o o l y e a r 1 8 8 8 -1 8 8 9 .^ F or th e y e a r 1890-1891 B in n ie D e F o re s t's name ap p eared a s I n s t r u c t o r o f E lo cu - t i o n . 12 Under th e a l l - i n c l u s i v e c o u rs e o f stu d y d e s ig n a te d " E lo c u tio n " th e s u b je c ts " re a d in g and d e c la m a tio n " w ere 9I b i d . . 1887-1888, p . 29. 10I b i d . , p p . 17-18. u I b i d . , 1888-1889, p. 36. 12I b i d . , 1890-1891, p. 130. 29 em phasized in th e U n iv e rs ity C a ta lo g u e (1889) w ith t h i s e x p la n a tio n o£ r e c i t a t i o n s , m ethods, and t e x t s : READING AN D DECLAMATION: The S u b -Ju n io r and J u n io r c l a s s e s r e c i t e e v e ry a l t e r n a t e day in re a d in g , g iv in g a t t e n t i o n to a r t i c u l a t i o n , i n f l e c t i o n , e x p re s s io n , e t c . They a r e a ls o re q u ir e d to p re p a re [ p re s e n t] declam a t i o n s once in th r e e weeks upon w hich th e y a r e d r i l l e d i n p r i v a t e . [R eading re q u ire m e n ts f o r freshm en and sophom ores w ere n o t l i s t e d . ] ELOCUTION: D uring th e l a s t two y e a rs o f th e c o u rs e — in th e M iddle [p ro b a b ly m eaning j u n i o r y e a r] and S e n io r c l a s 8 e s - - t h e advanced s tu d y o f E lo c u tio n i s ta k e n up. The t e x t books in u se a r e [W illiam ] R u s s e l l 's V ocal C u ltu re [Q rthophonv. o r V ocal C u ltu re . New YorE* Houghton M if f lin C o., 1883j, [Lew is B .] M onroe' s V ocal G ym nastics [C o n ta in in g C h a rts , P h ila d e lp h ia : Cowper- tn w a lt and C o ., 1881], and [A lb e rt M. ] B a co n 's M anual o f G e stu re [w ith I l l u s t r a t i o n s and F ig u re s , C hicago: S. C. G rig g s and C o., 187 3 ]. The c l a s s e s p re p a re r e g u la r le s s o n s in th e s e books and m eet th e te a c h e r o f e lo c u tio n e v e ry a l t e r n a t e day f o r r e c i t a t i o n and d i s c u s s io n o f th e p r i n c i p l e s o f v o c a l e x p re s s io n and a c tio n , and f o r c l a s s d r i l l in t h e i r a p p l ic a tio n . Once in th r e e weeks ea ch member o f th e M iddle c l a s s a p p e a rs in p u b lic d e c la m a tio n b e fo re an a u d ie n c e in th e c h a p e l, and once a te rm e ach member o f th e S e n io r c l a s s d e l i v e r s an o r i g i n a l o r a tio n b e fo re a p u b lic a u d ie n c e . One h o u r a week i s g iv e n to ea ch s tu d e n t in p r i v a te , in d iv id u a l d r i l l and c r i t i c i s m by th e te a c h e r o f e l o c u t i o n .13 L ite r a r y S o c ie tie s An im p o rta n t ty p e o f o r g a n iz a tio n in th e e a r ly h i s t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t SC was th e l i t e r a r y s o c ie ty . A lth o u g h n o t d i r e c t l y co n n e cte d w ith th e e a r l y e lo c u tio n 13Ibid., 1889-1890, p. 67 30 c l a s s e s — f o r i t s m em bership drew from th e e n t i r e s tu d e n t body— th e s o c ie ty , b ec au se o f th e n a tu r e o f i t s a c t i v i t i e s , was an i n t e g r a l f a c t o r in t r a i n i n g f o r o r a l e x p re s s io n . The l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s w ere in s tru m e n ta l i n d e v e lo p in g a c t i v i t i e s in d ra m a tic s and d e c la m a tio n s , as w e ll as o r a to r y and d e b a te . The U n iv e rs ity had been in s e s s io n one m onth, la c k in g two d ay s, when "some e a r n e s t s e a r c h e r s a f t e r know ledge m et to form a l i t e r a r y s o c ie ty . . . in th e s u b -p re p a r a to r y room, M. M. B ovard, D. D ., as c h a irm a n ." The r e s u l t o f th e m eetin g was th e ap p o in tm en t o f a com m ittee to d r a f t a c o n s t i t u t i o n and b y -la w s f o r a s o c ie ty composed o f " b o th l a d ie s and g e n tle m e n ." S e v e ra l names w ere p ro p o sed and th e name Union L ite r a r y S o c ie ty was d e c id e d upon. "A t th e m e etin g h e ld November 25, th e c o n s t i t u t i o n and b y -law s w ere ad o p ted as a w hole. Many o f i t s members l a t e r o b je c te d to th e name o f Union L ite r a r y S o c ie ty ; th e r e f o r e , d u rin g th e n e x t y e a r (1 8 8 1 ), th e s o c ie ty became th e F la to n ia n . Changes fo llo w e d in r a p id s u c c e s s io n and th e P la to n ia n b e g a t th e A r i s to t e l i a n and th e A thena one y e a r l a t e r ; th e A r i s t o t e l i a n was composed o f men s tu d e n ts and th e A thena S o c ie ty was ^ T h e R ostrum . I (A p ril 1, 1893), 1 (a w eekly p u b lic a t io n by SC s tu d e n ts , d is c o n tin u e d a f t e r 189 4 ), 31 f o r women. The A r i s t o t e l i a n S o c ie ty " s u rv iv e d i t s o f f - s p r in g s [ s i c ] , th e I r v in g [o rg a n iz e d in ] 1888 [and co n tin u e d ] t i l l 1891 and P h ilo p h ro n e a n 1893 to 1896. B e sid e s t h i s l i n e o f s o c i e t i e s , th e A th a n a sia n was o rg a n iz e d in , 9 5 .” ^'* The A th a n a sia n S o c ie ty was c o - e d u c a tio n a l. E l Rodeo s a id , "The name o f A th a n a siu s was ad o p ted as a f i t s u g g e s tio n o f w hat would be ex p e c te d o f th e young th e o lo g ia n s who assum ed t h a t h e r o 's name. . . . The l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s had two m ain p u rp o se s: (1) They a ffo rd e d o p p o r tu n iti e s f o r stu d y and p a r t i c i p a t i o n in d e b a te , dram a, a r t , m u sic, e t c . ; and (2 ) th e y p ro v id e d s o c ia l a c t i v i t i e s . The A r i s t o t e l i a n and th e A thena proved to be th e m ost im p o rta n t l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s t h a t w ere form ed, in t h a t th e y in c lu d e d th e l a r g e s t m em bership, rem ained th e m ost p o p u la r, and t h e i r f u n c tio n in g co v ered th e lo n g e s t span o f y e a r s . The A r i s t o t e l i a n members e x p la in e d t h e i r o r g a n iz a tio n to newcomers in th e s e w ords: The A r i s t o t e l i a n L ite r a r y S o c ie ty i s composed o f young men o f th e I n s t i t u t i o n ; th e o b je c t o f w hich i s m e n tal im provem ent in d e b a te and c o m p o sitio n , who have le a rn e d how f o r c i b l e a r e r i g h t w ords, t h a t s k i l l in d e b a te and o r a to r y , flu e n c y in p u b lic sp e a k in g a re o b ta in e d by c o n s ta n t p r a c t i c e . R a p id ity o f th o u g h t and v a r i e t y in d is c u s s io n , in re g a rd to q u e s tio n s o f p u b lic im p o rta n c e , w h eth er p o l i t i c a l , s o c i a l , o r r e l i g i o u s , a re th e m ost d e s i r a b l e means f o r th e p ro m o tio n o f c u l t u r e and know ledge. *^E1 Rodeo, I (1 8 9 9 ), 19 (SC A nnual, o r Y ear Book). 16l b i d . . p . 84. 32 The o f f i c e r s a r e e l e c t e d th e f i r s t m e e tin g o f each te rm . The p r e s e n t y e a r h a s been a p ro sp e ro u s one f o r th e s o c ie ty . . . . A ll th e p erfo rm a n ce s a r e c r i t i c i z e d by th e r e g u la r c r i t i c s . . . .*•' The A thena members gave t h i s d e s c r ip tio n o f t h e i r s o c ie ty : The A thena L ite r a r y S o c ie ty i s th e L ite r a r y S o c ie ty f o r young l a d i e s o f th e U n iv e r s ity , was o rg a n iz e d in 1882. T h ere a r e now num bered in th e m em bership a lm o st a l l th e young la d ie s o f th e I n s t i t u t i o n . Those h o ld in g th e o f f i c e o f r e s i d e n t d u rin g th e c u r r e n t y e a r have been M iss Emma S in sab au g h , th e f i r s t term , M iss C ora B elknap, th e seco n d , and M iss L in d le y th e t h i r d term . . . . To young l a d l e s e n te r in g th e U n iv e r s ity , we would commend th e A thena S o c ie ty a s a means o f g a in in g p r o f ic ie n c y in l i t e r a r y w ords and f a m i l i a r i t y w ith p a rlia m e n ta ry u s a g e . . . .1® I t was a f re q u e n t p r a c t i c e f o r ea ch s o c ie ty to i n v i t e n e ig h b o rin g o r g a n iz a tio n s to a tte n d s p e c ia l p ro gram s, and " a t th e c lo s e o f ea ch te rm . . . f r ie n d s and th e g e n e ra l p u b lic w ere in v it e d to be p r e s e n t. O r a to r ic a l A s s o c ia tio n A n o th er e a r l y developm ent in sp eech e d u c a tio n a t SC was th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f an O r a to r ic a l A s s o c ia tio n in 1891. The R ostrum s t a t e d in th e is s u e f o r Septem ber 15, 1893, t h a t " t h i s A s s o c ia tio n i s e n te r in g on i t s t h i r d y e a r, and h as a lre a d y done much good f o r U .S.C ."^® The A s s o c ia tio n 17SC C a ta lo g u e . 1884-1885, p . 62. ^Ibid., p. 64. ^ L e s l i e F. Gay, " H is to ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1880-1910" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , Los A n g eles, 1910), p . 57. ^ T h e R ostrum . I I (S eptem ber 15, 189 3 ), 1. 33 co m p rised th r e e s c h o o ls : Pomona C o lle g e , O c c id e n ta l C o lle g e , and th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . Con t e s t s w ere h e ld a n n u a lly . The R ostrum f o r F eb ru ary r e p o r te d t h a t "a n Im p o rta n t m e e tin g o f th e E x e c u tiv e Com m itte e o f th e O r a to r ic a l A s s o c ia tio n was h e ld l a s t Monday" and a t t h i s m e etin g th e d a te o f th e c o n te s t was s e t as A p ril 7 th , and " a s a f u r t h e r ind u cem en t, i t may be s t a t e d t h a t th e E x e c u tiv e Com m ittee h as d e c id e d to o f f e r a f i r s t p r iz e o f $10 and a second p r i z e o f $5 in th e lo c a l co n t e s t . " 2^ T hree c o p ie s o f ea ch o r a tio n w ere to be made and g iv e n to th e " S e c re ta r y o f th e lo c a l a s s o c ia tio n on o r b e fo re March 1 7 th "; a f i n a l re q u ire m e n t was t h a t th o se 22 w r itin g th e o r a tio n s "b e members o f th e a s s o c i a t i o n . " ^ The O r a to r ic a l A s s o c ia tio n was in d e p en d en t o f th e l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s , and no re c o rd was found t h a t i t was an o f f s p r in g o f th e s e s o c i e t i e s . D eb atin g No c u r r i c u l a r t r a i n i n g in d e b a te was o f f e r e d a t SC d u rin g th e p e rio d 1880-1895. E x tr a c u r r ic u la r d e b a te s , how ever, w ere sp o n so red by th e l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s . For exam ple, th e A r i s t o t e l i a n S o c ie ty em phasized t h a t one ad v an tag e o f t h e i r group was th e o p p o rtu n ity to g a in 21Ibid., I (February 11, 1893), 1. 22Ibid. 34 " m e n ta l Im provem ent In d e b a t e . F o r s p e c ia l a t t r a c t i o n s th e s o c i e t i e s f r e q u e n tly d e b a te d one a n o th e r. An exam ple o f t h i s o c c u rre d on a program p re s e n te d O cto b er 27, 1893, when th e A r i s t o t e l i a n s d e b a te d th e A th en as. The g en tlem en who d e b a te d w ere G. W . C o u lta s and W . H. P ln n ey ; th e la d le s w ere J e s s i e C ole and B e rth a R ose. H. W . Cummings was c r i t i c o f p ro n u n c ia tio n and C. E. M ort was c r i t i c o f g e s - t u r e . U n fo rtu n a te ly th e a r t i c l e announcing th e d e b a te f a i l e d to s t a t e th e d e b a te s u b j e c t . ^ Lee Emerson B a s s e tt commented on d e b a tin g as f o l low s: . . . E very c o lle g e had a d e b a tin g c lu b o r two b u t had no I n s t r u c t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y . D eb atin g team s g o t h e lp from f a c u l ty members who w e r e n 't p a r t i c u l a r l y s k i l l e d in m anner o f d e liv e r y , and, t h a t was i t . 25 E lo c u tio n R e c ita ls E lo c u tio n r e c i t a l s w ere a ls o a p a r t o f th e i n s t r u c t i o n in Speech d u rin g th e p e rio d from 1880 to 1895. T hese r e c i t a l s , p re s e n te d to th e s tu d e n t body and g e n e ra l p u b lic , se rv e d th e tw o fo ld p u rp o se o f (1) c r e a tin g e n te r ta in m e n t, and (2) o f f e r i n g e x p e rie n c e to th o s e s tu d e n ts ta k in g ^ T h e A r i s t o t e l i a n S o c ie ty , c f . a n t e , p. 31. 2^The R ostrum . I I (O cto b er 15, 1893), 30. ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith Lee Emerson B a s s e tt, 1956, se e A ppendix A. P ro f e s s o r B a s s e tt was P r in c ip a l o f SC 's C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , 1898-1899. 35 s p e c ia l t r a i n i n g to p re p a re th e m se lv e s f o r p u b lic p e r form ance. An e lo c u tio n r e c i t a l announced in The R ostrum f o r Ja n u a ry 14, 1893, c a s t some l i g h t on th e n a tu r e o f th e s e p ro g ram s. The program f o r t h i s d a te was composed o f " r e c i t a t i o n s , hum orous, p a t h e t i c , and t r a g i c . " The s e l e c tio n s p re s e n te d w ere s ta n d a rd c l a s s i c s and m elodram as: "The R aven," E. A. Poe; " V ir g in ia ," Lord M acaulay; "The V agabonds," J . L. T row bridge; "E arth q u ak e P ra y e r," W ill C a rle to n ; " F i r s t S e t t l e r 's S to ry ," W ill C a rle to n ; and " C h a rio t R ace," Lew W a ll a c e .^ R eg ard in g th e p la c e o f e lo c u tio n in th e community B a s s e tt s a id : T here was a d e a r th o f e n te r ta in m e n t. W e d id n o t have r a d io . W e d i d n 't have th e m o v ies. W e d i d n 't have t e l e v i s i o n . . . and re a d in g [ e lo c u tio n ] was a means o f p u b lic e n te r ta in m e n t.27 The r e c i t a l s in c lu d e d b o th s tu d e n t p e rfo rm e rs and members o f th e f a c u l ty . A r e c i t a l program f o r th e s p r in g o f 1893 a g a in in c lu d e d th e p o p u la r Lew W allace " C h a rio t Race" and P o e 's "R av en ." A n o th er s e le c ti o n B a s s e tt men tio n e d as b e in g v e ry p o p u la r a t t h a t tim e was T en n y so n 's "C harge o f th e L ig h t B rig ad e" w hich ap p eared on th e 1893 s p rin g program . The s e l e c t i o n s a ls o in c lu d e d "cheap" m a te r ia l a s "The S u b s c rip tio n L i s t , " "E uropean G u id es," 9fi The R ostrum , I (Ja n u a ry 14, 1893), 2. 97 * 7 B a s s e tt in te rv ie w . 36 and "Shamus O 'B r ie n /' a u th o rs o f th e s e s e l e c ti o n s n o t b e in g l i s t e d . Q u ite o f te n a r t i s t s from th e M usic C o lle g e a s s i s t e d by g iv in g p ia n o s o lo s o r v o c a l s e l e c t i o n s to add v a r ie t y to th e program s. A n o th er custom was to g iv e 28 r e c i t a t i o n s w ith p ia n o accom panim ents. Summary o f C h a p ter From th e b e g in n in g o f th e U n iv e r s ity In 1880, fo rm a l c l a s s e s In e lo c u tio n w ere o f f e r e d a t SC. L ite r a r y s o c ie t i e s and d e b a tin g groups r e f l e c t e d a h ig h I n t e r e s t In e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r sp eech t r a i n i n g . A m ajo r em phasis o f t h i s e a r l y speech e d u c a tio n a t SC was on d e liv e r y . M em orization o f o r a t o r i c a l and l i t e r a r y m a te r ia l s was a common p r a c t i c e . W hile a m ajo r g o a l was to p re p a re s tu d e n ts f o r s e r io u s p u b lic sp e a k in g r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s , th e r e was a ls o g r e a t em phasis on e n te rta in m e n t v a lu e s . ^ T h e R ostrum . I (Ju n e 17, 1893), 1. CHAPTER III THE COLLEGE OF ORATORY, 1895-1920 From 1895 to 1898 A s i g n i f i c a n t ev en t in th e h is t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a t i o n a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a o c c u rre d O cto b er 16, 1894. On t h i s d a te , a t th e r e g u la r m e e tin g o f th e Board o f T ru s te e s , Dr. J . P. W idney, P re s id e n t o f th e U n iv e rs ity (1891-1895), . . . inform ed th e Board o f th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e School o f O ra to ry [ c a lle d C o lle g e o f O ra to ry when p re s e n te d in th e c a ta lo g u e ] , u n d er th e d i r e c t i o n o f M iss Murphy as Dean, th e Board o f D ir e c to rs n o t to be l i a b l e f o r th e s a la r y o f th e t e a c h e r s .1 The C o lleg e was to be fin a n c e d in d e p e n d e n tly o f th e U ni v e r s i t y , i t s means o f su p p o rt com ing from th e t u i t i o n o f i t s s tu d e n ts . A lthough Murphy d id n o t a c c e p t th e p o s it io n o f fe re d h e r , th e C o lleg e was e s ta b li s h e d , and th e n e x t f a l l opened i t s d o o rs w ith "M iss Maude W illis engaged as Dean O . . . w ith o u t l i a b i l i t y on th e p a r t o f th e B o ard ." ^From th e M inutes o f th e Board o f T ru s te e s o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , O cto b er 16, 1894, p . 287. 2Ibid., September 13, 1895, p. 315. 37 38 C o u rse s. F a c u lty , and T ex ts W i llis , a g ra d u a te o f th e Cumnock S chool o f O ra to ry , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , o f fe re d fo u r p r i n c i p a l c o u rs e s in th e new ly o rg a n iz e d C o lle g e o f O ra to ry . T hese w ere: (1) V ocal C u ltu re and D ram atic R eading, (2) O ra to ry and L i t e r a t u r e , (3) S h ak esp eare and Modern P o e ts, and (4) B ib le , Hymnology, and L itu rg y . The C a ta lo g u e , u n f o r tu n a te ly , gave no d e s c r ip tio n s o f th e s e c o u rs e s . One s p e c ia l f e a t u r e was th e em phasis on th e te a c h in g o f g e s tu r e th ro u g h th e D e ls a r te sy stem . A cco rd in g to th e c a ta lo g u e , p h y s ic a l t r a i n i n g was e x p e c te d to g iv e th e s tu d e n ts body c o n tr o l and p e rs o n a l im provem ent in b e a rin g and a c tio n . (F en cin g was n o t m entioned and d an c in g was n o t p e rm itte d as p a r t o f th e program s in c e th e U n iv e rs ity was la r g e ly c o n tr o lle d by th e M e th o d ist d e n o m in atio n u n t i l 1 9 2 6 .) W illis s ta te d f u r t h e r in th e C a talo g u e t h a t " th e D e ls a r te System o f P h y s ic a l C u ltu re and E x p re ssio n i s ta u g h t th ro u g h o u t th e c o u rs e , a ls o L ig h t G y m n a stic s."4 The U n iv e rs ity C atalo g u e (1 8 9 4 -1 8 9 5 ), in l i s t i n g th e te x tb o o k s and e d i tio n s o f l i t e r a t u r e w hich th e new Dean J "The D e ls a r te system f i n a l l y became a r o u tin e m e ch an ical sy stem f o r th e te a c h in g o f th e e x p re s s io n o f em otion la r g e ly th ro u g h g e s tu r e and body p o s i t io n , ta b le a u , e t c . By 1900 th e sy stem was la r g e ly outm oded." K arl R. W allace, ( e d .) , H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erica (New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , I n c ., 1 ^5 4 ), p. 216. 4SC Catalogue, 1895-1896, p. 104. 39 recommended to h e r s tu d e n ts , gave th e fo llo w in g : . . . V ocal C u ltu re . R u s s e ll; P r in c ip le s o f V ocal E x p re ssio n and C hoice R ead in g s. Cumnock; L esso n s in E n g lis h . Lockwood; H is to r y o r th e E n g lis h P eo p le Ino a u th o r g iv e n ]; H u d so n 's J u l i u s C a e sa r. M e rc h a n to f V en ic e. The Tem pest, and S h ak esp earea n Grammar: Lew is. H is to ry o f b ra m a tlc A r t ; Raymond. O r a to r 1s M anual; Brown. P h ilo so p h y o f E x p re s s io n ; P lu m p tre. L e c tu re s on E lo c u tio n ; Lubke. H i s t o r v o f A r t ; Rush, The P h ilo so p h y o f th e Human V o ice; and th e p r i n c i p l e s o f p ro n u n c ia tio n as s e t f o r t h in S ta n d a rd , C e n tu ry , W o rce ste r and W e b s te r's D ic t io n a r ie s .^ Though n o t an e x te n s iv e l i s t , th e te x tb o o k s W illis recom mended to h e r s tu d e n ts w ere le a d in g w orks o f th e d ay . Aims The C o lle g e o f O ra to ry was co n d u c te d in c o n n e c tio n w ith th e C o lle g e o f L ib e r a l A rts and o f f e r e d a tw o -y e a r c o u rs e . S tu d e n ts w ere n o t a c c e p te d u n le s s th e y w ere h ig h sc h o o l g ra d u a te s , o r had had an e q u iv a le n t background o f e d u c a tio n . The aim o f th e C o lle g e was to "d e v e lo p s tr o n g 5SC C a ta lo g u e . 1894-1895, pp. 4 2 -4 3 . (A v a ila b le c o p ie s o f th e s e : W illiam R u s s e ll, O rthophony o r V ocal C u ltu re [B oston: H oughton M if f lin and Company, l l E a s t 1 7 th S t . , 1885], b r e a th in g , a r t i c u l a t i o n and v o c a l e x e r c i s e s b ased on R u sh 's The P h ilo so p h y o f th e Human V o ic e : R o b ert McLean Cumnock, e d .. C hoice R eadings [C hicago: Ja n se n McClurg and Company, lfi7& ), p r i n c i p l e s o f p ro n u n c i a tio n , how to become a r e a d e r , c l a s s i f i e d s e l e c t i o n s ra n g in g from comedy to p a th o s w ith s u g g e s tio n s f o r r e a d in g ; and James Rush, The P h ilo so p h y o f th e Human V oice [P h ila d e lp h ia : Gregg and E l l i o t , 9 N o rth F o u rth S t . , 1883], th e f i r s t A m erican t e s t on v o c a l p r i n c i p l e s in w hich m e d ic a l s c ie n c e and sp eech came to g e th e r , v o ic e b e in g c l a s s i f i e d u n d e r q u a l i t y , f o r c e , tim e , a b ru p tn e s s , and p itc h , and sp eech b e in g in s e p a r a b le from th o u g h t, a c tio n , and e m o tio n .) 40 r e a d e rs and s p e a k e rs , and p r o f i c i e n t te a c h e r s o f th e art."* * W illis , d e s c r ib in g in th e c a ta lo g u e th e i n s t r u c t i o n o f f e r e d s tu d e n ts who re c e iv e d "th o ro u g h and co m p lete c o u rs e s o f stu d y in a l l b ra n ch e s o f E lo c u tio n and O ra to ry ," s t a t e d t h a t " s p e c ia l work in Common R eading and O ra to ry , D ram atic E x p re ssio n S tu d ie s from S h ak esp eare, s e le c tio n s o f c h o ic e D ia le c ts , B ib le R eadings and Hymnology" would be em phasized. In e x p la in in g more f u l l y , th e c a ta lo g u e s t a t e d : . . . The f i r s t y e a r 's work i s e s p e c i a lly a d a p te d to awaken and d ev e lo p th e em otion and f i n e r s e n s i b i l i t i e s o f th e s o u l. T h at th e s e pow ers may fin d c l e a r and u n r e s tr a in e d e x p re s s io n , th e v o ic e i s d ev elo p ed in to c o r r e c t r e g i s t e r o f em o tio n . A ll f a u l t s in p h y s ic a l b e a rin g a re overcom e. G race and e a s e a re e s ta b lis h e d , and an a b s o lu te c o r r e c t p ro n u n c ia tio n i s a t t a i n e d .• Then th e c a ta lo g u e e x p la in e d , in no l e s s c o n f id e n t te rm s, th e advanced work: . . . The second y e a r 's work i s a n a t u r a l ad v an ce ment o f th e f i r s t . The s tu d e n t a c q u ir e s a s tr o n g , m elodious and e x p r e s s iv e v o ic e , a n a t u r a l and a r t i s t i c s t y l e o f re a d in g , th e a b i l i t y to a n a ly z e and i n t e r p r e t a t s i g h t , and th e power to e n t e r t a i n as a p u b lic r e a d e r . In a d d itio n to c l a s s t r a i n i n g , each p u p il r e c e iv e s w eekly two h o u rs o f p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n . The im p o rtan ce o f t h i s f e a t u r e i s v e ry e v id e n t. I t e n a b le s th e te a c h e r to re a c h th e p e rs o n a l n eed s o f th e p u p il, and remove a l l f a u l t s w hich may im pede h is advancem ent and more p e r f e c t l y th a n in c l a s s t r a i n th e s e n s i b i l i t i e s and im agination.** 6SC C a ta lo g u e , 1895-1896, p . 104. 7I b id . 8 I b id . 41 W illis s t a t e d In a p e rs o n a l l e t t e r th e fo llo w in g : In s p i t e o f th e many j i b e s and c r i t i c i s m s d ir e c te d a t e a r l i e r m ethods and g o a ls o f te a c h in g , th e c h ie f aim in re a d in g a s o f f e r e d by th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , i f f o r n o th in g m ore, was to a c h ie v e an i n t e l l i g e n t com prehension o f l i t e r a t u r e . “ I t seems re a s o n a b le to i n t e r p r e t t h i s m odem "aim " as r e f e r r i n g to c l a s s work in re a d in g , n o t to p u b lic " re a d in g " w hich th e n had e n te r ta in m e n t as i t s p rim ary g o a l. A lso , i n r e c a l l i n g work g iv e n so lo n g ago, W i l l i s ' memory c o u ld be a f f e c te d by l a t e r developm ents w hich came in th e te a c h in g o f l i t e r a t u r e . Thus, w ith th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f a C o lleg e o f O ra to ry w ith W illis as Dean, sp eech e d u c a tio n was e s ta b lis h e d as p a r t o f th e u n iv e r s i ty program . From 1898 to 1899 R e c o lle c tio n s o f Lee Emerson B a s s e tt A f te r W illis re s ig n e d (1 8 9 8 ), Lee Emerson B a s s e tt came to th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry in i t s t h i r d y e a r to a c c e p t th e p o s it i o n o f P r in c ip a l . He was th e o n ly te a c h e r . B a s s e tt r e p o r te d t h a t h is c l a s s work c o n s is te d c h i e f ly o f te a c h in g th e s tu d e n ts to re a d alo u d ( o fte n to m em orize) s e l e c t i o n s from A m erican and E n g lis h l i t e r a t u r e . The few ^From a p e rs o n a l l e t t e r w hich th e w r i t e r re c e iv e d from M iss W illis , R u ral R oute 1, L eesb u rg , In d ia n a , d a te d December 1, 1958. 42 men s tu d e n ts e n r o lle d w ere p r i n c i p a l l y s tu d y in g £ o r th e m in is tr y and th e r e f o r e w ere e s p e c i a l l y I n t e r e s t e d in sp e ech i n s t r u c t i o n to im prove t h e i r serm on d e liv e r y . He r e c a l l e d t h a t s tu d e n ts who h e a rd p r o f e s s io n a l o r good p u b lic r e a d e rs th e n had th e d e s i r e to le a r n " p ie c e s " so t h a t th e y c o u ld a p p e a r on th e p la tfo rm , b u t t h a t th e r e was b e g in n in g t o be f e l t a " d i s l i k e by p e o p le o f c u l t u r e and t a s t e " f o r e lo c u t i o n as i t was u n d e rsto o d by th e p u b lic . In r e c a l l i n g how he happened to become a te a c h e r a t th e SC C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , B a s s e tt r e l a t e d : A t th e end o f two y e a rs I g o t a c e r t i f i c a t e o f g ra d u a tio n [from th e A ddle Murphy S chool o f E x p re ssio n on Hoover S t r e e t, Los A n g e le s], and th e n . . . M iss Murphy t o l d me t h a t P r e s id e n t W hite o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a [ P r e s id e n t from 1895 to 1899] w anted a te a c h e r o f e lo c u tio n and t h a t she was g o in g to recommend me. . . . I ta u g h t th e r e from 1898 th ro u g h th e s p r in g o f 1899. . . . I was th e "S peech D e p a rt m e n t." The w hole S chool [C o lle g e ] o f O ra to ry was c e n te re d on one in e x p e rie n c e d , young, a m b itio u s m an .10 The M inutes o f th e U n iv e rs ity E x e c u tiv e Board m eet in g f o r Septem ber 16, 1898, s t a t e d t h a t "Mr. B a s s e tt was a p p o in te d to t h i s work [C o lle g e o f O ra to ry ], he to co n d u ct s a id sc h o o l [ c o lle g e ] a t no expense to th e Board."11- In r e c a l l i n g th e n a tu r e o f th e w ork, B a s s e tt s a id t h a t m ost o f th e re a d in g , th e backbone o f th e work, was • ^ In te rv ie w w ith Lee Emerson B a s s e tt, 1956; see A ppendix A. ^ M in u te s o f th e Board o f T ru s te e s , Septem ber 16, 1898. 43 th e i n t e r p r e t a t i v e re a d in g s o f s e le c t i o n s c h i e f l y from Cumnock.12 D eb atin g was s t i l l an e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t y . B a s s e tt e x p la in e d t h a t " o c c a s io n a l s tu d e n ts . . . came and w anted t r a i n i n g f o r a p a r t i c u l a r e v e n t," and t h a t he h e lp e d them i n d iv id u a ll y , w orking p r i n c i p a l l y on v o ic e and d e l iv e r y . Much m em orizing was r e q u ir e d o f poems, " . . . n a r r a t i v e s , d e s c r i p ti v e th in g s . . . th e r e was no such th in g as extem poraneous o r a t i o n s ." Much tim e was g iv e n to b r e a th in g e x e r c is e s , e x e r c is e s f o r a r t i c u l a t i o n , and e x e r c is e s f o r th e u se o f th e v o ic e . The t e x t was M u rd o c k -R u ss e ll's Human V o ic e: ^ g e s tu r e s w ere n o t p r a c t i c e d a s su ch , b u t c a l i s t h e n i c s and s e t t i n g up e x e r c is e s w ere done. B a s s e tt had s e v e r a l m i n i s t e r i a l s tu d e n ts from th e su rro u n d in g community who came f o r i n s t r u c t i o n , c h i e f l y in re a d in g . In one g e n e ra l c l a s s " c a l l e d e l o c u ti o n ," w hich m et d a i l y , m ost o f th e s tu d e n ts w ere women; he r e c a ll e d , how ever, h a v in g "some o u ts ta n d in g men . . . u s u a lly s tu d y in g f o r th e m in is tr y " e n r o lle d in t h i s p a r t i c u l a r c l a s s . ^ 12B a s s e tt in te rv ie w . E. Murdock and W . R u s s e ll, O rthophony; o r . C u ltiv a tio n o f th e Human V oice in E lo c u tio n (B oston: J . R. Osgood and Company, 41 F r a n k lin S t . , 187 6 ). • ^ B a s s e tt in te rv ie w . 44 R eg ard in g th e p u b l i c 's i n t e r e s t in e lo c u tio n (re a d in g , a s i t was b e g in n in g to b e c a l l e d ) , B a s s e tt s a id : W e d id have th e Lyceum B ureau, and C hautauqua, and re a d in g was a means o f p u b lic e n te r ta in m e n t. I t [re a d in g ] was j u s t a s much a p a r t o f th e C hautauqua a s a le c t u r e o r a c o n c e r t. No l e c t u r e c o u rs e was co m p lete w ith o u t h a v in g a good r e a d e r , and th e ap p e aran c e o f th e s e r e a d e rs sim p ly s tim u la te d young p e o p le to w ant to re a d , to o . They had an id e a t h a t th e y would l i k e to g e t up on th e p la tfo rm . S chools o f e lo c u tio n w ere s e t up around th e c o u n try . . . Cumnock a t N o rth w e s te rn , C urry i n B oston, Shoemaker in P h ila d e lp h ia . . . . The end was p u b lic e n te r ta in m e n t. R e c a llin g changes around th e tu r n o f th e c e n tu ry when e lo c u tio n began to be l e s s p o p u la r, and r e c a l l i n g W illis as a p u b lic r e a d e r , B a s s e tt co n clu d ed : I knew Maude W illis v e ry w e ll. She u sed to g iv e a g r e a t d e a l o f h e r tim e to p u b lic re a d in g s l o c a l l y . . . . M iss W i llis was an e l o c u t i o n i s t as we u n d e rsto o d th e word " e lo c u tio n ." M iss W illis re p r e s e n te d th e o ld e r s c h o o l. She was a l i t t l e l i k e a M iss E v e rts [ q u ite l i k e l y r e f e r r i n g to M iss K ath aren J e w e ll E v e r ts , who was a ls o a p u b lic r e a d e r and te a c h e r o f e lo c u tio n ] who was q u i t e co n cern ed w h eth e r h e r to e s tu c k o u t j u s t r i g h t from h e r gown. . . . I lik e d Maude . . . she u sed to do lyceum w ork. In c o n v e rs a tio n fo llo w in g th e re c o rd e d in te rv ie w (1 9 5 6 ), B a s s e tt to ld th e w r i t e r t h a t th o s e who s t i l l remember W i llis sp eak o f h e r p e rs o n a l charm and h e r a b i l i t y as a r e a d e r . Though te a c h in g b u t th e one y e a r (1888-1889) a t SC B a s s e tt l e f t h is m ark. H aving la r g e ly re c e iv e d h is 15I b id . 16I b id . 45 t r a i n i n g from A ddie Murphy (who ad v o c ated a sy stem o f le s s d is p la y and a more th o u g h tf u l and q u ie t ty p e o f d e liv e r y th a n had been ta u g h t by W i l l i s ) , B a s s e tt endeav o red to wean h i s s tu d e n ts from th e i l l - f a v o r e d e lo c u tio n a ry s t y l e o f d e liv e r y w hich was becom ing u n p o p u la r. D e s irin g f u r t h e r s tu d y and t r a i n i n g h im s e lf, B a s s e tt te rm in a te d h is p o s it io n a s " te a c h e r and P r in c ip a l" in th e SC C o lleg e o f O ra to ry in th e s p r in g o f 1898 to stu d y i n th e C urry S chool o f Speech, B o sto n . (L a te r, he headed th e sp eech work a t L eland S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity , P alo A lto , C a lif o r n i a .) * -7 T u itio n and C re d it B efo re th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry , t u i t i o n and c r e d i t in e lo c u tio n c o u rs e s w ere n o t m entioned in th e C a ta lo g u e . A f te r 1895 c r e d i t in e lo c u tio n and o r a to r y was lim ite d a f t e r th e sophomore y e a r; beyond th e second y e a r 's stu d y s tu d e n ts re c e iv e d u n i v e r s i t y c r e d i t , 1 ft b u t n o t ex c e e d in g f o u r se m e ste r h o u r s . 0 F ees w ere p a y a b le in ad v an ce. T u itio n f o r one se m e ste r was $50 p e r c l a s s ; s p e c ia l c l a s s le s s o n s , two le s s o n s p e r week, p e r se m e ste r, $9; g ra d u a tio n f e e , $10. * " 9 A fe e was u s u a lly p a id th e U n iv e r s ity from th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry t u i t i o n ; b u t, b e c a u se o f th e sm a ll number o f s tu d e n ts e n r o lle d th e y e a r 17Ibid. 18SC Catalogue, 1898-1899, p. 90. 19Ibid. 46 B a s s e tt was P r in c ip a l, " th e te n p e r c e n t t h a t th e U hiver~ s i t y re q u ir e d o f fe e s was to be w aiv ed . . . . ” 20 From 1899 to 1903 C ourses and F a c u lty F or th e f i r s t tim e in i t s h i s t o r y , th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry (1899) had two te a c h e r s on i t s f a c u l ty : J e s s e M a rtin R o b e rts, A.M ., O.M ., Dean, a s s i s t e d by E ffa F re d e ric k R o b e rts, O.B. The O.M. and O.B. d e g re e s (M aster o f O ra to ry and B a ch e lo r o f O ra to ry ) w ere n o t s ta n d a rd d e g re e s , b u t in d ic a te d s p e c i a l i z a t i o n in e lo c u tio n and o r a to r y c o u rs e s o f th e d ay . No f u r t h e r in fo rm a tio n was found re g a rd in g th e background t r a i n i n g o f th e s e two i n s t r u c t o r s . T here was no m en tio n o f who ta u g h t w hich p a r t i c u l a r s u b je c ts d u rin g th e fo u r y e a rs R o b e rts was Dean o f th e C o lle g e .21 A t th e m e e tin g o f th e Board o f T ru s te e s o f th e U n iv e r s ity , Ju n e 30, 1899, a m o tio n was p ro p o sed by Mr. D. H uston (Board member) t h a t " th e D epartm ents o f E lo c u tio n and P h y s ic a l C u ltu re be com bined, and th e P r in c i p a l [Dean] o f th e D epartm ent C o lle g e o f O ra to ry . . . be a u th o riz e d to s e l e c t a te a c h e r o f P h y s ic a l C u ltu re , s u b je c t 2®Bassett interview. 21sc Catalogue, 1899-1900, p. 80. 47 to th e a p p ro v a l o f th e E x e c u tiv e C o m m ittee."22 R o b e rts In 1901 th e r e f o r e had a second a s s i s t a n t , Lena L. T u rn e r, a s tu d e n t a s s i s t a n t o f th e C o lle g e ,23 th u s m aking a t o t a l o f th r e e s t a f f members. E d u c a tio n a l Aim and D e s c rip tio n s o f C ourses The aim o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry d u rin g R o b e rts ' f o u r y e a rs as Dean was: The aim o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry and P h y s ic a l C u ltu re i s to s e c u re a sy m m etric al developm ent o f th e p h y s ic a l, m e n tal and m o ral man. T h is means h e a lth to th e body, v ig o r to th e m ind, and s tr e n g t h to th e , c h a r a c te r a c c o rd in g to th e n a t u r a l law s o f g ro w th .^ 4 The c o u rs e o f stu d y w hich th e C o lle g e o f f e r e d was d iv id e d in to (1) th e e v a lu a tio n o f e x p re s s io n , h a v in g to do w ith w hat we now c a l l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n ; and (2) o r a to r y , in c lu d in g th e w r i tin g and d e l iv e r in g o f o r i g i n a l o r a tio n s . From th e s e two d iv is io n s ev o lv ed f iv e c l a s s e s as fo llo w s : 1. P h y s ic a l C u ltu re : The o r a t o r i s c h a r a c te r iz e d by h i s b e a rin g and a c tio n ; so th e r e m ust be d ev e lo p ed in th e p h y s ic a l man a se n se o f g ra c e and b e a u ty , and re s p o n s iv e n e s s t o th e a t t i t u d e o f m ind, t h a t th e r e may be d ig n i f i e d b e a rin g and g r a c e f u l and a p p r o p r ia te a c tio n . The body i s c r e a te d to be th e s e rv a n t o f th e s o u l, and by th e r i g h t m ethod o f p s y c h o -p h y s ic a l c u l t u r e can be e d u c a te d to s e rv e i t s p u rp o se , n o t o n ly by f u r th e r i n g th e grow th o f th e s o u l b u t a ls o by g iv in g e x p re s s io n to i t s m ost com plex em o tio n s; 22M inutes o f th e Board o f T r u s te e s , Ju n e 30, 1899, p. 118. 23SC Catalogue. 1901-1902, p. 18. 24Ibid., 1900-1901, p. 80. 48 2. G e stu re : In o u r p h y s ic a l c u l t u r e e x e r c is e s th e m u sc u lar se n se i s e d u c a te d so t h a t th e v o lu n ta ry m u scles w hich c o n tr o l g e s tu r e become h ig h ly s e n s i t i v e to any a c t o f th e w i l l o r s t a t e o f f e e l i n g and resp o n d i n o b e d ie n ce to th e law s o f g e s tu r e . W ith t h i s p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n , th e s p e a k e r who i s t r u e to h i s own in d i v i d u a l i t y and em o tio n s, w i l l f u l f i l l n a t u r a l l y and n o t m e c h a n ic a lly a l l c r i t e r i a o f g e s tu r e ; 3 . V ocal C u ltu re : From a v a r i e t y o f c a u s e s alm o st ev e ry v o ic e h as p h y s ic a l l i m i t a t i o n s from w hich i t m ust b e f r e e d . I n v o ic e c u l t u r e we m ust d e a l p r im a r ily w ith th e mind and m e n ta l to n e . The te c h n ic o f v o ic e m ust be d ev elo p ed from w ith in and n o t from w ith o u t. The f i r s t s te p i s le a r n in g to th in k so u n d s. The i n t e l l e c t i s th e mind th in k in g , and g iv e s form to th e v o ic e . Through t h i s we re a c h th e s e n s i b i l i t y , w hich i s th e mind f e e l i n g and w hich g iv e s c o l o r and q u a l i t y to th e v o ic e . Through th e s e n s i b i l i t y and em o tio n s we re a c h th e w i l l , w hich i s th e mind c h o o sin g and w hich g iv e s c e r t a i n t y to th e v o ic e and d e v e lo p s c h a r a c te r ; 4 . D ram atic I n t e r p r e t a t i o n [th e f i r s t u se o f th e word " i n t e r p r e t a t i o n " ] : D ram atic w ork b e g in s w ith a stu d y o f c h a r a c te r , c o n tin u e s w ith a stu d y o f th e same, and ends by l i v i n g th e c h a r a c te r f o r th e tim e b e in g . The s tu d e n t m ust n o t o n ly know ab o u t th e c h a r a c te r b u t m ust know th e c h a r a c t e r . He m ust r e a l i z e a l l th e in f lu e n c e s t h a t su rro u n d th e c h a r a c te r , p u t h im s e lf in t h a t c h a r a c t e r 's p la c e u n t i l he can t r a c e in h is own b e in g th e th o u g h ts , th e em o tio n s, th e c h o ic e o f t h a t c h a r a c te r , and a llo w th e same to be a c te d o u t th ro u g h h i s b e in g . S h a k e s p e a re 's H am let, M acbeth, and M erchant o f V enice a r e s tu d ie d f o r t h e i r d ra m a tic v a lu e . O th er p la y s [n o t l i s t e d ] a r e s tu d ie d more p a r t i c u l a r l y f o r t h e i r l i t e r a r y v a lu e ; 5. E xtem poraneous S peaking [ th e f i r s t m en tio n made o f "extem poraneous s p e a k in g " ]: The a b i l i t y f o r extem poraneous sp e a k in g i s one o f th e m ost g r a t i f y i n g r e s u l t s o f th e co m p lete c o u rs e . The s tu d e n t le a r n s to th in k w h ile on h i s f e e t . He le a r n s to know th e s t a t e o f mind o f h i s a u d ie n c e and th e r e l a t i o n o f w hat he h as to say to t h a t s t a t e o f m ind, to d i r e c t h is th o u g h ts to i t , and to p ro d u ce such r e s u l t s a s he w ish e s. He le a r n s to com prehend u n d e rly in g p r i n c i p l e s and to p re p a re w e ll th e th o u g h t r a t h e r th a n w ords. Our g ra d u a te s a r e f i t t e d to become p u b lic s p e a k e rs as w e ll as r e a d e rs and te a c h e r s . In t h i s we m eet 49 th e r i s i n g demand o f th e p u b lic by f i t t i n g o u r p u p ils t o become h e l p f u l le a d e r s in s o c i e t y . 25 R o b e rts w anted h i s C o lle g e o f O ra to ry to ra n k fa v o ra b ly w ith o th e r s c h o o ls o f o r a to r y th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try . One e v id e n c e t h a t he su cceed ed in h is e f f o r t s was found in a recom m endation from Henry L. S outhw ick, Dean o f th e Emerson C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , B o sto n . Southw ick had t h i s to say : . . . S tu d e n ts o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a (Em erson M ethod) w i l l , a t any tim e , b e h e a r t i l y re c e iv e d and be g iv e n f u l l c r e d i t a t th e Emerson C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , B oston, f o r any amount o f work done in th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a so lo n g as P ro f e s s o r J . M. R o b e rts i s Dean o f th e C o lle g e o f O r a to r y .26 R o b e rts ta u g h t th e Emerson m ethod, w hich was b ased upon th e p h y s ic a l, m e n ta l, and m o ral n a tu r e o f man ( a ls o c a l l e d th e " e v o lu tio n o f e x p r e s s io n " ) . 2^ T hese p r i n c i p l e s w ere s t r e s s e d in th e f iv e b a s ic c o u rs e s a s t h e i r d e s c r ip ti o n s t e s t i f y . B a s s e tt, who im m ed iately p reced ed R o b e rts, was t r a i n e d in th e Cumnock m ethod, w hich, a c c o rd in g to him, was a "m ore academ ic approach" in a s much a s i t s tr e s s e d th e a p p r e c ia tio n o f l i t e r a t u r e and a more n a t u r a l and l e s s f l o r i d e lo c u tio n a r y s t y l e o f d e l iv e r y . (Cumnock s tu d e n ts m ig h t have d is a g re e d w ith him on t h i s p o i n t .) B oth gave 25I b i d . , pp. 8 0 -8 3 . 26I b i d . . 1901-1902, p. 65. 2 ^W allace, op. c i t . , pp. 312-13. 50 t h e i r s tu d e n ts p h y s ic a l c u l t u r e d r i l l s . Both worked f o r g r e a t e r v o c a l e f f e c t iv e n e s s th ro u g h d i r e c t e x e r c is e s . B a s s e tt w orked w ith d e b a te as an e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t y ; R o b e rts was th e f i r s t to in tr o d u c e extem poraneous sp e a k in g . T ra in in g Program and D egrees R o b e rts ' program o f t r a i n i n g f o r th e freshm en and sophom ores was n o t g iv e n in th e C a ta lo g u e ; how ever, th e o r d e r o f s tu d ie s f o r th e fo llo w in g y e a rs was: J u n io r Y ear F i r s t S em ester F i r s t th r e e p e rio d s in E v o lu tio n o f E x p re s s io n . C o lo s s a l P e rio d , o r th e W hole. L if e and Abandonment in R en d erin g ; C o n tin u ity o f T hought; Sm oothness and Volume o f V oice; A r t i c u l a t i o n . A t t r a c t i v e P e rio d o r th e P a r ts . D is t i n c t O b je c ts o f T hought, S lid e , V alue o f P a r ts , Form ing o f P ic tu r e s in R e n d erin g . U sefu l P e rio d , o r P a r ts R e la te d to th e W hole. L ite r a r y A n a ly s is , V ita liz e d P ic tu r e s , T a s te , R e la tio n o f V alu e s. V oice C u ltu re , R h e to ric , E n g lis h L i t e r a t u r e , P h y s ic a l C u ltu re , E lem en tary G e stu re , R e c ita tio n . Second S em ester S u g g e stiv e P e rio d , o r P a r ts R e la te d to Each O th er, E l l i p s e , M agnanim ity o f A tm osphere, P u rpose and U n ity , R e la tio n s h ip and S u g g e s tiv e n e s s in R en d erin g . V oice C u ltu re , G e stu re , P h y s ic a l C u ltu re w ith L e c tu re s . E n g lis h L i t e r a t u r e , R h e to ric , R e c ita tio n , H am let. P e r f e c tiv e Laws o f A rt, P u r ity , P ro g re s s iv e n e s s , S e lf - Command , F o r e s ig h t. S e n io r Y ear P e r f e c tiv e Laws o f A rt in O ra to ry . L u m in o sity , Repose, P e rs u a s iv e n e s s , P o s itiv e n e s s , A d o ra tio n , P re s c ie n c e , R e a lity , B e a t i f i c a t i o n , W eight, P ro fu n d ity , F e rv o r, 51 A u th o rity . P h ilo so p h y o f th e E v o lu tio n o f E x p re s s io n , w ith l e c tu r e s g iv e n by th e c l a s s upon th e s te p s . G e stu re , R e c ita tio n , E xtem poraneous S p eak in g , V oice C u ltu re , A n a ly s is , and R en d erin g o f H am let, M acbeth, and M erchant o f V en ice. Normal w ork, P h y s ic a l C u ltu re , L i t e r a t u r e , Anatomy, P h y sio lo g y , P sy ch o lo g y . P o s t-g ra d u a te C ourse P h ilo so p h y o f th e P e r f e c tiv e Laws o f A rt, w ith l e c t u r e s g iv e n by th e c l a s s . Normal Work in P h y s ic a l C u ltu re , and E v o lu tio n o f E x p re ssio n , and P e r f e c tiv e Laws o f A rt. Theory and P r a c tic e , Extem poraneous S p eak in g , O ra tio n s , S p e c ia l c o u rse in R h e to ric and P sychology as a p p lie d to th e P h ilo so p h y o f E x p re s s io n . A n a ly s is and R en d erin g o f S h a k e s p e a re 's and o th e r p la y s . L i t e r a - A f te r c o m p le tin g th e j u n i o r and s e n io r work a t th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , a diplom a o f g ra d u a tio n was aw arded. Those c o m p le tin g th e p o s t- g r a d u a te c o u rse re c e iv e d th e B a ch e lo r o f O ra to ry d e g re e . F or th o s e who co m p leted th e B a c h e lo r o f A rts d eg ree from th e U n iv e r s ity , th e p o s t g ra d u a te c o u rse le d to th e M aster o f O ra to ry d e g re e . U n iv e rs ity s tu d e n ts who w ere w orking tow ard th e B a ch e lo r o f O ra to ry d eg re e to o k t h e i r f i r s t two y e a r s ' work in L ib e r a l A rts and d ev o ted t h e i r e n t i r e j u n i o r and s e n io r y e a rs to O ra to ry . The C atalo g u e gave no e x p la n a tio n a s to w h eth er th e two y e a r s ' stu d y in L ib e r a l A rts in c lu d e d any c o u rs e s in e lo c u tio n o r o r a to r y . Through R o b e rts ' fo u r y e a rs as Dean, s tu d e n ts who fo rm e rly c o u ld e a rn o n ly fo u r s e m e ste r h o u rs c r e d i t in th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry beyond 28SC Catalogue. 1900-1901, pp. 82-83 52 th e sophomore y e a r now (1902) c o u ld " r e c e iv e c o lle g e c r e d i t 29 f o r same, n o t to exceed e ig h t se m e ste r h o u r s ." From 1903 to 1920 The p e rio d from 1903 to 1917 was an Im p o rta n t one In th e h i s t o r y o f sp eech developm ent In th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry u n d e r th e le a d e r s h ip o f B eulah W rig h t, Dean. The C o lle g e c o n tin u e d to grow, and d ev elo p ed I n to th e S chool o f Speech In 1920 d u rin g E liz a b e th Y o d e r's y e a rs a s Dean, 1917 to 1924. In th e s e tw en ty -o n e y e a rs o f grow th, th e S chool became th e o n ly I n s t i t u t i o n o f I t s k in d In th e W est w hich com bined th e ad v a n tag e s o f u n iv e r s i t y and p r o f e s s io n a l w o rk .3® T h is p e rio d w i l l be d is c u s s e d u n d er th e fo llo w in g d i v is io n s : (1) The f a c u l ty , (2) F in a n c e s, (3) D eg rees, d ip lo m as, c e r t i f i c a t e s , (4) C u rricu lu m o f f e r in g s , (5) G uest S p eak ers and R e c i t a l i s t s , (6 ) D ram atic a c t i v i t i e s , and (7) O r a to r ic a l c o n te s ts and aw ards. The F a c u lty A f te r g ra d u a tin g from th e Cumnock S chool o f E x p re s s io n o f N o rth w e ste rn , B eulah W right ta u g h t two y e a rs in th e School o f E x p re ssio n , Upper Iowa U n iv e r s ity . She came 29I b i d . , 1902-1903, p. 44. 3QI b i d . , 1921-1922, p. 241. 53 to th e SC C o lleg e o f O ra to ry in 1903, fo llo w in g th e r e s i g n a tio n o f J e s s e M. R o b e rts . She assum ed th e d u tie s o f Dean and in s t r u c t e d in e x p re s s io n and g y m n astics f o r 31 women.J The sy stem W right o u tlin e d f o r th e C o lle g e was b ased on th e Cumnock m ethod w hich d isa p p ro v e d o f d is p la y and en co u rag ed a th o u g h tf u l ty p e o f d e liv e r y . The C a talo g u e s t a t e d h e r aim s f o r th e S chool o f O ra to ry as fo llo w s : The p u rp o se o f a t r u e S chool o f E x p re ssio n sh o u ld be to d ev e lo p c h a r a c te r and to p re p a re one to l i v e . Our aim s a r e , th e r e f o r e : F i r s t - U p b u ild in g th e in n e r man; Second - P re p a rin g th e body to e x p re s s th e in n e r man; T h ird - D eveloping th e in d iv id u a l. The C o lle g e o f O ra to ry i s c l o s e ly co n n e cte d w ith th e U n iv e r s ity . The m ere a s s o c ia tio n w ith u n i v e r s i t y l i f e and i d e a l s i s alw ays b ro a d e n in g and u p l i f t i n g . The s tu d e n t h as th e ad v a n tag e o f ta k in g E n g lis h and o th e r r e q u ir e d s tu d ie s u n d e r u n i v e r s i t y p r o f e s s o r s and th e o p p o rtu n ity o f la y in g a d e e p e r fo u n d a tio n in a th o ro u g h c o lle g e t r a i n i n g . No r e a d e r can b e any g r e a t e r th a n he h im s e lf i s . A g r e a t d e a l o f a t t e n t i o n i s p a id to th e D epartm ent o f P u b lic S peaking, m in i s te r s , th e o lo g ic a l s tu d e n ts , o r any who may have o c c a s io n to a d d re s s a u d ie n c e s , w i l l f in d t h i s work o f g r e a t v a l u e .’ 2 The C o lle g e o f O ra to ry was lo c a te d in th e C o lle g e o f L ib e r a l A rts* B u ild in g , l a t e r c a l l e d ’'O ld C o lle g e ,” on ^ T h e U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r (a s tu d e n t p u b lic a tio n , 1905-1912, l a t e r su p e rse d e d by th e SC D a ily T ro ia n ) . I l l (O cto b er 30, 1907), 3. 32SC Catalogue. 1903-1904, pp. 73-74. 54 th e SC campus a t T h ir ty " s i x t h S tr e e t and W esley Avenue. The e n t i r e t h i r d f l o o r was u se d by th e Dean. Two s tu d io s w ere u sed f o r p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n , and two la r g e h a l l s w ere f r e q u e n tly u se d f o r p r a c t i c e rooms and r e c i t a l s . 33 W right was th e o n ly te a c h e r in th e C o lle g e t i l l 1904 when th e s e r v ic e s o f N elye M. D ickson w ere o b ta in e d . D ickson, a ls o a g ra d u a te o f th e Cumnock S chool o f O ra to ry , C hicago, and th e School o f E x p re ssio n , Upper Iowa U n iv e rs ity , was a s s ig n e d th e p h y s ic a l c u l t u r e c l a s s e s f o r women s tu d e n ts , th u s g iv in g W right more tim e f o r sp eech i n s t r u c t i o n . 3^ (S im ila r to o th e r u n i v e r s i t i e s was th e f a c t t h a t from i t s o p en in g u n t i l 1909, th e D epartm ent o f P h y s ic a l E d u ca tio n 35 was c l o s e ly c o n n e c te d w ith th e C o lle g e o f O r a to r y .) The e n ro llm e n t f o r 1904-1905 showed a t o t a l o f t h i r t y s tu d e n ts in c l a s s i n s t r u c t i o n and t h i r t y ta k in g p r iv a te le s s o n s ; s e v e n te e n o f th o s e ta k in g p r iv a te le s s o n s a ls o to o k c l a s s w o rk .3^ 33The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r . I I (O cto b er 31, 1906), 1. Speech w ork a t SC was ta u g h t i n Old C o lle g e u n t i l th e b u ild in g was to r n down in 1948. 34SC C a ta lo g u e . 1903-1904, p . 73. o c J J Sarauel Eugene G ate s, "A H is to ry o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1900-1928" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , Los A n g eles, 1929), p p . 178-79. 3®SC Catalogue. 1904-1905, p. 139. 55 In th e second y e a r a f t e r W right became Dean (1 9 0 5 ), G e rtru d e Com stock was added to th e O ra to ry s t a f f . She rem ained f o r th e n e x t se v e n te e n y e a r s . Comstock was a g ra d u a te o f Iowa U n iv e rs ity and a ls o had had t r a i n i n g in p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n a t N o rth w e ste rn . B e sid e s ta k in g c h a rg e o f p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n f o r women a t SC, she ta u g h t p u b lic sp e a k in g and d e b a te in th e C o lle g e o f O r a t o r y . I n a d d i t i o n to work in th e C o lle g e , she coached d e b a te and p u b lic sp e a k in g in th e down-town C o lle g e o f Law o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . H ere an a tte m p t was made to b re a k away from mem orized a d d re s s by th e in tr o d u c tio n o f extem poraneous and im prom ptu s p e e c h e s.^ E ls ie V anderpool was engaged f o r one y e a r to a s s i s t in p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n c l a s s e s f o r women (1906-1907) and a l s o to te a c h V ocal E x p re ssio n o f L i t e r a t u r e . (Macha Vance was a ls o on th e s t a f f o f th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry f o r a few weeks d u rin g th e f i r s t se m e ste r o f 1 9 0 6 -1 9 0 7 .) 3^ In th e f a l l o f 1907 M arion B e ll Lamont, a n o th e r g ra d u a te o f th e Cumnock School o f N o rth w e stern U n iv e r s ity , jo in e d th e f a c u l ty o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry f o r t h a t sc h o o l y e a r. Her p u b lic r e c i t a l m arked th e o p en in g program ■ ^ In te rv ie w w ith G e rtru d e Comstock (on th e SC C o lle g e o f O ra to ry S t a f f , 1905-1922), 1956; se e A ppendix A. 3 8 I b id . 39The University Courier. II (October 31, 1906), 2. 56 o f th e s e m e s te r. The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r re p o rte d : . . . [U n iv e rs ity C hurch] was f i l l e d and M iss Lament re c e iv e d an e n t h u s i a s t i c welcom e. . . . M iss Lament i s e s p e c i a l l y s tr o n g i n th e d ra m a tic , as was shown in "M e rced es." H er S co tch d i a l e c t was e f f e c t i v e in th e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f th e sc en e from "The L i t t l e M in is t e r . " ^ S t a r t i n g w ith th e 1906-1907 e d i t i o n o f th e U n iv er- s i t y C a ta lo g u e , th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry began in c lu d in g w ith t h e i r s t a f f members some o f th e r e g u la r i n s t r u c t o r s o f th e U n iv e r s ity ; t h i s custom c o n tin u e d th ro u g h 1916. From th e s e i n s t r u c t o r s th e O ra to ry s tu d e n ts c o n tin u e d to ta k e g e n e ra l c o u rs e s f o r u n i t s i n e l e c t i v e s u b je c ts to m eet th e r i s i n g demands f o r a b ro a d e r e d u c a tio n a l background tow ard sp eech d e g re e s , d ip lo m a s, and c e r t i f i c a t e s . Those in c lu d e d w ith th e O ra to ry f a c u l t y w ere: A lb e rt B. U lrey , p r o f e s s o r o f p h y sio lo g y and h y g ie n e ; Jam es Main Dixon, p r o f e s s o r o f E n g lis h lan g u ag e and l i t e r a t u r e ; H arvey R. Holmes, d i r e c t o r o f p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n f o r men; S t e l l a W ebster Morgan, p r o f e s s o r o f E n g lis h l i t e r a t u r e ; and T u lle y C. K noles, p r o f e s s o r o f h i s t o r y . D e a n Cromwell became d i r e c t o r o f p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n f o r men i n 1 9 0 8. Odell S hepard, a s s o c ia te p r o f e s s o r o f th e E n g lis h lan g u ag e, was added 4 0 I b i d . . I l l (November 13, 1907), 1. 4 *SC C a ta lo g u e . 1906-1907, p . 22. 4 2 I b i d . , 1908-1909, p . 24. 57 a i n 1910. In 1915 w ere l i s t e d : A llis o n Gaw, p r o f e s s o r o f E n g lis h and l i t e r a t u r e ; F e s tu s E. Owen, p r o f e s s o r o f p h ilo s o p h y and p sy ch o lo g y ; Lawrence M. R id d le , p r o f e s s o r o f lan g u ag e and l i t e r a t u r e ; Edna Cocks, a s s o c ia te p ro f e s s o r o f p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n ; and, W illiam R alph La F o rte , p r o f e s s o r o f p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n . 4 4 E liz a b e th Y oder, a ls o a g ra d u a te o f th e Cumnock S chool o f E x p re s s io n , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , began te a c h in g a t SC in th e f a l l o f 1908. She was c l a s s i f i e d as “p r o f e s s o r o f d ra m a tic a r t and S h a k e sp e a re . " 4 3 In a d d itio n to h e r o u ts ta n d in g a b i l i t y as a te a c h e r o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , Yoder was re c o g n iz e d as an e x c e p tio n a l te a c h e r o f v o ic e and d i c t i o n . In conm enting on h e r work in t h i s a r e a a p u p il o f h e r s , M rs. H arry C. M abry, s a id : . . . th e c h i e f em phasis seemed to r e s t on v o ic e and d i c t i o n . M iss Yoder . . . u sed a l l s o r t s o f e x e r c is e s f o r v o ic e , m outh, t h r o a t . I ’ve n e v e r h ea rd o f anyone e l s e th e r e [SC] d o in g them . T h is in c lu d e d b r e a tn c o n tr o l from th e diaphragm , le a r n in g to p r o j e c t th e v o ic e , le a r n in g to sp eak d is t i n c t l y .^ ® A f te r W right re s ig n e d as Dean o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , " ... on th e m o tio n o f Dr. B ovard, M iss Yoder 4 3 I b i d . , 1910-1911, p . 24. 4 4 I b i d . , 1915-1916, p . 299. 4 5 I b i d . , 1908-1909, p . 24. ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith M rs. H arry C. Mabry (La Verne D ag is, SC Speech alum na, 1931), 1957; se e A ppendix A. 58 was unanim ously e le c te d Dean o f O r a to r y ." 4 7 y o d e r se rv e d as Dean t i l l 1924 when she ask ed to be r e lie v e d o f a d m in is t r a t i v e w ork. She was su cceed ed by Ray K. Iranel (1 9 2 4 ), b u t c o n tin u e d a s i n s t r u c t o r t i l l h e r r e s ig n a tio n in Ju n e , 1 9 2 9 .48 Edna Ju n e T e rry , a g ra d u a te o f E x p re s s io n and D ram atic A rt from th e U n iv e r s ity o f W isco n sin in 1908, jo in e d th e School o f O ra to ry s t a f f in th e f a l l o f 1909. B e sid e s te a c h in g c o u rs e s in v o c a l e x p re s s io n , th e S h ak esp eare Club was a ls o u n d e r M iss T e r r y 's d i r e c t i o n . 4^ A f te r L eonard G. N attkem per became a member o f th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry f a c u lty in 1910, th e r e was a t o t a l o f f iv e i n s t r u c t o r s te a c h in g sp e e c h . T h is was th e l a r g e s t s t a f f e v e r em ployed up to t h a t tim e . N attkem per was a g ra d u a te o f th e Colum bia C o lleg e o f O ra to ry , C hicago. B e sid e s te a c h in g , he f r e q u e n tly gave r e c i t a l s , w hich o f te n in c lu d e d s e le c tio n s from S h ak e sp eare. A p o p u la r e v e n in g 's program was h is p r e s e n ta tio n o f T. W . R o b in so n 's p la y , 4 ^From th e o r i g i n a l M inutes o f th e Board o f T r u s te e s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , Ju n e , 1918, p . 60. 48E liz a b e th Y oder, Q u e s tio n n a ire , 1957, se e A ppendix B. 4^The U n iv e rs ity C o u r ie r . V (S eptem ber 30, 1909), 22. -^ In te rv ie w w ith. L eonard G. N attkem per (on th e SC C o lle g e o f O ra to ry S ta f f , 1910-1915), 1957; se e A ppendix A. 59 D avid G a r ric k . A b io g r a p h ic a l s k e tc h in th e S o u th ern D a ily C a lif o r n ia n s t a te d : P ro f e s s o r N attkem per i s no n o v ic e on th e p la tfo rm . He h a s had a w ide and v a r ie d e x p e rie n c e b e fo re th e p u b lic . He h as ta k e n le a d in g p a r t s i n some o f th e s tr o n g e s t m odern p la y s , h a v in g f i l l e d an engagem ent o f o v e r a y e a r a t th e C hicago O pera House and h as tr a v e le d o v e r m ost o f th e S outh and S outhw est as a Lyceum r e a d e r . 51 He ta u g h t S h a k e sp e a re , O ra to ry , H is to ry o f O ra to ry , P u b lic S p eaking, P la tfo rm D eportm ent, V ocal E x p re ssio n , V ocal I n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f L i t e r a t u r e (b o th p r i v a t e and c l a s s le s s o n s ) , B ib le and Hymn R eading (w ith s p e c i a l h e lp f o r th o s e e n te r in g th e m i n i s t r y ) , and gave in d iv id u a l h e lp to s tu d e n ts h a v in g a r t i c u l a t o r y p ro b le m s. ^ 2 A lb e rt W illia m O lm stead became a member o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry s t a f f in 1912. He came to SC from th e S ta te U n iv e r s ity o f B o u ld er, C o lo rad o , w here he had been a s s i s t a n t d e b a te c o a c h .^3 O lm stead ta u g h t D ebate and P a rlia m e n ta ry Law i n b o th th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry and th e Law School o f th e U n iv e r s ity w h ile he s tu d ie d f o r th e 5^- The D a ily S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia n (a s tu d e n t p u b lic a t i o n . p re c e d e d bv The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r} . I l l ^O ctober 22. 191 2 ), 1. 52 N attkem per in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 5^ S ta r e D e c is is (Y ear Book f o r th e School o f Law), 1914, p . 1091 60 M.A. d e g re e in Law w hich he r e c e iv e d i n 1 9 1 4 .5^ Ja y L. C h e sn u tt and Eva L. Sm ith w ere added to th e f a c u l ty o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry i n th e f a l l o f 1915. C h e sn u tt h e ld an A.B. d e g re e from N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , h a v in g g ra d u a te d from th e Cumnock C o lle g e o f O ra to ry . He was a member o f D e lta Sigma Rho, and came to SC from th e U n iv e r s ity o f M in n eso ta w here he had been d e b a te and p u b lic sp e a k in g co ach . At SC he was p u t i n c h a rg e o f d ra m a tic s and th e f o r e n s ic program . 5 5 S m ith 's ap p o in tm en t to th e f a c u l t y was u n u su a l in t h a t she was th e f i r s t g ra d u a te from th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry (1913) to become an i n s t r u c t o r on i t s s t a f f . 5 6 She began as A s s o c ia te P ro f e s s o r o f E x p re s s io n . 5 7 Cloyde Duval D a lz e ll was a n o th e r g ra d u a te who l a t e r jo in e d th e s t a f f . A f te r s e rv in g one y e a r (1915-1916) as Head o f th e D epartm ent o f E n g lis h and H is to ry , Los R obles S chool f o r G ir ls , P asadena, C a lif o r n i a , she jo in e d th e SC O ra to ry f a c u l ty in th e autumn o f 1916. I t m ig h t be 5^From a te le p h o n e c o n v e rs a tio n , Ju n e 26, 1957, w ith M rs. A lb e rt W illia m O lm stead (141 S outh Roxbury, B e v erly H i l l s , C a l i f . ) who s t a t e d t h a t from 1914 to 1923 h e r husband was n o t c o n n e cte d w ith SC b u t t h a t from 1923- 1925 Mr. O lm stead headed th e SC E x te n s io n D iv is io n . He d ie d in 1946. 55The S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a T ro ia n ( h e r e a f t e r r e f e r r e d to as The T ro ia n ) . V II (Septem ber 22. 1915^. 3. 5 6 I b id . 57SC Catalogue. 1915-1916, p. 299 61 claim e d t h a t h e r te a c h in g c a r e e r s t a r t e d d u rin g th e p r e c e d in g s e m e ste r when th e J u n io r C la ss P lay com m ittee s e le c te d h e r a s co ach f o r t h e i r s p r in g p l a y . 58 she s ta y e d u n t i l 1919, th e n r e tu rn e d in 1929 to s ta y on c o n tin u o u s ly . H er c r e a t i v e work in i n t e r p r e t a t i o n g ain ed n a t io n a l a t t e n t i o n . (See th e d is c u s s io n o f th e P o e try P lay h o u se in C h a p te r V I I .) In 1917, A lic e 0 . H unnew ell was added to th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry s t a f f , 59 aruj i n 1 9 1 9 Leone B erge jo in e d th e f a c u l t y . 80 Of th e s e i n s t r u c t o r s , Yoder s ta te d : M rs. H unnew ell ta u g h t one summer s e s s io n . She was a te a c h e r o f sp eech a t w hat i s now U .C.L.A . At t h a t tim e , 1917, i t was lo c a te d on Vermont Avenue, Los A ngeles C ity C o lle g e lo c a tio n . M iss Berge was w ith u s two y e a rs . . . [ f o r ] c l a s s work . . . and p r i v a t e te a c h i n g .61 In 1919, A nthony F. B lanks came as d i r e c t o r o f forensics.82 He was a g ra d u a te o f V a n d e rb ilt U n iv e rs ity , and had an M.A. from Ohio W esleyan w here he had coached d e b a t e .83 Thus, from 1903 th ro u g h 1919, th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry 58The T ro ia n . V III (Septem ber 22, 1916), 1. 59sc C a ta lo g u e , 1917-1918, p. 289. 6 0 l b i d . . 1919-1920, p. 110. 8 ^-E lizab eth Y oder, q u e s tio n n a ir e ; se e A ppendix B. 62SC C a ta lo g u e . 1919-1920, p . 110. 83e 1 Rodeo (th e SC Y ear Book), 1922, p . 197. 62 had had a t o t a l o f s ix te e n members on I t s s t a f f . F in a n c e s As th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry was w ith o u t f in a n c i a l a s s is ta n c e from th e U n iv e r s ity , i t was n e c e s s a ry f o r b o th W right and Yoder ( in t h e i r r e s p e c tiv e term s as Dean) to u se a l l p o s s ib le s k i l l in c a r e f u l management o f f e e s and t u i t i o n . In r e c a l l i n g th e e a r l y d ay s o f th e C o lle g e 's s tr u g g le f o r s u r v iv a l, Com stock commented: W e w ent th ro u g h d i f f i c u l t day s f o r we d i d n 't know w h eth er w e'd g e t any s tu d e n ts o r n o t f o r we ra n o u r own t u i t i o n , c o l le c te d i t a l l . The P re s id e n t n o r th e S chool a u t h o r i t i e s had a n y th in g to do w ith i t . W e b u i l t up o u r own a d v e r t is in g : o u r own b ro c h u re s we s e n t o u t e v e ry y e a r f o r s tu d e n ts . The fo llo w in g shows th e t u i t i o n th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry ch a rg e d f o r p r i v a te i n s t r u c t i o n f o r one se m e ste r in 1903-1904. (Fees a r e p a y a b le to th e Dean in A dvance.) Two le s s o n s p e r week (43 m in u te s ) .................................. $50.00 One le s s o n p e r week (45 m i n u t e s ) ............................. 25.00 A c o u rs e o f te n le s s o n s (45 m i n u t e s ) ................... 15.00 S in g le le s s o n s ......................................................... $ 1.75 to 2 .0 0 ^ G e r tr u d e Com stock, in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. (A cco rd in g to th e M inutes o f th e Board o f T ru s te e s , Ju n e 5, 1922, p . 139, "M usic, Pharm acy, and Speech became an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f th e U n iv e r s ity ." A lan N ic h o ls, jo in i n g th e Speech f a c u l ty in 1921, s t a t e d t h a t he re c e iv e d h is f i r s t ch eck s from th e U n iv e r s ity . T h e re fo re i t c o u ld be assum ed t h a t SC was p ay in g th e Speech s t a f f s a l a r i e s in th e f a l l o f 1921. No a d d i tio n a l o f t h i s m a tte r a p p e a rs in th e M in u tes o f th e Board on t h i s d a te c i t e d . ) 63 F o r c l a s s I n s t r u c t i o n , p e r s e m e s te r, th e s e £ ees w ere c h a rg e d : Two p e r io d s p e r week (50 m i n u t e s ...................................$10.00 A f e e o f $ 4 .0 0 w i l l b e ch a rg e d a l l O ra to ry s tu d e n ts d o in g gym nasium work w ith th e C o lle g e c l a s s e s . A dip lo m a fe e o f $ 5 .0 0 w i l l b e c h a rg e d ; c e r t i f i c a t e f e e , $ 3 .0 0 . C o lle g e s tu d e n ts who ta k e E lo c u tio n and O ra to ry in th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry may r e c e iv e e ig h t s e m e s te r-h o u rs c r e d i t in th e C o lle g e o f L ib e r a l A r t s . 65 A new d ep a rtm en t was opened in 1904. T h is was c a l l e d a C h ild r e n 's D epartm ent. The C a talo g u e in d ic a te d : T h is c o u rs e i s p la n n e d f o r c h ild r e n u n d e r tw e lv e y e a rs o f ag e . C la s s e s a r e o rg a n iz e d i n E x p re ssio n , w here th e c h ild r e n a r e t r a in e d in common r e a d in g , and i n th e d e liv e r y o f r e c i t a t i o n s . P r iv a te l e s s o r s p e r week, E x p re ssio n (30 m in u te s ), $35.00 [ f o r one sem es t e r ] ; one p r i v a t e le s s o n p e r week, E x p re ssio n (30 m in u te s ), $ 2 0 .0 0 ; C la ss E x p re s s io n , C ourse o f 15 le s s o n s , $ 3 .0 0 : C la ss P h y s ic a l C u ltu re , C ourse o f 15 le s s o n s , $3 . 0 0 . 6 6 D eg rees. D iplom as, C e r t i f i c a t e s W right re o rg a n iz e d th e C o lle g e , o f f e r i n g two c o u rs e s o f stu d y : (1) C e r t i f i c a t e C ourse, and (2) Diplom a C ourse. The C atalo g u e re a d : The work r e q u ir e d in t h i s c o u rs e [th e C e r t i f i c a t e C o u rse] c o n s is ts o f: Two y e a rs o f p r i v a te w ork, two le s s o n s p e r week; C ourse I [F undam ental p r i n c i p l e s o f e x p r e s s io n ] , C ourse I I [V oice b u ild in g , b r e a th in g , to n e p la c in g ] , C ourse I I I [ I n t e r p r e t a t i v e work from modern w r i t e r s ] , and th r e e o f th e re m a in in g f iv e c o u rs e s to be e l e c t e d ; two y e a rs o f P h y s ic a l T ra in in g ; Freshm an and Sophomore E n g lis h and R h e to ric ; M edieval H is to r y . I t i s p o s s ib le f o r a s tu d e n t to co m p lete t h i s c o u rs e in two y e a rs . 65SC Catalogue. 1903-1904, p. 106. 66Ibid. 64 F o r th e D iplom a C o u rse, th e C a ta lo g u e re a d : The work r e q u ir e d in t h i s c o u rs e c o n s i s t s o f: T h ree y e a rs o f p r i v a t e w ork, two le s s o n s p e r week; th e e ig h t c o u rs e s ; one y e a r advanced P h y s ic a l T ra in in g in a d d itio n to th e two y e a rs r e q u ir e d Gymnasium w ork; c o lle g e work s u f f i c i e n t to e n r o l l a s tu d e n t a s a J u n io r in th e C o lle g e o f L ib e r a l A r ts . P u p ils ' r e c i t a l s w ere g iv e n ev e ry two w eeks, and a l l s tu d e n ts e n r o lle d in th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry w ere r e q u ir e d to be p r e s e n t. By 1920 th e new c u rric u lu m o f th e C o lle g e o f fe r e d fo u r d i s t i n c t c o u rs e s to i t s s tu d e n ts : (1) B.L. d e g re e , o r B a c h e lo r o f L i t e r a t u r e ( th e C a ta lo g u e f o r 1920-1921 l i s t s t h i s as an A.B. d e g re e w hich was n o t g ra n te d t i l l 1932), r e q u ir in g n in e ty u n i t s o f work in L ib e r a l A rts and f o r t y u n i t s in Speech, p lu s two y e a rs o f in d iv id u a l i n s t r u c t i o n ; (2) th e T e a c h e r 's C e r t i f i c a t e C o u rse, w hich r e q u ir e d a f i f t h y e a r 's w ork; (3) th e Diplom a C ourse, w hich p r e s c r ib e d a t o t a l o f t h i r t y u n i t s in L ib e r a l A rts and th r e e y e a rs o f p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n in o r a to r y , in c lu d in g th e u n d e rg ra d u a te c o u rs e s r e q u ir e d ; and (4) th e R e a d e r's C ourse, w hich was com posed o f two y e a rs o f in d iv id u a l le s s o n s and th e c h o ic e o f th r e e o r fo u r u n i t s p e r se m e ste r in th e C o lle g e o f L ib e r a l Arts.**® ®^I b i d . , pp. 73-7 4 . 6 8 I b i d . . 1920-1921, p . 245. An ex a m in a tio n o f th e e n ro llm e n t e ig h t y e a rs a f t e r W right became Dean, showed t h a t in 1911 th e r e w ere 150 s tu d e n ts e n r o lle d in th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , a g a in o f n in e ty s in c e th e 1904-1905 r e g i s t r a t i o n . **9 j n 1 9 2 1 , th e e n ro llm e n t jum ped to 247, "an in c r e a s e o f one hundred f o r ty - s e v e n o v e r th e e n ro llm e n t in 1920-21."^® C u rricu lu m O ffe rin g s In a d d itio n to p h y s ic a l c u l t u r e re q u ire m e n ts , th e fo llo w in g s u b je c ts w ere l i s t e d in th e C a talo g u e soon a f t e r W right became Dean: 1. Fundam ental p r i n c i p l e s o f e x p re s s io n . E n g lis h p h o n a tio n , e n u n c ia tio n , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f s e le c tio n s from Cumnock's C hoice R e ad in g s. 2. V oice b u ild in g , b r e a th in g , to n e p la c in g , b o d ily e x p re s s io n , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f s e l e c t i o n s from Cum nock's C hoice R e ad in g s. 3. I n t e r p r e t a t i v e work from m odem w r i t e r s : K ip lin g , B a r r ie , M aclaren , R ile y , F ie ld , Dunbar and o th e r s . 4 . O ra to ry . S e a r s ' H is to ry o f O ra to ry and Modem E lo q u en ce. 5. B ib le and hymn re a d in g . C u r r y 's V ocal and L ite r a r y I n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f th e B ib le . 6 . D ebate and E xtem poraneous S p eak in g . 7. S h ak esp eare: J u l i u s C a e s a r. M acbeth, o r H am let; As You L ik e I t . o r Two G entlem en o f V erona. 69E1 Rodeo. 1911, p. 62. ^ A la n N ic h o ls, The T ro ia n . X III (December 2, 1921), 5. 66 8 . R e p e r to ir e , ab rid g em en t o f books and c l a s s i c s f o r p u b lic p r e s e n ta ti o n , arran g em en t o f p ro g ra g ^ , im p e rs o n a tio n (Advanced s tu d e n ts onl y )* T hree a d d i tio n a l c o u rs e s w ere c r e a te d in 1913. T hese c o u rs e s w ere: 1. P a rlia m e n ta ry Law: L e c tu re and c l a s s d r i l l s on th e r u l e s and u sa g e s o f d e l i b e r a t i v e a s s e m b lie s . One h o u r; b o th s e m e s te rs . 2. A ssem bly: A ll p u p ils m eet w ith th e Dean to p u rsu e a c o u rs e in th e a r t i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . The f i r s t s e m e s te r i s d e v o te d to th e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f m a s te rp ie c e s o f l i t e r a t u r e . The second se m e ste r c o v e rs a stu d y o f th e M odem Drama. Two h o u rs; b o th s e m e s te rs . 3. S to ry T e llin g : A c o u rs e i s made o f th e a r t o f t e l l i n g s t o r i e s to c h ild r e n . One h o u r; b o th s e m e s te r s .72 A few ch an g es in th e c o u rs e s o f stu d y c o n tin u e d from y e a r to y e a r. In th e l i s t i n g in th e 1917-1918 c a ta lo g u e , B ib le and Hymn R eading, O ra to ry , and R e p e r to ir e w ere o m itte d . The c o u rs e s f o r t h a t y e a r w ere: 1. V oice and D ic tio n . T h is c o u rs e i s d ev o ted to th e f r e e in g o f th e v o c a l in s tru m e n t. C o n s id e r a t io n o f th e problem i s b r e a th c o n t r o l, r e la x a t i o n o f th e t h r o a t , re so n a n c e , i n f l e c t i o n a l a g i l i t y , d i s t i n c t a r t i c u l a t i o n and c o r r e c t p ro n u n c ia tio n . 2. Speech and A c tio n . T h is c o u rs e i s p la n n ed to f r e e th e body and to e s t a b l i s h re s p o n s iv e a c tio n as th e n a t u r a l r e s u l t o f th o u g h t. R e la x a tio n , developm ent o f p o is e , stu d y l i n e , pantom im e. 71SC C a ta lo g u e . 1903-1904, pp. 73-7 4 . 7 2 I b i d . , 1913-1914, p . 296. 67 3 . P u b lic S p eak in g . The c o n s id e r a tio n and d e liv e r y o f v a r io u s form s o f a d d re s s , w ith p la tfo r m e x e r c is e s th ro u g h o u t th e c o u rs e . R apid form a t i o n o f th o u g h t and i t s e f f e c t i v e p r e s e n ta tio n a r e a c q u ire d . 4 . E d u c a tio n a l D ra m a tic s. I n t e r p r e t a t i o n and p r e s e n ta ti o n o f th e dram a; p r a c t i c a l i n s t r u c t i o n in th e s ta g in g o f p la y s ; a stu d y o f d ra m a tic law . Members o f th e c l a s s a r e g iv e n p r a c t i c e in c o n d u c tin g r e h e a r s a l s . 3. Advanced V o ice. The c o n tin u a tio n o f th e te c h n iq u e o f v o ic e b u ild in g w ith an a p p l ic a tio n to i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . 6 . A rt o f I n t e r p r e t a t i o n . T h is i s a two y e a r c o u rs e in c lu d in g a su rv e y o f th e v a rio u s l i t e r a r y form s w ith s e l e c t i o n s from m a s te r p ie c e s ; co n tem p o rary l i t e r a t u r e ; B i b l ic a l l i t e r a t u r e ; c l a s s i c and modern dram a. 7. A rg u m en tatio n and D eb ate. A p r a c t i c a l t r a i n i n g in m ethods o f argum ent; b r i e f d raw in g ; p r a c t i c e d e b a te . 8 . R eading and L i t e r a t u r e . D esigned f o r th e te a c h e r s in th e In te rm e d ia ry and Grammar g ra d e s . 9. C r i t i c a l A n a ly s is . S e n io rs a re e n r o lle d in sm a ll g ro u p s f o r th e d is c u s s io n and w orking o u t o f in d iv id u a l p ro b lem s. 10. T each in g o f O ra l E n g lis h . The d is c u s s io n o f th e m ethods and problem s o f te a c h in g extem poraneous sp e a k in g and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . P re p a r a tio n and p r e s e n ta ti o n o f m odel le s s o n s . No changes w ere n o te d f o r 1918-1919. G uest S p eak ers and R e c i t a l i s t s F a c u lty members f r e q u e n tly p re s e n te d m em orized program s to th e s tu d e n t body and th e p u b lic each s e m e s te r. 73Ibid., 1917-1918, pp. 286-89. 68 A lso , I t was th e custom to have a r t i s t s from th e o u ts id e g iv e r e c i t a l s and l e c t u r e s . 7^ Many o f th e s e p e rfo rm e rs en jo y ed n a t io n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l r e p u ta tio n s as p u b lic r e a d e rs and l e c t u r e r s . Among th e o u ts ta n d in g men and women who w ere in v it e d to th e U n iv e rs ity by th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry w ere: P ro f e s s o r S. H. C la rk o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f C hicago, " a g r e a t E n g lis h s c h o la r and i n t e r p r e t e r o f l i t e r a t u r e , " re a d R o s ta n d 's Cyrano de B erg erac a t a r e c i t a l in 1 9 0 7 .75 Mr. C la rk was a ls o in v it e d a t o th e r tim e s to g iv e v a r io u s r e c i t a l s and to l e c t u r e to th e s tu d e n ts o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry . P au l M a rtin P earso n , o f Sw arthm ore C o lle g e , gave a s e r i e s o f r e c i t a l s a t SC. H is f i r s t one was on J a n u a ry 18, 1912 and c o n s is te d "m o stly o f s e l e c t i o n s by K ip lin g , R ile y , and T en n y so n ."7^ Lady A ugust G regory, th e famous d r a m a tis t and le a d e r o f th e I r i s h t h e a t e r movement, ap p eared in Cumnock H a ll, Los A n g eles, Tuesday ev e n in g a t 8 : 1 5 .77 (Lady G regory and W illia m B u tle r Y eats w ere th e p r i n c i p a l p e rs o n s r e s p o n s ib le 7 4 I b i d . . 1904-1905, p . 105. 75The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r. I I (F e b ru a ry 20, 1907), 1. 7 6 I b i d . , V III (Ja n u a ry 16, 1912), 1. 77The T ro ia n , V II (S eptem ber 11, 1915), 4 . 69 i n th e F i r s t W orld War p e rio d f o r th e I r i s h t h e a t e r move m ent. ) K ath aren J e w e ll E v e r ts , i n th e w in te r o f 1915, gave a r e c i t a l in th e U n iv e rs ity C hapel. The r e c i t a l p re s e n te d on th e e v e n in g o f Ja n u a ry 12, 1915, was th e p la y Je a n d fArc by P ercy M ackaye. 7 8 B e sid e s th e r e c i t a l she was a ls o engaged by th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry to g iv e a s e r i e s o f l e c t u r e s on i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . 79 P ro b ab ly th e m ost d is tin g u is h e d l e c t u r e r and sp eech e d u c a to r to v i s i t th e campus d u rin g th e y e a rs th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry was in o p e r a tio n was Dr. R o b ert McLean Cumnock, who came in 1916. Dr. Cumnock was Head o f th e Cumnock S chool o f O ra to ry , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity . As h as been m en tio n ed , he had been th e i n s t r u c t o r o f many o f th e SC O ra to ry facu lty .® ® Coming from U n iv e rs a l F ilm Company, w here he was engaged in m o tio n p i c t u r e s a t th e tim e , Mr. T yrone Power (th e f a t h e r o f th e l a t e movie a c to r ) gave a s h o r t l e c t u r e on d ra m a tic a c t i v i t i e s a t th e c h a p e l h o u r on A p r il 7, 1916, u n d e r th e a u s p ic e s o f th e Lance and L ute d ra m a tic h o n o ra ry 81 s o c ie ty . Mr. Power was n o te d as one o f th e m ost 7 8 I b i d . , V II (Ja n u a ry 12, 1915), 1. 7 9 y o d er q u e s tio n n a ir e , 1957; se e A ppendix B. 8Q The T ro ia n . V III (Ja n u a ry 14, 1916), 3. 8 1 I b id . 70 a r t i s t i c i n t e r p r e t e r s o f th e dram a on th e A m erican s t a g e . 8 2 A n o th er g u e s t was Mr. F re d e r ic k W arde. Mr. W arde, O o "Dean o f A m erican A c to r s ," was p la y in g th e le a d in g r o l e i n th e w ell-know n M issio n P la y in San G a b rie l, C a lif o r n i a , a t th e tim e o f h i s l e c t u r e to sp eech s tu d e n ts a t SC. He was co n cern ed w ith "means o f e l e v a tin g th e dram a" and " th e im p o rta n c e o f sp eech t r a i n i n g f o r th e p o s s i b i l i t y o f g r e a t e r freedom i n s e l f - e x p r e s s i o n . " ® 4 D ram atic A c t i v i t i e s ®3 L ite r a r y s o c i e t i e s . In th e e a r l y y e a rs o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry dram a was n o t o rg a n iz e d i n t o c l a s s w ork; th e few d ra m a tic a c t i v i t i e s w ere e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r and owed t h e i r e x is te n c e to l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s and to a few c lu b s on th e cam pus. L ite r a r y s o c i e t i e s o f th e U n iv e r s ity p ro p e r (e x c lu d in g th o s e o f j u n i o r c o lle g e and academy g ro u p s) w ere th e C lio n ia n 8® and A thena® 7 f o r women, and Comitia®® ® 2 I b i d . , V III (M arch 4 , 1916), 2. 8 3 I b i d . , XI (March 14, 1919), 3. ® 4 I b i d . ® 3The e a r l y d ra m a tic a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be d is c u s s e d h e re . F or d is c u s s io n o f l a t e r a c t i v i t i e s , se e C h a p ter V II. ® ®The U n iv e rs ity C o u r ie r . I I (S eptem ber 26, 1906), 1. ® 7 I b i d . . I l l (Ja n u a ry 16, 1907), 1. ® ® Ib id . t I I I (O cto b er 23, 1907), 5. 71 and A r i s t o t e l i a n **9 f o r men. These s o c i e t i e s u s u a lly met a t l e a s t once a m onth, s tu d y in g l i t e r a t u r e , a r t , e t c . , and g iv in g r e a d in g s . I t was custo m ary f o r th e members to w r ite t h e i r c o m p o sitio n s, o r a tio n s , and p la y s w hich w ere t r i e d o u t on t h e i r fe llo w members. C lu b s. One o f th e e a r l i e s t c lu b s was th e Shake s p e a re C lub, o rg a n iz e d by W right in th e f a l l o f 1906. The Club c o n tin u e d f o r two y e a rs and prod u ced sc e n e s and a c ts from some o f th e b e t t e r known S h ak esp earean p l a y s . 9^ In 1911 i t was re o rg a n iz e d u n d er N attkem per and u n d e r h is sp o n s o rs h ip became a member o f th e D ram atic League o f A m erica (1 9 1 3 ).9 - * - The Club produced "G re a t Moments from G re at P la y s ." I t had become th e custom to p ro d u ce p la y s by a u th o rs o th e r th a n S h a k e s p e a re .9^ The Club s ta g e d such w orks a s : P ip e rs Pay by M arg aret Cameron, M odesty by P au l H erv ien , The R isin g o f th e Moon by Lady A ugusta G re g o ry ;9^ The Twins by P la u tu s , and P a te r N o ste r by F ra n p o is C opee. 9 4 * * 9 I b i d . , I I I (F e b ru a ry 13, 1907), 4 . 9 0 I b i d . , I I I (F e b ru a ry 6 , 1907), 2. 9 1 E1 Rodeo. 1913, p . 40. 92In te rv ie w w ith L eonard G. N attkem per, 1957; se e A ppendix A. 9 ^The T ro ja n , VI (November 16, 1916), 4 . 94E1 Rodeo. 1916, p. 270. 72 In 1918 th e group was re o rg a n iz e d by D a lz e ll and became th e S h ak esp eare D ram atic C lub. A cco rd in g to E l Rodeo th e p u rp o se o f th e re o rg a n iz e d group was . . . to g iv e th e s tu d e n ts o f a l l c o lle g e s o f th e U n iv e r s ity an o p p o rtu n ity to I n t e r p r e t th e b e s t p la y o f th e day, and to en co u rag e sy m p a th e tic c o o p e ra tio n w ith th e a u th o r, h is l i n e s , fe llo w p la y e r , and th e p r o d u c e r .95 O th er d ra m a tic g ro u p s o f th e U n iv e r s ity in w hich s tu d e n ts from th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry w ere w e ll r e p r e s e n te d w ere th e B urnt Cork Comedy C lub, th e Lance and L u te C lub, and th e g ro u p s t h a t p u t on th e J u n io r C la ss P lay and th e S e n io r C la ss P la y . The B urnt Cork Club was o rg a n iz e d f o r th e " p r e s e r v a tio n o f tr e a s u r e s in jo k e s and so n g ." I t l a s t e d from 1909 to 1914.^6 T h is c lu b gave an a n n u a l m in s tr e l show w hich was p lan n ed and d i r e c t e d e n t i r e l y by i t s members, w ith o u t f a c u lty s u p e r v is io n .9? C la ss p la y s . Of c o n s id e ra b ly more im p o rta n c e th a n th e B urnt Cork Club in d e v e lo p in g and c o n tin u in g i n t e r e s t in dram a w ere th e J u n io r and S e n io r P l a y s . Sum m arizing t h i s a c t i v i t y R obinson w ro te: 9^E1 Rodeo, 1918, p . 463. ^ ^The U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r. V (Ja n u a ry 7, 190 9 ), 17. ^ G i l e s F re d e ric k R obinson, "An H i s t o r i c a l S tudy o f D ram atic A c t i v i t i e s o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n ia , 1880-1957" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , Los A n g eles, 1957), p . 13. 9^The Troian. V (November 4, 1914), 1. 73 The J u n io r P lay was th e f i r s t g iv e n in 1909 and a y e a r l a t e r , th e S e n io r P lay was p re s e n te d f o r th e f i r s t tim e . The d u r a tio n o f th e two c l a s s p la y s was [ r e l a t i v e l y ] th e same le n g th o f tim e . The J u n io r P la y was l a s t g iv e n in 1932 and th e S e n io r P lay , in 1933 [1940, c f . p . 225, C h a p te r V II ] . However, o f th e two, th e J u n io r P lay i s more e s s e n t i a l to t h i s s tu d y . I t was t h i s group, i n 1912, t h a t o rg a n iz e d th e Lance and L u te h o n o rary s o c ie ty . . . .99 In th e f a l l o f 1912, th e J u n io r C la ss p re s e n te d The M e ltin g P o t by I s r a e l Z a n g w ill. The c a s t o f th e p la y o rg a n iz e d th e Lance and L u te, h o n o rary d ra m a tic so c ie ty .* ^ ® The aim s o f th e new s o c ie ty w ere: . . . to f o s t e r a c l o s e r bond o f com radeship among th e members o f th e J u n io r p la y c a s t s , to e le v a te th e s ta n d a rd o f th e dram a a t U .S .C ., and to honor th o s e who, th ro u g h t h e i r lo y a l and e a r n e s t e f f o r t s , have e s ta b lis h e d th e s e h ig h i d e a l s . 1 0 1 O r a to r ic a l C o n te sts and Awards^ ^ A llis o n Gaw, P ro fe s s o r o f E n g lis h , gave t h i s d e s c r ip tio n o f f o r e n s ic s w hich in c lu d e d b o th o r a t o r i c a l and d e b a te a c t i v i t i e s : . . . Under h e r [M iss B eulah W rig h t's ] d ir e c t i o n , th e U n iv e rs ity l a i d th e fo u n d a tio n f o r i t s b r i l l i a n t re c o rd in i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g , in w hich, com p e tin g a g a in s t some o f th e fo rem o st i n s t i t u t i o n s oq ^ R o b in s o n , op. c i t . , p . 14. lOOThe T ro ia n , IX (December 18, 1912), 1. IP lE l Rodeo, 1914, p . 168. lO Z p u rth er d is c u s s io n o f th e s e c o n te s ts and aw ards w i l l be found in C h ap ter V I. 74 in A m erica and from a c ro s s th e seas* i t h a s had a c a r e e r t h a t i s l i t t l e s h o r t o f phenom enal.* 0 ’ I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e o r a to r y was f i r s t e s t a b li s h e d a t SC in 1892 and c o n tin u e d to have a s te a d y developm ent th ro u g h th e su c c e e d in g y e a rs . In 1912, E l Rodeo r e p o r te d th e fo llo w in g summary o f o r a t o r i c a l c o n t e s ts : . . . Thos. R. W arren was e n a b le d to w in th e f i r s t I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e O r a to r ic a l C o n te s t e v e r h e ld among th e c o lle g e s o f th e so u th [1 8 9 2 ]. The n e x t y e a r we l o s t to O c c id e n ta l, b u t th e n e x t th r e e y e a rs th e l a u r e l w re a th s ta y e d a t home, b e in g won by L in c o ln C a sw ell, Homer Putnam, and F. C. M. S p en cer. The y e a r 1897 was a lu ck y one f o r Pomona, th e v ic to r y g o in g to E. Hahn. The n e x t two y e a rs E. B. B rad ley and H. I . P r e i s t l y added two more v i c t o r i e s f o r o u r Alma M a ter. The y e a rs 1900 and 1901 w ere a g a in f o r tu n a te on es f o r Pomona, b u t we came back f o r th e y e a r 1902, when Mr. G u ib erso n won f o r u s . O c c id e n ta l th e n awoke f o r two v i c t o r i e s , a f t e r a slum ber o f n in e y e a r s , Mr. W alker w in n in g in 1903 and Mr. J . P. Hagerman in 1904. In 1905, C h a rle s S c o tt, r e p r e s e n tin g U .S .C ., proved a w in n er, th u s p av in g th e way f o r h i s b r o th e r , Ben, in 1910. The n e x t f iv e y e a rs , w ith th e e x c e p tio n o f 1907, when W h ittie r won th e ch am p io n sh ip , saw v ic to r y on o u r s ta n d a r d s . E. B. G a rc ia , 0 . W . E. Cook, L e s lie F. Gay, and Ben D. S c o tt b e in g th e h e r o e s .104 The U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r f o r O cto b er, 1910, com pared f o r e n s ic v i c t o r i e s w ith a t h l e t i c v i c t o r i e s : . . . The su c c e s s o f U .S.C . in o r a to r y and d e b a te h as been m arked. More o f te n have f o r e n s ic cham pion s h ip s f a l l e n to o u r l o t th a n a t h l e t i c , and we have had o u r s h a re o f th e s e . D uring th e p a s t n in e te e n y e a rs ^ ^ A l l i s o n Q aw^ from "A S k etch o f th e D evelopm ent o f G rad u ate Work in th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1 9 1 0 -1 9 3 5 ,” U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n i a P u b lic a tio n s (Los A n g eles: THe U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a P re s s , 1935), p . 4. 104E1 Rodeo, 1912, p. 149. 75 i n th e a n n u a l i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e c o n t e s ts we have tw elv e tim es been g r a t i f i e d to se e th e s c a lp s o f th e o r a to r s o f th e com peting c o lle g e s d a n g lin g from o u r lo d g e p o le w h ile th e cham pionship b a n n e r waved above th e U. S.C. wigwam. F or th e th r e e y e a rs , Orwyn Cook, L e s lie Gay, id I ' . . . . cham pionship h o n o rs. Ben S c o tt have s u c c e s s iv e ly b ro u g h t to u s th e r» V iam r> 4 nnaVi-f n hnnnro . 105 In th e t w e n t y - f i r s t Old L in e I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A nnual O r a to r ic a l C o n t e s t , W i l l i a m Palm er won th e f i r s t p la c e f o r SC. H is s u b je c t was "The D angers to L ib e r ty Under A m erican D em ocracy." The c o n te s t was h e ld t h a t y e a r a t W h ittie r C o lle g e . * - 8 7 T h is made th e t h i r t e e n t h v ic to r y f o r SC. The T ro ja n re p o r te d t h a t th e c o n t e s ts w ere ju d g e d , and w ere th e "m ost k e e n ly fo u g h t f o r c o n t e s ts o f th e y e a r ," w ith p r iz e s ra n g in g up to tw e n ty -fiv e d o l l a r s p lu s a g o ld 108 m edal. B efo re com peting w ith n e ig h b o rin g c o lle g e s , l o c a l tr y o u ts w ere h e ld on th e home cam pus. The f o u r te e n th w in n er f o r th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a Old L ine I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e A nnual O r a to r ic a l C o n te st was W esley V. Sm ith, h is s u b je c t b e in g " J a p a n ’ s C ase. " * - 8 9 lO^The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r, V II (O cto b er 25, 1910), 3. * -88L eonard N attkem per e x p la in e d , in a p e rs o n a l l e t t e r , November 6 , 1957, "O ld L in e O ra to ry " as b e in g : " . . . th e f i r s t e s ta b lis h e d m ethod o f ju d g in g o r a t o r i c a l c o n t e s ts in th e e a r l y days o f th e U n iv e r s ity w here two s e t s o f ju d g e s w ere u se d —one ju d g in g th o u g h t and c o m p o sitio n and th e o th e r ju d g in g d e l iv e r y ." l0 7 The U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r. V II (A p ril 9, 1912), 14. 108The T ro ia n , IX (O cto b er 3, 1912), 1. 109E1 Rodeo, 1915, p. 42. 76 The W orld P eace O r a to r ic a l C o n te s t was o rg a n iz e d In 1908 and c o n tin u e d th ro u g h th e War y e a rs . I t was co n d u c ted on th e o ld l i n e o r a t o r i c a l s y s te m ,**** I . e . , th e r e w ere u s u a lly f iv e ju d g e s , th r e e ju d g in g th e th o u g h t and com posi t i o n o f th e o r a tio n , and two, th e d e liv e r y . In th e f i r s t two a n n u a l P eace c o n te s ts h e ld , SC t i e d f o r f i r s t p la c e , and re c e iv e d second p la c e th e y e a r fo llo w in g . *** In 1910 E d ith M . Romig, th e f i r s t woman to r e p r e s e n t th e U n iv e r s ity In th e W orld Peace O r a to r ic a l C o n te s t, won f i r s t p la c e In th e lo c a l tr y o u t w ith th e s u b je c t "Good W ill Toward M en." She l o s t to H arold P e lle g r in , O c c id e n ta l C o lle g e , as th e ju d g e s m arked h e r low on d e liv e r y . * * 2 F i r s t p r iz e was f i f t y d o l l a r s ; second p r iz e was tw e n ty -f iv e d o l l a r s . In 1913 H arold B rew ster won f i r s t p la c e in th e lo c a l tr y o u t, h is s u b je c t b e in g "B lood and Iro n ." * * ”* In 1914, th e f i r s t woman to w in th e World Peace O r a to r ic a l C o n te st was L enore Ong. The award was tw e n ty -fiv e d o l l a r s in g o ld ; and, as th e r e s u l t o f th e p re c e d in g lo c a l tr y o u t v ic to r y , **°The U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r. V II (O cto b er 25, 1910), 3. *** Ib id . R ecords do n o t l i s t th e names o f th e co n t e s t a n t s f o r th e s e f i r s t two an n u a l c o n t e s ts . 1 1 2 E1 Rodeo. 1912, p . 150. 113Ibld.. 1914, p. 43. 77 she had ea rn e d one s e m e s te r 's t u i t i o n . 11^ H aro ld B re w ste r, In 1915, won th e S o u th ern I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e P eace c o n te s t h e ld In Pomona. In th e lo c a l c o n te s t o f t h a t y e a r, Ugene B la lo c k won f i r s t p la c e . In 1917, owing to W orld War I , "an d th e s t r e s s o f th e n a t i o n a l s i t u a t i o n , " th e W orld P eace O r a to r ic a l C o n te st was p o stp o n ed , b u t was re v iv e d a f t e r th e War. 1 1 6 The s u b je c t o f p r o h ib iti o n was a p o p u la r one w ith o r a to r s as f a r back a s th e tu r n o f th e c e n tu r y , and f r e q u e n t c o n te s ts on th e q u e s tio n o f tem p eran ce p ro v ed to b e o f g r e a t i n t e r e s t n o t o n ly to th e s p e a k e rs th e m se lv e s, b u t to th e com m unities a t la r g e . In th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a and o th e r n e ig h b o rin g u n i v e r s i t i e s and c o lle g e s , th e to p ic o f p r o h ib iti o n was p o p u la r i n a l l p h a se s o f sp eech a c t i v i t i e s , in l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s , sp e ec h c l a s s e s , and d e b a te o r g a n iz a tio n s . Around 1908, th e a n n u a l P r o h ib i t i o n O r a to r ic a l C o n te st began to be h e ld in S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a . The U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r gave a b r i e f sum mary o f a c t i v i t i e s in th e O r a to r ic a l C o n te s ts from 1908 to 1910: ^ •^ I b i d . M iss O ng's s u b je c t was n o t l i s t e d . ^ -* E1 Rodeo, 1916, p. 50. The s u b je c t was n o t g iv e n . 116The T ro ia n , V III (1 9 1 7 ), 3. ^ ^ The U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r, IV (O cto b er 15, 1908), 9. 78 . . . In th e P r o h ib itio n O r a to r ic a l C o n te st we have th r e e tim e s won th e cham pionship and each tim e o u r men have re p r e s e n te d S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a in th e P a c if ic C o ast c o n t e s t . In 1908 Mr. R aphel B la k e s le y won b o th th e lo c a l and th e c o a s t c o n te s t and th u s e a rn e d th e r i g h t to r e p r e s e n t th e P a c if ic C oast in th e n a t io n a l c o n t e s t. Ben S c o tt in 1909 l o s t f i r s t p la c e by o n ly a few p o in ts in th e c o a s t c o n t e s t. L a st y e a r F rank R obinson won th e l o c a l and th e c o a s t c o n t e s ts and was aw arded t h i r d p la c e in th e n a t io n a l c o n te s t a g a in s t o r a to r s from e v e ry p a r t o f th e U n ited S t a t e s . 1 1 8 In 1912 A. Ray M urray was w in n er o f th e P r o h ib itio n O r a to r ic a l C o n te st h e ld t h a t y e a r a t Pomona C o lle g e . M u rra y 's o r a tio n was "The C o n v icted A s s a s s in .* '11^ O th er c o n te s ta n ts o f n o te w ere E a r l A. Haydock (1 9 1 4 ), Ugene U. B la lo c k (1 9 1 6 ), H arold B re w ster (1 9 1 7 ), and M iles Hammond (1 9 2 0 ). On December 29, 1914, P re s id e n t George F. Bovard re c e iv e d th e fo llo w in g te le g ra m from Topeka, K ansas, w here th e N a tio n a l I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e P r o h ib itio n O r a to r ic a l C o n te st was b e in g h e ld : U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a w ins f i r s t p la c e in th e g r e a t e s t o r a t o r i c a l c o n te s t in h i s t o r y . S outh e rn C a lif o r n ia d e le g a te s le a d them a l l in e n th u sia sm , in p e r s o n a lity , and in o r a to r y . Happy Haydock h o ld s th e keys o f th e c i t y . 1 ™ Two y e a rs b e fo re th e n a t io n a l e v e n t in Topeka, Haydock had won th e lo c a l, s t a t e , and P a c if ic C o ast c o n te s ts . 1 1 8 I b i d . . V II (O cto b er 25, 1910), 3. 1 1 9 I b i d . , V II (A p ril 9, 1912), 20. ^ •^ E l Rodeo, 1914, p. 43. 79 H is s u b je c t was "O ur N a tio n a l P a r a s i t e ." In 1916 Ugene B la lo c k was th e U n iv e r s it y 's w in n er i n b o th th e C o lle g ia te and P a c if ic C oast S ta te s C o n te s ts f o r t h a t y ear.'* '2* H arold B rew ster, one o f th e f i r s t members o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a C h a p te r o f th e h o n o ra ry D e lta Sigma Rho d e b a tin g s o c ie ty , ^ 2 2 won th e l o c a l 1917 P ro h ib itio n O r a to r ic a l C o n te st by d e l iv e r in g h is o r a tio n 123 e n t i t l e d "The M o u ld ers." N ext, M iles Hammond, a sopho m ore, r e p r e s e n tin g SC in th e I n t e r - c o l l e g i a t e P r o h ib itio n O r a to r ic a l C o n te st h e ld in Pomona in th e s p r in g o f 1920, won f i r s t p la c e w ith h is o r a tio n "G e n e ra l F e lip e A n g eles, D em ocracy's H ero. " ^ 2 4 A lthough r e p r e s e n tin g th e U n iv e rs ity a t la r g e d u rin g th e y e a rs 1903 to 1920, th e s e o r a t o r s w ere t e c h n ic a ll y members o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry as th e y w ere coached by th e te a c h e rs o f p u b lic sp e a k in g and d e b a te . I n t e r e s t in p u b lic sp e a k in g was g r e a t l y en co u rag ed n o t o n ly in th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , b u t th ro u g h o u t th e U n iv e r s ity , by an n u a l p r iz e s g iv e n t o c o n te s t w in n e rs. l 2 lT he T ro ja n , V II (December 6 , 1916), 3. 3-22”Mr. a . W . O lm stead h a v in g been in s tru m e n ta l in e s t a b l i s h i n g th e [D e lta Sigma Rho] C h a p te r f o r th e U n iv er s i t y in 1915." From G ates, op. c i t . . p . 302. 123The T ro ia n , V III (M arch 6 , 1917), 1. 124Ibid.. XI (April 23, 1920), 1. The m ost a t t r a c t i v e o f th e s e aw ards was th e t h i r t e e n - i n c h Bowen Cup. Judge W illiam J . Bowen, alum nus and t r u s t e e member o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , in 1916 s t a r t e d th e Bowen Cup F o u n d atio n w ith a g i f t o f $1250. S ix cups w ere p re s e n te d to th e b e s t sp e a k e rs on th e campus each y e a r. No p e rso n c o u ld r e c e iv e more th a n one cup. Every u n d e rg ra d u a te man and woman was e l i g i b l e to com p e te . The Bowen Cup i s s t i l l g iv e n th ro u g h th e fo u n d a t i o n e s ta b lis h e d "by th e l a t e W illiam J . Bowen."^26 M ention m ust a ls o be made o f Mr. G eorge R. Murdock, p ro m in en t Los A ngeles c i t i z e n , who gave an i n i t i a l d o n a tio n o f s i x t y d o l la r s in th e f a l l o f 1915, one y e a r b e fo re th e 1 ?7 perm anent Bowen Cup fo u n d a tio n was e s ta b li s h e d . Summary o f C h a p ter The h i s t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t SC, 1895-1920, re v e a le d developm ents w hich, more o r l e s s , m irro re d tr e n d s in t r a i n i n g as found in o th e r la r g e u n i v e r s i t i e s and c o l le g e s . Many o f th e te a c h e r s w ere tr a in e d in th e Cumnock School o f O ra to ry a t N o rth w e ste rn and u n d o u b te d ly c a r r ie d on th e p h ilo s o p h ie s and m ethods th e y had e x p e rie n c e d th e r e . 1 2 5 I b i d . , X X III (O cto b er 7, 1932), 1. *2^ In te rv ie w w ith A lan N ic h o ls , 1957; se e A ppendix A. ^ •2 ^The T ro ja n , V III (S eptem ber 17, 191 5 ), 2. 81 M emorized re a d in g s from Cum nock's C hoice R eadings form ed th e backbone o f th e w ork. P u b lic sp e a k in g t r a i n i n g em phasized d e liv e r y . Much a t t e n t i o n was g iv e n to e x e r c is e s in b r e a th in g , v o ic e , and d i c t i o n . P h y s ic a l c u l t u r e co n tin u e d to be a c lo s e ly a l l i e d a c t i v i t y . The Board o f D ir e c to r s was n o t " l i a b l e f o r th e s a l a r y o f th e te a c h e rs " t i l l a f t e r o r around 1921; th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry in 1920 became th e School o f Speech. The f iv e a d m in is tr a to r s o f th e p e rio d b ro u g h t a b o u t ch an g es: Maude W illis (1895-1898) o rg a n iz e d th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry and d ev elo p ed th e tw o -y ea r D iplom a C ourse in O ra to ry . Lee Emerson B a s s e tt (1 8 9 8 -1 8 9 9 ), P r in c ip a l o f th e C o lle g e , s tr o v e to change th e em phasis from m echanics and d is p la y to th o u g h t-m o tiv a te d p e rfo rm a n c e s. J e s s e M . R o b e rts (1899-1903) d ev elo p ed a f o u r - y e a r program and a p o s t- g r a d u a te c l a s s ; he g ain ed f o r th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry a c c r e d ite d r e c o g n itio n from th e Emerson C o lle g e o f O ra to ry ; in 1902, in c re a s e d h is s t a f f to th r e e te a c h e r s . B eulah W right (1903-1917) in c re a s e d th e s t a f f to s i x . D uring h e r reg im e, c r e d i t was g iv e n f o r d e b a te and a c o u rs e in ed u c a t i o n a l d ra m a tic s . E liz a b e th Yoder (1908-1929) f e l t t h a t th e ch an g in g em phasis and th e d e v e lo p in g s u b je c t a re a s made th e name C o lle g e o f O ra to ry seem no lo n g e r a p p r o p r ia te , so i t became th e School o f Speech in 1920. CHAPTER IV SCHOOL OF SPEECH, 1920-1945 From 1920 to 1945 sp eech i n s t r u c t i o n e t SC fu n c tio n e d u n d e r th e t i t l e o f th e S chool o f Speech. D uring t h i s p e rio d th e em phasis upon e lo c u tio n and o r a to r y d e c lin e d ; th e em phasis upon p u b lic sp e a k in g and d e b a te in c re a s e d , w ith s p e c ia l em phasis upon extem poraneous sp e a k in g ; new develo p m en ts in th e sp eech s c ie n c e s and sp eech c o r r e c tio n r e s u lt e d in a new and r a p id ly grow ing a r e a ; and th e new i n t e r e s t in r e s e a r c h te c h n iq u e s and s c h o la r ly r e p o r tin g slo w ly found e x p re s s io n in th e developm ent o f g ra d u a te w ork. The b ack g ro u n d s o f t h i s work have been d is c u s s e d in C h a p ter I I I ; th e a r e a s o f f o r e n s ic s , dram a, and sp eech c o r r e c tio n w i l l be d is c u s s e d in C h a p te rs VI, V II, and V III. T h e re fo re th e p r e s e n t c h a p te r w i l l l i m i t i t s e l f to : 1. D evelopm ent o f th e S chool o f Speech w hich in c lu d e d (a ) renam ing o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry (b) f a c u l ty (c ) c u rric u lu m (d) v e r s e c h o ir a c t i v i t i e s (e) m is c e lla n e o u s o r g a n iz a tio n s and a c t i v i t i e s 82 83 2. F a r th e r d ev elo p m en ts, as (a ) th e developm ent o f I n s t r u c t i o n in r a d io b ro a d c a s tin g (b) th e developm ent o f g ra d u a te work In sp eech (c ) S chool o f Speech s t a t u s In 1932 3. Summary o f c h a p te r D evelopm ent o f th e S chool o f Speech Renaming o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry When E liz a b e th Yoder became Dean o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry In 1917, she f e l t t h a t th e name C o lle g e o f O ra to ry no lo n g e r a c c u r a te ly re p re s e n te d th e "m odernized" o f f e r in g s . The fo rm er em phasis on d is p la y s o f d e liv e r y , th e flo w e ry s t y l e s u sed by " o r a to r s " had changed to more th o u g h tf u l, l e s s m em orized, and l e s s e m o tio n a l ty p e s o f p r e s e n ta ti o n . I n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f l i t e r a r y s e le c tio n s had b ro k en away from th e e a r l i e r e lo c u tio n a r y p r a c t i c e s . More s tu d e n ts w ere b e in g tr a in e d to te a c h "sp eec h " th a n w ere b e in g tr a in e d to become p la tfo rm r e a d e r s . Soon a f t e r th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e N a tio n a l A s s o c ia tio n o f T each ers o f Speech (1 9 1 5 ), th e term s " e x p re s s io n " and " o r a to r y " began to be exchanged o v e r th e c o u n try f o r th e more m odem term o f " s p e e c h ." Thus, Yoder (1920) ch o se to change th e name from C o lle g e o f O ra to ry to School o f S p e e c h .* 1SC Catalogue. 1921-1922, p. 241. 84 F a c u lty In 1919, th e f a c u l ty had c o n s is te d o f E liz a b e th Y oder (D ean), Eva E. S m ith, A lic e 0 . H unnew ell, Leone B erge, and A nthony F. B lan k s. In 1920 F lo re n c e B. Hubbard and G eo rg ia S. F in k jo in e d th e s t a f f to te a c h d ra m a .2 Hubbard was a g ra d u a te o f N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity ( tr a in e d a t th e Cumnock S chool o f O ra to ry ), and "was an e a r l y a d v o c a te o f monodrama and a p p e ared In Sumner s to c k per** form ances w ith th e B a ln b rld g e p la y e r s o f M in n e so ta ."3 F in k had g ra d u a te d from th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , In 1919.^ M ild red V oorhees, G ladys W adsworth, and A lan N ich o ls became members o f th e grow ing S chool o f Speech f a c u l ty In 1921.3 B oth W adsworth and V oorhees w ere alum nae o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , 1915 and 1918 r e s p e c t i v e l y .^ A cco rd in g to Y oder, W adsworth "now M rs. H arry T u t t l e , . . . a ls o s tu d ie d one y e a r w ith T heodora I r v in e [d ra m a tic c o a c h ], 2I b i d . . 1927-1928, p . 6. 3The T ro ja n . XXXVII (May 12, 1945), 1. ^SC C a ta lo g u e . 1927-1928, p . 6. 5I b i d . ^Alumni Review (founded In 1918, an SC p u b lic a tio n by f a c u l t y , g r a d u a te s , and s tu d e n t b o d y ), V (F e b ru a ry , 1923), 16. 85 New Y o rk ."^ The Alumni Review c o n tr ib u te d a n o te on V oorhees. I t s t a t e d t h a t " . . . b e s id e s te a c h in g in th e S chool o£ Speech, . . . [sh e ] r e c e n tly p la y e d a r o l e in O th e Lance and L u te p ro d u c tio n , The G re at D iv id e . ” A lan N ic h o ls, a g ra d u a te o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f Iowa, 1919, came to SC fo llo w in g h i s g ra d u a tio n from th e S chool o f Law, U n iv e r s ity o f C o lo rad o , 1921.9 Ray K e e s la r Inm el came to th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a in 1924 to assum e th e d u tie s o f Dean fo llo w in g th e r e s ig n a tio n o f E liz a b e th Y oder. Inm el re c e iv e d h is A .B. d e g re e in 1910, h is M.A. in 1913, and h is Ph.D. in 1 9 3 2 - - a ll from th e U n iv e rs ity o f M ichigan. B efo re com ing to SC he had h e ld v a r io u s te a c h in g p o s it io n s in M ichigan p u b lic s c h o o ls and had been P ro f e s s o r o f O ra to ry a t Muskingum, New C oncord, Ohio (1 9 1 0 -1 9 1 2 ), and A s s is ta n t P ro f e s s o r o f Speech in th e U n iv e r s ity o f M ichigan (1912- 192 4 ). Immel began h is d u tie s a t SC w ith a sp eech f a c u l ty o f n in e.* ® T ac ie Hanna Rew, an SC alum na o f 1912, ^ E liz a b e th Y oder, q u e s tio n n a ir e , 1957; se e A ppendix B. ® Alumni Review . V (F e b ru a ry , 1923), 16. 9 I b i d . The work o f A lan N ich o ls w i l l be d is c u s s e d in C h a p te r V I. *®Smith, H unnew ell, and B erge l e f t a f t e r 1920; th e t o t a l re m a in in g was te n , by c o u n tin g G ilm ore Brown who ta u g h t in th e summer s e s s io n s . See T ab le I I I , F a c u lty , A ppendix C. 86 was added to th e s t a f f in 1924. Rew, com ing from th e Los A ngeles C ity S chool System , ta u g h t e x p re s s io n and d ra m a tic s . In a d d itio n to th e sp eech f a c u l ty th e r e was an a s s o c ia te d sp eech s t a f f o f tw elv e who ta u g h t academ ic s u b je c ts to m eet th e S t a t e 's re q u ire m e n ts f o r te a c h e r s ' c r e d e n t i a l s and to m eet th e U n iv e r s i t y 's re q u ire m e n ts f o r th o s e w orking tow ard th e B.L. (B a c h e lo r o f L it e r a t u r e , changed to B a ch e lo r o f S cie n ce a f t e r 1925) and M.A. d e g r e e s . ^ In t a l k i n g w ith M rs. Ray K. In m el, th e w r i t e r was t o l d how Dean Immel f e l t ab o u t sp eech r e c i t a l s , ab o u t th e m em orized sp eech a c t i v i t i e s , ab o u t e lo c u tio n m ethods in g e n e ra l, and th e alm s he had f o r th e S chool o f S peech. The fo llo w in g e x c e r p ts from t h i s c o n v e rs a tio n w ith M rs. Immel g iv e c o n s id e r a b le i n s i g h t in to Im m el' s p h ilo s o p h y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n . On th e s u b je c t o f r e c i t a l s , she s a id : P ro b ab ly my husband was to blam e f o r d is c o n tin u in g th e sp eech r e c i t a l s . He d i d n 't th in k th e y w ere w orth* w h ile , t h a t th e y w ere to o e lo c u tio n a r y and n o t ac c o m p lish in g a n y th in g . T h ere j u s t d i d n 't seem to be any p la c e f o r them in th e work t h a t was sh a p in g up. The t a l e n t was n o t v e ry good and he th o u g h t many o f them w ere p r e t t y p i f f l i n g . T hese r e c i t a l s w ere h e ld on th e t h i r d f l o o r o f th e Old C o lle g e B u ild in g . I d o n 't th in k th e y had r e c i t a l s a f t e r th e S chool o f Speech was moved down to th e f i r s t f l o o r . . . . T h is was i n th e 1 9 3 0 's . . . . My husband w h ile an u n d e r g ra d u a te a t M ichigan S ta te [ U n iv e r s ity o f M ich ig an ] d id a l o t o f i n t e r p r e t a t i v e w ork, b u t he to o k a d i s l i k e *-*SC Catalogue. 1924-1925, p. 14. 87 to i t . He f e l t j u s t sp e a k in g p ie c e s was b e n e a th him and he was w a s tin g h i s tim e . P ro b a b ly t h i s was b ec au se h e lik e d to l e c t u r e . . . h e d id n o t f e e l t h a t th e y [th e r e c i t a l s ] w ere a c c o m p lish in g a n y th in g . . • . They w ere f o r d is p la y , th e e lo c u tio n a r y ty p e , and he d i d n 't h av e any u s e f o r t h a t . T h ere was a g r e a t d e a l o f t h i s when he came in 1924 b u t he g o t r i d o f i t . Ity husband f e l t th e y [th e r e c i t a l s ] w ere c h i l d l i k e . . . . In a U n iv e r s ity School o f Speech l i k e t h i s he th o u g h t th e r e was no p la c e f o r a S chool o f E lo c u tio n . I t was p u b lic sp e ech h e was i n t e r e s t e d i n and h i s m ain p u rp o se was to te a c h h i s young f o lk to t a l k i n p u b lic so t h a t th e y w ould b e u n d e rsto o d and c o u ld convey t h e i r m essage in a few sim p le w ords. He d i d n 't w ant any e m b e llish m e n ts. He lo v ed th e t h e a t e r , d ra m a tic th in g s . T h at was a l l r i g h t . B ut g e t t i n g up and sp e a k in g p ie c e s . . . th e U n iv e r s ity had outgrow n i t . A n o th er a s p e c t o f e a r l i e r t r a i n i n g t h a t came in f o r c r i t i c i s m was o r a to r y . M rs. Immel r e p o r te d h e r husband a s b e lie v in g : . . . o r a to r y was j u s t th e b l a t a n t b la th e r in g o f someone e l s e 's th o u g h ts tu rn e d in t o sp e e ch . . . . I t was done a l l o v e r th e U n ite d S ta te s in th e e a r l i e r tim e s . Mr. Immel d id n o t l i k e th e word " o r a to r y ." Immel d id n o t m erely c r i t i c i z e th e p a s t w eak n esses, b u t had a c o n s tr u c tiv e program , a s M rs. Immel e x p la in e d : . . . Ray was v e ry p roud t h a t he had th r e e a n g le s [ e d u c a tio n a l aim s f o r th e S chool o f Speech d e v e lo p m e n t]: (1 ) sp eech c o r r e c t io n , (2) sp eech e d u c a tio n ( te a c h in g p e o p le to s p e a k ), and (3) to t r a i n te a c h e rs *Hio c o u ld go o u t and t e l l th e r e s t o f th e w o rld . H is em phasis was to g e t p e o p le to t a l k so th e y c o u ld e x p re s s th e m se lv e s. T h at was sp eech to him , n o t p r a t t l i n g w hat someone e l s e had s a i d . 12 Between 1924 and 1927, Immel added th e fo llo w in g members to th e Speech F a c u lty : G ra fto n P e t t i s T anquary ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith M rs. Ray K. Immel, 1956; se e A ppendix A. 88 (1 9 2 5 ), A s s is ta n t P ro fe s s o r o f Speech; P e a rle A ik in -S m ith (1 9 2 6 ), A s s is ta n t P ro fe s s o r o f Speech; W illiam Ray MacDonald (1 9 2 6 ), I n s t r u c t o r in Speech and U n iv e r s ity P lay D ir e c to r ; G ilm ore Brown (summers 1 924-1927), L e c tu re r in P la y P ro d u c tio n from th e P asadena P lay h o u se; and L o u is M. E ic h (summer 1927), L e c tu re r in D ra m a .^ Thus, th e r e g u la r f a c u l ty in 1927 c o n s is te d o f Immel, N ic h o ls, H ubbard, MacDonald, Rew, A ik in -S m ith , and T a n q u a r y .^ By 1930 th e fo llo w in g i n s t r u c t o r s had been added: Cloyde Duval D a lz e ll (1929) r e jo in e d th e s t a f f as A s s o c ia te P ro fe s s o r o f Speech (h av in g re s ig n e d in 191 9 ); A lic e W . M ills (1 9 2 9 ), A s s o c ia te P ro f e s s o r o f Speech; B a te s Booth (1 9 3 0 ), A s s is ta n t P ro f e s s o r o f C itiz e n s h ip and P u b lic A d m in is tra tio n ( a s s i s t a n t d e b a te c o a c h ); and A lta B. H a ll (1 9 2 9 ), A s s is ta n t P ro f e s s o r o f S p e e c h .^ D uring th e y e a r 1930-1931, G ra fto n P. T anquary a c te d a s Dean o f th e S chool o f Speech w h ile Immel was away on le a v e o f a b s e n c e .^ When Immel r e tu r n e d to SC a f t e r h i s y e a r 's stu d y ^ S C C a ta lo g u e . 1927-1928, p . 6; and Summer S chool s e c tio n s f o r 1926, 1927, pp. 60 and 64 r e s p e c tiv e ly . ■ ^ F acu lty , T ab le I I I , A ppendix C. l^From b io g r a p h ic a l f a c u l ty l i s t i n g s , SC C a ta lo g u e . 1932-1933, p . 10. 16Ibid.. 1933-1934, p. 8. 89 a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f M ichigan w here he com pleted r e q u ir e m ents f o r th e Ph.D. d e g re e , he a d d re s se d th e f a c u l ty and s tu d e n ts o f th e School o f Speech a t i t s 1931 o p en in g f a l l assem bly in Old C o lle g e . He p o in te d to th e f a c t t h a t th e School was n o t m erely a " s p e c ia liz e d sc h o o l" b u t was so u n d ly academ ic: The S chool b e lie v e s t h a t a heavy em phasis sh o u ld be p la c e d on l i b e r a l c u l t u r e s u b je c ts . F or e v e ry r e q u ir e d two u n i t s o f g e n e ra l c u l tu r e s u b je c ts t h a t a s tu d e n t c a r r i e s one u n i t o f sp eech t r a i n i n g i s o f f e r e d . . . . He a ls o e x p re s s e d th e view s t h a t system s and dogm atic s ta n d a rd s w ere l i k e l y to be a r t i f i c i a l and m e c h an ical: T h is School r e p r e s e n ts no s in g le sy stem o r te c h n ic a l s ta n d a rd o f good sp e e ch . I t b e lie v e s t h a t E n g lis h w hich i s c l e a r and p le a s a n t and i s in no w ise c o n s p ic u ous i s th e b e s t E n g lis h . The S chool b e lie v e s in th e h ig h i n t e l l i g e n c e o f i t s s tu d e n ts and p r e f e r s to g iv e a l l th e w o rth w h ile p o in ts o f view and en c o u rag e them to make up t h e i r own th e o r ie s o f sp e ech r a t h e r th a n d o g m a tic a lly to i n s i s t t h a t th e y a c c e p t any one sy stem . The S chool b e lie v e s w ith P re s id e n t E l i o t o f H arvard t h a t good E n g lis h i s th e mark o f c u l tu r e in a man o r woman and re c o g n iz e s t h a t good E n g lis h i s p o s s ib le o n ly to th o s e who a r e w id e ly c u ltu r e d . . . . 17 F a c u lty changes o v e r th e y e a rs w ere r e l a t i v e l y few. T h ere w ere some v i s i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r s , who came f o r s h o r t p e r io d s , and a ls o some te a c h in g fe llo w s . F re d e ric k Warde, l e c t u r e r and r e a d e r , se rv e d a s h o n o rary f a c u lty member 17The Troian. XXIII (September 28, 1931), 2. i n 1931-1932 and 1934-1935.*® S arah S tin c h f ie ld Hawk and Edna H i l l Young, on th e SC U n iv e rs ity C o lleg e s t a f f , o f f e r e d sp eech c o r r e c t io n c o u rs e s in th e SC Summer S es s io n s , 1 9 3 2 - 1 9 4 4 .*9 Henry M uyskens, A s s is ta n t P r o f e s s o r o f P h o n e tic s and G en e ra l L in g u is t ic s a t M ichigan U n iv er s i t y , was on th e Summer f a c u lty in 1 9 3 5 .2® E u la 0 . Ja c k and V era W ilkeson jo in e d th e f a c u l ty as te a c h in g f e llo w s in 1 9 3 3 .2* The fo llo w in g th r e e members w ere added to th e s t a f f in 1934: K urt B aer von W e is s lin g e r, I n s t r u c t o r in Speech; D o ris G. Yoakam and H elen L. Ogg, Speech F e llo w s . 22 In 1938, th e S chool o f Speech f a c u l t y c o n s is te d o f e i g h t fo rm er members (Immel, N ic h o ls, A ik in -S m ith , D a lz e ll, T anquary, H ubbard, H a ll, and Rew) and th e fo llo w in g th r e e new te a c h e r s : Eugene Hahn, A s s is ta n t in Speech; T re v o r Hawkins, D ebate Coach; and H elen L. Ogg, A s s is ta n t in S p e e c h .23 K enneth F. Damon, L e c tu re r, was on th e Speech 18SC C a ta lo g u e . 1931-1932, p . 166; 1934-1935, p . 10. ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith S arah S tin c h f ie ld Hawk, A ugust 8, 1957. (D r. Hawk was on th e SC U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e S t a f f from 1932 to 1944, U C [ U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e ] h a v in g opened 1925, 7 th and Los A ngeles S t r e e t s , downtown Los A n g ele s, to o f f e r U n iv e rs ity n ig h t c l a s s e s . ) See A ppendix A. 20gC C a ta lo g u e . Summer, 1935, p . 37. 21I b i d . . 1934-1935, p . 10. 22I b id . 23Ibid., 1938-1939, p. 9. 91 s t a f f from 1941 t o 1942 In th e p u b lic a d d re s s d iv is io n . The f a c u l ty f o r th e l a s t y e a r b e fo re th e School o f Speech changed to th e D epartm ent o f Speech c o n s is te d o f Isra e l, N ic h o ls, A ik in -S m ith , D a lz e ll, T anquary, H a ll, Rew, Hawkins, Lee Edward T ra v is (em in en t p s y c h o lo g is t and sp eech p a th o lo g is t who had jo in e d th e s t a f f in 1 9 3 8 ) ,2 5 and th e w ell-know n p la y w rig h t W illiam C. d e M ille ( 1 9 4 1 ).2 6 The announcem ent o f th e sudden p a s s in g o f Dr* Ray K e e s la r Isra el " i n h i s s le e p d u rin g th e e a r ly m orning h o u rs o f A p ril 11, 1 9 4 5 ,"2 ^ was r e c e iv e d w ith th e d e e p e s t sa d n e ss by th e s t a f f o f th e Speech D epartm ent and by a l l o th e r s who knew him . In h i s tw e n ty -o n e y e a rs a t SC he had e s ta b lis h e d th e School o f Speech on a more s o li d academ ic b a s is and had r a is e d i t to a p o s it io n o f n a t io n a l im p o rta n c e . From th e SC Alumni Review th e fo llo w in g e x c e r p ts shed more l i g h t on th e b elo v ed D e a n 's b ro ad background o f e x p e rie n c e and w ide ach iev em en ts in th e f i e l d o f Speech: Known f o r h i s r e s e a r c h in th e f i e l d o f sp eech c o r r e c t i o n a s i t a p p lie d to s t u t t e r i n g , he was w id ely re c o g n iz e d as a l e c t u r e r , te a c h e r , and c o n s u lta n t in sp e ech , th e a u th o r o f s ix t e x t s ( fo u r in c o lla b o r a tio n ) 24 i b i d . , 1941-1942, p . 124. 2 5 in te rv ie w w ith Lee Edward T ra v is , A ugust 12, 1957; s e e A ppendix A. 26gc C a ta lo g u e , 1941-1942, p . 210. 2 7 "In Memoriam: Ray K e e s la r Im m el," Alumni Review . XXVII (May, 1945), 6. 92 f o r h ig h sc h o o l and c o lle g e u s e . He was adm ired and re s p e c te d f o r h is p u rp o s e fu l id e a s f a r beyond th e co n f i n e s o f T ro y . A member o f th e e x e c u tiv e c o u n c il o f th e N a tio n a l A s s o c ia tio n o f T ea ch e rs o f Speech s in c e 1919, he was e x e c u tiv e s e c r e ta r y f o r f iv e y e a rs and p r e s id e n t one y e a r; a ls o se rv e d a s p r e s id e n t i n 1931 o f th e W estern A s s o c ia tio n o f T e a ch e rs o f Speech. F o r a p e r io d o f f i v e y e a rs he was b u s in e s s m anager o f th e Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f Speech E d u c a tio n and a c o n s u lta n t f o r th e second e d i t i o n f!9 3 4 ) o f W eb ster* s I n t e r n a t i o n a l D ic tio n a r y . When th e S chool o f Speech was in c o rp o ra te d i n t o th e L ib e r a l A rts C o lle g e in 1932, a lo n g w ith M usic, P h ilo so p h y , and J o u rn a lis m , D r. Inm el became d i r e c t o r o f th e S chool o f Speech—b u t was c a l l e d Dean u n to th e en d . . . .28 The m in u te book o f th e SC Board o f T ru s te e s c o n ta in s P r e s id e n t Rufus B. von K le in S m id 's r e s o l u t i o n to th e Board members and t h e i r a c tio n , A p ril 16, 1945 WHEREAS, in th e w ise p u rp o se o f P ro v id e n ce , Dean Ray K e e s la r Inm el h as p a sse d from t h i s l i f e to th e l i f e beyond, and WHEREAS, f o r tw en ty -o n e y e a rs he h as se rv e d th e U n iv er s i t y o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , and WHEREAS, we d e e p ly a p p r e c ia te h i s d e v o tio n to th e i n t e r e s t s o f th e U n iv e r s ity , h is k in d and sy m p a th e tic a d v ic e to s tu d e n ts , h is s c h o la r ly c o n tr ib u t io n s to th e l i t e r a t u r e o f h is f i e l d , and h is s ta lw a r t q u a l i t i e s o f c h a r a c te r , BE IT RESOLVED t h a t we do h ereb y re c o rd o u r deep a p p r e c ia tio n o f h is s e r v ic e s and o u r g r a t i t u d e f o r th e l i f e o f th e U n iv e rs ity Community, 28Ibid. ^ M in u te Book o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n i a Board o f T ru s te e s , A p r il 16 and Ju n e 18, 1945, p . 532. 93 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED t h a t we p la c e t h i s e x p re s s io n o f o u r se n tim e n t upon th e perm anent re c o rd s o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , se n d in g c o p ie s th e r e o f to M rs. Ray Immel and h e r fa m ily and to th e Campus p r e s s . I t was moved, seco n d ed , and u nanim ously c a r r i e d , t h a t th e above r e s o lu t io n b e a d o p te d . R e s p e c tf u lly su b m itte d , Approved a t m e etin g E. A. O lson o f th e Board o f T ru s te e s S e c re ta ry h e ld Ju n e 18, 1945 A f te r Dean Im m el'8 d e a th , D r. A lan N ic h o ls was made a c tin g d i r e c t o r o f th e School o f Speech u n t i l a perm anent d i r e c t o r was a p p o in te d.^0 C u rricu lu m The an n u a l U n iv e rs ity c a ta lo g u e s in d ic a te d ch an g es in th e c u rric u lu m and in th e f a c u l t y . The 1920 c a ta lo g u e o f f e r e d th e fo llo w in g new c o u rs e s o f i n s t r u c t i o n in sp eech : 1. Fundam ental T echnique o f R eading. C o n s id e ra tio n o f th e n a t u r a l v o c a l p r i n c i p l e s g o v e rn in g th e i n t e l l i g e n t i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f th e p r in te d page: P h ra s in g , se q u en ce , s u b o r d in a tio n , c o - o r d in a tio n , c e n t r a l id e a , t r a n s i t i o n , clim a x , form s o f em p h asis. I n te n s iv e a n a ly s is o f s e l e c t i o n s f o r d e f i n i t e im p re s s io n ; b r i e f in tr o d u c t io n to v e r s i f i c a t i o n . 2. E lem en tary P u b lic S p eak in g . The stu d y o f an e le m e n ta ry t e x t com bined w ith th e c o n s tr u c tio n and d e liv e r y o f o r i g i n a l sp e e c h e s. 30Alumni Review . May, 1945. 94 3 . Advanced P u b lic S p eaking. A c o n tin u a tio n o f E lem en tary P u b lic S peaking w ith added em phasis on th e te c h n ic a l t r a i n i n g in th e c o m p o sitio n and d e liv e r y o f o r i g i n a l sp e e c h e s. D r i l l on a l l form s o f f o r e n s ic a d d re s s . C o n sta n t stu d y o f c u r r e n t movements w ith sp eech es r e l a t e d t h e r e t o . 31 I n th e c a ta lo g u e f o r th e fo llo w in g y e a r, th e s e th r e e new c o u rs e s w ere l i s t e d : 1. Advanced D eb ate. T h is c o u rs e e la b o r a te s p r i n c i p le s o f a rg u m e n ta tio n and d e b a te , a p p lie s them to q u e s tio n s o f th e day, and g iv e s c o n s ta n t p r a c t i c e d r i l l in th e a r t o f d e b a te . 2. P u b lic S peaking and D ebate S em inar. A stu d y o f th e p ro b lem s, m ethods, m a te r ia ls and b i b l i ography o f p u b lic sp e a k in g and d e b a te com bined w ith a c tu a l d e m o n stra tio n and p r a c t i c e . 3. Sem inar in I n t e r p r e t a t i o n . An advanced c o u rs e p r im a r ily f o r g ra d u a te s . The v a r io u s t e x t s on th e sp e a k in g v o ic e and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n w i l l be c r i t i c a l l y com pared. O rig in a l r e s e a r c h c u l m in a tin g in a t h e s i s i s r e q u i r e d .32 From 1924 to 1925, th e School o f Speech f a c u l ty o f f e r e d th e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s o f i n s t r u c t i o n : 33 3*SC Catalogue. 1920-1921, pp. 242-44. 3^ I b i d . , 1921-1922, p . 248. (No ch an g es w ere n o te d 1 9 2 2 -1 9 2 3 T I? 2 3 -1 9 2 4 .) 33Ibid., 1924-1925, pp. 7-11. UNDER-GRADUATE COURSES Fundam ental T echnique o f R eading V oice and D ic tio n P la tfo rm D eportm ent and Pantomime S to ry T e llin g E lem en tary P u b lic S peaking Ii Rew Immel, B lan k s, H ubbard, F in k , N ic h o ls F in k W adsw orth, Hanna W adsworth 95 E d u c a tio n a l D ram atics P a rlia m e n ta ry P ro ced u re Advanced P u b lic S peaking Advanced V oice A rt o£ I n t e r p r e t a t i o n S h ak esp eare Forms o f P u b lic A ddress Advanced D ram atics A rg u m en tatio n and D ebate Advanced D ebate A bridgem ent I n d iv id u a l I n s t r u c ti o n The T each in g o f O ral E n g lis h Normal T ra in in g GRADUATE COURSES I n t e r p r e t a t i o n H is to ry o f O ra to ry P u b lic S peaking and D ebate Sem inar Sem inar in I n t e r p r e t a t i o n Rew Immel Immel, B lan k s, F in k Yoder Y oder W adsworth B lanks Hubbard N ic h o ls N ic h o ls Hubbard th e S t a f f F in k F in k Hubbard B lanks B lanks Y oder In th e 1925-1926 C a ta lo g u e th e s e new c o u rs e s w ere l i s t e d : V oice and Speech Im provem ent (H ubbard) and P lay P ro d u c tio n (G ilm ore Brown) f o r u n d e rg ra d u a te s ; H is to ry o f O ra to ry (Immel) and Speech S c ie n c e (Im m el) f o r g ra d u a te s t u d e n t s .3* * In 1927-1928 th e new c o u rs e s w ere: Forms o f P u b lic A ddress (T an q u ary ), S tag e C r a f t (M acDonald), C o n te st D eb atin g (N ic h o ls ), and G rad u ate S tu d ie s in th e T h e a te r ( E i c h ) .35 New u p p er d i v is io n c o u rs e s f o r 1929-1930 w ere: Problem s in P lay P ro d u c tio n (Rew) and C u rricu lu m and M ethods in Speech (T an q u ary ). Two new c o u rs e s w ere o f f e r e d 34 Ibid.. 1926-1927, p. 60. 35I b i d . , 1927-1928, p p . 18-21, 6 4 -6 5 . (No changes w ere n o te d 1928-1929.) 96 on th e g ra d u a te l e v e l : G rad u ate S tu d ie s in Speech (In m el) and T h e sis Work ( th e S t a f f ) . The fo llo w in g c o u rs e s w ere o m itte d a f t e r 1924: P u lp it O ra to ry , A bridgem ent, P la tfo rm D eportm ent and P an to mime, Advanced V oice, Normal T ra in in g , and th e T each in g o f O ra l E n g lis h . However, I n d iv id u a l I n s t r u c t i o n ( p r iv a te le s s o n s ) was s t i l l o f f e r e d by A ik in -S m ith and Y o d e r .^ In th e 1930-1931 U n iv e rs ity c a ta lo g u e , th e c o u rs e s 0 7 w ere l i s t e d in th e fo llo w in g th r e e d i s t i n c t d iv is io n s : LOW ER DIVISION COURSES F undam ental T ech n iq u es o f R eading V oice and D ic tio n Rew M ills S to ry T e llin g P u b lic S peaking RgW H a ll, H ubbard, N ic h o ls, Rew, T anquary T anquary H ubbard, MacDonald Forms o f P u b lic A ddress E d u c a tio n a l D ram atics UPPER DIVISION COURSES S h ak esp eare Advanced P u b lic S peaking Advanced D ram atics A rg u m en tatio n and D ebate C o n te s t D eb atin g I n t e r p r e t a t i v e R eading S tag e C r a f t E n g lis h P h o n e tic s Speech S cie n c e C u rric u lu m and M ethods in Speech A ik in -S m ith T anquary Hubbard T anquary N ic h o ls M ills MacDonald M ills Immel T anquary 36I b i d . , 1929-1930, pp. 22-25. 37I b i d . . 1930-1931, pp. 156-60 97 GRADUATE COURSES H is to ry o f O ra to ry P u b lic S peaking and D ebate Sem inar Sem inar i n I n t e r p r e t a t i o n G rad u ate S tu d ie s i n Speech T h e sis Work H a ll Im nel M ills Im n e l th e S t a f f Few changes o c c u rre d in th e c o u rs e o f stu d y f o r th e y e a r 1931-1932, e x c e p t f o r th e a d d itio n o f th e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s : Upper D iv isio n --A d v an ce d V oice and D ic tio n (M ills ) and Advanced A rt o f I n t e r p r e t a t i o n ( M ills ) ; G rad u ate C o u rs e s --R h e to ric a l T heory (H a ll) and C o rre c tio n o f M inor Speech D e fe c ts ( H a l l ) .38 In 1932-1933 P r iv a te I n s t r u c t i o n c o n tin u e d to be o f f e r e d b u t o n ly to j u n io r s and s e n io r s m a jo rin g i n i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and dram a. New c o u rs e s o f f e r e d in th e Upper D iv is io n w ere P r e - le g a l A rg u m en tatio n (N ic h o ls ), I n t r o d u c tio n to P h o to p lay (M acDonald), and V oice and D ic tio n I I (H a ll, M il ls ) ; in th e G rad u ate C o u rses w ere E v o lu tio n o f th e T h e a te r (MacDonald) and C o rre c tio n o f M ajor Speech D e fe c ts (Im m el).39 One new c o u rse was c r e a te d in 1933-1934: P sychology o f Speech and V oice (Im m el), Upper D iv is io n . In th e summer o f 1934 Henry L. Ewbank gave a l e c t u r e c o u rs e in Radio Speech. 38 I b i d . . 1931-1932, pp. 23-2 7 . 39I b i d . . 1932-1933, pp. 14, 2 5 -3 0 . 98 In 1934** 1935 new c o u rs e s w ere added to U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e in b o th Upper and Lower D iv is io n s . In th e Upper D iv is io n T a c ie Hanna Rew ta u g h t R adio Speech, and in Lower D iv is io n c o u rs e s w ere o f f e r e d in M odem A c tin g and A rt o f Make Up ( i n s t r u c t o r s n o t l i s t e d ) . 4 * * In 1935-1936, new Upper D iv is io n c l a s s e s w ere: S ta g in g o f P o e try ( D a lz e ll) , V erse C h o ir D ir e c tin g ( E n f ie ld ) , S tag e and P h o to p lay A p p re c ia tio n (H ubbard), A u d ito riu m A c t i v i t i e s ( H a ll) , and T each in g o f L ip R eading (U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e S t a f f ) . Speech S cie n ce became V oice S c ie n c e , and S h ak esp eare was l i s t e d as S h ak esp earean Read in g (A ik in -S m ith ) . 4 * - In th e summer o f 1935, new g ra d u a te c o u rs e s w ere: Modem D ebate T heory (N ic h o ls ), and C l i n i c a l M ethods in Speech C o rre c tio n (M uyskens).4 ^ F or 1936-1937, th e U n iv e r s ity C a talo g u e l i s t e d th e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s o f i n s t r u c t i o n : 43 LOW ER DIVISION COURSES C o rre c tiv e R e tr a in in g o f S t u t t e r e r s ( o ff e r e d a t U ni v e r s i t y C o lle g e , no i n s t r u c t o r l i s t e d ) V oice and D ic tio n I T anquary, A ik in -S m ith , H a ll, Ogg 40I b i d . , 1933-1934, p . 26; 1934-1935, pp. 26-3 0 . 4 1I b i d . , 1935-1936, pp. 2 8 -3 3 . 4 ^ I b id . , Summer, 1935, p . 37. 4 3I b i d . , 1936-1937, pp. 2 6 -3 3 . Where no i n s t r u c t o r ' s name fo llo w s th e c o u rs e c i t a t i o n , th e C a talo g u e does n o t g iv e t h i s in fo rm a tio n . 99 F undam entals o f R eading D ram atics Theory and P r a c tic e o f R e lig io u s Drama Modern A c tin g A rt o f Make-up P u b lic S peaking I D a lz e ll, Ogg, Rew D a lz e ll , von W e isslin g e n ^ U n iv e rs ity C o l.j ( " " > B ooth, D a lz e ll, H a ll, H ubbard, N ic h o ls , T anquary UPPER DIVISION COURSES V oice and D ic tio n I I I n t e r p r e t a t i v e R eading A rt o f I n t e r p r e t a t i o n V erse C h o ir D ir e c tin g (U .C .) G. S h ak esp earean R eading Advanced D ram atics S ta g in g o f P o e try S ta g e c r a f t S tag e and P hotography A p p re c ia tio n Drama i n Modern P ic tu r e s P u b lic S peaking I I Advanced P u b lic S peaking A rg u m en tatio n and D ebate P r e le g a l A rg u m en tatio n C o n te st D eb atin g I n d iv id u a l I n s t r u c t i o n Advanced I n d iv id u a l I n s t r u c t i o n A u d ito riu m A c t i v i t i e s V oice and Speech Im provem ent E n g lis h P h o n e tic s V oice S cien ce Speech D is o rd e rs o f C hildhood P s y c h o lo g ic a l A sp ects o f Speech Speech C o rre c tio n R adio Speech C u rricu lu m and M ethods in Speech Problem s in H igh S chool P lay P ro d u c tio n S t o r y t e l l i n g GRADUATE COURSES Sem inar in I n t e r p r e t a t i o n Sem inar in D ram atics C o rre c tio n o f M ajor Speech D e fe c ts E v o lu tio n o f th e T h e a te r Sem inar in P u b lic S peaking and D ebate R h e to r ic a l T heory H a ll Rftw A ik in -S m ith G e rtru d e E n fie ld A ik in -S m ith Hubbard ( U n iv e r s ity C o l.) von W e isslin g e n Hubbard (U n iv e r s ity C o l.) N icho1s , T anquary T anquary T anquary N ic h o ls B ooth, N ic h o ls th e S t a f f th e S t a f f (U n iv e rs ity C o l.) H a ll T anquary, H a ll Immel (U n iv e r s ity C o l.) Immel (U n iv e r s ity C o l.) Rew T anquary Rew Rew D a lz e ll Hubbard Immel von W e isslin g e n T anquary H a ll 100 T heory and P r a c tic e o f (U n iv e rs ity C o l.) Immel H a rrin g to n H a ll Group D is c u s s io n G rad u ate S tu d ie s in Speech Sem inar in G en e ra l P h o n e tic s C o rre c tio n o f M inor Speech D e fe c ts T h e sis R esearch th e S t a f f th e S t a f f From th e co m p lete l i s t i n g o f c o u rs e s g iv e n above f o r 1936*1937, i t was found t h a t th e c o u rs e s added s in c e 1935 w ere: T heory and P r a c tic e o f R e lig io u s Drama, Sem inar in T heory and P r a c tic e o f Group D is c u s s io n , and P s y c h o lo g ic a l A sp ects o f Speech and R e se a rc h . Not l i s t e d i n 1936*1937 w ere T each in g o f L ip R eading and P sychology o f Speech and V oice. In th e re m a in in g e ig h t y e a rs o f th e S chool o f Speech (1 9 3 7 -1 9 4 5 ), ch an g es in i n s t r u c t i o n c o n s is te d c h i e f l y o f a d d i tio n a l new c o u r s e s , p r i n c i p a l l y in th e a r e a s o f Speech C o rre c tio n ( T r a v is ) , Drama (d e M ille ), and R adio (Rew a s s i s t e d by U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e l e c t u r e r s N ew kirk, W ild er, C a ta n ic h , and Swan) as fo llo w s : Two c o u rs e s w ere added in 1937*1938 f o r advanced u n d e rg ra d u a te s and g r a d u a te s : P s y c h o lo g ic a l A sp ec ts o f Speech D is o rd e rs ( U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e ) and E d u c a tio n a l Group D ram atics (H ubbard). In 1938*1939, new R adio c o u rs e s o f f e r e d f o r u p p e r d i v i s io n s tu d e n ts w ere Advanced Radio G en eral P h o n e tic s , Speech D is o rd e rs o f C hildhood (H a w k ),^ ^H aw k in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 101 Speech, and, In U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e , Management and Tech n iq u e o f R adio B ro a d c a s tin g and R adio P ro d u c tio n . A lso , f o r g ra d u a te s tu d e n ts , th e c o u rs e Q u a n tita tiv e R e search was g iv e n f o r th e f i r s t tim e .4 ^ In 1939-1940 th e new c o u rs e s c o n s is te d o f C l i n i c a l A sp e c ts o f Speech D is o rd e rs (T ra v is , Upper D iv is io n , U ni v e r s i t y C o lle g e ) ; C re a tiv e D ram atics (H ubbard, Upper D iv is io n , U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e ); and A n c ie n t and M edieval O ra to ry , and A m erican O ra to ry (N ic h o ls, G rad u ate l e v e l ) . 48 A ll c o u rs e s o f f e r in g in d iv id u a l sp eech i n s t r u c t i o n w ere d is c o n tin u e d a f t e r 1941 and w ere n o t l i s t e d in th e U n iv e r s ity C a talo g u e a f t e r t h a t d a t e . 47 New c o u rs e s added in 1943-1944 w ere A n a ly s is o f th e Drama (d e M ille , Upper D iv is io n ), H is to ry o f th e T h e a te r ( D a lz e ll, Lower D iv is io n ), Advanced D ram aturgy (d e M ille ), and A p p lied D ram aturgy (d e M ille , Upper D iv is i o n ) .48 V erse C h o ir A c t i v i t i e s V erse C h o ir work was begun as an e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t y by M ills who was on th e School o f Speech f a c u l ty 45 SC C a ta lo g u e , 1937-1938, pp. 192-94; 1938-1939, p . 210. 46I b i d . , 1940-1941, pp. 9 2 -9 4 . 4 7 I b i d . , p . 93. 48Ibid.. 1943-1944, p. 85. 102 from 1929 th ro u g h 1 9 3 2 .^ B eing w e ll a c q u a in te d w ith th e p o e try sp e a k in g movement in A m erica begun by M a rjo rie G u lla n a t C olum bia U n iv e r s ity , M ills in s p ir e d h e r own i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s tu d e n ts to s tu d y c h o r a l sp e ech . In e x p la in in g v e r s e sp e a k in g , M arion L eonard w r itin g f o r The Alumni Review . A p r il 1936, s a id : T h is new p h ase o f d ra m a tic a r t c o n s i s t s o f th e c h a n tin g o r r e c i t i n g o f v e r s e in u n is o n . I t i s n o t a new th in g i n th e s t r i c t s e n se o f th e word, b u t r a t h e r th e r e v i v a l , w ith th e m odem to u c h , o f a v e ry o ld form . E a rly in s ta n c e s o f c h o r ic v e r s e w ere th e c h o ru s e s in th e Old G reek p la y s , w hich c h a n te d v e r s e s e i t h e r r e le v a n t o r i r r e l e v a n t t o th e p la y , a c c o rd in g to th e whim o f th e a u th o r; and th e Je w ish A n tip h o n a l c h o i r s , w hich w ere r e l i g i o u s in f u n c tio n , and w hich as th e name im p lie s , em ployed th e re sp o n se m ethod o f c h a n tin g , c o rre s p o n d in g to th e re sp o n se s in o u r m odem c h u rc h e s .5 0 B e sid e s th e p o e try sp e a k in g u sed in th e P o e try P la y house p ro g ram s, th e SC C h a p te r o f th e Z e ta P hi E ta d ra m a tic s o c ie ty a ls o gave p erfo rm a n ce s in v e r s e c h o ir . S a lly T a f t T esch k e, an alum na o f SC and a ls o an a c t r e s s and te a c h e r , began a v e r s e c h o ir group in th e e a r ly 1 9 3 0 's and c o n tin u e d f o r a p e r io d o f te n y e a rs a s a p r o j e c t o f Z e ta P h i E ta . Though n o t a member o f th e Speech ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith A lic e W . M ills , 10001 G eo rg ian a A ve., S a n ta M onica, T h u rsd ay , J u ly 12, 1957; se e A ppendix A. 50M arion L eo n ard , "V erse R eading C h o ir," Alumni Review . A p r il, 1936, p . 12. 5^-Sally T a f t T eschke, q u e s tio n n a ir e , F eb ru a ry 27, 1958; se e A ppendix B. 103 f a c u l t y , she c o n tr ib u te d to t h i s ty p e o f sp eech developm ent th ro u g h o u t th e Los A n g eles a r e a . In d e s c r ib in g t h i s w ork, h e r m ethods, and th e r e s u l t s , sh e s a id : A lic e M ills was r e a l l y th e i n s p i r a t i o n in my s t a r t * in g v e r s e sp e a k in g c h o i r . A f te r d is c u s s in g and t a l k i n g w ith A lic e M ills . . . I g o t a g ro u p to g e th e r and made i t a Z e ta P h i E ta p r o j e c t . T h is was i n c o n n e c tio n w ith Z e ta from SC and U .C .L.A . I had t h i s v e r s e c h o ir ab o u t te n y e a rs and th o u g h t i t w ould b e a good p r o j e c t f o r Z e ta P hi E ta , b u t i t became so much b ig g e r. . . . I t was n o t a r e g u la r c o u rs e a t SC b u t . . . e x t r a a c t i v i t y . I f e l t th e r e was no poem, even th ough i t was a s t a t i c poem . . . t h a t c o u l d n 't be t r e a t e d in i t s p a r t i c u l a r way so a s to b r in g o u t th e em phasis on c o lo r from th e eye p o in t o f view , th e movement, even th e t a s t e , th e s m e ll* - in f a c t , a l l . th e s e n s e s . . . . 1 u sed a l l s o r t s o f poems . . . we gave program s o f God and n a tu r e . . . s c i e n t i f i c program s . . . e t c . F o r c lu b program s we had a s o r t o f G re c ia n o u t f i t on, th e ro b e o r d e r , done i n p a s t e l sh a d e s. . • . I u sed men, women, c h i ld r e n . The w ords w ere m em orized. W e d id n o t a p p e a r on any A p o llia d program s. . . . One group [sp ee ch h an d icap p ed c h ild r e n ] 1 had John M a s e fie ld h e a r when he was i n Los A n g ele s. He was v i t a l l y i n t e r e s t e d in v e r s e sp e a k in g . The group le a rn e d a num ber o f h i s poems a s "S ea F ev er” and o th e r s . He was d e lig h te d . . . . On program s we u sed "The P ied P ip e r ," Don B la n d ln g 's " F o re b o d in g ," "The Highwayman," "Blow, B ugle, B low ," "The K in g 's B reak f a s t , " . . . "B lin d B aggage," "The B e lls " by Poe. I t [v e rs e c h o ir ] was n e v e r o f f e r e d a s a stu d y a t th e U n iv e r s ity . I m ust have had a t l e a s t f o r t y c h o ir s d u rin g th e te n y e a r p e r io d . . . . 1 had l e t t e r s from a l l o v e r th e c o u n try w an tin g to know how to form a c h o ir , w hat th e b e n e f i t s o f one would b e , how we made i t w ork, a l l th e d e t a i l s , e t c . I found o u t t h a t a f t e r p e o p le had worked f o r a c e r t a i n le n g th o f tim e th e y became so s e l f - s u f f i c i e n t th e y w ent o u t on t h e i r own and d id n o t w ant to c o n t in u e in a group b ec a u se t h e i r in a d e q u a c ie s w ere overcom e. 104 P e rs o n a lly I f e e l v e r s e c h o i r d ev e lo p ed p e o p le to a b ig g e r c o n c e p t o f th e m se lv e s and l i f e , and a s h a rin g o f e x p e rie n c e s w hich I s so n e c e s s a ry f o r e v e ry human b e in g .52 The c o u rs e In V erse C h o ir d i r e c t i n g f o r e le m e n ta ry and h ig h sc h o o l te a c h e r s began in 1935 and c o n tin u e d th ro u g h 1941 a t U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e . G. G e rtru d e E n fie ld ta u g h t th e c o u rs e ; sh e was th e o n ly i n s t r u c t o r on th e s t a f f who o f f e r e d t h i s c o u rs e . M is c e lla n e o u s O rg a n iz a tio n s and A c t i v i t i e s D uring th e p e rio d 1920-1945, Yoder and Immel made an e f f o r t to d e v e lo p an a c tiv e program o f v a r io u s e v e n ts f o r th e School o f Speech such as an n u a l alum ni b a n q u e ts ; e n te rta in m e n t by v i s i t i n g s p e a k e rs , l e c t u r e r s , a c to r s , and r e a d e r s ; and t r i p s to p la c e s o f i n t e r e s t in th e su rro u n d in g Los A ngeles a r e a . O rig in a tin g in 1917, th e A nnual Speech Alumni B anquet ( a ls o known as th e Homecoming Banquet) 55 c o n tin u e d on th ro u g h th e S chool o f Speech years. 5^ T h is b an q u et was u s u a lly h e ld a t th e end o f N a tio n a l Drama Week d u rin g w hich tim e SC Speech s tu d e n ts o f te n p re s e n te d program s 52Ibid. 53The Troian, VIII (October 9, 1917), 3. 3^ Inter se e A ppendix A ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith T a c ie Hanna Rew, Ja n u a ry 2, 1957; 105 w hich w ere open to th e p u b l i c .55 Hollywood c e l e b r i t i e s f r e q u e n tly came; f o r exam ple, a t th e Homecoming B anquet In 1933 th e " g u e s ts o f h onor In c lu d e d M arie D re s s ie r, Conrad N ag el, Mr. and M rs. W illiam d e M ille , Norma S h e a re r, and I r v in g T h a l b e r g ." ^ F u rth e r e v id e n c e t h a t th e b a n q u e ts w ere p o p u la r was found In The T ro ia n f o r December 4, 1933, w hich r e p o r te d t h a t "members from c l a s s e s as f a r b ack a s 1905" a tte n d e d th e Alumni B anquet t h a t f a l l . 57 M rs. H arry C. M abry, P re s id e n t o f th e School o f Speech Alumni A s s o c ia tio n f o r th e y e a r 1941-1942, re p o r te d t h a t th e Speech f a c u l ty as w e ll a s th e s tu d e n ts sp o n so red th e b a n q u e ts and en d eav o red to keep th e o r g a n iz a tio n f u n c tio n - ing.58 From 1923 th ro u g h 1929, th e s tu d e n ts th e m se lv es made a tte m p ts to form a Speech s tu d e n t body o r g a n iz a tio n , b u t i t f a i l e d to f u n c tio n l a t e r th a n 1929. The T ro ia n f o r November 2, 1925, s t a t e d t h a t such an o r g a n iz a tio n had been c r e a te d and t h a t a c o n s t i t u t i o n and b y -law s had been w r i t t e n . The p u rp o se o f th e o r g a n iz a tio n was to c r e a te 55The T ro ia n . XIV (Ja n u a ry 23, 1923), 1. 56I b i d . . XX X (November 6, 1929), 1. 57I b i d . . XXXIV (December 4 , 1933), 1. 58m ts. H arry C. Mabry, q u e s tio n n a ir e , 2226 New H am pshire A v e., Los A n g eles, F eb ru ary 27, 1959; se e A ppendix B. 106 a " c l o s e r bond o f lo y a lty among sp e e c h s tu d e n ts and to m a in ta in i n t e r e s t i n th e School o f S p e e c h ." 39 S tu d e n ts a c tiv e in tr y in g to focm and m a in ta in a perm anent s tu d e n t body o r g a n iz a tio n w ere E le a n o r V eale, D o ris Crook- Jo h n so n,^ L u c lie T a y lo r, and W illia m K a u ffm a n .^ The p r a c t i c e o f h a v in g o u ts ta n d in g s p e a k e rs , l e c t u r e r s , a c to r s , and r e a d e rs p erfo rm f o r th e s tu d e n ts was c o n tin u e d by Immel. A r e p r e s e n ta ti v e sam p lin g o f th e s e p e rfo rm e rs i s a s fo llo w s : One o f th e f i r s t famous s p e a k e rs Immel was a b le to s e c u re to a d d re s s th e s tu d e n ts o f th e S chool o f Speech was Thomas C. T rueblood in O cto b er, 1926. A t t h a t tim e T ru eb lo o d was Head o f th e Speech D epartm ent a t th e U n iv er s i t y o f M ichigan. In h is assem bly a d d re s s , he r e l a t e d h i s own e x p e rie n c e s a s w e ll as th o s e o f P r o f e s s o r R o b ert 1. F u lto n , o f Ohio W esleyan U n iv e r s ity , and P ro fe s s o r R o b e rt L. Cumnock, o f N o rth w e s te rn .33 Thomas J e f f e r s o n , son o f th e famous J e f f e r s o n o f th e R ip Van W inkle r o l e , le c tu r e d in th e f a l l o f 1928. 59The T ro ia n , XVII (November 2, 1925), 1. 60I b i d . , X V III (March 22, 1926), 1. 61I b i d . , XXI (May 14, 192 9 ), 1. 62I b i d . , XVII (O cto b er 12, 1926), 1. 63I b id . 107 He a ls o a s s i s t e d Ray MacDonald t h a t se aso n in d i r e c t i n g th e SC p ro d u c tio n o f th e W ashington I r v in g p la y t h a t had become a t r a d i t i o n th ro u g h o u t th r e e g e n e ra tio n s o f a c to r s in th e J e f f e r s o n f a m ily .^ 4 Speech and dram a s tu d e n ts w ere h o s ts to G. M artin ez S ie r r a , a u th o r o f C ra d le Song. May 8, 1931. S ie r r a was g u e s t o f h o n o r a t a b an q u et g iv e n in h i s h o n o r by th e S chool o f Speech fo llo w in g th e p ro d u c tio n o f h i s famous p la y d ir e c te d by Howard M i l l e r.^ The fo llo w in g November 24, th e School o f Speech gave a b a n q u e t h o n o rin g th e w ell-know n p la y w rig h t John S tev en M cG roarty upon h i s SC v i s i t . At th e same tim e th e Speech s tu d e n t body had a second g u e s t, Mardy F o rb es, an E n g lis h a c t r e s s who had ap p e ared th e y e a r b e fo re in The Swan, an Edward E v e r e tt H orton p r o d u c t i o n .^ In th e Summer S chool s e s s io n o f 1932, th e School o f Speech p re s e n te d to th e p u b lic R o llo Anson T a lc o tt, r e a d e r o f p la y s and w ell-know n i n t e r p r e t e r . On th e ev e n in g o f J u ly 18, T a lc o tt gave an ev e n in g p erfo rm an ce o f L et Us Be Gay in T o uchstone T heater.**7 64 I b i d . , XIX (December 6, 1928), 1. 65I b i d . , XXII (A p ril 17, 1931), 1. 66 I b i d . , XXII (November 5, 1931), 2. 6 7I b i d . . X X III (J u ly 15, 1932), 1. 108 On March 24, 1933, C la y to n H am ilton, a u t h o r i t y on th e dram a, le c tu r e d in th e S e e le y Mudd H a ll to Speech s tu d e n ts and o th e r s . H am ilton le c tu r e d on C ap o n sacch i, b ased on R o b ert B ro w n in g 's The R ing and th e Book. ^ The S chool o£ Speech s tu d e n t body h e a rd R. D. MacLean, famous S h ak esp earean a c to r , in a l e c t u r e May 1, 1935. MacLean spoke on p e rs o n a l o c c u rre n c e s " i n th e l i v e s o f such g r e a t a c to r s a s Edwin B ooth, Law rence B a r r e t t , Jo h n M cCullough, Lord Henry I r v in g . . . ." ^ 9 The SC a u d ie n c e a ls o had th e o p p o r tu n ity to become a c q u a in te d w ith MacLean*8 work a s a S h ak esp earean a c to r in Hollyw ood Bowl w here he ap p eared in J u l i u s C a e s a r, O th e llo , M acbeth, and o th e r p l a y s . 7^ S tu d e n ts in th e S chool o f Speech to o k t r i p s to p la c e s o f i n t e r e s t d u rin g Summer S e s s io n s . A cco rd in g to M rs. Immel: He [Dean Immel] made h i s summer sc h o o l a th in g o f jo y and p le a s u r e . They had l o t s o f work to do, b u t e v e ry F rid a y i n Sumner S chool so m eth in g was p la n n e d f o r th e s tu d e n ts i n th e School o f Speech. One n ig h t o f th e summer we would have th e w hole S chool o f Speech ^ H a m ilto n had se rv e d a s l i t e r a r y a d v is o r to R ich ard M a n s fie ld , had a s s i s t e d i n p re p a rin g P e e r Gvnt f o r th e s ta g e , and had a ls o worked w ith W a lte r Hampden i n h i s p e r form ance o f Cvrano de B e rz erac ta k e n from The T ro ia n . XXIV (M arch ll, T . --------- ------------- 69The Troian. XXVI (April 30, 1935), 4. 70Ibid. body o u t h e re in o u r g a rd e n . W e d id t h i s f o r y e a r s . . . . W e'd go s e e The D runkard o r go to some o th e r p la c e o f e n te r ta in m e n t. . . . W e u sed to go se e H arry B u r n e t t's P uppet show on O lv era S t r e e t . . * . T hese a c t i v i t i e s w ere su p p o rte d by th e e n t i r e S chool o f Speech F a c u lty who worked r i g h t a lo n g w ith my h u s b a n d .71 B oth Y oder and Immel to o k g r e a t p e rs o n a l i n t e r e s t in th e s tu d e n ts o f th e S chool o f Speech in t h e i r s o c i a l a s w e ll as academ ic a c t i v i t i e s . F u r th e r D evelopm ents in th e School Im p o rta n t d ev elo p m en ts fo llo w in g I m o e l's ap p o in tm en t a s Dean o f th e School o f Speech w ere (1) th e developm ent o f i n s t r u c t i o n in r a d io b r o a d c a s tin g , (2) th e developm ent o f g ra d u a te w ork in sp e e c h , (3) th e developm ent o f work i n sp eech s c ie n c e and sp e ech c o r r e c t io n , and (4) th e change from S chool o f Speech to a D epartm ent o f Speech in th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A r ts , and S c ie n c e s . T hese d evelopm ents w i l l be d is c u s s e d in th e fo llo w in g s e c tio n s e x c e p t f o r sp eech c o r r e c t io n , w hich w i l l b e p re s e n te d in C h ap ter V III. D evelopm ent o f I n s t r u c t i o n in R adio B ro a d c a stin g R adio i n s t r u c t i o n was f o r many y e a rs in c lu d e d u n d e r Speech, th e r e f o r e a b r i e f su rv e y o f i t s developm ent h as been in c lu d e d h e r e . ^ ^ In te rv ie w w ith M rs. Immel; se e A ppendix A. 110 E a rly d ev e lo p m e n ts. C ourses d e a lin g w ith th e p h y s ic s o f r a d io w ere o f f e r e d in v a r io u s la r g e u n i v e r s i t i e s d u rin g th e f i r s t W orld War. At SC P ro f e s s o r Hund o f th e E n g in e e rin g D epartm ent o f f e r e d a te c h n ic a l c o u rs e S a tu rd a y m ornings on th e P r in c ip le s o f High F requency M easurem ents. T h is tw o -se m e ste r c o u rs e was d e sig n e d " . . . to g iv e a th o ro u g h t h e o r e t i c a l fo u n d a tio n f o r a l l th e phenomena w hich a r e m et in a r a d io la b o r a to r y . D uring th e 1920’ s r a d io b ro a d c a s tin g a c t i v i t i e s a t SC w ere c o n fin e d to o c c a s io n a l s tu d e n t program s o v e r com m e rc ia l s t a t i o n s and th e s h o r t - l iv e d a tte m p t to have f a c u l ty members co n d u ct th e w eekly " U n iv e rs ity o f th e A ir" program o v e r th e Don Lee n etw o rk . T hese program s w ere pro d u ced by th e " D iv is io n o f R a d io ," a non-academ ic a c t i v i t y a u th o riz e d by th e p u b l i c i t y s t a f f o f th e U n iv er s i t y , and w ere b ro a d c a s t th ro u g h rem ote c o n t r o l o v e r th e Los A ngeles s t a t i o n s KRKD, KNX, KHJ, and K F I .^ The program s p re s e n te d v a rio u s d e p a rtm e n ts and s c h o o ls o f th e U n iv e r s ity . P ro b ab ly th e m ost p o p u la r l e c t u r e s w ere th o s e g iv e n by D r. A dam antios P o ly z o id e s on E uropean and w orld d ip lo m a tic a f f a i r s . H is program s w ere sp o n so red by 72The Troian. VI (October 1, 1915), 1. 73 M rs. Ray K. Immel r e c a lle d t h a t l i s t e n e r s u sed c r y s t a l s e t s w ith e a r pho n es. In te rv ie w w ith M rs. Ray K. Im n el; se e A ppendix A. Ill U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e and w ere s u p e rv is e d by F. C lin to n J o n e s , a s tu d e n t o f th e U n iv e r s ity . O th er b ro a d c a s ts w ere g iv e n u n d e r th e d i r e c t i o n o f H aro ld W illiam so n , a s s i s t e d by Hubbard o f th e S chool o f S peech. O th er w eekly b ro a d c a s ts w ere p re s e n te d by th e D epartm ents o f D e n tis tr y , Commerce and B u s in e ss , R e lig io n , Pharm acy, E d u c a tio n , and M usic. D ick Jo y , v e te r a n an n o u n cer o f th e NBC s t a t i o n s , f re q u e n tly re a d v a r io u s p re p a re d d e p a rtm e n ta l r e p o r ts o v e r th e a i r . ^ As a p ro b a b le o u tg ro w th o f th e program s by v a r io u s d e p a rtm e n ts , p la n s w ere made to o f f e r c o u rs e s by r a d i o . ^ The c o u rs e s w ere n o n - c r e d it and w ere d e sig n e d f o r home stu d y g ro u p s. The v e n tu re la s t e d b u t a few m onths. P ro b a b ly th e m ain c a u se s f o r th e q u ic k dem ise w ere th e g r e a t amount o f tim e in v o lv e d in th e p r e p a r a tio n o f b ro a d c a s t s and th e f a c t t h a t th e " p u b lic s e rv ic e " tim e g iv e n by r a d io s t a t i o n s was o f te n s o ld to com m ercial s p o n s o rs . An a tte m p t was made i n th e 1929 S p rin g Q u a rte r to ru n a d a ily program , s t a r t i n g March 18. The fo llo w in g sc h e d u le o f A p ril 9 th ro u g h A p ril 12 i l l u s t r a t e s th e c o u rs e o f f e r in g s f o r t h a t week. ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith T a c ie Hanna Rew; se e A ppendix A. ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith H a r r i e t L o u ise T outon D iP ie tro , o f th e R adio D epartm ent S t a f f , J u ly 16, 1957; see A ppendix A. 112 The U n iv e rs ity program f o r t h i s week, S ta tio n KGJK i s as fo llo w s : T uesday, A p r il 9: 2 :0 0 to 2 :3 0 P.M. G eology. B efo re th e F is h e s . P ro fe s s o r A rth u r J . T ie je . 4 :0 0 to 4 :3 0 P.M. P o l i t i c a l S c ie n c e . C ontem porary P o l i t i c a l I n s t i t u t i o n s o f S outh A m erica. P ro f e s s o r 0 . W . E. Cook. 4 :3 0 to 5 :0 0 P.M. J o u rn a lis m . S u p e rv is io n o f H igh S chool Pub l i c a t i o n s . V alue o f New spaper to S chool and Community. P ro f e s s o r Iv an B enson. 5 :0 0 to 5 :3 0 P.M. School O rg a n iz a tio n and A d m in is tra tio n . O rg a n iz a tio n and C o n tro l o f C ity School System s. P ro f e s s o r 0. R. H u ll. 6 :0 0 to 6 :2 2 P.M. P la c e o f A d v e rtis in g in B u s in e s s . Marc Goodnow. W ednesday, A p ril 10: 2 :3 0 to 3 :0 0 P.M. E n g lis h o f Today. E n u n c ia tio n and D ic tio n . M iss J u l i a M cCorkle. 4 :0 0 to 4 :3 0 P.M. Modern E uropean L i t e r a t u r e . J o s e E ch eg aray . D r. M ild red S tr u b le . 4 :3 0 to 5 :0 0 P.M. P u b lic E d u ca tio n in th e U n ited S ta te s . A m erica s t a r t s on h e r own e a r l y n a t i o n a l and s t a t e a t t i t u d e s . P ro f e s s o r F red W eersin g . 5 :0 0 to 5 :3 0 P.M. F undam entals o f Econom ics. M arket P ric e M aking. Dean M e C lung. 6:00 to 6 :2 2 P.M. B u sin ess E n g lis h and L e t t e r W ritin g . C o -o p e ra tio n betw een D ic ta to r and S te n o g ra p h e r. P ro f e s s o r C a rl N a e th e r. 9 :0 0 to 9 :3 0 P.M. Com m ercial A v ia tio n . Com m ercial a p p lic a tio n and t r a i n i n g o f p e rs o n n e l. P ro f e s s o r E a r l W . H i l l . T h ursday, A p r il 11: 2 :3 0 to 3 :0 0 P.M. A rt A p p re c ia tio n . J a p a n e s e P a in tin g . Ken N akazaua. 113 4 :0 0 to 4 :3 0 P.M. C o n s titu t io n a l H is to r y . New E ngland C o lo n ie s . P r o f e s s o r P ercy V. Hammond. 4 :3 0 to 5 :0 0 P.M. P sy ch o lo g y and th e P r o f e s s io n s . Dean K arl T. Waugh* 5 :0 0 to 5 :3 0 P.M. Growth and D evelopm ent o f th e C h ild . M ental D if f e r e n c e s . P r o f e s s o r D. W . L eF ev er. 9 :0 0 to 9 :3 0 P.M. B u sin e ss Law C o n ta c ts . P ro f e s s o r O liv e r M arsto n . F rid a y , A p r il 12: 11:00 to 11:3 0 A.M. Modem Drama. Broadway S u c ce sse s and F a i l u r e s . Two London P la y s R eview ed. M rs. L a u re b e lle D ie tr ic k . 11:30 t o 12 noon P o p u la r C h e m istry . M iss M a rg aret A ir s to n . 2 :0 0 to 2 :3 0 P.M. L a te r H is to ry o f th e Je w ish P eo p le . Mr. A. T orm is. 4 :0 0 to 5 :0 0 P.M. M usic A p p re c ia tio n by KEJK Symphony O rc h e s tra . 5 :0 0 to 5 :3 0 P.M. M usic A p p re c ia tio n by SC C o lle g e o f M usic. /C ) R e c a llin g th e s e e a r l y " e d u c a tio n c o u rs e s by a i r " H a r r ie t L o u ise D iP ie tro T outon commented: . . . It's h a rd to say w h eth e r o r n o t th e y [th e c o u r s e s ] w ere " s u c c e s s f u l ." Don P e tty s e t th o s e u p . My f a t h e r [D r. F ran k C. T outon] gave o n e. I t was a s o r t o f p o p u la riz e d v e r s io n o f m a th e m a tic s. I remember t h a t my f a t h e r was v e ry fond o f th e id e a and he had o th e r s c o n tr ib u t e to o . I im ag in e th e y w ere s u c c e s s f u l f o r t h a t ' 8 a l l I h e a rd . . . . They o v e r-d id i t a l l o v e r th e c o u n try . They [th e p ro g ram s] became so p e d a n tic t h a t l i s t e n i n g drop p ed off. . . . I t was a b ig bone o f c o n te n tio n b etw een [ th e r a d io ] in d u s tr y and e d u c a to rs . . . . Where th e r e w ere ab o u t 76The Troian, XXI (April 9, 1929), 1 114 s e v e n ty - f iv e e d u c a tio n a l s t a t i o n s [ s t a t i o n s t h a t b ro a d c a s t e d u c a tio n a l p ro g ram s] i n th e 1 9 2 0 's , i t l a t e r d ropped t o ab o u t n in e . . . . 7 7 W hile th e s e c o u rs e s w ere a t t r a c t i n g a t t e n t i o n , a n o th e r in c id e n t d e m o n stra te d th e e d u c a tio n a l v a lu e o f r a d io . Von KLeinSmid approved an a l l - U n i v e r s i t y assem b ly f o r 9 A.M ., March 4 , 1929, i n B ovard A u d ito riu m to h e a r P r e s id e n t H e rb e rt H o o v er's a d d r e s s . T h is was th e f i r s t tim e in th e U n iv e r s it y 's h i s t o r y t h a t th e in a u g u ra l c e r e m onies o f a p r e s id e n t o f th e U n ite d S ta te s w ere h e a rd by means o f r a d i o . 7 8 C r e d it c o u rs e s in r a d io b r o a d c a s tin g . Thomas E. C o u lto n , who su rv ey e d c a ta lo g u e s from a r e p r e s e n ta ti v e sam ple o f A m erican c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , r e p o r te d t h a t from 1920 to 1930 th e r e w ere 118 i n s t i t u t i o n s o f f e r i n g two se m e s te rs o f r a d io i n s t r u c t i o n . 7^ However, S C 's f i r s t c r e d i t c o u rs e d id n o t come u n t i l 1934. P ro b a b ly th e c a u se f o r t h i s d e la y was th e d e c is io n w hich fa c e d s c h o o ls in th e 1 9 2 0 's : (1) Should r a d io be u sed a s a to o l o f th e p u b lic r e l a t i o n s o f f i c e to a d v e r t is e th e u n i v e r s i t y and 77D iP ie tro in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 7 8The T ro ia n . XXI (M arch 4, 1929), 1. 7^Thomas E. C o u lto n , "T ren d s in Speech E d u c a tio n i n A m erican C o lle g e s" (u n p u b lish e d Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n , New York U n iv e r s ity , 1935), pp. 4 6 -5 2 . 115 a t t r a c t s tu d e n ts , o r (2) Should r a d io be u se d as a la b o r a to r y s u b s e r v ie n t to an academ ic d ep a rtm en t? A t SC th e f i r s t o f th e s e two a l t e r n a t i v e s was a p p a re n tly ch o sen . Rew was th e f i r s t t o o f f e r c o u rs e s In R adio Speech (1934) a t SC,8® th o u g h n o n - c r e d it c o u rs e s w ere o f f e r e d a t U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e In 1932.®* The work In Rew 's c l a s s e s c o n s is te d p r i n c i p a l l y o f th e a d a p ta tio n o f th e c l a s s i c s i n t o d ra m a tic form f o r r a d io a u d ie n c e s ; how ever, r a d io an n o u n cin g and m icrophone te c h n iq u e w ere a ls o ta u g h t. D iP ie tr o , who was one o f R ew 's s tu d e n ts , gave th e fo llo w in g d e s c r i p t io n o f th e s e e a r l y r a d io c l a s s e s : She [M rs. Rew] had th o s e w o n d erfu l a d a p ta tio n s o f th e c l a s s i c s . W e w ent to KFI e v e ry F rid a y a f te rn o o n a t 3 o 'c lo c k . I remember o u r g iv in g p ie S c a r le t L e t t e r and S i l a s M arner. . . . T h is was 1933-34. Our c l a s s work c o n s is te d m o stly o f m ike te c h n iq u e , p r e p a r in g f o r th e F r id a y 's p r e s e n ta ti o n , and w orking w ith M rs. Rew in i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . W e d id d r i l l s in re s o n a n c e , d i c t i o n d r i l l s , a r t i c u l a t o r y e x e r c is e s . . . . The s t a t i o n s downtown to o k c a re o f a l l th e te c h n i c a l p h a se s o f p ro d u c in g th e shows* I f we had m usic r e c o r d s th e y w ould p la y th e s e f o r u s . They claim ed th e y had to do t h i s f o r a u n io n re q u ire m e n t p r o te c - Rew r e c a l l e d some o f th e problem s w hich c o n fro n te d th o s e who p ro d u ced th e s e r a d io dram as o v e r th e Los A ngeles down town s t a t i o n s : 8oSC C a ta lo g u e . 1934-1935, p . 30. 8 1 I b i d . . 1932-1933, p . 138. B ^ D i P i e t r o in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 116 1 had the first class In radio at SC [1934]. The station at that time had to have educational programs so they'd give us half an hour on KFI. They did this for a long time. 1 dramatized old classics. We called them "fiction favorites"■■Silas Mamer. Adam Bede. The Scarlet Letter. Jane Byre— a lot of them. But h e r e was th e tr o u b le : They ch a rg e d u s n o th in g , b u t a s th e demand f o r b r o a d c a s tin g [tim e ] on th e s t a t i o n s became g r e a t e r , th e s t a t i o n s c o u l d n 't alw ay s t e l l u s how much tim e th e y c o u ld g iv e u s . F o r exam ple, I 'd s a y , "Now w e 'r e g o in g t o make Ja n e E yre i n t o th r e e h a lf - h o u r p ro g ram s, o r th r e e f if te e n - m in u te p ro g ra m s." A ll r i g h t . Then, j u s t b e f o r e we s t a r t e d to p u t i t on (som etim es when we w ere sc h e d u le d f o r t h i r t y m in u te s) w e'd b e t o l d t h a t w e'd have j u s t f i f t e e n m in u te s! T hat was j u s t d e v a s ta tin g . I t was so d i f f i c u l t b e c a u se 1 n e v e r knew w hat to d o . I 'd have to change i t , and t h a t was a lm o st th e d e a th o f i t f o r th e y c o u l d n 't t e l l u s ahead o f tim e how much [tim e ] we c o u ld h a v e . But we s e n t o u t p o s t c a rd s to a l l th e h ig h s c h o o ls sa y in g , "Y our r e q u ir e d re a d in g i s b e in g d ra m a tiz e d f o r you and i t w i l l be on th e program a t su ch and such a tim e ," so we had q u ite a fo llo w in g in h ig h s c h o o ls . As f o r th e te c h n iq u e s o f p r e p a r a tio n , 1 made th e a b rid g m e n ts, and had them l a t e r m im eographed. The p r e p a r a tio n f o r d e liv e r y on th e a i r was done in c l a s s . W e had to work on th e s c r i p t s , tim in g them , c u t t i n g them down, b ro a d c a s t i n g i n Old C o lle g e from one room to a n o th e r. Then th e id e a d ie d a n a t u r a l d e a th a s th e r a d io s t a t i o n s c o u l d n 't g iv e u s a s much tim e as we n eed ed f o r th e p e rfo rm a n c e s.8 3 From 1934 th ro u g h 1946, Rew 's c o u rs e R adio Speech was th e o n ly a c c r e d ite d c o u rs e in r a d io o f f e r e d on th e SC cam pus. In U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e , how ever, th e s e c o u rs e s c o n tin u e d to be o f f e r e d : R adio, Advanced C ourse in R adio P ro d u c tio n , and R adio S c r ip t W ritin g . 8 4 ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith T a c ie Hanna Rew; se e A ppendix A. 84SC C a ta lo g u e . 1937-1938, o . 142: 1939-1940. p . 136; 1946-194V p . 93. 117 R adio p r o d u c tio n s . Through th e 1930*s ra d io b r o a d c a s ts on th e campus w ere u n d e r th e s u p e rv is io n o£ W. B a lle n tin e H enley. R o b ert S. McGaw, s tu d e n t lic e n s e d o p e r a to r , was " r e s p o n s ib le f o r 2 1 program s s e n t o u t from SC s u b - s ta tio n s " d u rin g th e sc h o o l y e a r 1 9 3 2 -1 9 3 3 .8* * O th er s tu d e n ts w o rk in g i n b r o a d c a s tin g w ere D ick H u d d lesto n , h o ld e r o f an am ateu r lic e n s e ; John Fox and Tom L aw less, news r e p o r t e r s and s u b -p a n e l o p e r a to r s ; B i l l P ig u e t, a s s i s t a n t on th e p a n e l; John H oover, Bob Lane, and C laude S m ith. The r a d io o f f i c e in th e S tu d e n t Union was u n d e r th e d i r e c t i o n o f C h a r lo tte M ountjoy. 8 8 Under H e n le y 's s u p e rv is io n , r a d io a c t i v i t i e s o f f e r e d s tu d e n ts t r a i n i n g in th e p r o f e s s io n o f b r o a d c a s tin g . I t was th ro u g h Mulvey W h ite 's e f f o r t s t h a t th e f a c i l i t i e s o f th e m a jo r b r o a d c a s tin g s t a t i o n s o f Los A ngeles w ere s e c u re d . R eview ing W h ite 's c o n tr ib u tio n s in t h i s a re a , th e Alumni Review f o r A p r il, 1936, s ta te d : Mulvey W hite assum ed c h a rg e o f s tu d io a c t i v i t i e s when e n t e r in g th e C o o rd in a tio n O f f ic e . . . . H is keen u n d e rs ta n d in g o f th e problem s w hich w ere e n c o u n te re d , a lo n g w ith th e a b i l i t y to d is c e r n w hat would be o f i n t e r e s t to a r a d io a u d ie n c e , was seen a f t e r a s h o r t tim e on th e a i r , a s th e program s w ere m e etin g a need in th e com m unity. 85The T ro ia n , XXIV (March 10, 1933), 2. 8 6 I b id . 118 I t was se e n t h a t by a c tu a l p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n w r itin g , i n an n o u n cin g , and in o p e r a tin g equipm ent, as w e ll as i n p ro d u c in g pro g ram s, s tu d e n ts w ould s e c u re p r a c t i c a l know ledge o f r a d io w hich th e y c o u ld g a in i n no o th e r way w h ile i n s c h o o l. Thus Mr. W hite c o r r e l a t e d th e a c t i v i t i e s o f th e v a r io u s s c h o o ls and c o lle g e s on th e campus w ith th e work o f th e R adio S t a f f , and th e r e s u l t s have p ro v ed th e p la n to be f e a s i b l e . One o f o u r alu m n i, R o b e rt S. McGaw, was th e f i r s t S tu d e n t M anager and h i s p a s t e x p e rie n c e in com m ercial r a d io was f e l t in th e q u ic k o r g a n iz a tio n and management o f an e f f i c i e n t S t a r f . 8? In a d d itio n to campus b r o a d c a s ts , s tu d e n ts a s s i s t e d in a n a t i o n a l c o n v e n tio n o f th e r a d io in d u s tr y w hich was h e ld a t SC i n th e f a l l o f 1938. A cco rd in g to th e Alumni Review th e p u rp o se o f th e c o n v e n tio n was (1) to c r e a t e a b e t t e r u n d e rs ta n d in g o f e d u c a tio n - r a d io r e l a t i o n s h i p , and (2 ) to in a u g u ra te r e s e a r c h s tu d ie s in th e f i e l d . 8 8 The T ro ja n made th e fo llo w in g comments re g a rd in g th e I n s t i t u t e and i t s p e rs o n n e l: The I n s t i t u t e i s an o u tg ro w th o f a s u g g e s tio n from le a d in g Los A ngeles r a d io e x e c u tiv e s who, s e e in g th e i n t e r e s t d is p la y e d by s tu d e n ts and a d m in is tr a tio n , ask ed USC to p la n such a m e e tin g . The e x e c u tiv e com m ittee o f th e I n s t i t u t e i s composed o f Don B e ld in g , Lord and Thomas; Lew F r o s t, NBC; H. W . G a m b rill and George Irw in , KEHE; Dan B. M iner, agency e x e c u tiv e ; C h a rle s D. Penman, KHJ; J o s e R o d rig u ez, KFI-KECA; and C a lv in Sm ith, KFAC. Jo h n Dolph w i l l be a id e d by Dr. W . B a lle n tin e H enley, d i r e c t o r o f c o o r d in a tio n , and h i s a s s i s t a n t , Law rence D. P r i t c h a r d .8“ 8 ^ R ich ard H u d d lesto n , "R adio a t S o u th ern C a li f o r n i a ," Alumni Review , XXVIII (A p ril, 1936), 13. 88The T ro ja n , XXIX (O cto b er 12, 1938), 1. 89lbid. 119 A second r a d io c o n v e n tio n was h e ld a t SC In December o f th e fo llo w in g y e a r . 9® The c o n v e n tio n p ro v id e d an o p p o r t u n i t y f o r d is c u s s io n o f common problem s in r a d io , one o f w hich was u n i f i c a t i o n o f r a d io te c h n iq u e s th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try . In r e p o r tin g th e c o n v e n tio n , The T ro ia n p ro p h e s ie d t h a t r a d io would soon become a d ep a rtm en t a t SC.9 ^ - R adio W orkshop. The o r g a n iz a tio n in 1942 o f th e R adio W orkshop, a n o n - c r e d it a c t i v i t y , s tr e s s e d th e f a c t t h a t a t t h a t l a t e d a te SC was s t i l l " t r a i n i n g " s tu d e n ts in r a d io on an e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r b a s i s . B eing " f ir m ly ensconced in t h e i r new o f f i c e s on th e t h i r d f l o o r o f th e S tu d e n t U nion, " 9 2 o f f i c e r s o f th e Workshop w ere Lynn R andle, p r e s i d e n t, Lee M illa r , v i c e - p r e s i d e n t , Bob A rm strong, g e n e ra l m anager, and Bob Moody, p u b l i c i t y a g e n t. The p u rp o se o f t h i s n ew est v e n tu re o f S C 's r a d io e d u c a tio n program was to o f f e r more o p p o r tu n itie s f o r s c r i p t w r itin g , announcing, a c tin g , and th e p ro d u c tio n o f r a d io shows. Dr. Max T. K rone, d i r e c t o r , w ith C lin to n Jo n e s, CBS w r ite r - p r o d u c e r , head o f K N X News B ureau, s u p e rv is e d th e a c t i v i t i e s . 9 3 R e s u ltin g from th e W orkshop o r g a n iz a tio n was th e program 9 0 I b i d . , XXXI (December 6 , 1939), 1. 9 1 I b i d . . XXXII (M arch 9, 1940), 2. 9 2 I b i d . , XXXIV (J u ly 3, 1942), 1. 9 3 I b i d . . X X X V (Ja n u a ry 8 , 1943), 1. 120 " T h is Week a t T r o y /' th e T ro ja n War Board sp o n so rin g th e program . Commenting on th e r a d io show, th e A p ril 1943 Alumni Review s a id : . . . i t ["T h is Week a t T ro y " ] h as been d e s ig n e d p r im a r ily a s e n te rta in m e n t f o r a l l i e d se rv ic em en o v e r s e a s a s w e ll as a n a t io n a l a u d ie n c e ,— th e f i r s t m ajo r c o lle g e program o f i t s k in d e v e r to be b ro a d c a s t o v e r a n a t io n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l hookup. A s e p a r a te d i v is io n o f th e R adio D epartm ent, th e T ro ja n R adio P ro d u c tio n A s s o c ia tio n h as been s e t u p . To b e a w eekly h a lf - h o u r v a r i e t y show, th e program w i l l c o n s i s t o f h i t so n g s, a p a t t e r r o u tin e , and a d ra m a tic seq u en ce h ig h lig h tin g th e a c t i v i t i e s o f th e War Board.94 O th er r a d io shows sp o n so red by th e A s s o c ia tio n w ere "Themes and V a r ia tio n s " (a program p re s e n te d by th e School o f M u sic), "A P re s e n t to th e Land Down Under" (d e sig n e d f o r governm ent a g e n c ie s ) , and "On th e A ir f o r V ic to ry " (p ro grams by th e e n t i r e r a d io s t a f f ) . 9 5 R adio o r g a n iz a tio n s . A fte r an in a c ti v e p e rio d d u rin g W orld War I I y e a rs , an i n t e r e s t was renew ed in th e n a t io n a l r a d io o r g a n iz a tio n s . Two g ro u p s g e t t i n g n o tic e in 1945 w ere (1) A lpha E ta Rho and (2) Gamma B eta A lpha. The A lpha E ta Rho o r A s s o c ia tio n f o r E d u c a tio n by R adio in 1945 was a ls o known a s th e R adio G u ild (AER). S peaking o f t h i s o r g a n iz a tio n and some o f th e a d ju s tm e n ts th e y had 94Alumni Review . XXIV (A p ril, 1943), 15 9 5 E1 Rodeo. 1943, p . 151. 121 to make b e fo re a s a t i s f a c t o r y w orking sy stem r e s u l t e d , D IP le tro rem arked: T here was an e la b o r a te sy stem o f e l e c t i o n by c u r r e n t members. P ro f e s s o rs made s u g g e s tio n s and p ro p o sed t h e i r o u ts ta n d in g s tu d e n ts , and th e s e w ere c u lle d o u t f o r m en& ership. I t was n o t a v e ry s a t i s f a c t o r y p la n and was c a s t o u t. In f a c t , th e w hole s o c ie ty was c a s t o u t. When th e y s t a r t e d o v e r w ith AER i t o p e ra te d much b e t t e r and i n a much more d ig n i f i e d m anner. 96 The Gama B e ta A lpha, th e n a t io n a l r a d io f r a t e r n i t y , w hich had become in a c t i v e d u rin g W orld War I I , s t a r t e d f u n c tio n in g a g a in on th e campus in th e f a l l o f 1945. D epartm ent o f R ad io . A lth o u g h th e D epartm ent o f R adio was form ed one y e a r a f t e r th e c lo s in g p e rio d s p e c i f ie d f o r t h i s c h a p te r , i t was f e l t t h a t a d is c u s s io n h e re would s im p lif y and u n if y t h i s d ev elo p m en t. SC was l a t e r th a n m ost com parable s c h o o ls in d e v e lo p in g a D epartm ent o f R ad io . I t was n o t u n t i l 1946 t h a t SC announced th e o p en in g o f th e D epartm ent o f R adio w ith W illia m H. S ener in c h a rg e . The d ep a rtm en t was e s ta b li s h e d as an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts w hich in c lu d e d R i s ic , Speech, Drama, F in e A rts , and Cinema, and was headed by Dr. Max T. K r o n e . 97 A lso in 1946 S C 's s t a t i o n KUSC-FM was founded and began i t s r e g u la r sc h e d u le o f b ro a d c a s tin g O cto b er 24. ^ i n t e r v i e w w ith D iP ie tr o ; se e A ppendix A. 9 7 jn te rv ie w w ith Max T. K rone, 1957; se e A ppendix A. 122 D e s c rib in g th e s t a t i o n and i t s e s ta b lis h m e n t, M a rily n M. M ille r , r e p o r t e r to th e Alumni Review f o r December, 1946, w ro te : The id e a f o r th e r a d io s t a t i o n was f i r s t c o n c e iv e d i n 1941 when p la n s w ere l a i d t o i n s t a l l th e n e c e s s a ry equipm ent i n th e A lla n Hancock F o u n d atio n B u ild in g . A W estern E l e c t r i c fre q u e n c y m o d u la tio n t r a n s m i t t e r and a n te n n a had b een i n s t a l l e d b u t w ith th e a d v e n t o f th e w ar, a l l t r a n s m i t t e r s w ere r e q u is i tio n e d by th e g o v e rn m ent f o r w ar s e r v ic e . Now, i n 1946, b e c a u se o f a lo n g s ta n d in g p r i o r i t y , we r e c e iv e d th e f i r s t num ber one m odel m an u factu red by W estern E l e c t r i c . The t r a n s m i t t e r was i n s t a l l e d above th e r e a r o f th e Hancock A u d ito riu m . The a n te n n a was p u rc h ased th r e e y e a rs ago and s to r e d on to p o f th e Hancock F o u n d atio n B u ild in g u n t i l su ch tim e when we re c e iv e d th e o th e r n e c e s s a ry eq u ip m en t. KUSC i s a non-com m ercial fre q u e n c y m o d u la tio n s t a t i o n . Those who have fre q u en cy m o d u la tio n s e t s , and th e r e a r e some f i f t e e n th o u san d in th e m e tr o p o lita n Los A ngeles d i s t r i c t , may tu n e in to KUSC from 6 to 9 P.M. e v e ry ev e n in g e x c e p t Sunday a t 9 1 .7 m eg acy cles on th e d i a l . 98 S en er, o f th e C hicago R adio C o u n cil p ro d u c tio n s t a f f , was b ro u g h t to SC in th e s p r in g o f 1946 to c r e a t e th e R adio D epartm ent " a s r a p id ly a s p o s s i b l e ." " By th e tim e th e f a l l s e m e ste r s t a r t e d , th e R adio D epartm ent was o rg a n iz e d . C ourses o f fe re d by th e new d ep a rtm en t w ere l i s t e d on a s p e c ia l s h e e t to supplem ent o f f e r in g s l i s t e d in th e c a ta lo g u e . The c o u rs e s in c lu d e d R adio S urvey, Funda m e n ta ls o f R adio W ritin g , R adio P ro d u c tio n , Advanced R adio 9® M arllyn M. M ille r , " T ro y 's New FM S t a t i o n ," Alumni R eview , XXV1X1 (December, 1946), 2. " F ro m a p e rs o n a l in te rv ie w w ith W illia m H. S ener ( c r e a t o r and fo rm er Head o f th e SC R adio D ep artm en t), 519 E l l i s S t r e e t , San F ra n c is c o , C a lif o r n ia , A ugust 25, 1957; se e A ppendix A. 123 P ro d u c tio n , M usic In R adio, R adio J o u rn a lis m , and R adio a s a S o c ia l I n s t i t u t i o n ( o f f e r e d by th e S o cio lo g y D e p a rt m e n t). O th er c o u rs e s l i s t e d f o r th e fo llo w in g s e m e s te r in c lu d e d R adio A nnouncing, ta u g h t by A rt G ilm ore, "p ro m in en t r a d io an n o u n cer in H ollyw ood"; and a R adio Workshop f o r T e a c h e rs, ta u g h t by H a r r i e t L o u ise T outon D iP ie tr o , fo rm e rly o f th e Speech and R adio D epartm ent, B ev erly H i l l s High S c h o o l.* 0* * The w r i t e r ask ed S en er w h eth er any s p e c ia l problem s a ro s e in th e o r g a n iz a tio n p e r io d , and was g iv e n th e fo llo w in g in fo rm a tio n : D r. Krone had p a r t i c u l a r s u p p o rt i n th e developm ent from Dr. R aubenheim er in th e p r e p a r a tio n and d e v e lo p m ent . . . o f r a d io . . . . C a p ta in A lla n Hancock . . . was v e ry , v e ry i n t e r e s t e d in r a d io . . . h e had f i l e d f o r . . . th e lic e n s e to p u t up an FH r a d io s t a t i o n . One o f my jo b s was to g e t t h a t r a d io s t a t i o n on th e a i r . . . . T here was a l i t t l e tem p o rary b u ild in g . . . n e a r Alumni House • . . w hich we d iv id e d in h a l f . W e had two l i t t l e s tu d io s . . . and a c o u p le o f c o n tr o l room s. A g r e a t d e a l o f [ ra d io ] i n s t r u c t i o n was done in t h a t b u ild in g up to 1950. . . . As f a r a s I know, th e r e w ere n e v e r any q u a r r e ls b etw een th e D ep artm en ts o f Speech and R adio. . . . O b v io u sly , we d i d n 't have an advanced d e g re e program to b e g in w ith , b u t I th in k we d id th e fo llo w in g year. 1 0 1 C o rre c tin g S e n e r 's s ta te m e n t re g a rd in g th e "advanced d e g re e p ro g ram ," th e w r i t e r le a rn e d t h a t by 1949 b o th a B a c h e lo r o f A rts and a B a ch e lo r o f S cie n ce and a l s o a M a s te r 's *00M ille r , op. c i t . . p . 2. In te rv ie w w ith W illiam H. S en er; see A ppendix A. 124 d e g re e in th e f i e l d o f R adio w ere o f f e r e d . 1 0 2 S ener had th e fo llo w in g to sa y re g a rd in g p e rs o n n e l from th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a B ro a d c a s tin g A s s o c ia tio n who c o n tr ib u te d to th e grow th o f th e R adio D epartm ent: [We w ere h e lp e d ] p a r t i c u l a r l y [by] p e o p le l i k e C al Sm ith (who was th e m anager o f KPAC) and l i k e th e m anager o f K M PC i n th o s e d a y s . Mr. J e n n in g s P ie r c e , who was th e e d u c a tio n a l d i r e c t o r f o r NBC i n H ollyw ood, who had found me f o r Max K rone, d id e v e ry th in g we n eed ed . I f we needed p e o p le in th e in d u s tr y t o h e lp u s , i f o u r t r a n s m i t t e r w a s n 't w orking r i g h t , P ie r c e c o u ld f in d u s an e n g in e e r to h e lp o u t o u r e n g in e e r. The same th in g was tr u e o f S tu a r t N ovins, o f CBS. W e had to comb th ro u g h th e b ro a d c a s tin g in d u s tr y to f in d p e o p le who had s u f f i c i e n t academ ic back g ro u n d . W e came up w ith two o r th r e e key p e o p le . F ello w s named G len M id d leto n and A rt G ilm ore. G ilm ore ta u g h t a c o u rs e in anno u n cin g t i l l we d e c id e d t h a t was n o t a t r u e c o u rs e . He i s s t i l l an o u ts ta n d in g an n o u n cer, and in th o s e day s was p ro d u c in g th e Amos ana Andy r a d io program . And L aurene T u t t l e , th e a c t r e s s . L au ren e d id an e x c e p tio n a lly good jo b in th e a c tin g f i e l d o f r a d io . T hese th r e e p e o p le w ere th e r e s u l t o f lo n g c u l l i n g . G ilm ore and M id d leto n a c t u a l l y w ro te and p u b lis h e d . . . a book on R adio A nnouncing! 0 3 t h a t r e c e iv e d w ide c i r c u l a t i o n in tw e n ty -f iv e to t h i r t y u n i v e r s i t i e s a t one t im e .10^ Though g e t t i n g o f f to a l a t e s t a r t a c a d e m ic a lly , r a d io a t SC made re c o g n iz a b le p ro g re s s in th e l a t t e r 1 9 4 0 's . From 1934 to 1946 th e r e had been one c o u rs e in 1 0 2 E1 Rodeo, 1952, p . 368. 10^A rt G ilm ore and G lenn Y. M id d leto n , R adio A nnouncing (H ollyw ood, C a lif o r n ia : Hollywood R adio Pub- l i s h e r s , 1 9 4 6 ). The U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a R adio D epartm ent u se d t h i s a s a b a s ic t e x t as lo n g as th e c o u rs e in R adio A nnouncing was o f f e r e d . 10^ S en er in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 125 R adio Speech, p lu s low er d i v i s i o n c o u rs e s o f f e r e d in U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e and a w orkshop o f e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r b ro a d c a s tin g a c t i v i t i e s . By 1950 r a d io e d u c a tio n had d ev e lo p ed in to a D epartm ent o f R adio w hich in c lu d e d a s tu d e n t o p e ra te d r a d io s t a t i o n , a t r a i n i n g program f o r te a c h e r s in th e f i e l d , and c o u rs e s le a d in g to th e B a c h e lo r's and M a s te r 's d e g re e s . D evelopm ent o f G rad u ate Work in Speech^~* As o f 1950 th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a was among th e to p h a l f dozen u n i v e r s i t i e s in th e U n ited S ta te s in term s o f th e amount o f a c t i v i t y and p r o d u c tiv ity in g ra d u a te d e g re e s in Speech. A cco rd in g to K now er's a n n u a l l i s t i n g s , in 1950 SC produced th e t h i r d l a r g e s t number o f P h .D .'s i n Speech. The c u m u la tiv e t o t a l s a s o f 1950 p la c e d SC s ix t h in P h .D .'s and f i f t h in M .A .'s and P h .D .'s com bined.-*-®^ (By 1958 SC had advanced to f o u r th p la c e in c u m u la tiv e t o t a l s o f P h .D .'s .) To p u t th e s i t u a t i o n a n o th e r way, in 1950 SC had g ra n te d more th a n 8 p e r c e n t o f a l l g ra d u a te d e g re e s in Speech in t h i s n a tio n . 105For th e p u rp o se s o f s i m p lic ity and u n i f i c a t i o n , t h i s s e c tio n in c lu d e d th e p e rio d from 1920 to 1950. 1 0 6 p ra n k lin H. Knower, "An In d ex to G rad u ate Work in th e F ie ld o f Speech, 1 9 0 2 -1 9 3 4 ," Speech M onographs. I I (O c to b er, 1935), 1 -4 9 ; a ls o Speech M onographs. X I I I 7 1 9 4 6 ) . 122-29; XIV (1 9 4 7 ), 219-49; X V (1 9 4 8 ), 250-63; XVI (1 9 4 9 ), 364-80; and X V III (1 9 5 0 -1 9 5 1 ), 136 -6 1 . The breakdow ns o f th e s t a t i s t i c s a ls o came from Knower. 126 As o f 1950 a l l o th e r s c h o o ls In th e to p h a l f dozen w ere E a s te rn o r M idw estern. C um ulative t o t a l s o f M .A.f s and P h .D .'s f o r a l l Rocky M ountain and P a c if ic C o ast sc h o o ls w ere a s fo llo w s : Brigham Young 2 UCLA 13 C olorado 12 C olorado S ta te 25 D enver 253 M ills C o lle g e 4 New Mexico S ta te 8 Oregon, U n iv e r s ity o f 9 P a c i f ic , C o lle g e o f 27 R edlands 16 S ta n fo rd 89 U tah 45 U tah S ta te 4 W ashington 137 W ashington S ta te 22 W h ittie r 10 Wyoming 3 SC 635 SC 's p o s it io n o f le a d e r s h ip In g ra d u a te stu d y In Speech In th e West In 1950 was more s tr o n g ly I n d ic a te d when th e above l i s t i n g s w ere b ro k en down I n to num bers o f M .A .'s and P h .D .'s . Only f iv e w e s te rn s c h o o ls had g iv e n any P h .D .'s . The t o t a l s w ere as fo llo w s : C olorado S ta te 1 D enver 17 S ta n fo rd 6 U tah 2 SC 44 In e v a lu a tin g th e s e s t a t i s t i c s th e w r i t e r d id n o t, o f c o u rs e , e q u a te q u a n tity w ith q u a l i t y . He re c o g n iz e d , how ever, t h a t w ith in re a s o n a b le l i m i t s th e q u a n tity was 127 p e rh a p s an Ind ex to th e amount o f g ra d u a te a c t i v i t y ; and a ls o t h a t w ith in re a s o n a b le l i m i t s th e amount o f g ra d u a te a c t i v i t y in c r e a s e s q u a l i ty by m aking p o s s ib le a l a r g e r v a r i e t y o f g ra d u a te c o u rs e s , b e t t e r r e s e a r c h eq u ip m en t, and th e l i k e . A fte r m aking a l l due a llo w a n c e s , i t seemed re a s o n a b le to co n clu d e t h a t i n 1950 SC was th e u n d is p u te d le a d e r o f th e West in g ra d u a te s tu d y o f Speech. The w r i t e r so u g h t to e x p lo re th e developm ent o f g ra d u a te work in Speech a s com pared w ith g ra d u a te work in o th e r d e p a rtm e n ts a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia . SC i s a young u n iv e r s i ty when com pared w ith le a d in g sc h o o ls o f th e E a s t and M idw est; and S C 's g ra d u a te work i s l i k e w ise young in t h a t same fram e o f r e f e r e n c e . A cco rd in g to A llis o n Gaw, Head o f th e E n g lis h D epartm ent in 1935, th e f i r s t M aster o f A rts d e g re e a t SC was bestow ed in 1887 upon G eorge F in le y Bovard ( f o u r th p r e s id e n t o f th e U n iv e r s it y ) ; and a t o t a l o f fo rty -tw o M.A. d e g re e s w ere aw arded up to 1 9 1 0 .107 Sum m arizing th e e a r l y y e a rs i n th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f g ra d u a te work a t SC, R ockw ell D. H unt, f i r s t Dean o f th e G rad u ate S chool, ch o se th e fo llo w in g d a te s and e v e n ts as th e m ost im p o rta n t: ^ 7A llis o n Gaw, A S k etch o f G rad u ate Work in th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a (Los A n g eles: U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia P re s s , 1 9 3 5 ), p . 1. 128 1910 E s ta b lis h m e n t o f a G rad u ate D epartm ent. 1911 P r i v i l e g e g ra n te d by S ta te Board o f E d u c a tio n f o r SC to is s u e r e g u la r recom m endations f o r th e C a lif o r n i a h ig h sc h o o l te a c h e r s ' c e r t i f i c a t e . 1920 F o rm atio n o f th e G rad u ate S chool o f A rts and S c ie n c e s , w ith i t s own d ean . 1923 E s ta b lis h m e n t o f th e G rad u ate School o f th e U n iv e r s ity . 1927 F i r s t Ph.D . c o n fe rre d by SC. 1 0 8 The above d a te s and e v e n ts p ro v id e a fram e o f r e f e r en ce in c o n s id e r in g th e f a c t t h a t th e f i r s t M.A. d e g re e s in Speech w ere aw arded in 1924 to Ruth H. E l l i s whose t h e s i s t i t l e was "Drama, Handmaid o f R e lig io n ," and to L au ra E s th e r Haugh whose t h e s i s t i t l e was "The B ib le S to ry , a S to ry in R e lig io u s E d u c a tio n ." The f i r s t Ph.D. a t SC in Speech was c o n fe rre d in 1935 upon D o ris Yoakam whose d i s s e r t a t i o n s u b je c t was "A H i s t o r i c a l Study o f th e P u b lic S peaking A c t i v i t i e s o f Women in A m erica from 1828 to 1860."*® ^ Viewed in p e r s p e c tiv e th e d a te s o f th e f i r s t g ra d u a te d e g re e s in Speech w ere among th e e a r l i e s t fo llo w in g th e e s ta b lis h m e n t o f th e G rad u ate S chool and th e 108RO C]cwell D ennis H unt, "D evelopm ent o f G rad u ate S tu d ie s a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1920- 194 0 ," U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a P u b lic a tio n s (Los A n g eles: “ th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a P re s s , 1945), p . 26. ^ ^ R o c k w e ll D. H unt, "Forew ord" to th e P r e s i d e n t 's R e p o rt, 1940-43 (Los A n g eles: U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n i a P r e s s ,^ 9 4 3 ) , p . 2 . v 129 i n i t i a t i o n o f Ph.D . program s a t th e U n iv e r s ity ; an a p p a re n t in f e r e n c e was t h a t , u n lik e many o th e r s c h o o ls , Speech a t SC a c h ie v e d e a r l y r e c o g n itio n from fe llo w d e p a rtm e n ts a s a s u b je c t w o rth y o f g ra d u a te stu d y and r e s e a r c h . B eg in n in g in 1933 th e D epartm ent o f Speech allo w ed c a n d id a te s f o r th e M a s te r 's d e g re e th e o p tio n o f ta k in g f o u r a d d i tio n a l u n i t s o f g ra d u a te c o u rs e work and a com p re h e n s iv e e x a m in a tio n in s u b s t i t u t i o n f o r th e u s u a l t h e s i s re q u ire m e n t. T here w ere s e v e r a l re a s o n s f o r p ro v id in g t h i s o p tio n : (1) Many s tu d e n ts u n d e rto o k an M.A. program p r im a r ily b ecau se o f th e S ta te o f C a lif o r n i a re q u ire m e n t o f a f i f t h y e a r o f c o lle g e work to q u a l if y f o r th e G en e ra l S econdary T each in g C r e d e n tia l; i t was th o u g h t t h a t many h ig h sc h o o l te a c h e rs w ould p r o f i t more from th e a d d i tio n a l c o u rs e work th a n from a r e s e a r c h e x e r c is e . (2) S tu d e n ts in Speech and Drama m ight o f te n p r o f i t more from a d d i tio n a l advanced c o u rs e s s t r e s s i n g a stu d y o f th e o r a l p r e s e n ta ti o n o f id e a s th a n from a t h e s i s s t r e s s i n g th e w r i t t e n . (3 ) A dequate t r a i n i n g a t th e M a s te r 's le v e l c o u ld be p ro v id e d in r e s e a r c h m ethods and p ro c e d u re s th ro u g h a ssig n m e n ts ^■^®Emory S. B ogardus, e d ., T ren d s in S c h o la rs h ip , a n n o ta tio n s o f th e s e s and d i s s e r t a t i o n s a c c e p te d by th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , 1910-1935 (Los A n g eles: U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a P re s s , 1936), p . 1 6 9 .. 130 i n v a r io u s g ra d u a te c l a s s e s . 1 1 1 A cco rd in g to Knower*s l i s t i n g s as o f 1950, SC had g ra n te d a t o t a l o f 609 M.A. d e g re e s in Speech ( in c lu d in g Drama and R a d io ), 207 w ith t h e s i s , and 402 w ith o u t.m T h eses and d i s s e r t a t i o n s a t SC d u rin g th e p e rio d 1924-1950 r e f l e c t e d r e s e a r c h i n t e r e s t in a w ide v a r i e t y o f a s p e c ts o f th e o v e r - a l l f i e l d o f o r a l com m unication; and a s new d im e n sio n s w ere added to th e f i e l d , th e y w ere soon r e f l e c t e d by SC r e s e a r c h r e p o r t s . The grow th o f new a r e a s in th e f i e l d was ro u g h ly shown by an e x a m in a tio n o f d i s s e r t a t i o n t i t l e s th ro u g h th e y e a rs o f t h i s s tu d y . For exam ple, th e f i r s t tw elv e d i s s e r t a t i o n s a t SC (1935-1940) w ere in th e fo llo w in g a r e a s : 1 1 1 P u b lic A d d ress 4 Drama 3 Speech E d u c a tio n 2 Speech P ath o lo g y 1 O ra l I n t e r p r e t a t i o n 1 G en e ra l Speech 1 The tw elv e Ph.D . r e s e a r c h e s l i s t e d f o r 1950 w ere as f o l low s: 111F o r names o f c a n d id a te s , s u b je c ts , y e a rs d e g re e s w ere c o n f e r r e d , se e A ppendix D, "G rad u ate S tu d ie s ." L is ti n g s w ere ta k e n J u ly 1956 from Commencement E x e rc is e Program s (1 9 3 3 -1 9 5 0 ), p r i v a t e f i l e s o f Howard W . P atm ore, R e g is tr a r , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n i a . 1 1 ^Knower, op. c i t . 111From th e f i l e s in th e G rad u ate Record O ffic e , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , J u ly , 1957; se e A ppendix D f o r names o f c a n d id a te s , d i s s e r t a t i o n s u b je c ts , and y e a rs th e d e g re e s w ere c o n f e r r e d . 131 P u b lic A d d ress 4 Speech E d u c a tio n 1 Speech P ath o lo g y 4 L is te n in g 1 A udlology 1 G en eral Speech 1 The ab sen ce o f any d i s s e r t a t i o n s In Drama In 1950 p ro b a b ly was m o stly an I n d ic a tio n o f th e f a c t t h a t when Drama became a s e p a r a te d e p a rtm e n t, th e y l o s t th e s a n c tio n o f th e G rad u ate S chool to g iv e a Ph.D. m a jo r. (Drama re g a in e d I t s Ph.D. s t a t u s In 1954 when th e D iv is io n o f Communica t i o n was fo rm e d .) An e x a m in a tio n o f th e a b s t r a c t s o f th e f o r t y - f o u r Ph.D . d i s s e r t a t i o n s a c c e p te d d u rin g th e p e rio d 1935-1950 r e v e a le d th e fo llo w in g tr e n d s w ith re g a rd to th e p r e dom inant r e s e a r c h m ethods u sed : (1) H i s t o r i c a l m ethod rem ained s tr o n g th ro u g h o u t th e p e rio d ; (2) E m p iric a l ( d e s c r ip t iv e ) m ethod rem ained s tr o n g th ro u g h o u t; (3) P h ilo s o p h ic a l m ethod (se e W hitney, C h a p te r X) was common d u rin g th e e a r l y y e a rs b u t had d is a p p e a re d e n t i r e l y by 1950; (4) C r i t i c a l m ethod ( r h e t o r i c a l o r d ra m a tic c r i t i c i s m ) grew somewhat s tr o n g e r d u rin g t h i s p e rio d ; (5) E x p e rim e n ta l m ethod was slow to make i t s ap p e aran c e b u t i t was v y in g f o r le a d e r s h ip d u rin g th e l a s t few y e a rs o f t h i s s tu d y . H ^A b8 t r a c t s o f D is s e r t a tio n s f o r th e D egree o f D o cto r o f P h ilo so p h y , 1936-1950, The U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a C h ro n ic le s S e r ie s . 132 An a n a ly s is o f e n ro llm e n t s t a t i s t i c s o f Speech m a jo rs d u rin g th e p e rio d 1925-1950 was a tte m p te d , and t h i s a n a ly s is ap p e ared to in d i c a t e a s i g n i f i c a n t sw ing o f p e rc e n ta g e s from u n d e rg ra d u a te to g ra d u a te work a t SC. A c c u ra te i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f th e s e s t a t i s t i c s was made alm o st im p o s s ib le , how ever, by an o v e rla p p in g co m b in atio n o f s t a t e , n a t i o n a l , and i n t e r n a t i o n a l e v e n ts : (a ) S t a t e : C a lif o r n i a was a le a d e r in th e e s t a b l i s h m ent o f lo w - tu ltio n j u n i o r c o lle g e s and s t a t e c o l l e g e s - - a m a tte r w hich g r e a t l y in flu e n c e d e n ro llm e n ts a t p r i v a t e u n i v e r s i t i e s . (b) N a tio n a l: The p e rio d 1925-1930 was one o f u n u su a l econom ic p r o s p e r ity , b o o s tin g c o lle g e e n ro llm e n ts g e n e r a lly . But th e 1 9 3 0 's w ere a p e rio d o f s e v e re econom ic d e p re s s io n , c u r t a i l i n g c o lle g e e n ro llm e n ts g e n e r a lly . (c ) I n t e r n a t i o n a l : The p e rio d 1941-1945 w hich was W orld War I I alm o st e lim in a te d m ale c o lle g e e n ro llm e n ts . In 1946-1949 th e "GI boom" alm o st in u n d a te d c o lle g e cam puses. The o u tb re a k o f th e Korean War (1950) c o in c id in g w ith th e en d in g o f th e GI boom, r e s u lt e d in a sudden and abnorm al d ro p p in g o f f o f c o lle g e e n ro llm e n ts . D e sp ite th e r a d i c a l in f lu e n c e s upon e n ro llm e n ts o f th e fo re g o in g s t a t e , n a t i o n a l , and i n t e r n a t i o n a l e v e n ts , and 133 d e s p ite th e s e v e r a l r a d i c a l ch an g es i n a d m in is tr a tiv e s e t- u p on th e SC cam pus, th e s t a t i s t i c s a t SC d u rin g th e p e rio d 1925-1950 seemed to in d ic a t e an i d e n t i f i a b l e tr e n d . D u rin g th e p e rio d 1920-1925 p r a c t i c a l l y a l l Speech m ajo rs w ere u n d e rg ra d u a te s . D uring th e d ecad e 1925-1935 th e p e r c e n ta g e o f m a jo rs a t th e M.A. l e v e l in c re a s e d m ark ed ly . From 1935 to 1950 th e a c tu a l p e rc e n ta g e o f u n d e rg ra d u a te Speech m a jo rs d e c lin e d , and th e p e rc e n ta g e o f Ph.D. m a jo rs in c re a s e d a t a rem ark ab le p a c e . By 1950 th e r e was con s id e r a b le in d ic a t io n t h a t " th e pyram id was tu r n in g u p s id e dow n." To p u t t h i s p o in t a n o th e r way, i t ap p eared by 1950 t h a t SC m ig h t soon become p r im a r ily a c e n te r f o r g ra d u a te Speech t r a i n i n g - - a n em phasis in r e v e r s e o f th e f i r s t h a l f a c e n tu ry d u rin g w hich SC had been a le a d in g c e n te r f o r u n d e rg ra d u a te t r a i n i n g . S chool o f Speech S ta tu s i n 1932 An a d m in is tr a tiv e change o c c u rre d in 1932 w hich was s i g n i f i c a n t to a l l who w ere co n n e cte d w ith th e SC School o f S peech. The U n iv e rs ity C atalo g u e (1933-1934) c o n ta in s th e fo llo w in g s ta te m e n t re g a rd in g t h i s change: In 1932 th e School o f Speech p e t itio n e d f o r th e s t a t u s o f S chool o f Speech u n d e r th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s , and t h i s p e t i t i o n was g r a n te d . W ith t h i s y e a r, th e r e f o r e , th e S chool a l l i e s i t s e l f d e f i n i t e l y and c l o s e ly w ith th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s ; and i t s g ra d u a te s w i l l h e n c e fo rth r e c e iv e th e d e g re e o f B a ch e lo r o f A r ts . The t i t l e o f th e Dean i s changed to t h a t o f D ir e c to r . *^SC catalogue. 1933-1934, p. 11. 134 The School o f Speech o r g a n iz a tio n was an I n t e g r a l p a r t o f th e U n iv e rs ity , b e in g c o n t r o lle d by th e Board o f T ru s te e s , th e P r e s id e n t, th e f a c u l t y o f th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s , th e s t a f f o f th e S chool o f Speech, " . . . and th e a l l - U n i v e r s i t y C om m ittees, in th e same m anner as a r e th e o th e r s i m i la r l y c o n s t i t u t e d s c h o o ls o f th e U n iv er s i t y . "116 Immel was m a in ly in s tr u m e n ta l in d e v e lo p in g t h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p , h av in g s tr o n g ly a d v o c ate d i t th ro u g h p re v io u s y e a rs ; how ever, h e w ished sp eech t r a i n i n g to c o n tin u e u n d er th e name School r a t h e r th a n D epartm ent o f S peech. The c h i e f p u rp o se o f th e change from an in d e p en d en t s t a t u s o f School o f Speech to t h a t o f a School u n d e r th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A r ts , and S c ie n c e s in 1932 was to p e rm it a s tr o n g e r em phasis on a l i b e r a l a r t s e d u c a tio n as opposed to th e o ld e r em phasis on a more lim ite d p r o f e s s io n a l t r a i n i n g . In re c o u n tin g to th e w r i t e r th e e a r ly s t a t u s o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t SC, von K leinSm id s a id : " . . . when I came th e r e in th e e a r l y 1920*s , i t [th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , l a t e r th e School o f Speech] was an 1 1 6 I b id . ■ ^ A D epartm ent o f Speech was a lre a d y fu n c tio n in g p r i o r to 1932 tin d er th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s , as s ta t e d in th e SC C a ta lo g u e . 1927-1928, p . 7, b u t t h i s was f o r th e freshm an and sophom ore d iv is io n ; w h ereas, th e S chool o f Speech a c c e p te d s tu d e n ts o n ly a f t e r c o m p le tio n o f two y e a rs in th e C o lle g e o f L ib e r a l A r ts , o r th e e q u iv a le n t. The S chool o f Speech f a c u l ty a ls o ta u g h t a l l sp eech c o u rs e s o f f e r e d in th e D epartm ent o f Speech. 135 i n t e g r a l p a r t o f th e U n iv e rs ity . . . in name only."**-® The sp eech c o u rs e s d id n o t v a ry as th e r e s u l t o f th e 1932 a d m in is tr a tio n a c tio n . The m ain ad v a n tag e s o f th e change w ere: (1) Speech g ra d u a te s c o u ld now r e c e iv e th e B a c h e lo r o f A rts d e g r e e , (2) Speech m ajo rs w ere now a b le to become members o f th e v a rio u s U n iv e rs ity h o n o rary s o c i e t i e s w hich p r i v i l e g e was d e n ie d them b e f o r e ,* 2® and (3) th e name Dean was changed to D ir e c to r in d ic a t in g a s h i f t from autonomy to a d m in is tr a tio n by th e U n iv e r s ity .* 2* Summary o f C h ap ter In 1920 Dean E liz a b e th Yoder changed th e name C o lle g e o f O ra to ry to School o f Speech, fo llo w in g th e tre n d o f th e tim e s , to r e p r e s e n t "m o d ern ized '’ o f f e r in g s . Speech e d u c a tio n , n o t o n ly a t SC b u t o v er th e n a tio n , was p u tti n g l e s s em phasis on th e m echanics o f d e liv e r y and p erfo rm an ce and more on extem poraneous sp e a k in g . Ray K. Immel fo llo w ed Yoder as Dean in 1924. The m ajo r a re a s o f i n s t r u c t i o n w ere becom ing more c l e a r l y d i f f e r e n t i a t e d . Speech c o r r e c tio n g ain ed new im petus w ith * *® Interview w ith Rufus B. von K leinSm id, 1957; se e A ppendix A. S C C a ta lo g u e , 1933-1934, p . 11. *20In te rv ie w w ith M rs. Ray K. Immel; se e A ppendix A. 121SC C a ta lo g u e , 1933-1934, p . 11. 136 th e ad v en t o f s c i e n t i f i c i n t e r e s t . Drama e x p e rie n c e d a m ajo r change as i t s h i f t e d from e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t y to a f u l l y a c c r e d ite d l i b e r a l a r t s o f f e r i n g . I n s t r u c t i o n in r a d io b r o a d c a s tin g was slow to d ev e lo p as a c u r r i c u l a r o f f e r in g ; th e f i r s t c o u rs e was g iv e n in 1934. G rad u ate d e g re e s d a te from 1924 when th e f i r s t M aster o f A rts d e g re e s w ere g iv e n . The f i r s t Ph.D. in Speech was c o n fe rre d in 1935. As o f 1950 SC had g ra n te d a t o t a l o f 609 M.A. d e g re e s in Speech ( in c lu d in g Drama and R a d io ), 207 w ith th e s e s and 402 w ith o u t, and a t o t a l o f 44 Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n s . In 1932 th e School o f Speech, upon p e t i t i o n , became a School o f Speech u n d er th e C o lle g e o f L e tt e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s o f th e U n iv e r s ity . The c h i e f s ig n if ic a n c e o f th e 1932 a d m in is tr a tiv e a c t was t h a t Speech m ajo rs w ere a b le to r e c e iv e th e B a ch e lo r o f A rts d e g re e , and become members o f h o n o rary s o c i e t i e s . CHAPTER V DEPARTM ENT OF SPEECH, 1945-1950 The D epartm ent o f Speech w i l l be d is c u s s e d u n d e r th e d i v i s io n s : (1) O rg a n iz a tio n , (2) A d m in is tra to rs and F a c u lty , (3 ) New C o u rses o f S tudy, and (4) I n s t i t u t e o f th e A r ts . O rg a n iz a tio n In 1945 th e School o f Speech ( r e f l e c t i n g an a d m in is t r a t i v e p o lic y t h a t was becom ing more o r le s s g e n e ra l o v e r th e c o u n try d u rin g W orld War I I ) became known as a D e p a rt m ent o f Speech o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . T h is was p r im a r ily a change in name o n ly f o r in 1932 th e S chool o f Speech had become a l l i e d w ith th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s .^ In d is c u s s in g t h i s change o f School to D epartm ent, von K leinSm id ( P r e s id e n t o f th e U n iv e rs ity when th e change o c c u rre d ) t o ld th e w r i t e r t h a t i t was "m erely a m a tte r o f more e f f ic ie n c y . . . a more r e v e a lin g ty p e o f o r g a n iz a tio n " w hich th e U n iv e rs ity deemed n e c e s s a ry a t th e tim e.-* ^ In te rv ie w w ith Rufus B. von K leinSm id ( P r e s id e n t o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , 1921-1947), 1957; s e e A ppendix A. ^See C h a p ter IV, p . 133. ^ Ib id . 137 138 S in ce th e a d m in is tr a tiv e a c tio n in 1932 (when th e S chool o f Speech became a member o r th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A r ts , and S c ie n c e s ), th e Speech program had become m ore and more " a program o f L ib e r a l A rts w ith few er c o u rs e s d i f f e r e n t i a t i n g th e School from g e n e ra l e d u c a tio n ." * 1 . Through th e y e a rs , e f f o r t s had been made by th e SC a d m in is tr a tio n to o f f e r s tu d e n ts a more g e n e ra l l i b e r a l a r t s c u l t u r a l e d u c a tio n . The same p h ilo s o p h y had been d e v e lo p in g i n th e S chool o f Speech; th e change to a D e p a rt m ent u n d er L e t t e r s , A r ts , and S c ie n c e s r e f l e c t e d t h i s p h ilo s o p h y . A no th er change in o r g a n iz a tio n o c c u rre d in 1945 when dram a became a s e p a r a te d e p a rtm e n t. The n e x t y e a r (1946) r a d io a ls o became an in d e p en d en t d e p a rtm e n t.5 These a c tio n s , to o , w ere r e f l e c t i o n s o f th e tim e s ; o th e r u n iv e r s i t i e s o v e r th e c o u n try w ere m aking, o r had made, s im i l a r s e p a r a tio n s in t h e i r c u rric u la .* * The new d e p a rtm e n ts b e lie v e d th e s e p a r a tio n s would g iv e them g r e a t e r 4 I b id . -*Giles F re d e ric k R obinson, "An H i s t o r i c a l S tudy o f D ram atic A c t i v i t i e s a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n ia , 1880 to 1957" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv er s i t y o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , Los A n g eles, 1957), pp. 7 -8 . ^Donald K. Sm ith, " O rig in and D evelopm ent o f D e p a rt m ents o f S p eech ," A H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n In A m oHm e d . by K arl R. W allace (New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , I n c ., 1954), pp. 458 -6 5 . 139 o p p o r tu n itie s f o r developm ent and s p e c i a l i z a t i o n in t h e i r s p e c ia l f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t . A d m in is tra to rs and F a c u lty F o llo w in g Immel' s d e a th A p ril 11, 1945, th e D e p a rt m ent o f Speech had fo u r a d m in is tr a to r s d u rin g th e n e x t f iv e y e a r s . As p r e v io u s ly s t a t e d , A lan N ich o ls im n e d ia te ly assum ed d u tie s a s A c tin g Head o f th e d ep a rtm e n t and con tin u e d to do so u n t i l Lee Edward T ra v is was a p p o in te d Head in 1947. W . C h a rle s R edding fo llo w ed T ra v is , s e rv in g one y e a r, th e n M ilto n D ickens was a p p o in te d Head, w hich p o s i t i o n he s t i l l h o ld s . The fo llo w in g , ta k e n from th e U n iv e rs ity C a ta lo g u e s, a r e l i s t i n g s o f th e f a c u l ty o f Speech D epartm ent f o r th e y e a rs 1945 to 1 9 5 0 :7 1945-1946: P ro f e s s o rs : d e M ille , N ich o ls (A c tin g Head) A s s o c ia te P ro f e s s o rs : A ik in -S m ith , D a lz e ll, H a ll, T anquary A s s is ta n t P r o f e s s o r s : H ubbard, Rew I n s t r u c t o r s : M eblin (Drama) L e c tu re rs : M itc h e ll, Wedberg A s s is ta n t: B lack b u rn (Drama) 1946-1947: P ro f e s s o rs : M orkovin, T ra v is (Head) A s s o c ia te P ro f e s s o rs : A ik in -S m ith , D a lz e ll, F a irb a n k s , H a ll, T anquary A s s is ta n t P ro f e s s o rs : D ick en s, H ubbard, Rew L e c tu re rs : H ir t (UC), Ja c k (UC), M oore, R edding, W edberg T each in g A s s is ta n ts : Lassman, T a y lo r, W iley 7SC C a ta lo g u e , 1945-1946, p . 91; 1946-1947, p . 93; 1947-1948, p : "97; 1948-1949, p . 65; 1949-1950, p . 73. 140 1947-1948: P ro f e s s o rs : F a irb a n k s , M orkovin, N ic h o ls, T ra v is (Head) A s s o c ia te P ro f e s s o rs : A ik in -S m ith , D a lz e ll, D ick en s, H a ll A s s is ta n t P ro fe s s o r: Rew L e c tu re rs : B lack b u rn , M oore, R edding, S tubbs (UC), T a y lo r, W edberg, W iley 1948-1949: P ro f e s s o rs : N ic h o ls, T ra v is (Head) A s s o c ia te P ro f e s s o rs : D a lz e ll, D ick en s, H a ll L e c tu re rs : Haney, Lassm an, M oore, R edding, T a y lo r, W edberg, W iley 1949-1950: P ro fe s s o r E m e ritu s : M orkovin P ro fe s s o rs : N ic h o ls, T ra v is A s s o c ia te P ro f e s s o rs : D a lz e ll, D ick en s, H a ll, H a rrin g to n , McCoard A s s is ta n t P ro f e s s o rs : Jo h n so n , L ig h tf o o t, Redding (H ead), Rew L e c tu re rs : Moore, P h e lp s, Wedberg The p r a c t i c e o f i n v i t i n g v i s i t i n g te a c h e r s o f Speech to th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a l if o r n i a f o r summer s e s s io n i n s t r u c t i o n h as proved to be a b ro a d e n in g and rew ard in g e x p e rie n c e in a g r e a t many w ays. H aving th e s e o u ts ta n d in g l e c t u r e r s from o th e r m ajo r i n s t i t u t i o n s n o t o n ly h as p o p u la riz e d SC 's own Speech o f f e r in g s , b u t h as c o n tr ib u te d c o n s id e ra b ly to i t s grow th and d ev elo p m e n t. S tu d e n ts have been a ffo rd e d th e o p p o rtu n ity to ta k e s p e c ia liz e d c o u rs e s in t h e i r m ajo r f i e l d s o f i n t e r e s t w ith th e s e key a u t h o r i t i e s who augm ented th e r e g u la r Speech f a c u l t y . In 1948 fo u r o u ts ta n d in g men w ere s e c u re d to co n d u ct c l a s s e s d u rin g th e summer s e s s io n . T hese w ere: 141 W endell Jo h n so n , from th e S ta te U n iv e rs ity o f Iowa, Speech P a th o lo g y ; R o b ert C la rk , from th e S ta te U n iv e rs ity o f Oregon, Sem inar in I n t e r p r e t a t i o n ; A lonzo M orley, from Brigham Young U n iv e r s ity , Speech C o rre c tio n ; and John S n id e c o r, from S an ta B a rb a ra C o lle g e , Speech C o rre c tio n . M orley r e tu r n e d th e fo llo w in g summer. A lso a p p e a rin g on th e 1949 summer s e s s io n s t a f f was W . Norwood B rlg a n c e , from Wabash C o lle g e , to co n d u c t c l a s s e s in H is to ry and C r itic is m o f P u b lic A d d re ss. In th e summer o f 1950 L e s te r T honssen, from th e C o lle g e o f th e C ity o f New Y ork, co n d u cted c l a s s e s in H is to ry and C r itic is m o f P u b lic A d d re ss.^ New C o u rses o f Study The p u rp o se o f work in Speech a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a had s t e a d i l y been s h i f t i n g from an em phasis on p la tfo r m p erfo rm an ce to p r e p a r a tio n o f s tu d e n ts f o r extem poraneous sp e a k in g , te a c h in g , s c h o la r ly r e s e a r c h , - and c l i n i c a l and r e s e a r c h stu d y in sp eech s c ie n c e and p a th o lo g y . To s a t i s f y t h i s p u rp o se , new c o u rs e s o f i n s t r u c t i o n n e c e s s a r ily had to be in tro d u c e d . The fo llo w in g new c o u rs e s (u p p er d i v i s i o n and g ra d u a te le v e l) w ere o f f e r e d by th e Speech D epartm ent from 1946 to 1 9 5 0 :9 ® Ib id ., Summer S e s s io n , 1947-1948, p . 92; 1948-1949, p . 65; 1 9 ^ 1 9 5 0 , p . 73. 9 I b i d . , 1946-1947, pp. 9 5 -9 8 ; 1947-1948, pp. 93-9 5 ; 1 9 4 8 -1945T~pp. 65 -6 6 ; 1949-1950, p . 75; and 1950-1951, p . 56. 142 1946-1947 O ral S tu d ie s In S h ak esp eare C re a tiv e Speech A c t i v i t i e s P a rlia m e n ta ry P ro c ed u re Sem inar In I n t e r p r e t a t i v e R e c ita ls Sem inar in P u b lic A ddress P r a c t i c a l I n s t r u c t i o n in Speech R eading A udiom etry, H ea rin g , and C o n s e rv a tio n - o f-H e a rin g Program s Sem inar in Speech P ath o lo g y Advanced Speech C o rre c tio n Advanced P u b lic A ddress I n tr o d u c tio n to Speech C o rre c tio n P s y c h o lo g ic a l B a sis o f Speech R eading 1947-1948 C o rre c tiv e R e tr a in in g f o r Speech and H earin g D is o rd e rs Advanced A u ra l R e h a b il ita tio n A c o u s tic s o f Speech and H earin g Speech f o r Club and S chool F u n c tio n s D is s e r ta tio n Advanced C l i n i c a l T ech n iq u es in Speech and H earin g Sem inar in P s y c h o lo g ic a l Problem s o f Speech 1948-1949 Sem inar in O rganic Speech D is o rd e rs A m erican P h o n e tic s 1949-1950 C l i n ic a l H o s p ita l P r a c tic e in O rganic Speech D is o rd e rs P sy ch o p h y sics o f A u d itio n B ib lio g ra p h y and R e search M ethods The I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts D a lz e ll D a lz e ll H a ll D a lz e ll N ic h o ls Moore S ta f f S ta f f S ta f f S ta f f S ta f f S ta f f F a irb a n k s S ta f f F a irb a n k s A ik in -S m ith S ta f f F a irb a n k s T ra v is S ta f f S ta f f S t a f f S ta f f D ickens B efo re th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts came in to b e in g in 1946, an o r g a n iz a tio n c a l l e d D iv is io n o f th e A rts had been in e f f e c t f o r a few m onths. The D iv is io n was composed 143 o f k in d re d s c h o o ls , in c lu d in g Cinema, M usic, F in e A rts , and S peech. Von K leinSm id was ch airm an o f th e o rg a n iz a t i o n . F e e lin g t h a t th e D iv is io n o f A rts c o u ld be s tr e n g t h ened by e n la r g in g i t s b o rd e rs to in c lu d e more r e l a t e d d e p a rtm e n ts , Max T. Krone i n 1946 had th e v is i o n o f c r e a ti n g an o r g a n iz a tio n c a ll e d I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts . T h is new o r g a n iz a tio n in c lu d e d M usic, Speech, Drama, F in e A r ts , Cinema, and R adio. The p u rp o se f o r o rg a n iz in g th e s e s c h o o ls and d e p a rtm e n ts in to th e I n s t i t u t e was to g iv e th e A rts m ore s ig n i f ic a n c e and em phasis on th e cam pus. Von K leinSm id su g g e ste d t h a t i t be c a lle d th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts.* ® In th e C a talo g u e f o r 1946-1947 was t h i s announcem ent o f th e c r e a t i o n o f th e I n s t i t u t e and i t s p u rp o se: The I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts was e s ta b li s h e d in Ju n e , 1946, as an a d m in is tr a tiv e d i v is io n w ith in th e C o lleg e o f L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s , c o n s is tin g o f th e d e p a rtm e n ts o f Cinema, Drama, F in e A rts , R adio, and S peech, and th e C o lle g e o f M usic. These d e p a rtm e n ts and th e C o lleg e [S ch o o l] o f M usic o f f e r each i t s own ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith Max T. Krone a t I d y llw ild A rt F o u n d a tio n , I d y llw ild , C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 8, 1957; see A ppendix A. The I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts fu n c tio n e d u n t i l 1954 when i t was re p la c e d by th e D iv is io n o f Com m unication w ith M ilto n D ickens a s ch airm an . The D iv is io n in c lu d e d Drama, Cinema, J o u rn a lis m , T eleco m m u n icatio n s, and Speech. W ith in th e D iv is io n two c o u rs e s ev o lv ed w hich w ere c r o s s l i s t e d by th e f iv e d e p a rtm e n ts : Survey o f Mass Communica t i o n , and R e search M ethods in Com m unication. A d i v i s i o n a l m a jo r in Com m unication was o f f e r e d f o r th e Ph.D . d e g re e , in c lu d in g th e a r e a s o f Speech, Drama, Cinema, and T e le com m unications . 144 m a jo r a s w e ll a s c o u rs e s f o r s tu d e n ts In o th e r d e p a r t m ents o f th e U n iv e r s ity ; t h e i r c o o r d in a tio n i n th e I n s t i t u t e makes i t p o s s ib le f o r them to d e v e lo p p ro j e c t s beyond th e scope o f any one o f them . . . . P urpose o f th e I n s t i t u t e : The c l o s e r a f f i l i a t i o n o f f a c u l t i e s , s tu d e n ts , w ith in th e I n s t i t u t e e n c o u ra g es th e b re a k in g down o f a r t i f i c i a l b a r r i e r s and r e s t r i c t i o n s betw een th e d e p a rtm e n ts d e v o te d to th e a r t s and makes e a s i e r th e developm ent o f many a c t i v i t i e s to w hich a l l may c o n t r i b u t e . 11 R eg ard in g th e r e s u l t s o f th e g ro u p in g o f th e r e l a t e d s c h o o ls and d e p a rtm e n ts , Krone s a id : From i t [The I n s t i t u t e o f th e A r ts ] came th e D iv is io n a l-m a jo r id e a w here th e s tu d e n t c o u ld c u t a c ro s s l i n e b a r r i e r s o f o n ly one m a jo r and th u s ta k e w ork in a l l r e l a t e d f i e l d s o f h is i n t e r e s t . Too, th e A nnual F e s t i v a l r e s u l t i n g th e s p r in g a f t e r th e o rg a n i z a t i o n was e f f e c t i v e [th e l a s t p erfo rm a n ce o f th e A p o llia d c r e a t i v e a r t s , 1 9 4 7 ]. The v a r io u s D epartm ents p re s e n te d co n tem p o rary w orks in a r t , m u sic, dram a, cinem a, sp e ech , e t c . 1* Summary o f C h a p te r The School o f Speech was a d m itte d to th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s in 1932 u n d er th e s t a t u s o f S chool o f S peech. In 1945, th e U n iv e r s ity a d m in is tr a tio n changed th e name School o f Speech to D epartm ent o f Speech, th e new d e p a rtm en t c o n tin u in g u n d e r th e s t a t u s o f D e p a rt m ent o f Speech in th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A r ts , and S c ie n c e s . 11SC Catalogue, 1946-1947, p. 23; and 1951-1952, p. 11. 1^Krone in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 145 From 1945 to 1950, th e D epartm ent o£ Speech a t SC, fo llo w in g th e d e a th o f Ray K e e s la r Immel A p ril 11, 1945, had f o u r H eads, who w ere: A lan N ic h o ls (1945-1947), Lee Edward T ra v is (19 4 7 -1 9 4 9 ), W . C h a rle s R edding (1949- 1950), and M ilto n D ickens who was a p p o in te d Head in 1950. The m a jo r developm ent in t h i s s h o r t p e rio d (1945 th ro u g h 1950) was in sp eech s c ie n c e (begun i n 1930 by Im m el). From 1945 to 1950 new c o u rs e s w ere added in speech c o r r e c t io n and au d io m etry . A new tr e n d was h in te d a t in th e new c o u rs e B ib lio g ra p h y and R e search M ethods. Sem inar c o u rs e s w ere o f f e r e d in a l l m a jo r a r e a s . G rad u ate work was r e c e iv in g in c re a s e d em p h asis. In 1946 th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts was o rg a n iz e d by Max K rone. The I n s t i t u t e ( in c lu d in g Cinema, M usic, F in e A r ts , S peech, Drama, and R adio) was c r e a te d to e n a b le s tu d e n ts to ta k e a w id er ran g e o f c o u rs e s th a n had been p e r m itte d . Though t h i s developm ent was n o t p a r t i c u l a r l y s u c c e s s f u l, i t le d to th e new D iv is io n o f Com m unication w hich p o in ts a way to th e f u tu r e . CHAPTER VI FORENSICS: FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS A N D TRENDS As s t a t e d in C h ap ter I t h i s stu d y was o rg a n iz e d to g iv e (C h a p te rs I th ro u g h V) f i r s t , an o v e r - a l l ch ro n o l o g i c a l p i c tu r e o f sp eech t r a i n i n g a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n ia o v er a s e v e n ty -y e a r p e rio d , 1880 th ro u g h 1950 (C h ap ters I I th ro u g h V); and seco n d , to add f u r t h e r in fo rm a tio n on developm ents in th e s p e c i f i c a r e a s o f f o r e n s ic s , dram a, and sp eech and h e a rin g d is o r d e r s (C h a p te rs V I, V II, V I I I ) . The p r e s e n t c h a p te r w i l l be d e v o te d to d evelopm ents and tr e n d s in SC f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t i e s . The a r e a o f " f o r e n s i c s , " a s u s e d i n t h i s s tu d y , w as d e s c r i b e d b y A la n N ic h o ls w hen h e s a i d t h a t i n g e n e r a l u s a g e i t in c l u d e d many i n d i v i d u a l e v e n t s o f d i s c u s s i o n , o r a t o r y , e x te m p o ra n e o u s s p e a k in g , an d d e c la m a tio n i n a d d i t i o n t o d e b a t e . N ic h o ls a d d e d t h a t i t w as n o t a v e r y a c c u r a t e te rm b e c a u s e f o r e n s i c s p r o p e r l y h a s t o do w ith a r g u m e n ta tio n and d e b a t e . B u t, i n d e f a u l t o f a b e t t e r te r m , i t w as a p p l i e d t o a i r t h e s e a c t i v i t i e s . 1 ^ r o m an in te rv ie w w ith A lan N ic h o ls, June 19, 1957; se e A ppendix A. 146 147 D avid P o t t e r in h i s book A rg u m en tatio n and D ebate showed agreem ent w ith A lan N ic h o ls in s t a t i n g t h a t f o re n s ic to u rn am en ts commonly o f f e r e d c o n t e s ts in d e b a te , d is c u s s io n , extem pore sp e a k in g , im prom ptu sp e ak in g , and o r i g i n a l o r a to r y , as w e ll a s some o r a l r e a d in g .^ The c h a p te r i s d iv id e d i n t o th e fo llo w in g s e c tio n s : (1) I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g , 1900-1920; (2) I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g , 1921-1950; and (3) P u b lic sp e ak in g c o n t e s ts . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D eb a tin g . 1900-1920 O rig in and E a rly D evelopm ent a t SC From th e tim e o f th e fo u n d in g o f SC in 1880 u n t i l p a s t th e tu r n o f th e c e n tu r y d e b a tin g was f o s te r e d by th e s e v e r a l l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s . The same th in g had been tr u e f o r many y e a rs a t le a d in g u n i v e r s i t i e s th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try , e s p e c i a lly th o s e in th e E a st and M idw est.^ D uring t h i s p e rio d m ost u n i v e r s i t y d e b a te s w ere betw een r i v a l s o c i e t i e s on th e same cam pus. ^David P o tte r , A rg u m en tatio n and D eb ate, p re p a re d u n d e r th e a u s p ic e s o f Tau Kappa A lpha (New York: Dryden P re s s , 1954), p . 352. a J K arl R. W a lla c e, e d ., H is to ry o f Speech E d u ca tio n in A m erica. C h a p ter 11, "The L ite r a r y Society** by David P o tte r and C h a p ter 12, " I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D eb atin g " by L. LeRoy C ow perthw aite and A. C ra ig B a ird (New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , I n c . , 1954), pp. 238-76. 148 The m ost commonly q u o ted d a te f o r th e f i r s t A m erican i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te i s 1892 when Y ale m et H a rv a rd .4 T h is d a te h a s , how ever, been d is p u te d . N ich o ls c i t e d 1883, Knox C o lle g e and R ockford C o lle g e ;5 Ewbank and A uer a ls o ch o se t h i s d e b a te a s th e m ost l i k e l y " f i r s t " in A m eric a.6 But P o tt e r h a s r e p o r te d t h a t th e b e g in n in g was even e a r l i e r — a d e b a te betw een Knox C o lleg e and I l l i n o i s C o lleg e on May 5, 1881; fo llo w ed by a d e b a te betw een R u tg ers and New York U n iv e rs ity on May 6, 1881.^ P a r t o f t h i s doubt re g a rd in g th e d a te and p la c e o f th e f i r s t i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te h as p e rh a p s been due to d if f e r e n c e s in te rm in o lo g y . Thus th e H arv ard -Y ale d e b a te in 1892 c o u ld be d efen d ed as th e f i r s t "m odem " exam ple--m odem in th e se n se t h a t th e r u l e s and fo rm at o f t h i s d e b a te w ere fu n d a m e n ta lly th e g e n e s is o f th e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te s w hich soon t h e r e a f t e r began to sp re a d to a l l p a r t s o f th e n a tio n . The d a t e and a l l o t h e r d e t a i l s o f t h e f i r s t i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te f o r SC h a v e a l s o b e e n c lo u d e d ; t h i s 4 I b i d . . p . 259. ^A lan N ic h o ls, D isc u ssio n and D ebate (New York: H a rc o u rt, B race and Companyj 1^4 1 ), p . 263. ^Henry Lee Ewbank and J e f f r e y A uer, D isc u ssio n and D ebate (2nd e d i t io n ; New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts . T5-5TT7 p . 383. ^Potter, op. cit.. pp. 12-13; Wallace, op. cit.. p. 245. r e s e a r c h e r was u n a b le to f in d any e x a c t d o cu m en ta tio n re g a rd in g th e q u e s tio n . However, th e 1912 E l Rodeo sum m a riz e d SC d e b a te s w ith n e ig h b o rin g s c h o o ls , m e n tio n in g t h a t SC had m et Pomona tw e n ty -e ig h t tim es and O c c id e n ta l tw e n ty -n in e tim es.® A cco rd in g to a v a r i e t y o f s o u rc e s d e s c r ib in g d e b a te p r a c t i c e s o f t h a t p e r io d , p ro b a b ly n o t more th a n one o r two d e b a te s a y e a r w ere h e ld w ith any one n e ig h b o rin g s c h o o l. A re a s o n a b le i n t e r p r e t a t i o n seemed to be t h a t th e tw e n ty -n in e d e b a te s w ith O c c id e n ta l m ust have been s c a t t e r e d o v er a p e rio d o f a t l e a s t tw elv e y e a rs o r p e rh a p s m ore. The e a r l i e s t re c o rd found o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e l i t e r a r y s o c ie ty d e b a te a c t i v i t y was in The U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r f o r O cto b er 16, 1907 w hich r e f e r r e d to an "a n n u a l" d e b a te w ith th e U n iv e rs ity o f th e P a c i f i c , now c a l l e d C o lle g e o f th e P a c i f ic , " b u t t h i s was d is c o n tin u e d two y e a rs a g o ." ^ T h is r e f e r e n c e su g g e ste d t h a t an an n u a l s e r i e s had been h e ld w hich was d is c o n tin u e d in 1905; a d e f e n s ib le i n t e r p r e t a t i o n seemed to b e t h a t su ch an a n n u a l s e r i e s m ust have co v ered a p e rio d o f s e v e r a l y e a r s . The b e s t e s tim a te from th e above d a ta in d ic a te d t h a t i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g began a t SC by a t l e a s t 1900, and t h a t i t may have begun a few y e a rs e a r l i e r th a n 1900. A f u r t h e r 8E1 Rodeo, 1912, p . 149. 9The U n iv e rs ity C o u rie r. I l l (O cto b er 16, 1907), 4. 150 I n t e r p r e t a t i o n was t h a t i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g a t SC had an e a r l y s t a r t i n co m p ariso n w ith o th e r u n i v e r s i t i e s — c o n s id e r in g t h a t SC was r e l a t i v e l y young, r e l a t i v e l y s m a ll, and g e o g ra p h ic a lly i s o l a t e d when com pared w ith E a s te rn and M idw est i n s t i t u t i o n s . F a c u l t y S u p e r v is io n o f D e b a tin g A p p a re n tly th e f i r s t " d e b a te coach" a t SC was G e rtru d e Comstock who jo in e d th e f a c u lty in 1904. In a p e r s o n a l I n te rv ie w she r e l a t e d t h a t w ith in a few y e a rs a f t e r h e r a r r i v a l sh e was c o a c h in g d e b a te b o th f o r th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry and f o r th e S chool o f L a w . S h e d id n o t s e t an e x a c t d a te , b u t th e e v id e n c e in d ic a te d th a t th e s e d u t i e s began su b se q u e n t to 1904 and p r i o r to 1910— th e b e s t e s tim a te seemed to be 1907. The s ig n if ic a n c e o f t h i s d a te was t h a t i t was p ro b a b ly in advance o f a n a tio n a l tr e n d . F o r exam ple, C ow perthw aite and B a ird s ta te d : Not u n t i l w e ll i n t o th e second decad e o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g (1904-1913) d id sp eech d e p a rtm e n ts b e g in to assum e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r o r j u r i s d i c t i o n o v e r t h i s p o p u la r " i n t e l l e c t u a l s p o r t . " H D uring th e p e rio d 1910-1921 s e v e r a l f a c u lty members assum ed d e b a te co a ch in g d u tie s f o r th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith G e rtru d e Com stock, 1957; see A ppendix A. ^Wallace, op. cit., p. 264. 151 a n d /o r th e S chool o f Low: L eonard G. N attkem per ( 1 9 1 0 ) ,^ A. W illia m O lm stead (1 9 1 2 ), H. N. W ells (1 9 1 2 ), Ja y C h e s s n u tt (1 9 1 5 ), and A nthony F. B lanks ( 1 9 2 0 ) . ^ in 1 9 2 1 A lan N ic h o ls became D ir e c to r o f F o r e n s i c s , ^ and he was s t i l l s e rv in g In t h a t c a p a c ity In 1950 When t h i s stu d y c o n c lu d ed . C u r r ic u la r C re d it f o r E x t r a c u r r ic u la r D eb atin g An im p o rta n t tre n d in th e e a r ly y e a rs o f in te r * c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g was tow ard e s t a b l i s h i n g s ta n d a rd s w hich w ould j u s t i f y c u r r i c u l a r c r e d i t s . P r a c t i c a l l y a l l w r i te r s who have d e a l t w ith th e s u b je c t have ag ree d t h a t th e a d v e n t o f f a c u l ty s u p e rv is io n r e s u l t e d in h ig h e r s ta n d a r d s . The aw ard in g o f c u r r i c u l a r c r e d i t s f o r work in i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g came e a r ly a t SC— two u n i t s o f c r e d i t w ere app ro v ed a s o f th e f a l l term o f 1 9 1 2 .^ A cco rd in g to C ow perthw aite and B a ird one o f th e ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith L eonard G. N attkem per, 1957; se e A ppendix A. •^S ee C h ap ter I I I , F a c u lty , pp. 5 8 -6 1 . (Though W ells was n e v e r on th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry s t a f f , h is d e b a te ju d g in g th e o ry " . . . d e c is io n m ust b e re n d e re d upon th e m e r its o f th e argum ent p re s e n te d by th e d e b a te r s , i r r e s p e c t i v e o f th e p e rs o n a l o p in io n s o f th e ju d g e s co n c e rn in g th e m e r its o f th e r e s o lu tio n " [Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech, I I I , J a n u a ry -O c to b e r, 1917, 340] was o f n a t io n a l im p o rt. ) ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith A lan N ic h o ls, 1957; se e A ppendix A. 15The Troian. Ill (December 5, 1912), 2. 152 c h i e f n a t io n a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f th e p e rio d 1914~1923 in i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g was " th e s tr u g g le f o r academ ic r e c o g n i t i o n . " ^ And a c c o rd in g to th o s e a u th o rs o n ly a few i n s t i t u t i o n s su cceed ed i n s e c u r in g academ ic c r e d i t s d u rin g t h i s p e rio d f o r t h i s a c t i v i t y . A p p a re n tly SC was among th o s e few. The p o lic y o f g iv in g academ ic c r e d i t f o r e x tra * c u r r i c u l a r d e b a tin g c o n tin u e d a t SC th ro u g h o u t th e y e a rs co v e red by t h i s h i s t o r y . Thus in 1950 members o f th e V a r s ity D ebate Squad c o u ld e a rn as many as f o u r u n i t s o f c r e d i t d u rin g t h e i r th r e e v a r s i t y y e a rs . The c r e d i t s f o r e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n d i s c u sse d above w ere s e p a r a te from and in a d d itio n to th e c r e d i t s f o r " r e g u la r " SC c o u rs e s in d e b a te , d is c u s s io n , and p r e le g a l a rg u m e n ta tio n --m a tte rs w hich have been re p o rte d p r e v io u s ly in t h i s s tu d y . C h a r a c t e r i s ti c s o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D ebates c i r c a 1915 A ccounts o f d e b a te s a t SC d u rin g th e few y e a rs im a e d la te ly b e fo re W orld War I re v e a le d many d if f e r e n c e s in d e b a te fo rm a t, r u l e s , and p ro c e d u re s a s com pared w ith th e d e s c r ip tio n s o f d e b a te s in 1950. F or exam ple, th e SC s tu d e n t new spaper f o r November 16, 1915 re p o rte d a h a rd -fo u g h t d e b a te w ith S ta n fo rd . Los A n g e le s' Mayor ^•^Wallace, op. cit.. p. 266. 153 C h a rle s E. S e b a s tia n , a c tin g as chairm an o f th e d e b a te , was In tro d u c e d by D r. Emory S. B ogardus, I n t e r n a t i o n a l l y known p r o f e s s o r o f s o c i a l s c ie n c e . The p r o p o s itio n f o r d e b a te w as: "R eso lv ed , t h a t th e F e d e ra l Government sh o u ld own and o p e r a te a l l r a i l r o a d s en g ag in g in i n t e r - s t a t e t r a f f i c e x c e p t in te r u r b a n e l e c t r i c l i n e s c r o s s in g s t a t e bounda r i e s . " SC, d e fe n d in g th e a f f ir m a tiv e s id e , was re p re s e n te d by E. N eal Ames, R euel L. O lson, and John C. H aynes. Ames and O lson w ere from th e S chool o f Law w here Judge H. N. W ells was th e n th e d e b a te co ach . S ta n f o r d 's sp e a k e rs, r e p r e s e n tin g th e n e g a tiv e s id e , w ere A. M orosco, M. L. M cC lintock, and M. C robaugh. The c o n s tr u c tiv e sp eech es w ere se v e n te e n m in u tes lo n g , fo llo w ed by f iv e m in u tes f o r th e n e g a tiv e r e b u t t a l and sev en m in u tes f o r th e a f f ir m a t i v e . Ju d g es o f th e d e b a te w ere T. E. Gibbon, N athan Bundy, and Judge J . P. Wood who gave t h e i r d e c is io n two to one in fa v o r o f th e a f f ir m a tiv e team.^ The fo re g o in g a c co u n t s u g g e s ts many t y p i c a l c h a ra c t e r i s t i c s o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g in th e U nited S ta te s d u rin g t h a t p e r io d . The d e b a te was a s p e c ia l e v e n t - - i t had u n d o u b te d ly b een a rra n g e d m onths e a r l i e r and c o n tr a c ts had been s ig n e d . P rom inent c i t i z e n s p a r t i c i p a t e d , p r e s id in g and ju d g in g . *8 Three-m an team s w ere used w ith lo n g ^ The Trojan, VI (November 16, 1915), 1 18Ibid. 154 c o n s tr u c tiv e sp e e c h e s, fo llo w ed by one r e l a t i v e l y s h o r t r e b u t t a l f o r each team . T o ta l le n g th o f th e program m ust have ru n tw o -a n d -o n e -h a lf h o u rs o r lo n g e r. P ro b ab ly a la r g e p e rc e n ta g e o f th e sp e a k in g was m em orized. P ro b ab ly a ls o th e p a r t i c i p a n t s ap p e ared i n fo rm a l d r e s s . A nother custom was t h a t th e home team to o k th e a f f ir m a tiv e and th e t r a v e l i n g team to o k th e n e g a tiv e . Most i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te s d u rin g th e e a r l y y e a rs w ere s in g le e v e n ts betw een two s c h o o ls . An e a r l y v a r i a tio n , how ever, was t r i a n g u l a r c o n t e s t s . Thus in 1914 a T ria n g u la r D eb atin g C o n te s t League was form ed by r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s from O c c id e n ta l C o lle g e , Pomona C o lle g e , IQ and SC. * The c h a r a c t e r i s t i c f e a t u r e s o f th e " tr i a n g u la r s " was t h a t th r e e d e b a te s w ere h e ld in ro u n d -ro b in fa s h io n , u s u a lly on th e same e v e n in g , a t th r e e d i f f e r e n t cam puses; and th e s p e a k e rs f o r th e n e g a tiv e w ere th e on es who t r a v e l e d . Each t r i a n g u l a r le a g u e had to a g re e upon i t s own r u l e s and p ro c e d u re s . F or exam ple, th e r e p r e s e n ta tiv e s f o r O c c id e n ta l, Pomona, and SC a g ree d upon th e fo llo w in g p ro c e d u re f o r ch o o sin g th e d e b a te p r o p o s itio n : Each sc h o o l su b m itte d two s u b je c ts ; a l l s ix s u b je c ts w ere c i r c u l a t e d and v o te d upon in ac co rd an c e w ith a p o in t sy stem . 19Ibid.. V (October 14, 1914), 1 20Ibid. 155 D uring t h i s p e rio d SC was m e e tin g a l a r g e r num ber o f sc h o o ls a n n u a lly , and th e d is ta n c e s tr a v e le d w ere becom ing lo n g e r. In a summary o f th e f o r e n s ic se aso n o f 1916 E l Rodeo r e p o r te d : In a d d itio n to th e t r i a n g u l a r d e b a te a g a in s t O c c id e n ta l and Pomona and th e freshm an s c h e d u le , th e r e w ere c o n t e s ts w ith S ta n fo rd and T exas; w h ile th e Law S chool m et D enver, M ontana, A riz o n a, and New M exico, and f o r th e f i r s t tim e i n th e h is t o r y o f d e b a tin g , a team o f th r e e was b ro u g h t a c ro s s th e c o n tin e n t from C olum bia U h iv e rs lty , and In T r i n i t y A u d ito riu m , A p r il 14, a unanim ous d e c is io n was won by th e lo c a l team . 21 Women i n D ebate C ow perthw aite and B a ird sum m arized th e d i f f i c u l t i e s o f women s tu d e n ts a t m ost sc h o o ls in s e c u rin g th e r i g h t to ta k e p a r t i n i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g : I n Ja n u a ry , 1897, th e U n iv e rs ity o f W isco n sin , i n r e p ly t o a c h a lle n g e from th e U n iv e rs ity o f Iow a, had r e f u s e d to p e rm it h e r young la d ie s to p a r t i c i p a t e i n an i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te , g iv in g a s h e r re a s o n t h a t " . . . la d le s in t h a t c a p a c ity do no c r e d i t e i t h e r to th e m se lv e s o r to c o -e d u c a tio n in g e n e r a l." T hroughout th e e a r l y y e a rs o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e f o r e n s ic c o m p e titio n th e ap p e aran c e o f women upon th e p u b lic p la tfo r m c o n tin u e d to be view ed w ith d is f a v o r . Women*8 s o c i e t i e s began in e a r n e s t to prom ote d e b a tin g a c t i v i t i e s a t ab o u t th e b e g in n in g o f th e t h i r d d ecad e 11914-1923] o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e f o r e n s l c s . Not u n t i l th e p o stw a r p e rio d , how ever, d id a p p r e c ia b le num bers o f women d e b a te r s a c tu a l ly a p p e a r on th e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e p la tfo rm . O n May 12, 1921, p u r p o rte d ly th e f i r s t wom en's i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te in th e M iddle West o c c u rre d . . . .22 ^ E 1 Rodeo, 1916, p . 40. 2 2 w a lla c e , op. c i t ., pp. 269-70. 156 In sh a rp c o n t r a s t to th e fo re g o in g q u o ta tio n I s one from E l Rodeo f o r 1914: The se a so n j u s t c lo s e d h as w itn e s s e d a d e c id e d In n o v a tio n In th e d i r e c t i o n o f w om en's d e b a tin g . The U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a m et O c c id e n ta l C o l le g e In a c o n t e s t In w hich o n ly women com peted. Women's d e b a tin g m arks a d e c id e d s t e p i n advance and i s now u n d o u b te d ly e s ta b lis h e d on a sound b a s i s . 23 L ik ew ise th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a T ro ia n i n Ju n e , 1916, r e p o r te d a n o th e r d e b a te in w hich th e o p p o n en ts w ere c o -e d s from SC and O c c id e n ta l; SC won th e d e b a te b u t th e s c o re was n o t g iv e n .24 A p p a re n tly th e young la d i e s a t SC and O c c id e n ta l w ere among th e f i r s t in th e n a tio n to a p p e a r on th e p l a t form to p a r t i c i p a t e in an i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te c o n t e s t; th e y m ig h t be d e s c rib e d as h a v in g b een ahead o f a tr e n d . No d o cu m en tatio n was found w hich e x p la in e d why th e em ergence o f women's d e b a te in S o u th e rn C a li f o r n i a sh o u ld have o c c u rre d so e a r l y . P erh ap s i n t h i s re g io n th e r e was l e s s o p p o s itio n to e q u a l r i g h t s th a n th e r e was in m ost s e c tio n s o f th e c o u n try . Or p e rh a p s th e young l a d i e s h e re d id t h e i r f i r s t and m ost e f f e c t i v e d e b a tin g a g a in s t th o s e who view ed women's d e b a tin g " w ith d i s f a v o r ." Women's i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g c o n tin u e d to p ro s p e r th ro u g h o u t th e p e rio d c o v e re d by t h i s s tu d y . 23B1 Rodeo. 1914, p. 38. 24The Troian. VIII (June 2, 1916), 3. 157 An o u ts ta n d in g exam ple o f l a t e r d ev elo p m en ts was a to u r by P h y llis N orton and C e le s te S tra c k in 1934. The to u r in c lu d e d d e b a te s w ith le a d in g f o r e n s ic s c h o o ls i n T ex as, K ansas, M is s o u ri, I l l i n o i s , and W isco n sin . D eb atin g e ig h te e n tim e s , N orton and S tra c k won ev e ry d e b a t e .2 5 E f f e c t o f W orld War I upon D ebate D uring th e y e a rs o f W orld War 1 a lm o st a l l e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t i e s , in c lu d in g d e b a tin g , w ere su spended a t a l l c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s in th e n a tio n . At a lm o st a l l s c h o o ls a f t e r th e war ended a t l e a s t one a d d i tio n a l y e a r was r e q u ir e d to g e t o rg a n iz e d and re a d y to resum e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g on a s c a le co m p arab le to th e p rew ar y e a rs . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D eb atin g . 1921-1950 The y e a r 1921 m arked th e re s u rg e n c e o f d e b a te a c t i v i t i e s a t SC fo llo w in g th e w artim e la p s e ; i t a ls o m arked th e a r r i v a l o f A lan N ich o ls as D ir e c to r o f F o ren - s i c s . A stu d y o f th e f o r e n s ic program a t SC d u rin g th e y e a rs 1921-1950 was th o u g h t to be s i g n i f i c a n t f o r th r e e m ain re a s o n s : 25Ibid.. XXV (April 1, 1934), 1. 158 1. C o n tin u ity o f a d m in is tr a tio n . N ic h o ls d ir e c te d th e f o r e n s ic program a t SC th ro u g h o u t th e e n t i r e t h i r t y y e a r8, th u s p ro v id in g a c o n t in u i t y w hich a p p e a re d to be u n iq u e . U nrecorded in te rv ie w s w ith f a c u l t y members from many o th e r s c h o o ls in d ic a te d t h a t th e tu r n o v e r in d e b a te co ach es te n d e d to be r a p id a t m ost i n s t i t u t i o n s - - t h e co n se n su s was t h a t p ro b a b ly n o t more th a n two o r th r e e u n i v e r s i t i e s in th e U n ite d S ta te s had had c o n tin u in g le a d e r s h ip by one man f o r so lo n g a p e r io d . 2. Number and v a r i e t y o f f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t i e s . A lm ost ev e ry y e a r SC was among n a t i o n a l le a d e r s in th e e x te n s iv e n e s s o f i t s f o r e n s ic e v e n ts . F o r exam ple, in 1921 SC p a r t i c i p a t e d in 129 d e c is io n d e b a te s , t h i r t y - s i x non d e c is io n d e b a te s , many in d iv id u a l sp e e c h c o n t e s t s , a s w e ll as in th e N a tio n a l S tu d e n t C ongress o f D e lta Sigma Rho. The v a r i e t y o f th e s e f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t i e s was a ls o rem ark a b le . As n e a r ly as c o u ld be d e te rm in e d , N ic h o ls e n te r e d h i s s tu d e n ts in to ev e ry a v a ila b le ty p e o r k in d o f sp e a k in g a c t i v i t y w hich seemed w o rth a t r i a l . SC s p e a k e rs jo u rn e y e d to a l l p a r t s o f th e U n ited S ta te s to p a r t i c i p a t e i n v a r io u s ty p e s o f to u rn a m e n ts, m odel c o n g re s s e s , o r in d iv i d u a l sp e a k in g c o n t e s ts . 3 . O v e r -a ll e f f e c t iv e n e s s o f S C -tra in e d s p e a k e r s . Many fo rm er SC d e b a te r s t e s t i f i e d to th e w r i t e r upon th e u n u su a l f a c t t h a t in c o a c h in g h i s s tu d e n ts N ich o ls 159 n e v e r s t r e s s e d w in n in g a s th e tr u e g o a l; he frow ned upon " t r i c k c a s e s " ; he i n s i s t e d upon w hat he c a ll e d "The C a rd in a l C 's " o f c o u ra g e , c o u rte s y , and com petency; he som etim es rem inded h i s s tu d e n ts , "You c a n 't w in them a l l . " I n a l l k in d s o f n o n -d e c is io n f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t i e s SC r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s r e c e iv e d l e t t e r s o f com m endation, c e r t i f i c a t e s o f m e r it, and th e l i k e . R iv a l d e b a te co ach es f r e q u e n tly commented upon N ic h o ls ' " s c h o la r ly " o r "g e n tle m a n ly " ap p ro ac h . N e v e rth e le s s , a s S C 's f o r e n s ic r e p u ta tio n grew, r i v a l team s o f te n ad o p te d th e v e ry human slo g a n "S to p SC." The above f a c t o r s sh o u ld h e lp in e v a lu a tin g th e fo llo w in g a n n u a l r e c o r d s :* 0 D ate Won L o st 1 i i S B 1922 12 4 1923 15 3 1924 18 6 1925 16 11 1926 12 0 16 1927 10 3 12 1928 12 1 14 1929 11 2 11 1930 6 5 17 1931 15 4 12 1932 16 3 9 1933 24 11 5 1934 52 33 36 1935 44 20 68 1936 21 6 51 1937 64 26 74 1938 54 17 24 1939 80 29 31 1940 76 25 13 P r o g r a m s o f "A nnual D ebate Squad B a n q u e ts," y e a rs 1922 th ro u g h 1950. 160 D ate Won L o st Non-Dei 1941 105 24 36 1942 67 13 0 1944 64 37 1 1945 68 31 0 1946 84 55 1 1947 100 28 2 1948 99 37 0 1949 65 33 11 1950 109 55 3 T h is re c o rd ap p eared to be unique*--not even one lo s in g y e a r, an o v e r - a l l a v e ra g e o f more th a n 70 p e r c e n t w in s. D uring th e y e a rs 1921-1950 th e e v id e n c e in d ic a t e d t h a t th e f o r e n s ic program a t SC was among th e b e s t o rg a n iz e d , th e m ost a c tiv e , and th e m ost s u c c e s s f u l. ^7 i n th e s e th r e e re g a rd s th e program was c e r t a i n l y among th e b e s t in th e c o u n try ; i t may have been th e b e s t in th e c o u n try . T h e re fo re , i t was th o u g h t t h a t a stu d y o f th e f o r e n s ic h i s t o r y o f SC d u rin g t h i s p e rio d m ig h t p ro v id e u s e f u l in fo rm a tio n re g a rd in g r e g io n a l and n a t io n a l tr e n d s , a s w e ll as a s i g n i f i c a n t c a s e stu d y o f one le a d in g f o r e n s ic p r o gram. F o rm a tio n o f F o r e n s ic L e a g u e s D uring th e e a r ly y e a rs o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g th e problem s o f a rra n g in g f o r ea ch s in g l e d e b a te w ere o f te n n ig h tm a re s o f d i f f i c u l t i e s . The two s c h o o ls had ^ U n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w , 1959, w ith M ilto n D ick en s, Head o f th e SC D epartm ent o f Speech. 161 t o a g re e upon such d e t a i l s a s th e c h o ic e o f th e d e b a te q u e s tio n , th e e x a c t w ording o f th e q u e s tio n , f i n a n c i a l a rra n g e m e n ts, c h o ic e o f s id e s , le n g th o f sp e e c h e s, e x a c t w o rd in g o f th e ju d g e s ' b a l l o t s , and e s p e c i a l l y th e m ethod f o r c h o o sin g ju d g e s . I t became a p p a re n t t h a t su ch n e g o t i a t i o n s c o u ld b e red u ced to a minimum I f s e v e r a l sc h o o ls c o u ld a g re e upon a s e t o f r u le s and form a le a g u e . S e v e ra l su ch le a g u e s had been form ed In th e E a s t and M idwest p r i o r to 1 9 2 1 . When N ich o ls a r r iv e d a t SC, how ever, th e o n ly e x i s t i n g lo c a l arran g em en t was th e O ccidental-P om ona-S C t r i a n g u l a r . N ic h o ls a t once began an a tte m p t to form a b ro a d e r lo c a l o r g a n iz a tio n . In O ctober o f 1922 " f o u r te e n f o r e n s ic d e le g a te s r e p r e s e n tin g th e seven le a d in g u n i v e r s i t i e s and c o lle g e s o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia " assem bled to o rg a n iz e th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a P u b lic S peaking C o n fe re n c e. N ic h o ls was th e f i r s t P r e s id e n t. The c h i e f p u rp o se o f th e new c o n fe re n c e was to prom ote f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t y in th e th r e e f i e l d s o f extem pore sp e a k in g , d e b a te , and o r a to r y . They p la n n e d t h a t in th e f a l l o f each y e a r a c o n te s t in extem pore sp e a k in g would be h e ld , in th e w in te r d e b a te s w ould b e sc h e d u le d , and i n th e s p r in g an a n n u a l o r a t o r i c a l c o n t e s t would be h e l d . ^ 28The Troian. V (October 14, 1914), 1. OQ 7D iekens, u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w , 1959. 162 D uring th e same m onth (O cto b er, 1922) N ic h o ls r e p r e - s e n te d h i s sc h o o l d u rin g th e fo rm a tio n o f a new t r i a n g u l a r le a g u e c o m p risin g th e U n iv e r s ity o f C a lif o r n ia , S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity , and th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , an o r g a n iz a tio n w hich became known i n th e s t a t e as "The B ig T h r e e . T h i s s ta te w id e e x p a n sio n r e f l e c t e d th e f a c t t h a t d u rin g th e e a r l y 1 9 2 0 's SC r a p id ly grew from a r e l a t i v e l y s m a ll d e n o m in a tio n a l sc h o o l i n t o a r e l a t i v e l y la r g e m e tro p o l i t a n u n i v e r s i t y . The n e x t l o g i c a l s te p f o r SC, a s w e ll as f o r o th e r le a d in g s c h o o ls in th e F a r W est, was th e fo rm a tio n o f a r e g io n a l le a g u e . The 1926 e d i t i o n o f E l Rodeo d e s c rib e d N ic h o ls a s th e o r g a n iz e r o f th e P a c if ic C oast F o re n s ic League " o f w hich he i s now p r e s i d e n t ." 3 * - The u s e f u ln e s s o f a P a c i f ic C o ast o r g a n iz a tio n was p ro b a b ly g r e a t e r f o r th e i n s t i t u t i o n s co n c ern ed th a n was th e c a s e in th e E a s t, M idw est, o r S o u th --m a jo r u n i v e r s i t i e s in th e F a r West w ere few er and th e y w ere g e o g ra p h ic a lly s e p a ra te d by h u n d red s o r even th o u sa n d s o f m ile s in com parison w ith s im ila r la r g e s c h o o ls in o th e r re g io n s w here d is ta n c e s betw een s c h o o ls w ere u s u a lly q u ite s m a ll. N ic h o ls ' n e x t move was to d ev e lo p n a t io n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s . N a tio n a l c o n ta c ts w ere d ev e lo p ed 30The T ro ia n . X III (O cto b er 31, 1922), 1 31E1 Rodeo. 1926, p . 113. 163 th ro u g h e x te n d e d d e b a te to u r s , and th ro u g h c u l t i v a t i o n o£ S C '8 m em bership in D e lta Sigma Rho and Tau Kappa A lpha, a s w e ll a s th ro u g h th e n a t io n a l to u rn am en ts sp o n so red by W est P o in t. I n t e r n a t i o n a l d e b a te s w ere d ev elo p ed th ro u g h c l o s e c o o p e ra tio n w ith th e I n s t i t u t e o f I n t e r n a t i o n a l E d u c a tio n w hich sp o n so red exchanges o f d e b a te team s betw een th e U n ite d S ta te s , G re at B r i ta i n , and v a r io u s o th e r f o r e ig n c o u n t r ie s . D u rin g p e rs o n a l in te rv ie w s N ic h o ls en d eav o red to p ro v id e answ ers to f a c t u a l i n q u i r i e s , o f te n c o n s u lte d h is p e r s o n a l c o l l e c t i o n o f n o te s , c lip p in g s , and sc ra p b o o k s. R eg ard in g q u e s tio n s a b o u t h is p e rs o n a l m o tiv a tio n s , h o p es, and p la n s , he s a id l i t t l e . ^2 An o b je c tiv e c o n s id e r a tio n o f th e docum ented e v id e n c e , how ever, j u s t i f i e d s e v e r a l t e n t a t i v e c o n c lu s io n s . P ro b ab ly N ic h o ls r e a l i z e d from th e f i r s t t h a t th e la b o rio u s n e g o tia tio n s f o r each d e b a te in th e e a r l y 1920's c o u ld be e x p e d ite d o r f a c i l i t a t e d by o r g a n iz a tio n s o f s e v e r a l s c h o o ls w hich c o u ld a g re e upon a common s e t o f r u l e s . A p p a re n tly he d e c id e d soon upon th e p o lic y o f fo rm in g , re fo rm in g , jo in in g , and s u p p o rtin g a p p r o p r ia te f o r e n s ic o r g a n iz a tio n s . By th e end o f h is f i r s t d ecad e a t SC he had, f o r p r a c t i c a l p u rp o s e s , accom p lis h e d th e o r g a n iz a tio n a l a s p e c ts o f h is i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e c o n t a c t s . By t h a t tim e s c h e d u lin g d i f f i c u l t i e s had been ^ N i c h o l s in te rv ie w , 1957; se e A ppendix A. 164 red u ce d t o a minimum. By t h a t tim e a ls o h i s o r g a n iz a tio n a l a l l i a n c e s had made I t p o s s ib le f o r h i s s tu d e n ts to com pete a t w h a te v er le v e l t h e i r a b i l i t i e s p e r m itte d — l o c a l , s t a t e , r e g io n a l, n a t io n a l , o r i n t e r n a t i o n a l . M emorized V ersus E xtem poraneous D eb atin g U n til d e b a tin g b ro k e away from i t s o r a t o r i c a l o r s e t sp eech s t y l e , m em orized sp e ech e s w ere th e custom . T h is was c h a r a c t e r i s t i c o v e r th e c o u n try . In d is c u s s in g m em orized sp e e c h e s, N ic h o ls s a id : I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te s t a r t e d in 1892 and f o r tw en ty y e a rs th e y m em orized a l l t h e i r s p e e c h e s. The extem poraneous e le m e n ts w ere in tro d u c e d a b o u t 1915. In 1920 th e r e w ere s t i l l q u i t e a few o f th e m em orized s p e e c h e s. I u se d m em orized sp e ec h e s when I came to SC in 1921, a t l e a s t th e f i r s t a f f ir m a tiv e sp e ech was m em orized . . . i n to u rn am e n ts t h a t became im p o s s ib le b e c a u se you c o u l d n 't m eet a l l th e v a r io u s c a s e s . . . w ith m em orized m a te r ia l s so you had to go o v e r to extem poraneous s p e a k in g .33 D ebate d e liv e r y a ls o w ent th ro u g h a change from th e e a r l y fo rm al d e liv e r y ( in w hich th e m anner o f d e liv e r y o f te n to o k p rece d e n c e o v e r th e im p o rta n ce o f c o n te n t) to th e l a t e r more in fo rm a l m anner o f sp e a k in g . Even in th e e a r l y 1 9 2 0 's th e r e was much d r i l l on p la tfo rm te c h n iq u e , v o c a l te c h n iq u e , th e m echanics o f d e liv e r y su ch as p h r a s in g , p a u s in g , v a ry in g in volum e f o r c o n t r a s t s , and g e s tu r in g . A gain q u o tin g N ic h o ls: 33 Ibid. 165 We u sed to spend more tim e on in d iv id u a l team s th a n we do now, w o rk in g lo n g h o u rs w ith in d iv id u a ls on t h e i r d e l iv e r y , p h ra s in g , and so o n . Now you do i t la r g e l y th ro u g h squad p r a c t i c e , in tr a - s q u a d d e b a te s . . . . The p r e s e n t-d a y d e b a te r s a r e n o t so p o lis h e d from th e o r a t o r 's s ta n d a rd s a s w ere th e o ld e r d e b a te r s . In r e c a l l i n g f u r t h e r how team s w ere " p o lis h e d " in t h e i r d e liv e r y b e fo re p u b lic e n c o u n te r, N ic h o ls c o n tin u e d : In d e v e lo p in g th e d e b a te r s v o c a lly , we n e v e r w ent i n t o th e e x e r c is e s o f a r t i c u l a t i o n and b r e a th in g , b u t b e f o r e th e d ay s o f extem poraneous sp e a k in g to o k p la c e , a lo n g i n th e f i r s t two d e c a d e s o f t h i s c e n tu ry , when we had m em orized sp e e c h e s, we u se d to d r i l l th e s tu d e n ts in th e d e liv e r y o f th o s e sp e ech e s b e fo re th e d e b a te . W e d r i l l e d them on d e liv e r y b u t we d i d n 't g iv e th e v o ic e e x e r c is e s . They p r a c tic e d t h e i r d e l iv e r y o f t h a t p a r t i c u l a r sp e ech , c h e c k in g volum e, v o c a l c l a r i t y , g e s tu r e s , m ovem ents, t r a n s i t i o n s on th e s ta g e o r p la tfo r m . T hese " t r a n s i t i o n s " would be from one p o in t to a n o th e r . When we g o t them on th e p l a t form w e'd d r i l l them to d ro p b ack w ith th e r i g h t f o o t, th e n d ro p b ack w ith th e l e f t so th e y w o u ld n 't p ro g re s s on th e p la tfo r m . . . . Too, i f a p o in t was ended w ith much volum e and v ig o r th e n th e y 'd d ro p b ack and sa y , "S econd, we f e e l . . . " s t a r t i n g on a m o d erate v o ic e and w orking up to th e c lim a x o f t h a t p o in t, and so on. . . . The way to g e t th e em phasis was to th in k o f w hat one was s a y in g . And th o u g h t h e i r sp e e ch e s w ere m em orized, we t r a in e d them to th in k o f th e s e n te n c e th e y w ere g iv in g and to i n f l e c t i t to t r y to b r in g o u t i t s m e an in g .34 Tvt>e8 o f D eb ates D uring th e f i r s t two o r th r e e d ecad es o f t h e i r h i s t o r y i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te s u s u a lly fo llo w ed th e "H arv ard p la n " --th re e -m a n team s, le n g th y m em orized c o n s tr u c tiv e sp e e c h e s, and a minimum o f extem poraneous 34Ibid. 166 r e b u t t a l . D uring th e 1 9 2 0 's and 1 9 3 0 's a v a r i e t y o f new ty p e s o f d e b a tin g became p o p u la r. M ost o f th e s e in n o v a t i o n s f u l f i l l e d one o r more o f th e fo llo w in g p u rp o se s: (a ) They s h o rte n e d th e tim e r e q u ir e d to p r e s e n t a d e b a te ; (b ) th e y u t i l i z e d and d ra m a tiz e d th e tr e n d , d is c u s s e d above, from m em orized to extem poraneous sp e a k in g ; and (c ) th e y red u ce d t r a v e l c o s t s . D u rin g th e 1920's th e n a t io n a l tr e n d was to change from th re e -m a n to two-man team s. One r e s u l t o f t h i s change was t h a t t o t a l tim e f o r d e b a te s c o u ld b e d r a s t i c a l l y s h o rte n e d . In e a r l i e r y e a rs i t was n o t uncommon f o r a d e b a te program ( o f te n s p ic e d w ith m u s ic a l num bers o r o th e r s i m i l a r added f e a tu r e s ) to l a s t f o r more th a n th r e e h o u rs . T hese program s u s u a lly a t t r a c t e d la r g e a u d ie n c e s b ec au se su ch program s o f f e r e d a c o m b in atio n o f I n t e l l e c t u a l , c u l t u r a l , s o c i a l , and e n te rta in m e n t f e a t u r e s s u p e r io r to p o s s ib le com p etin g e v e n ts . W ith th e alm o st sim u lta n e o u s a d v e n t on a m ass b a s is o f a u to m o b ile s, r a d io s , and m o tio n p i c t u r e s , th e o l d - s t y l e d e b a te program became by co m p ariso n d u l l . A t some s c h o o ls th e t r a d i t i o n a l th re e -m a n team c o n tin u e d to be u se d th ro u g h m ost o r a l l o f th e 1920's d e s p i t e th e d is a p p e a ra n c e o f campus a u d ie n c e s .35 A f te r th e a r r i v a l o f N ic h o ls , th e two-man team became s ta n d a rd a t SC. ^ D ic k e n s , u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w , 1959. The two-man team had a n o th e r a p p a re n t a d v a n ta g e — i t red u ce d th e t r a v e l c o s ta f o r any g iv e n d e b a te t r i p by o n e- t h i r d . P ro b a b ly some d e b a te co a ch e s u se d th e s e s a v in g s t o p ro v id e t r i p s f o r more d e b a te r s — f o r exam ple, in s t e a d o f s e n d in g a th ree -m a n team on a 2 , 0 0 0 -m ile t r i p , a co a ch c o u ld send two two-man team s on 1 ,5 0 0 -m ile t r i p s . However, th e grow ing p o p u la r ity o f two-man team s had th e d is a d v a n ta g e o f te m p tin g co ach es i n to th e u se o f th e "star** sy stem , i . e . , th e s k i l l o f one o u ts ta n d in g d e b a te r was much more d e c is iv e on a two-man th a n a th re e -m a n team . The f a c t o r o f t r a v e l ex p en ses was alw ays more c r i t i c a l a t SC th a n a t m ost E a s te rn and M idw est s c h o o ls — g e o g ra p h ic lo c a ti o n a c c o u n te d f o r t h i s d i f f e r e n t i a l . N e v e rth e le s s th e a n n u a l re c o rd s showed t h a t , a lth o u g h N ich o ls u s u a lly had a f i r s t team , h e alw ays had o th e r team s i n th e p ro c e s s o f d e v e lo p m ent and th e s e l a t t e r team s w ere r e g u la r ly u se d on ro a d t r i p s as w e ll a s in home e n c o u n te rs . Most two-man team d e b a te s fo llo w e d th e t r a d i t i o n a l fo rm a t, i . e . , c o n s tr u c tiv e sp e ech e s and r e b u t t a l s , w ith th e a f f ir m a tiv e s id e o p en in g and c lo s in g th e d e b a te . However, N ich o ls l i s t e d th e fo llo w in g " v a r i a n t s o f th e t r a d i t i o n a l ty p e " : c l i n i c d e b a te , s p l i t team d e b a te , open forum d e b a te , n o n -d e c is io n d e b a te , h e c k lin g d e b a te , 36Ibid 168 th e tw e n ty -fo u r h o u r o r lim ite d tim e d e b a te , n e u t r a l f l o o r d e b a te , c o rre sp o n d e n c e d e b a te , e x te n s io n d e b a te , r a d io d e b a te , e l e c t r i c a l l y tr a n s c r i b e d d e b a te , and th r e e - s id e d d e b a t e . ^ N ic h o ls ex p e rim en te d w ith a l l o f th e s e v a r ia n t s a t SC. T h is e x p e rim e n ta tio n ap p e ared t o be t y p i c a l o f th e n a t i o n a l tr e n d s - - c o a c h e s w ere t r y i n g to g iv e a l a r g e r v a r i e t y o f d e b a te e x p e rie n c e s to a s many s tu d e n ts a s th e l o c a l b u d g e ts w ould p e r m it. D u ring th e 1920’ s a new ty p e o f d e b a te w hich became p o p u la r a t SC and a t many o th e r s c h o o ls was t h a t known a s ’’The Oregon P la n ." 38 The u n iq u e f e a t u r e o f t h i s p la n was t h a t th e r u l e s p ro v id e d f o r c r o s s e x a m in a tio n o f each team by th e o th e r . The l a s t i n g p o p u la r ity o f th e Oregon s t y l e o f d e b a tin g p ro b a b ly r e f l e c t e d a t l e a s t th r e e b a s ic f a c e ts o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g : (1 ) C ross e x a m in a tio n p la c e d a premium upon extem p o ran eo u s a b i l i t y , (2 ) c r o s s exam i n a t io n o f te n p ro v id e d th e " f ir e w o rk s ” w hich a t t r a c t e d and p le a s e d th e a u d ie n c e s , and (3 ) c r o s s e x a m in a tio n ap p e a le d to th e d e b a te r s , a la r g e p e rc e n ta g e o f whom w ere p r e le g a l s tu d e n ts . • ^ N i c h o l s , D is c u s s io n and D e b a te , pp. 206-209. 38J . S ta n le y G ray, "The O regon P lan o f D e b a tin g ," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech. X II ( A p r il, 1 9 2 6 ), 175. 169 The Sauad System D uring th e e a r l y d ec ad e s o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g roost sc h o o ls u se d " th e team system " f o r t r y o u ts and t r a i n in g . Some i n s t i t u t i o n s c o n tin u e d to u s e th e team sy stem u n t i l a t l e a s t a s l a t e a s th e 1930*8. F o r exam ple, D ickens d e s c rib e d th e p ro c e d u re s a t I l l i n o i s W esleyan U n iv e r s ity i n 1926-1927: E a rly i n th e f a l l s e m e s te r th e d e b a te p r o p o s itio n f o r th e y e a r was announced and t r y o u ts , open to a l l s tu d e n ts , w ere sc h e d u le d . Each c o n t e s ta n t gave an a rg u m e n ta tiv e sp eech on th e announced s u b je c t, c h o o sin g h i s p r e f e r r e d s id e . The d e b a te co ach and two o th e r f a c u l ty members ju d g e d th e t r y o u t s . The ju d g e s th e n announced e ig h t w in n e rs: a th re e -m a n a f f ir m a tiv e team and an a l t e r n a t e , and a th re e -m a n n e g a tiv e team and an a l t e r n a t e . The a l t e r n a t e s g o t a ch an ce to d e b a te o n ly i f a r e g u la r team-mem ber dropped o u t b ec au se o f i l l n e s s o r o th e r u n u s u a l r e a s o n .39 The team sy stem was a d ju s te d to th e e r a in w hich d e b a te s w ere few and f o r th e v e ry few . As f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t y expanded in scope and v a r i e t y " th e squad system " becam e th e tr e n d . As e a r l y a s 1912 Ju d g e H. N. W e lls, d e b a te co ach f o r th e SC S chool o f Law, "had w hat he c a l l e d a d e b a te s q u a d . W h e n N ic h o ls came to SC i n 1921 he in tro d u c e d a lm o st im m ed ia tely h i s v e r s io n o f th e squad sy stem . W ritin g upon t h i s s u b je c t l a t e r , N ic h o ls s a id : ^ D ic k e n s , u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w , 1959. ^ N i c h o l s in te r v ie w , 1957. 170 Squad r o u tin e s d i f f e r w id e ly ; b u t th e y a l l g u id e th e d e b a te r s th ro u g h th e seq u en ce o f p re p a ra tio n * -fro m i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f th e p r o p o s itio n to r e b u tta l* - b y a v a r ie d sc h e d u le o f r e s e a r c h , in tr a - s q u a d d e b a tin g , and squad d is c u s s io n s u n d e r f a c u l t y s u p e r v is io n . D uring w eeks and o f te n m onths, e a c h d e b a te r i s s u b je c te d to rig o ro u s t r i a l . H is p r e s e n t a b i l i t y and p o t e n t i a l i t i e s a s a p u b lic s p e a k e r a r e c a r e f u l l y a p p r a is e d . H is dom inion i n th e f i e l d o f r e s e a r c h , i n c l e a r th in k in g , i n r e f u t a t i o n , and in a l l th o s e a r t s com prehended by d e b a tin g s k i l l , i s s c r u t i n i z e d . He i s t e s t e d in v a r io u s team p o s i t i o n s . . . . The team s a r e f i n a l l y ch o sen f o r th e v a r io u s d e b a te s upon th e s c h e d u le . . , . e r r o r s in team s e l e c t i o n a r e red u ce d to a minimum.41 Types o f D e c isio n s Up u n t i l ab o u t 1915 a lm o st a l l i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te s w ere clim ax ed by a d e c is io n re n d e re d by a p a n e l o f th r e e ( o c c a s io n a lly f iv e ) p ro m in en t c i t i z e n s . Ju d g es w ere u s u a lly s e a te d in d i f f e r e n t p a r t s o f th e a u d ito riu m , and th e y r e tu r n e d t h e i r b a l l o t s w ith o u t c o n s u lta t io n . D uring th e p e rio d a p p ro x im a te ly 1915-1920 th e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g w o rld was t o m by c r i t i c i s m and d i s s e n s io n , b o th e x te r n a l and i n t e r n a l . T heodore R o o se v e lt and W illiam J e n n in g s B ryan q u e s tio n e d th e m o r a lity o f r e q u ir in g c o lle g e d e b a te r s to d efen d b o th s id e s o f a q u e s t i o n . The problem o f ju d g in g d e b a te s p ro d u ced even g r e a t e r c o n tro v e rs y . C ow perthw aite and B a ird r e p o r te d : D ir e c to r s o f d e b a tin g arg u ed h e a te d ly on th e is s u e o f d e c is io n v e rs u s n o n -d e c is io n d e b a te s . A cco rd in g to E nid M ille r , t h i s argum ent and th e d is p u te o v e r m ethods ^Nichols, Discussion and Debate, p. 227. 171 o f ju d g in g o cc u p ied more sp a c e th a n any o th e r q u e s tio n s in th e l i t e r a t u r e o f sp e ech e d u c a tio n im m ed ia tely f o l lo w in g W orld War I . E a rly is s u e s o f th e Q u a r te r ly J o u r n a l o f P u b lic S n eak in g c a r r i e d num erous a r t i c l e s * m ost n o ta b le o£ w hich w a s a s e r i e s o f w r i t t e n d e b a te s betw een P ro f e s s o r H. N. W ells o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n ia Law S chool and P ro f e s s o r Jam es N. O 'N e il o f th e U h iv e rs ity o f W isco n sin D epartm ent o f S peech. The tu rm o il w hich began in th e p e r io d 1915-1920 r e s u l t e d in a p p ro x im a te ly tw en ty y e a rs o f e x p e rim e n ta tio n a t dozens o f s c h o o ls . Some s c h o o ls , o f c o u rs e , rem ained f a i t h f u l to th e th r e e - ju d g e p a n e l. However, a t l e a s t f o u r m a jo r a l t e r n a t i v e s w ere th o ro u g h ly t e s t e d : (1 ) th e non d e c is io n d e b a te , (2) th e a u d ie n c e b a l l o t , (3) th e s in g le c r i t i c - j u d g e , and (4) th e "M odel C ongress" w hich prom oted g r e a t e r p a r t i c i p a t i o n by th e s p e a k e rs th e m se lv e s in th e d e c isio n -m a k in g p ro c e s s . A ll o f th e s e a l t e r n a t i v e s w ere u sed a t SC d u rin g th e y e a rs m e n tio n e d . The SC re c o rd l i s t e d on pages 159-60 p ro b a b ly g iv e s a f a i r l y t y p i c a l p i c t u r e o f th e r i s e and th e wane o f n o n -d e c is io n d e b a tin g , e . g . , s e v e n ty -fo u r n o n -d e c is io n d e b a te s in 1937 a s co n t r a s t e d w ith th r e e n o n -d e c is io n s in 1950. As o f 1950 th e ju d g in g a t SC p re s e n te d t h i s p i c t u r e : (1) M ost o f th e d e b a te s w ere d e c is io n d e b a te s a t to u rn a m e n ts w here th e s in g l e c r i t i c - j u d g e was th e m ost common p ro c e d u re ; (2 ) a few n o n -d e c is io n d e b a te s f o r e x te n s io n a u d ie n c e s ^Wallace, pp. cit.. p. 270. 172 w ere h e ld ; (3 ) a few a u d ie n c e - b a llo t d e b a te s w ere h e ld ; (4 ) i n s o f a r a s p o s s ib le th e d e b a te r s w ere g iv e n e x p e rie n c e i n r e g io n a l o r n a t io n a l "M odel S tu d e n t L e g is la t u r e s " ; ( 5 ) th e th r e e - ju d g e p a n e l o f p ro m in en t c i t i z e n s had a lm o st c o m p le te ly d is a p p e a re d . D eb atin g by R adio The f i r s t r a d io d e b a te o f w hich th e r e i s any re c o rd , o c c u rre d betw een Y ale and P e n n sy lv a n ia , Ja n u a ry 19, 1 9 2 4 .4^ On a n a t io n a l s c a l e , th e f i r s t d e b a te was A p r il 24, 1934. N ic h o ls d e s c rib e d i t : . . . a w e s te rn team composed o f one sp e a k e r each from W ashington, S ta n fo rd , and S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia m et an e a s te r n team composed o f s p e a k e rs from Y ale, P rin c e to n , and C olum bia. S e n a to r Wagner p re s id e d , o p en in g th e d e b a te from W ashington, D.C. T h e d e b a te r s b ro a d c a s te d from New York and San F r a n c i s c o . ^ A n o th er h i s t o r i c a l l y im p o rta n t d e b a te by r a d io o c c u rre d A p ril 30, 1936. F our u n i v e r s i t i e s p a r t i c i p a t e d i n a t r a n s c o n ti n e n t a l hookup o v e r th e Colum bia B ro a d c a s tin g sy stem , t h i s b e in g th e f i r s t tim e fo u r s c h o o ls e v e r engaged i n such c o m p e titio n . The q u e s tio n d e b a te d was: "R eso lv ed , t h a t C ongress by a tw o - th ir d s m a jo r ity sh o u ld have th e pow er t o o v e r r id e d e c is io n s o f th e Supreme C o u rt a f f e c t i n g c o n s t i t u t i o n a l q u e s tio n s ." S p eak ers f o r th e a f f ir m a tiv e ^ N i c h o l s , D is c u s s io n and D eb a te , p . 208. 4 4 I b i d . . p . 232. 173 o f th e q u e s tio n w ere Edward Duggan from H arv ard U n iv e r s ity and W arner H en d rick so n from C olum bia. Homer B e ll, U n iv er s i t y o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , and George M essmer, U n iv e r s ity o f C hicago, arg u ed th e n e g a tiv e s id e o f th e q u e s tio n . S ev en -m in u te sp e ech e s w ere g iv e n ; d i r e c t r e b u t t a l s w ere o m itte d . The d e b a te was n o n -d e c is io n . 4 “ * A n o th er r a d io d e b a te t h a t c r e a te d n a tio n w id e i n t e r e s t was g iv e n March 20, 1937, betw een New York U n iv e r s ity and th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a on th e s u b je c t: "R eso lv e d , t h a t C ongress sh o u ld b e empowered to f i x minimum wages and maximum h o u rs f o r i n d u s t r y ." The T ro ja n s , ta k in g th e n e g a tiv e and sp e ak in g from Hollywood NBC S tu d io , w ere M aurice A tk in se n and R o b ert F e d e r; r e p r e s e n tin g New Y ork U n iv e r s ity w ere C h a rle s F rie n d and Law rence L u s tig . The th ir ty - m in u t e n o n -d e c is io n d e b a te was d iv id e d i n t o two fiv e -m in u te and th re e -m in u te a f f ir m a tiv e sp e e c h e s and tw o -m in u te n e g a tiv e s p e e c h e s .4 ^ D ebate T rip s D uring th e p e rio d 1920 u n t i l a b o u t 1937, p e rh a p s th e m ost c h a r a c t e r i s t i c f e a tu r e o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g was " th e d e b a te t r i p . " The co ach a t a g iv e n sc h o o l would 45The Troian, XXVII (April 29, 1936), 4. 46Ibid., XXVIII (March 20, 1937), 1. 174 choose a g e o g ra p h ic a r e a and a s e t o f d a te s ( o fte n th e s e d a te s would o v e rla p a u n i v e r s i t y v a c a tio n p e r io d ) . Then th e coach o r th e s tu d e n t d e b a te m anager would w r i te to c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s in th e a r e a , c h a lle n g in g th o s e s c h o o ls to d e b a te and s p e c if y in g f e a s i b l e d a te s and o th e r d e t a i l s . In t h i s fa s h io n an i t i n e r a r y would be a rra n g e d — c u s to m a rily th e h o s t sc h o o l ag ree d to p ro v id e e n te rta in m e n t (room and b o a rd ) f o r th e v i s i t i n g team , som etim es th e h o s t sc h o o l would a g re e to p ro v id e a sm a ll c a sh g u a ra n te e to h e lp d e fra y t r a v e l i n g e x p e n se s. T hese d e b a te t r i p s w ere l i k e l y to c o v e r a p e rio d o f ab o u t two weeks d u rin g w hich a b o u t te n o r a dozen s in g le d e b a te s w ere sc h e d u le d . M ajor d e b a te t r i p s c o m p risin g a s e r i e s o f s in g le - sc h o o l c o n te s ts w ere an n u a l f e a t u r e s a t SC d u rin g th e y e a rs when t h i s te c h n iq u e f o r p ro v id in g d e b a te s was in vogue. A few o f th e s e t r i p s w ere s tu d ie d in some d e t a i l in an e f f o r t to p ro v id e th e " f la v o r " o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g f o r t h a t e r a . The re c o rd s in d ic a te d t h a t th e f i r s t m ajo r SC d e b a te t r i p o c c u rre d in th e s p rin g o f 1 9 2 1 .47 L o u is D 'E lia and W ilb u r C u r tis re p r e s e n te d SC on a te n -d a y to u r d u rin g w hich d e b a te s w ere h e ld w ith th e U n iv e rs ity o f New M exico, S o u th e rn M e th o d ist U n iv e r s ity , B a y lo r, P h i l l i p s , Oklahoma, and A riz o n a . A lthough th e lo c a l team l o s t a m a jo rity o f 47Ibid., XII (April 20, 1921), 1. 175 th e d e c is io n s , th e t r i p was a s u c c e s s in t h a t i t c r e a te d much i n t e r e s t in d e b a tin g a t SC—crow ds up to 1,200 a tte n d e d th e d e b a te s and th e to u r was g iv e n much p u b l i c it y in l o c a l n ew sp ap ers. A n o th er t r a v e l i n g team o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a was W illiam H enley and A rt S y v e rtso n who met n in e u n i v e r s i t i e s , one b e in g in Canada, on a to u r in th e s p r in g o f 1927. Of th e th r e e n o n -d e c is io n and s i x d e c is io n c o n t e s ts , th e SC team won f iv e v i c t o r i e s . F iv e to p ic s w ere d e b a te d : R eso lv ed : (1) T hat fo re ig n pow ers sh o u ld e v a c u a te C hina; (2) T hat M u sso lin i i s a b e n e fa c to r o f I t a l y ( n e g a tiv e ) ; (3) T h at com pulsory m i l i t a r y t r a i n i n g sh o u ld be a b o lis h e d in th e U n iv e rs ity o f U tah; (4) T h at l i g h t w ines and b e e rs sh o u ld be le g a liz e d in th e U n ited S ta te s ( n e g a t iv e ) ; and (5) a lth o u g h an e x a c t s ta te m e n t o f th e d e b a te q u e s tio n was n o t found, th e s u b j e c t ‘ o f im p e ria lis m in M exico and C e n tr a l A m erica was a ls o a to p ic . Non d e c is io n d e b a te s w ere h e ld w ith th e U n iv e rs ity o f U tah, Brigham Young U n iv e r s ity , and U tah A g r ic u ltu r a l C o lle g e . D e c isio n c o n te s ts w ere won from B r i t i s h Colum bia (3 to 0 ) , Oregon U n iv e rs ity (3 to 0 ) , P ugent Sound U n iv e rs ity (2 to 1 ), W ashington S ta te (2 to 1 ), and from W illa m e tte U n iv e rs ity (2 to 1 ). The o n ly d e f e a t re c e iv e d was w ith th e Oregon A g r i c u ltu r a l C o lle g e , th e s c o re b e in g 0 to 3 . 4 8 48Ibid.. XVIII (April 20, 1927), 1. 176 H enley and S y v e rtso n u sed two ty p e s o f d e b a te — th e Oregon P lan and th e P uget Sound P la n ( th e t r a d i t i o n a l ty p e , i . e . , f o u r c o n s tr u c tiv e and f o u r r e b u t t a l s p e e c h e s ). "As b o th W illa m e tte and P u g et Sound U n iv e r s itie s a r e M e th o d ist u n i v e r s i t i e s , " a h e a r ty welcome was g iv e n th e SC team . 4 9 An exam ple o f th e heyday o f le n g th y d e b a te t r i p s was p ro v id e d by th e t r a n s c o n t i n e n t a l to u r o f M aurice A tk in so n and S t e r l i n g L iv in g s to n in th e f a l l o f 1937. T h e ir i t i n e r a r y in c lu d e d su ch w ell-know n s c h o o ls as P itts b u r g h , C o r n e ll, S y ra c u se , Y ale, D artm outh, New York U n iv e r s ity , and Colum bia U n iv e r s ity . The S y racu se c o n te s t was o f e s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t b e c a u se a d e t a i l e d ac co u n t was s e n t to A lan N ic h o ls by M ilto n D ick en s, fo rm er SC d e b a te c a p ta in and l a t e r an SC f a c u l t y member, who was in 1937 th e d e b a te co ach a t S y ra c u se . U sing th e Oregon P lan o f d e b a tin g , th e two team s arg u ed th e q u e s tio n , "S hould th e N a tio n a l L abor R e la tio n s B oard be empowered to e n fo rc e a r b i t r a t i o n in a l l i n d u s t r i a l d is p u te s ? " A tk in so n and L iv in g s to n w ere opposed by M illa rd R o b e rts and F ran k S u lliv a n . The d e b a te was a tte n d e d by 800 to 1 ,000 p e rs o n s . In th e program n o te s D ickens s a id : Our g u e s ts to - n ig h t have come fo u r th o u sa n d m ile s f o r t h i s d e b a te . L eaving Los A n g eles November 19, th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a team have d e b a te d K ansas S ta te , 49Ibid. 177 D rake, Iowa S ta te , W isco n sin , C hicago, I l l i n o i s , P itts b u r g h , and C o rn e ll. The b a la n c e o f t h e i r to u r w i l l f in d them m e e tin g Y ale , D artm outh, C olum bia, and NYU. I t i s w ith keen p e r s o n a l p le a s u r e t h a t I welcome r e p r e s e n ta ti v e s from my Alma M a ter, th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . F o r s e v e r a l y e a rs D r. A lan N ic h o ls, D ir e c to r o f D ebate a t S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , and m y se lf have hoped t h a t a m e e tin g b etw een o u r team s m ig h t be a rra n g e d . The g r e a t d is t a n c e b etw een o u r u n i v e r s i t i e s h as d e la y e d th e r e a l i z a t i o n o f o u r d e s i r e s , b u t now a t l a s t p la n s have m a te r ia l iz e d . L a s t y e a r, S o u th e rn C a l if o r n i a won th e D ebate C ham pionship o f The P a c i f ic C o ast F o re n s ic League, The Rocky M ountain C o n feren c e, and th e W estern D iv i s io n o f P i Kappa D e lta . In c o m p ilin g t h i s a s to n is h in g re c o rd , S te r l i n g L iv in g s to n and M aurice A tk in so n , who co m p rise th e v i s i t i n g team t o - n i g h t , w ere th e two o u t s ta n d in g S o u th e rn C a lif o r n i a s p e a k e rs . In a d d itio n to th e team h o n o rs m en tio n ed , th e y e a c h won a num ber o f in d iv id u a l tr o p h ie s f o r t h e i r w ork in extem poraneous sp e a k in g and o r a to r y . W e a r e s a f e i n s a y in g , th e n , t h a t to - n ig h t we s h a l l h e a r two o f th e b e s t c o lle g e s p e a k e rs in th e n a t i o n . 50 M ilto n D ickens s a id in a l e t t e r to A lan N ic h o ls: . . . I th in k th e d e b a te w ent o v e r b ig . A tk in so n o u td id h im s e lf i n w is e c ra c k in g and v o c a b u la ry in g . Two o f h is i n s p i r a t i o n s d e s e rv e r e c o r d in g . One o f my boys had t o l d a jo k e ab o u t a cow w hich was h i t by a t r a i n , le a v in g a b e re a v e d fa m ily c o n s is tin g o f one c a l f . A tk in s o n 's comment w as: "W hile l i s t e n i n g to Mr. S u l l i v a n 's to u c h in g n a r r a t i v e , a l l I c o u ld th in k o f was t h a t l i t t l e c a l f 's f a t h e r . . . ! ” The second one co n cern ed th e f a c t t h a t ev ery o n e had been com m enting on A tk in s o n 's ap p e aran c e (d a rk g la s s e s , and a p a tc h o v e r one e y e ). S e v e ra l g u e s se s had been v e n tu re d a s to th e tr u e ca u se o f " h i s c o n d itio n ." I t was a f i n e b u ild - u p . Says h e: " I do n o t r e s e n t t h i s freedom in com m enting upon my m is fo r tu n e s . . . . J u s t b e fo re t h i s d e b a te , ^ F ro m th e D ebate Program o f S y racu se U n iv e rs ity v s . th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , a t S y ra cu se , New Y ork, December 8 , 1937, p e rs o n a l f i l e s o f A lan N ic h o ls . 178 we had d in n e r w ith o u r f r i e n d l y o p p o n e n ts, and fo u r charm ing young S y racu se l a d i e s . T hroughout th e m eal, th e o th e r s w ere c o n s ta n tly r ib b in g me ab o u t my c o n d i t i o n . I s u f f e r e d . . . i n s i l e n c e , c o m fo rtin g m y se lf by r e p e a tin g s i l e n t l y th e w ords o f t h a t a n c ie n t F ren ch p h ilo s o p h e r , 'Among th e b lin d , th e o n e-ey ed i s k i n g . " ' T h at one b ro u g h t tn e house down. L in v in g s to n gave a sm ooth, p o lis h e d c o n s tr u c tiv e sp e e c h , m ix in g i n a b i t o f humor h e r e and th e r e , m aking a s p le n d id im p re s sio n in g e n e r a l. A tk in so n was a w hizz on c ro s s -e x a m in in g , n o t c l e a r enough in summary. In g e n e r a l, th e y had a d i s t i n c t edge o v e r my b o y s--m o re p o is e and flu e n c y . I was h i t h a rd l a s t s p r in g th ro u g h th e g ra d u a tio n o f fo u r o f my b e s t b o y s. Faced w ith a r e b u ild in g jo b , I d e c id e d to u s e two j u n i o r s . I t was t h e i r f i r s t im p o rta n t d e b a te . The advance r e p u ta tio n o f y o u r boys a p p a re n tly made them to o c a u tio u s . But th e y managed t o keep up t h e i r end w e ll enough to s u s t a i n th e i n t e r e s t , and g iv e th e g e n e ra l e f f e c t o f a h a rd -fo u g h t c o n t e s t. So f a r , I have h e a rd no one who was n o t p le a s e d by th e program . P e r s o n a lly , I r a t e L iv in g s to n and A tk in so n a s th e b e s t team we have d e b a te d in my many y e a r s . I knew th e y would b e — th e o ld m a s te r w ould n o t have s e n t a l e s s e r te a m !* ! I n t e r n a t i o n a l D ebates In 1921 A. C ra ig B a ird , th e n a t B a tes C o lle g e , L ew isto n , M aine, c o n c eiv e d and c a r r i e d th ro u g h a p la n f o r se n d in g one o f h is d e b a te team s to E ngland w here th e y d e b a te d a g a in s t O xford U n iv e r s ity . The fo llo w in g y e a r O xford s e n t a team to t h i s c o u n try f o r d e b a te s w ith B a te s, C olum bia, H arv ard , Y ale, P rin c e to n , Sw arthm ore, and th e U n iv e r s ity o f P e n n sy lv a n ia . A lm ost in m e d ia te ly d ozens o f u n i v e r s i t i e s i n a l l p a r t s o f th e U n ite d S ta te s w ere ^ F ro m p e rs o n a l n o te s l e n t th e w r i t e r from th e p r i v a t e f i l e s o f A lan N ic h o ls, Ju n e 19, 1957. 179 e n g ro sse d in p la n s to send A m erican team s ab ro ad o r to e n t e r t a i n team s from v a r io u s f o r e ig n n a tio n s on A m erican cam puses. A cco rd in g to N ic h o ls , SC su cceed ed a f t e r a f l u r r y o f c a b le g ra m s, te le g ra m s , and l e t t e r s in 1924 in g e t t i n g on th e i t i n e r a r y o f an O xford team to u r in g t h i s c o u n try i n th e s p r in g o f 1925. Many a r t i c l e s h av e been w r i t te n on th e d if f e r e n c e s b etw een th e B r i t i s h and th e A m erican s t y l e s o f d e b a tin g , and o f th e in f lu e n c e o f th e B r i t i s h d e b a te r s upon A m erican d e b a tin g . ^ 2 T y p ic a lly , th e B r i t i s h s t y l e was in fo rm a l, w i tt y , c o n v e r s a tio n a l, and i t was aim ed a t a u d ie n c e p e r s u a s io n on th e m e r its o f th e d e b a te q u e s tio n . By c o n t r a s t th e A m erican s t y l e te n d ed to be fo rm a l, s e r io u s , o r a t o r i c a l , and i t was aim ed a t s e c u rin g th e ju d g e s ' d e c is io n r e g a r d in g th e m e r its o f th e d e b a tin g . P ro b ab ly th e B r i t i s h d e b a te r s o v e r a p e rio d o f y e a rs s i g n i f i c a n t l y in flu e n c e d A m erican d e b a tin g . D uring th e p e rio d 1925-1950 SC p a r t i c i p a t e d i n te n i n t e r n a t i o n a l d e b a te s o r to u r s . I t was th o u g h t t h a t b r i e f r e p o r t s upon a l l te n o f th e s e e v e n ts m ig h t p ro v id e m a te r ia l s i l l u s t r a t i v e o f a n a t i o n a l and i n t e r n a t i o n a l (a s w e ll a s l o c a l ) developm ent o f im p o rta n c e to th e f i e l d o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te . 52See f o r exam ple, A. C ra ig B a ird , " S h a ll A m erican U n iv e r s it ie s A dopt th e B r i t i s h System o f D eb atin g ?" Q u a r te r ly J o u r n a l o f S peech. IX (Ju n e, 1923), 215-22. 1. C re a tin g c o n s id e r a b le e x c ite m e n t in th e School o f Speech, and i n th e w hole U n iv e r s ity , was th e announce m ent in th e O ctober 10, 1924 T ro ia n " . . . t h a t th e O xford U n iv e rs ity o f E ngland had been p u t on th e lo c a l sc h e d u le and t h a t th e T ro ja n d e b a te r s w i l l oppose th e s tr o n g O xford team . . . " in Bovard A u d ito riu m , Ja n u a ry 15, 1 9 2 5 .33 T aking th e a f f ir m a tiv e s id e o f th e q u e s tio n , "R eso lv e d , t h a t t h i s house i s opposed to th e p r i n c i p l e o f p r o h ib i t i o n , " w ere th e r e p r e s e n ta ti v e s from O xford J . D. W oodruff, M. C. H o llis , and J . M alcolm MacDonald (so n o f P rem ier Ramsay M acD onald); th e SC team was composed o f W illiam B a rb e r, Med L ew is, and B ern ard B rennan. H onorable G eorge E. C ry e r, Mayor o f th e C ity o f Los A n g eles, was p r e s id in g o f f i c e r o f th e d e b a te . The c o n s tr u c tiv e sp e ech e s w ere se v e n te e n m in u te s; W oodruff was allo w ed s ix m in u te s f o r r e b u t t a l , Brennan e ig h t, and a g a in W oodruff a f i n a l th r e e m in u tes f o r th e c lo s in g a f f ir m a tiv e . The a u d ie n c e was re c o rd b re a k in g in s iz e ; e v e ry s e a t was s o ld o u t w e ll in advance, and l i t t l e s ta n d in g room was a v a ila b le on th e n ig h t o f th e d e b a te . B a llo ts c a s t by th e la r g e , p erh a p s p r e ju d ic e d , a u d ien ce w ere in fa v o r o f th e SC team , w ith 1 ,1 2 4 v o te s to th e B r i t i s h e r s ' 354. The O xford sp e ech e s w ere c h a r a c te r iz e d by w hat was known a s " t y p i c a l E n g lis h 53The Troian. XV (October 16, 1924), 1. 181 hum or." T h is came as a s u r p r i s e to th e A m erican team who to o k th e d e b a te w ith c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s e r io u s n e s s , and, a c c o rd in g to The T ro ia n , p re s e n te d a m ore l o g i c a l tre a tm e n t o f th e s u b j e c t . ^ 2. A m onth l a t e r , th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a l i ' f o m l a , ta k in g th e a f f ir m a tiv e , d e b a te d a team from th e U n iv e r s ity o f B r i t i s h C olum bia, V ancouver. The s u b je c t o f t h i s d e b a te w as, "R eso lv ed , t h a t w ar, e x c e p t in c a s e s o f in v a s io n and i n t e r n a l r e b e l l i o n , sh o u ld be d e c la r e d by a d i r e c t v o te o f th e p e o p le ." R e p re s e n tin g SC w ere W illia m H enley and L elan d T allm an; th e C an ad ian s w ere O liv e r and Murphy. S e rv in g a s ch airm an was A nthony A sq u ith (so n o f th e fo rm er Prim e M in is te r o f G re a t B r i t a i n ) . The T ro ia n r e p o r te d : "Humor o f th e m ost s c i n t i l l a t i n g v a r i e t y m arked th e d e b a te ." A f i n a l d e c is io n o f 3-0 was g iv e n in fa v o r o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . 3. On November 23, 1926, O xford U n iv e r s ity a g a in d e b a te d SC. The s u b je c t w as, "R eso lv e d , t h a t l i g h t w in es and b e e rs be l e g a l i z e d ." T ak in g th e a f f ir m a tiv e , th e E n g lis h team was G yles Isham , M ich ael A. E. F ra n k lin , and P a tr ic k Monkhouse; th e SC team was composed o f W illiam B e rg e r, Adna W. L eonard, J r . , and A rth u r S y v e rtso n . 5 4 I b i d . . XVI (Ja n u a ry 16, 192 5 ), 3. 5 5 I b i d . . XVI (F e b ru a ry 25, 1 9 2 6 ), 2. 182 D r. R ufus B. von K leinSm id, P r e s id e n t o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n i a , p re s id e d f o r th e o c c a s io n , and Mayor G eorge B. C ry er a g a in se rv e d a s ch airm an . Though lo g i c a l in t h e i r d e b a tin g , th e SC d e b a te r s w ere la c k in g in e a s e o f d e liv e r y a s com pared w ith th e more e x p e rie n c e d E n g lis h s p e a k e r s .57 The December 2, 1926, T ro ia n commented: . . . The m ain p o in ts . . . w ere t h a t th e SC men w ere d e v o id o f p o is e ; t h a t t h e i r w it was seco n d hand and f o u r th r a t e ; t h a t th e y f o r g o t t h e i r m anners to su ch an e x te n t a s to a p p e a l to th e p a t r i o t i s m o f th e a u d ie n c e ; and w o rs t o f a l l , t h a t t h e i r s a r t o r i a l e f f e c t was d e p lo ra b ly sad ! . • . how ever, th e c a p ta in o f th e SC sau ad [S y v e rts o n ] made a good, sound r e b u t t a l to th e b la n d B r i t i s h e r s . . . . 5 8 4 . From N ic h o ls ' p r i v a t e f i l e s came th e fo llo w in g n o te : DEBATE TOUR OF BRITISH ISLES In th e s p r in g o f 1930, a th ree-m an team --G reg so n B a u tz e r (SC ), G. B. W ilson ( C a l if o r n ia ) , and R. M. M cC lintock (S ta n fo r d ) , l e f t ab o u t A p ril 1 f o r E ngland, d e b a tin g S y ra cu se , H arv ard , and o th e r A m erican u n iv e r s i t i e s en r o u te . Below a re c lip p in g s b ro u g h t b ack by B a u tz e r .59 5&Alan N ic h o ls ' p r i v a t e f i l e s , from a program o f th e " I n t e r n a t i o n a l D ebate, O xford U n iv e rs ity v s . U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a ," November 23, 1926. 5^ S arah Jo h n so n , "D ebate V ictim s Poor S p o r ts ," The T ro ia n . XVII (December 2, 1 9 2 6 ), 2. 5 8 I b i d . -*^Alan N ic h o ls ' p r i v a t e f i l e s . 183 The e n t i r e t r i p was u n d e r th e m anagem ent o f H enry T raub, SC d e b a te r . T h is was th e f i r s t tim e th e N a tio n a l S tu d e n t F e d e ra tio n o f A m erica had s e n t a d e b a te team to E urope. The s c h o o ls o p p o sin g th e C a lif o r n i a T rio w ere O xford, Cam bridge, K in g 's C o lle g e o f London U n iv e r s ity , E d in b u rg h , and T r i n i ty C o lle g e . The G ra n ta n o te d th e v i s i t o f th e th r e e A m erican d e b a te r s and r e p o r te d : . . . a v e ry good d e b a te . . . . E v e n tu a lly th e House " d e p lo re d th e p re v a le n c e o f c y n ic is m i n m odem th o u g h t and l i t e r a t u r e " by 58 to 33 [a u d ie n c e v o te fa v o rin g th e B r i t i s h e r s ] .o 0 The Birm ingham G a s e tte s t a t e d : A m a jo rity o f 23 s tu d e n ts o f B r i s t o l U n iv e r s ity d e c id e d t h a t th e A m erican d o c tr in e o f p r o s p e r ity was sound a t a d e b a te [on th e s u b je c t, "R e so lv e d : T h at th e A m erican d o c tr in e o f p r o s p e r it y i s so u n d " ] a t th e V ic t o r ia Rooms l a s t n ig h t . S tu d e n ts o f S h e f f ie ld U ni v e r s i t y a ls o d e c id e d a g a in s t th e U .S. p r o s p e r ity s u b je c t [p ro b a b ly a r e v e r s e o f A m ericans v o tin g f o r SC when th e E n g lis h team came to C a lif o r n ia in 1 9 2 4 ] . 61 The G a z e tte r e s o r te d to B r i t i s h p la y on w ords w ith : C a lif o r n ia i s th e la n d o f lem ons, p ru n e s , and n u ts ; th e la n d o f m ovie a p p e a l, sex a p p e a l, and o ran g e p e e l. . . . A la n d whose women a r e n o t much d i f f e r e n t from E n g lis h women—w here i t i s a l l d i e t on th e w e s te rn f r o n t . . . . A m erican hum or, w e ll s p ic e d w ith th e n a tio n a l t a l e n t f o r th e e x a g g e ra te d p ic tu r e s q u e , e n liv e n e d a d e b a te b etw een Birm ingham u n d e rg ra d u a te s and r e p r e s e n ta ti v e s o f a C a l i f o r n i a U n iv e r s ity l a s t n ig h t on A m erican p r o s p e r i t y . 6 2 60The G ran ta ( B r i t i s h P e r i o d i c a l ) , May 16, 1930. 6*The Birm ingham G a z e tte . May 3, 1930. 6 2 I b id . 184 5 . On November 26, 1930, D. Hope E lle s to n o f S t. J o h n 's C o lle g e , O xford U n iv e r s ity , and B. J . C rehan o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f L iv e rp o o l ( r e p r e s e n tin g th e N a tio n a l Union o f S tu d e n ts o f E n g lan d , composed o f tw e n ty -se v e n I n s t i t u t i o n s ) d e b a te d G regson B a u tz e r and Ames C raw ford o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a . 63 The E n g lis h team to o k th e a f f ir m a tiv e o f th e s u b je c t, "R eso lv ed , t h a t th e p r i n c i p l e o f dem ocracy h a s been t r i e d and found w a n tin g ." The d e b a te had been a rra n g e d by B a tes B ooth, a c tin g v a r s i t y co ach d u rin g N ic h o ls ' le a v e o f a b se n c e , th ro u g h th e c o o p e r a tio n o f th e N a tio n a l S tu d e n t F e d e r a tio n o f A m erica In New York C l t y . ^ An a u d ie n c e d e c is io n r e s u l t e d i n a fa v o ra b le v o te f o r th e v i s i t i n g B r i t i s h e r s . Lawrence G ran t, "p ro m in en t a c t o r ," se rv e d a s ch airm an o f th e d e b a te . 6 . The U n iv e r s ity o f M elbourne, A u s tr a lia d e b a te d a t SC on F eb ru ary 13, 1936. D r. R ufus B. von K leinSm id p r e s i d e d . ^ The s u b je c t o f th e d e b a te w as, "R eso lv ed , t h a t th e n a tio n s o f th e w orld sh o u ld a g re e to p re v e n t th e i n t e r n a t io n a l shipm ent o f arms and m u n itio n s ." The a f f ir m a tiv e 63The T ro ia n . XXII (November 19, 1930), 1. 6 ^ I b i d . 6 5 E1 Rodeo. 1931, p . 208. 6 *>V on K leinSm id in te r v ie w , 1957; se e A ppendix A. 185 s id e , p re s e n te d by SC, was composed o f Jam es Kirkwood and M artyn A gens; th e M elbourne team was C a lin Graham M cA u liffe and N e v il F. S tu a r t. C o n s tru c tiv e sp e ech e s w ere f i f t e e n m in u te s and th e r e b u t t a l sp e ech e s se v en . The d e b a te was n o n -d e c is io n . A fe e o f te n c e n ts p e r p e rso n was c h a rg e d to h e lp d e fra y t r a v e l i n g ex p en ses o f th e v i s i t i n g team . 8 7 7. F red H a ll, p ro m in en t SC d e b a te r , and Jam es Tum ulty o f Jo h n M a rsh a ll Law S ch o o l, New York C ity , w ere s e le c te d a s th e A ll-A m erican d e b a te team to m eet team s from O xford, C am bridge, N ottingham , th e U n iv e rs ity o f London, and o u ts ta n d in g I r i s h and S c o tti s h sc h o o ls i n th e s p r in g o f 1938. The w e s te rn team was sp o n so red by th e N a tio n a l S tu d e n ts ' F e d e ra tio n o f A m erica. The to u r to o k ab o u t 68 tw o * a n d -o n e -h a lf m onths. 8 . SC was h o s t a g a in to O xford U n iv e r s ity d e b a te r s in th e f a l l o f 1947. R e p re s e n tin g th e f o re ig n u n i v e r s i t y w ere Wedgewood Benn and D avid K enneth H a r r is , ta k in g th e a f f ir m a tiv e ; r e p r e s e n tin g th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n ia w ere P o tte r K e rfo o t and G eorge G ro v er. The q u e s tio n d e b a te d w as, "R eso lv e d , t h a t th e s o c i a l and econom ic a rg u m ents f o r th e n a t i o n a l i z a t i o n o f b a s ic i n d u s t r i e s a r e overw h elm in g ." D r. Rufus B. von K leinSm id a g a in p r e s id e d . 67The Troian. XXXVIII (February 13, 1936), 1 68Ibid.. XL (March 24, 1938), 1. 186 C o n s tru c tiv e sp e ech e s l a s t e d f i f t e e n m in u te s , and e i g h t - m in u te r e b u t t a l s w ere allo w ed G rover and B enn.^9 An a u d ie n c e o f more th a n e i g h t hun d red l i s t e n e d to th e d e b a te and e n te re d i n t o an open forum fo llo w in g th e m ain sp e e c h e s. Ju d g in g was by s h i f t o f o p in io n b a l l o t , c o n c e rn in g w hich th e D a ily T ro ia n r e p o r te d : The f i n a l v o te t a l l y showed 316 swayed m ore by th e a f f ir m a tiv e , o r Oxonian s id e , w h ile 230 had b een tu rn e d more to th e n e g a tiv e . . . . H ardy i n d i v i d u a l i s t s to th e tu n e o f 214, s a id th e y had n o t b een swayed one way o r th e o t h e r . 7 0 The O xford d e b a te r s to ld r e p o r t e r s b ack s ta g e a f t e r th e program t h a t th e s e r i e s o f d e b a te s g iv e n was n o t r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f th e B r i t i s h governm ent b u t was p a r t o f an i n t e r n a t i o n a l exchange w hich had been in e f f e c t f o r many y e a r s . 7* 9. "T uesday n i g h t 's v ic to r y was S C 's f i r s t w in o v e r a B r i t i s h d e b a te team in 24 y e a r s ," w ro te th e D aily T ro ja n , q u o tin g A lan N ic h o ls, O cto b er 19, 1 9 4 8. 7^ tw o In d ia n s tu d e n ts , Omar K u re is h i and Kamal F a ru k i, ta k in g th e a f f ir m a tiv e o f th e q u e s tio n , "R eso lv ed , t h a t w orld ^ F ro m a program o f th e " I n t e r n a t i o n a l D eb ate, O xford U n iv e rs ity v s . th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a ," Bovard A u d ito riu m , November 25, 1947, a t 8 P.M ., A lan N ic h o ls ' f i l e s . 70The T ro ja n , XLIX (December 1, 1947), 1. 7 1 I b id . 7^Ibid., XXXIX (October 21, 1948), 4. 187 governm ent I s th e o n ly s o lu t io n f o r w orld p e a c e ," r e p r e s e n te d SC. The E n g lis h d e b a te r s w ere R e g in a ld G ates, s tu d e n t o f Birmingham U n iv e r s ity , and A nthony J . Cox, g ra d u a te o f law , B r i s t o l U n iv e r s ity . The sp e ech e s w ere f i f t e e n m in u tes lo n g and each d e b a te r gave a fiv e -m in u te r e b u t t a l . F o llo w in g th e d e b a te , th e a u d ie n c e was in v ite d to i n t e r r o g a t e th e s p e a k e rs c o n c e rn in g p o in ts r a is e d in th e d e b a t e . D r . S heldon D. E l l i o t t , Dean o f th e School o f Law, p r e s id e d . F o llo w in g th e d e b a te , a s h i f t - o f - o p i n i o n b a l l o t was ta k e n ; and o f an a u d ie n c e o f s ix h u n d red , more th a n a tw o -to -o n e v o te fa v o re d th e SC a f f ir m a tiv e s i d e . 7 4 The e x c e ll e n t show ing o f th e two u n d e rg ra d u a te SC d e b a te r s in t h i s c o n te s t a g a in s t two o ld e r g ra d u a te s tu d e n ts from B r i t a i n was p ro b a b ly due to th e f a c t t h a t K u re i8 h i and F a ru k i w ere a b le to em ploy many o f th e t y p i c a l l y B r i t i s h d e b a tin g te c h n iq u e s . F or exam ple, F a r u k i* s o p en in g w ords w ere a p p ro x im a te ly as fo llo w s : More th a n fo u r hundred y e a rs ago a sm a ll g roup o f E uropeans s a i l e d o u t upon th e A t l a n ti c , e x p e c tin g to f in d I n d ia . To t h e i r s u r p r i s e th e y d is c o v e re d A m erica i n s t e a d . L ess th a n fo u r weeks ago a n o th e r sm a ll group o f E uropeans s a i l e d o u t upon th e A t l a n t i c , e x p e c tin g 7-*From a program o f th e i n t e r n a t i o n a l d e b a te o f "Combined B r i t i s h U n iv e r s it ie s v s . th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th e r n C a l i f o r n i a ," O cto b er 19, 1948, 8 :1 5 , Bovard A u d ito riu m . 74The Trojan, XXXIX (October 21, 1948), 4. 188 to f in d America* T o n ig h t th e y a r e p ro b a b ly s u r p r i s e d t h a t th e y have d is c o v e re d I n d ia i n s t e a d . 75 10. SC e n t e r ta in e d a two-man team from S c o tla n d , M arch 17, 1950. T aking th e a f f ir m a tiv e s id e o f th e q u e s t i o n , "R eso lv ed , t h a t t h i s house lo o k s w ith fa v o r on th e rem oval o f n a tio n a lis m in E urope and A s ia ," w ere th e S co ttsm en D r. M alcolm D avid W ebster Low and D avid D. T. R eid . The SC team c o n s is te d o f Omar K u re is h i and Ed Stegm an. D r. M ilto n D ick en s, Head o f th e D epartm ent o f Speech, p re s id e d o v e r th e d e b a t e . A s h i f t - o f - o p l n i o n b a l l o t c a s t by an a u d ie n c e o f s ix hundred gave a m a jo r ity v o te to th e US team . Commenting f u r t h e r on th e d e b a te , th e D a ily T ro ia n added: D r. Low, th e f i r s t sp e a k e r f o r th e a f f ir m a tiv e , s tr e s s e d th e p o in ts t h a t n a tio n a lis m i s a l i b e r a t i n g and b e n e f i tin g f o rc e and t h a t i t i s an i n s t i n c t i v e em o tio n f o r w hich th e r e m ust be an o u t l e t f o r e x p r e s s io n . . . n a tio n a lis m . . . b o m o f F ascism and th e r e a l n a tio n a lis m w hich he claim ed was th e e s s e n t i a l s te p in th e e m a n c ip a tio n o f common man. Stegman c o u n te re d w ith . . . [a s ta te m e n t t h a t ] t h i s i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . . . makes p e o p le demand t h a t t h e i r governm ent e x e r t a g r e a t in f lu e n c e . . . a t th e ex p e n se o f o th e r n a tio n s . . . . R e id 's argum ent was b ased on . . . [th e id e a t h a t ] p e o p le ru e h i n t o a s s o c ia tio n s w ith o u t know ing w here th e y w i l l ta k e them . . . . 7-*Dickens, u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w , 1957. 76The T ro ia n . XLI (March 20, 1950), 1. 189 K u re is h i . . . p o in te d t o R u s s ia a s an exam ple o f a c o u n try r e v iv in g n a tio n a lis m . . . to e x p l o i t th e o th e r sm a ll c o u n tr ie s i n Europe and A s ia . ' 7 SC*s C o n trib u tio n t o I n t e r n a t i o n a l D eb atin g In a d d itio n to p a r t i c i p a t i n g a c t i v e l y i n th e inter** n a t io n a l d e b a te s and to u r s d e s c rib e d above, SC a ls o made a c o n t r ib u tio n to i n t e r n a t i o n a l d e b a tin g th ro u g h th e work o f one o f i t s f a c u l ty members i n 1947-1948. In 1947 th e Speech A s s o c ia tio n o f A m erica a p p o in te d a Com m ittee on I n t e r n a t i o n a l D ebate and D isc u ssio n w ith A. C ra ig B a ird as ch airm an and in c lu d in g D ickens as one o f th e members. D uring 1947 th e Com m ittee com p leted firm arra n g em en ts f o r j o i n t l y sp o n so rin g and s c h e d u lin g v i s i t i n g f o re ig n team s in c o l la b o r a ti o n w ith th e I n s t i t u t e o f I n t e r n a t i o n a l E duca t i o n . In 1948 D ickens became ch airm an o f th e Com m ittee on I n t e r n a ti o n a l D ebate and D is c u s s io n . D uring t h a t y e a r a p la n was ev o lv ed f o r th e s e l e c t i o n o f team s to r e p r e s e n t th e U n ited S ta te s a b ro a d . Scope o f th e p la n was n a t io n w id e- -su b co m m ittees w ere to be a p p o in te d f o r each s e c tio n o f th e c o u n try to r e c e iv e a p p lic a tio n s , s c re e n them , and make a f i n a l c h o ic e . B ases f o r s c re e n in g and c h o o sin g w ere ex ten d ed f a r beyond th e s tu d e n t s ' to u rn am en t o r o th e r w o n -lo s t r e c o rd . The need f o r such a p la n had grown o v e r a p e rio d o f y e a rs d u rin g w hich A m erican u n i v e r s i t i e s 77Ibid. 190 had o f te n made arran g em en ts I n d iv id u a lly w ith f o r e ig n s c h o o ls — th e c a l i b e r o f some o f th e s e A m erican d e b a te r s ab ro ad had som etim es p ro v ed d is a p p o in tin g o r even e m b a rra ssin g to th e h o s t s . The p la n p ro p o sed by D ickens was ad o p ted and was s t i l l in u s e t h i r t e e n y e a rs l a t e r . Tournam ent D eb atin g In 1941 N ic h o ls w ro te: The d e b a te to u rn am en t a t t r a c t s th e l a r g e s t group o f sc h o o ls and team s o f any ty p e o f o r g a n iz a tio n . The f i r s t su ch c o n v o c a tio n was h e ld a t S o u th w estern C o l le g e , W in fie ld , K ansas, M arch 14-1 6 , 1923; b u t i t re c e iv e d i t s m ost p o w erfu l s tim u lu s when P i Kappa D e lta in a u g u ra te d a n a t i o n a l to u rn am en t a t i t s b ie n n ia l co n v e n tio n a t E s te s P ark , C o lo rad o , in 1926. S ix ty - f o u r m e n 's and tw e n ty -f iv e women's team s w ere e n te r e d . The ex p e rim en t h a s p ro v ed h ig h ly p o p u la r and h as shown a s te a d y gro w th . In th e 1938 to u rn am en t o f P i Kappa D e lta , 104 m e n 's team s and 75 women's team s com peted in 712 d e b a te s . In a d d itio n , 125 s tu d e n ts com peted in m en 's and wom en's o r a to r y and 142 w ere e n te r e d in m en 's and women' 8 extem pore s p e a k in g .'9 In 1954 Eubank and M ahaffey s ta te d : The to u rn am e n t p la n o f d e b a tin g , now so w id ely a c c e p te d , a p p e a rs to have r e s u l t e d c h i e f l y from th e c r i t i c i s m o f c o n te s t d e b a tin g t h a t em anated from b o th th e p u b lic and th e e d u c a tio n a l w o rld and from a d e s i r e among co ach es to e x te n d th e a d v a n ta g e s o f c o n te s t sp e a k in g to l a r g e r num bers o f s tu d e n ts and a t th e same tim e to r e a l i z e th e m ost from t h e i r d e b a te b u d g e ts . In la r g e m easu re, th e r a p id sp re a d o f th e to u rn am en t ^® Betty B. Grimmer, "The I n t e r n a t i o n a l D ebate Program " (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f Alabam a, 1 9 5 9 ). ^Nichols, Discussion and Debate, p. 217. 191 scheme d u rin g th e d e p r e s s io n y e a rs o f th e 1 9 3 0 's m ust b e a t t r i b u t e d to th e m o n etary s a v in g i t a ffo rd e d s c h o o ls t h a t w ere i n t e r e s t e d i n m a in ta in in g inter** c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te p ro g ram s. 8 0 A lth o u g h th e r a p id sp re a d o f to u rn am en t d e b a tin g was p ro b a b ly g r e a t l y a c c e le r a te d by th e econom ic d e p re s s io n o f th e 1930*8, th e p o p u la r ity o f th e m ethod c o n tin u e d u n a b a te d d u rin g th e d ecad e o f th e 1 9 4 0 's . T h e re fo re , p ro b a b ly th e m ost b a s ic and l a s t i n g a p p e a l o f to u rn am en t d e b a tin g was th e f a c t t h a t i t made p o s s ib le th e t r a i n i n g o f a l a r g e r number o f s tu d e n ts in a l a r g e r number o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te s . The n a tio n w id e grow th and in f lu e n c e o f th e to u rn a m ent w ere r e f l e c t e d by th e h i s t o r y o f f o r e n s ic s a t SC. The f i r s t to u rn am en t in w hich SC p a r t i c i p a t e d was th e P i Kappa D e lta in 1933. A l i s t o f th e m a jo r to u rn am e n ts in w hich SC com peted from 1934 th ro u g h 1950 i s p ro v id e d in A ppendix H; t h i s l i s t was a n a ly z e d and com pared w ith th e a n n u a l re c o rd f ig u r e s p r e v io u s ly c i t e d , p ag es 159-60. T hese d a ta showed t h a t d u rin g th e m id d le and l a t e 1 9 3 0 's SC r a p id ly expanded i t s p a r t i c i p a t i o n in to u rn a m e n ts, and t h a t a f t e r ab o u t 1940 th e g r e a t m a jo r ity o f S C 's d e b a te s w ere a t to u rn a m e n ts. The in f lu e n c e o f th e fo re g o in g tr e n d upon th e amount o f d e b a te a c t i v i t y i s shown by th e re c o rd f ig u r e s (p ag es 1 5 9 -6 0 ). Thus, d u rin g th e 1920's some ®°Potter, op. clt., p. 377. 192 f i f t e e n o r tw en ty d e c is io n d e b a te s w ere u s u a lly an e n t i r e y e a r * 8 program ; by th e 1940* s w e ll o v e r one hun d red d e c i s io n d e b a te s p e r y e a r had become s ta n d a r d . The d o u b le e f f e c t s w ere (a ) t h a t a l a r g e r number o f s tu d e n ts r e c e iv e d a c t u a l i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te e x p e rie n c e , and (b ) t h a t a lm o st a l l o f th e s e s tu d e n ts c o u ld com pete in a l a r g e r num ber o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te s th a n had p r e v io u s ly been p o s s i b le . The l i s t o f to u rn am en ts in A ppendix H a ls o p ro v id e d a p i c t u r e o f th e v a r i e t y o f d i f f e r e n t ty p e s o f to u rn am e n ts t h a t d ev elo p ed d u rin g th e y e a rs c o v e re d . T h ere w ere l o c a l , s t a t e , r e g io n a l, and n a t io n a l to u rn a m e n ts--a n d a stu d y o f th e r u le s f o r many o f th e s e to u rn am en ts showed t h a t co ach es w ere alm o st c o n s ta n tly e x p e rim e n tin g w ith an e n d le s s v a r i e t y o f changes in p ro c e d u ra l d e t a i l s . D e s p ite th e glam or o f n a t io n a l cham pionship to u rn a m e n ts, su ch a s th e a n n u a l one sp o n so red by West P o in t, th e developm ent o f lo c a l p r a c t i c e to u rn am e n ts was p ro b a b ly more im p o rta n t to s tu d e n ts o f sp eech e d u c a tio n . L o cal s c h o o ls , such a s th o s e i n th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a a r e a , u s u a lly o rg a n iz e d an e a r l y se a so n to u rn am en t w ith one d i v i s i o n lim ite d to b e g in n e rs w ith o u t any p re v io u s i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te e x p e rie n c e . The e d u c a tio n a l v a lu e s o f th e s e to u rn am en ts f o r ty r o s was re c o g n iz e d by m ost d e b a te d i r e c t o r s . 193 M odel L e g is la t u r e s and C o n g resses T hese a c t i v i t i e s h av e b een in c lu d e d u n d e r th e s e c tio n " I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D eb atin g " b e c a u se th e y w ere a c t u a l l y a p a r t o f d e b a te a c t i v i t y . C ow perthw aite and B a ird r e p o r te d f o r exam ple: Y et a n o th e r h ig h ly s i g n i f i c a n t tr e n d i n m odem d e b a tin g p r a c t i c e was th e em ergence o f p a rlia m e n ta ry d e b a tin g c a r r i e d o u t a s a s tu d e n t l e g i s l a t i v e assem b ly . I n i n v i t a t i o n a l f o r e n s ic c o n fe re n c e s a c ro s s th e la n d s tu d e n ts p ro p o sed r e s o l u t io n s and " b i l l s , " d is c u s s e d them in com m ittee and c o n fe re n c e s , and em erged from th e f i n a l s ta g e s o f a " d is c u s s io n p r o g re s s io n " w ith a s e r i e s o f r e s o lu t i o n s in tro d u c e d in th e form o f b i l l s and d e b a te d by th e e n t i r e assem bly s i t t i n g a s a l e g i s l a t u r e . S p o n so rs o f th e s e l e g i s l a t i v e s e s s io n s h e ld t h a t in a d d itio n to p ro v id in g e x c e l l e n t o p p o r tu n itie s f o r t r a i n i n g i n ex tem p o ran eo u s, p ro b le m -s o lv in g d e b a tin g , th e y s e rv e d a ls o to in c r e a s e s tu d e n t i n t e r e s t in s o c i a l - p o l i t i c a l p ro b lem s, to e q u ip them f u r t h e r f o r th e r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s o f le a d e r s h ip i n c i v i c a f f a i r s , and to show r e l a t i o n s h i p s betw een d is c u s s io n and advocacy in th e d e l i b e r a t i v e p r o c e s s . 8 1 T h is ty p e o f f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t y began i n 1933 and i t grew so r a p id ly t h a t by 1940 th e R e fe re n c e S h e lf S e r ie s d e v o te d an e n t i r e book to th e s u b je c t, The S tu d e n t C ongress Movement, e d i te d by Lyman S. Ju d so n . The p o p u la r it y o f th e p la n was in d ic a te d by Eubank and M ahaffey, "The s tu d e n t- c o n g re s s id e a grew in f a v o r , and by 1939 a t l e a s t 15 r e g io n a l o r n a t io n a l l e g i s l a t i v e c o n fe re n c e s had been 82 e s ta b li s h e d on a perm anent b a s i s . " * ®^Wallace, op. c i t ., p. 274. ^ P o t t e r , pp. c i t ., p. 380. The h i s t o r y o f f o r e n s ic s a t SC re v e a le d t h a t N ic h o ls , D ick en s, and t h e i r s tu d e n ts c o n tr ib u te d s i g n i f i c a n tly t o th e developm ent o f th e s e i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e l e g i s l a t i v e a s s e m b lie s . The f i r s t one was o rg a n iz e d and h e ld a t S y ra c u se U n iv e r s ity in 1933 by D ickens who r e p o r te d th e e v e n t a few m onths l a t e r i n th e Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech* ^ A lm ost im m ed ia tely th e p la n was ad o p ted by s e v e r a l d e b a te o r g a n iz a tio n s , b o th s t a t e and n a t i o n a l , h ig h sc h o o l and c o l le g e . In 1937 D ickens and N ic h o ls s u c c e s s f u l l y com bined t h e i r e f f o r t s a t th e b ie n n ia l c o n v e n tio n o f D e lta Sigma Rho to p e rsu a d e t h a t o r g a n iz a tio n to sp o n so r a N a tio n a l S tu d e n t C ongress f o r d e b a te r s . As o f 1930 D e lta Sigma Rho s t i l l c o n s id e re d th e b ie n n ia l C ongress as i t s c h i e f c o n t r ib u t io n to s tu d e n ts engaged in f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t i e s . The f i r s t two N a tio n a l S tu d e n t C o n g resses o f D e lta Sigma Rho (1939 and 1941) w ere h a n d led by D ickens as C hairm an o f A rran g em en ts. SC d e b a te r s p a r t i c i p a t e d r e g u l a r l y in a l l o f th e D e lta Sigma Rho c o n g re s s e s from 1939 (when D avid G oldberg and Thomas D u tch er w ere th e d e l e g a te s ) and 1941 (W allace F ra s h e r and E a r l B o lto n ) th ro u g h 1950. 09 OJM ilto n D ick en s, " I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e C on v en tio n D e b a tin g ," Q u a r te r ly J o u r n a l o f S peech, XX (F e b ru a ry , 193 4 ), 30. 195 P u b lic S peaking C o n te s ts W hile d e b a tin g h e ld a p la c e o f m ajo r i n t e r e s t in campus a c t i v i t i e s , th e r e w ere num erous o th e r sp e a k in g a c t i v i t i e s t h a t a l s o commanded a t t e n t i o n . The fo llo w in g s e c tio n d e s c r ib e s th e m ajo r c o n t e s ts in w hich in d iv id u a l s p e a k e rs com peted w ith each o th e r . The i n t e r e s t in some o f th e s e c o n te s ts was h ig h , e s p e c i a lly among th e c o n t e s ta n ts th e m se lv e s. T h ere o f te n was a s p e c ia l p r e s t i g e to w in n in g th e s e c o n t e s ts , s in c e th e y o c c u rre d o n ly once a y e a r, w hereas th e d e b a te s w ere u s u a lly re p e a te d w ith a number o f d i f f e r e n t team s th ro u g h o u t th e y e a r. In th e p u b lic sp e ak in g c o n te s ts each man was on h i s own and so fa c e d s p e c ia l c h a lle n g e s and g ain ed s p e c ia l t r a i n i n g . W orld P eace O r a to r ic a l C o n te st The World Peace O r a to r ic a l C o n te s t, sp o n so red by th e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Peace A s s o c ia tio n , was a n a t i o n a l c o n t e s t, " n a tio n a l" in th e se n se t h a t s tu d e n ts th ro u g h o u t th e U n ited S ta te s a n n u a lly met w ith s tu d e n ts from n e ig h b o rin g s c h o o ls i n t h e i r r e s p e c tiv e l o c a l i t i e s on a w o rld p eace s u b j e c t . ^ A f te r e lim in a tio n s w ere made in w hat was c a l l e d " th e lo c a l c o n te s t" th e w in n ers a p p e ared in th e d i s t r i c t , and from th e r e w in n in g c o n te s ta n ts a p p e ared i n th e r e g io n a l. ®^See C h a p ter I I I , p. 76, f o r a d is c u s s io n o f W orld P eace C o n te s t. 196 The W orld P eace O r a to r ic a l C o n te s t, h e ld i n th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry a s e a r l y a s 1908, became m ore a c t iv e d u rin g W orld War I , th e n began to lo s e p o p u la r it y a s w ar m em ories fad ed d u rin g th e 1 9 2 0 's . In 1923 th e f i r s t g i r l to r e p r e s e n t SC in th e con** t e s t was L u c ile W ill. "T h is in i t s e l f , " s a id A nthony F. B lan k s, "sh o u ld make i t a r e d - l e t t e r day f o r t h i s U ni v e rsity ." * * ^ M iss W ill was th e l a s t o r a t o r i c a l c o n t e s ta n t coached by B lan k s b e fo re he l e f t th e U n iv e r s ity th e fo llo w in g f a l l to become d i r e c t o r o f th e N a tio n a l C o n te st in th e P a c i f ic Zone. 8 6 In th e e a r l y 1 9 3 0 's and i n th e s p r in g o f 1935 a tte m p ts w ere made to r e v iv e th e c o n t e s t. Pomona C o lle g e had sp o n so red m ost o f th e s e c o n t e s ts and th e re b y p ro b a b ly d e se rv e d c h i e f c r e d i t f o r k e e p in g them g o in g . S in ce t h i s was an i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e a c t i v i t y , SC s p e a k e rs had o c c a s io n to com pete a n n u a lly w ith s u rro u n d in g s c h o o ls . Each s p e a k e r was allo w ed from tw e lv e to f i f t e e n m in u te s f o r h i s o r a tio n . The v i c t o r in th e d i s t r i c t m eet re c e iv e d s i x t y d o l l a r s and th e ch an ce to a p p e a r in th e r e g io n a l f i n a l s . 8 7 In th e W orld P eace C o n te st f o r May 1931, SC e n te r e d H a s k a ll T id w e ll, c a p ta in o f th e freshm an d e b a te sq u ad , 85The T ro ia n . XIV (May 18, 1923), 3. 8 6 I b i d . . XV (F e b ru a ry 8 , 1924), 24. 8 7 I b i d . , XXVI (A p ril 24, 1935), 4 . as i t s c a n d id a te . The T ro ia n r e p o r te d t h a t T id w e ll spoke on th e " p o s s i b i l i t i e s f o r f u tu r e w o rld p e a c e , c o n t r a s tin g th e p e rio d p re v io u s t o 1914 to th e p r e s e n t d a y . H e won f i f t h p la c e . The Bowen C u p A f te r th e tu r n o f th e c e n tu ry , o r a to r y and d e b a te c o n te s ts w ere p o p u la r in c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try . One o f th e m ost p o p u la r c o n t e s ts a t SC was th e Bowen Cup C o n te s t. W illia m J . Bowen, SC alum nus, b e c au se o f h i s i n t e r e s t in p u b lic sp e a k in g and h i s d e s i r e to en co u rag e s tu d e n ts to f u r t h e r t h e i r p u b lic sp e a k in g a b i l i t i e s , s t a r t e d th e Bowen Cup F o u n d atio n i n 1916 w ith a g i f t o f $ 1 2 5 0 .89 By th e 1 9 3 0 's th e Bowen Cup C o n te st had d ev elo p ed in to w hat was known a s th e Bowen Cup T ourney. S ix cups w ere p re s e n te d to th e b e s t SC s p e a k e rs ea ch y e a r. A ll u n d e rg ra d u a te s o f th e U n iv e r s ity , w h eth er sp eech s tu d e n ts o r n o t, w ere e l i g i b l e to com pete, e x c e p t t h a t no w in n er c o u ld com pete a second tim e .9® A g e n e ra l s u b je c t, u s u a lly on i n t e r n a t i o n a l a f f a i r s , was announced a few weeks b e fo re 88Ibid.. XXII (May 18, 1931), 1. ®9"The Bowen Cup Foundation," see Chapter III, p. 80. ®®The Troian. XXIII (October 7, 1932), 1. 198 th e c o n t e s t; how ever, th e s p e c i f i c s u b je c t was n o t announced u n t i l an h o u r o r two b e f o r e th e ex tem p o ran eo u s sp e a k in g b eg an . More in fo rm a tio n a s to th e Bowen Cup C o n te s t p ro c e d u re was r e v e a le d i n The T ro ia n f o r May 8 , 1947, w hich s t a t e d t h a t each s tu d e n t drew th r e e s u b to p ic s o f l o c a l , s t a t e , and n a t io n a l i n t e r e s t from w hich h e s e le c te d o n e . He was allo w ed one h o u r to p r e p a r e . Books and m ag azin es w ere p e rm itte d d u rin g t h i s p r e p a r a tio n p e r io d . T h at y e a r th e le n g th o f th e sp eech es was in c re a s e d from sev en to te n m in u te s .9 * The 1928 E l Rodeo r e p o r te d th e f o llo w in g i n c i d e n t a l in fo rm a tio n c o n c e rn in g Bowen c o n te s ts : . . . th e cu p s f o r th e w in n e rs a r e on d is p la y i n th e d e b a te o f f i c e and w i l l be p re s e n te d t o t h e i r ow ners a t th e f i n a l s o f th e c o n te s t n e x t y e a r . L a s t y e a r 's w in n ers w ere: D o ris C rook-Johnson, M arvin G a rris o n , P au l Cunningham, B a rn e tt Eby, Sim pson S in g e r, and H arry C ogen.92 E l Rodeo f o r 1928 f u r t h e r s t a t e d t h a t th e w in n e rs f o r t h a t y e a r w ere M ilto n D ickens ( f i r s t p la c e ) , B e tty H en n in g er, Jo h n McCoy, D o ris R u th e rfo rd , F red D ilg , and G lenn J o n e s . 9 3 (F o r t h i s c o n t e s t, tw en ty -o n e s tu d e n ts had t r i e d o u t e a r l i e r in th e f a l l and from t h i s num ber n in e w ent on to th e f i n a l s . ) 91Ibid.. XXXVII (May 8, 1947), 1. 92E1 Rodeo. 1928, p. 221. 93Ibid. 199 The T ro ia n , f a l l o f 1928, r e p o r te d o th e r In fo rm a tio n re g a rd in g th e s u b je c t, ju d g e s , and ch airm an : "R eso lv e d , t h a t th e K ello g g m u l t i l a t e r a l t r e a t y f o r th e o u tla w ry o f w ar I s a c o n s p ira c y to se d u ce th e U n ite d S ta te s I n to I n t e r n a t i o n a l a f f a i r s . " Each s p e a k e r was g iv e n f iv e m in u te s o f c o n s tr u c tiv e a rg u m ents e i t h e r i n fa v o r o f th e q u e s tio n o r a g a in s t i t . F our o f th e s p e a k e rs spoke on th e a f f i r m a t iv e s id e o f th e q u e s tio n and f iv e u p h eld th e n e g a tiv e . The ju d g e s w ere: Henry H u ls, d e p u ty a tto r n e y o f P asad en a; S ta n le y H ow ell, p r o f e s s o r a t th e S chool o f Law; and Don Mayhew, c l e r k o f c o u r t a t th e S chool o f Law. The c o n t e s ta n ts w ere g rad ed . . . a c c o rd in g to th o u g h t and d e liv e r y . Coach A lan N ich o ls o f th e d e b a te d e p a rtm e n t a c te d a s ch airm an f o r th e f i n a l s . . . .9 4 T hrough th e y e a rs th e Bowen Cup rem ain ed one o f th e m a jo r a n n u a l c o n t e s ts h e ld a t SC. The la r g e nunfter o f s tu d e n ts who p a r t i c i p a t e d c o n tin u e d to a t t e s t to i t s p o p u la r i t y .^ The E. N eal Ames Cup E. N eal Ames, member o f th e D e lta Sigma Rho h o n o ra ry f o r e n s ic f r a t e r n i t y , SC g ra d u a te in 1916, l a t e r a Los A n g eles a tto r n e y , gave a handsome s i l v e r lo v in g cup to th e b e s t SC freshm an d e b a te r in 1 9 2 3 .^ E lim in a tio n c o n te s ts 9^The T ro ia n . XX (November 13, 1 9 2 8 ), 1. 95 7 N ic h o ls in te rv ie w , 1957; se e A ppendix A. 9 * > e . N eal Ames, o u ts ta n d in g SC d e b a te r h im s e lf, made th e i n i t i a l Ames Cup award p r e s e n ta tio n in 1923. See The T ro ia n , XIV (May 25, 1923), 1. 200 had been h e ld e a r l i e r in th e y e a r a t w hich tim e fo u r d e b a te squads com peted. At th e f i n a l d e b a te c o n te s t in th e s p r in g o f 1923 ( t h i s squad c o m p risin g th e fo u r b e s t d e b a te r s ) , a b o ard o f th r e e ju d g e s named V ic to r C olburn th e Ames Cup w in n er, S C 's c h a p te r o f D e lta Sigma Rho sp o n so red th e c o n t e s t w hich became an an n u a l event-***skipping 1 9 2 7 .97 By 1928 th e c o n t e s t was open to b o th freshm en and sophom ores w ith th r e e s p e a k e rs from each c l a s s p a r t i c i p a tin g . The s u b je c t o f th e d e b a te t h a t y e a r w as, "R esolved, t h a t c a p i t a l punishm ent sh o u ld be a b o lis h e d ." The sopho m ores e n te r in g w ere C l if f o r d Weimer, R o b ert M o f f itt, and Leo Adams; th e freshm en w ere Ja c k Woodward, G regson B a u tz e r, and G erald T h ro n to n . M o f f itt was ac claim ed th e b e s t sophom ore s p e a k e r and Woodward was adjudged th e b e s t freshm an sp e a k e r in th e s p r in g f i n a l s . Both M o f f itt and Woodward w ere g iv e n Ames cups.98 The s tu d e n ts had Mr. Ames h im s e lf p r e s id e a t th e f i n a l d e b a te s w henever p o s s ib le f o r him to be p r e s e n t. In 1929 th e s u b je c t o f th e d e b a te was on th e m ethods and in f lu e n c e o f modern a d v e r t is in g . P r e lim in a r ie s t h a t y e a r w ere h e ld on F eb ru ary 21. On March 5, Mr. Ames se rv e d a g a in as ch airm an o f th e d e b a te f i n a l s . Those a p p e a rin g 97Ibid. 98E1 Rodeo. 1928, p. 221. 201 In th e f i n a l s w ere Jo h n Ames C raw ford (w in n e r), Hyrum W hite, F red D ilg , and G lenn J o n e s ." F u rth e r c o n t e s ts f o r th e Ames D eb atin g Cup c o n tin u e d th ro u g h th e 1 9 3 0 's .1® ® The N a tio n a l C o n s titu tio n O r a to r ic a l C o n te s t The N a tio n a l C o n s titu tio n O r a to r ic a l C o n te s t, form ed In 1923 tin d er th e sp o n s o rs h ip o f m ajo r new spapers o f th e n a t io n , was d i r e c te d by C aspar H arvey o f N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity . 1®1 A nthony F. B lan k s, In 1924, was g ra n te d a le a v e o f ab sen ce from th e SC S chool o f Speech f a c u l ty so t h a t h e m ig h t o rg a n iz e and d i r e c t th e N a tio n a l I n te r * c o l l e g i a t e C o n s titu tio n O r a to r ic a l C o n te st in th e S outhw est Zone, a ls o c a ll e d th e P a c i f ic C o ast R e g io n .102 T h is zone, one o f th e sev en n a t io n a l re g io n s , in c lu d e d th e s t a t e s o f W ashington, O regon, Id ah o , M ontana, U tah, C a lif o r n i a , New M exico, A riz o n a , and Nevada. The p u rp o se o f th e c o n t e s ts , w hich became a n n u a l e v e n ts and c o n tin u e d on i n t o th e 1 9 3 0 's , was to in c r e a s e " i b i d . . 1929, p . 345. lO O N ichols in te rv ie w , 1957; se e A ppendix A. 1 0 1The T ro ia n . XV (F e b ru a ry 8 , 1924), 1. 102The T ro ia n f o r F eb ru ary 8 , 1924, r e p o r te d t h a t th e c o n t e s t in c lu d e d a h ig h s c h o o l d iv i s i o n and t h a t P r o f e s s o r B lan k s, u n d e r th e sp o n s o rs h ip o f The Los A n g eles T im es, was a ls o i n c h a rg e o f th e se co n d ary s c h o o ls d i v i - s io n c o n te s ts in th e S outhw est zone. 202 s tu d e n ts ' u n d e rs ta n d in g and r e s p e c t f o r th e C o n s titu tio n . Any bona £ id e u n d e rg ra d u a te in any c o lle g e o r u n i v e r s i t y o f th e U n ited S ta te s was e l i g i b l e to com pete. Each c o n te s ta n t s e le c te d one o f th e l i s t e d to p ic s b e a rin g on th e C o n s titu t i o n , w ro te an e s s a y o f n o t more th a n 1 ,5 0 0 w ords, com m itte d th e e s sa y to memory and d e liv e r e d i t in a co m p e ti t i v e c o n te s t w ith o th e r c o n te s ta n ts b e fo re a b o ard o f ju d g e s . These c o n te s ta n ts had won t h e i r r e s p e c tiv e l o c a l, d i s t r i c t , and r e g io n a l c o n te s ts b e fo re q u a lif y in g f o r th e f i n a l s c a lle d " th e n a t i o n a l . ” *-®3 Cash p r iz e s w ere g iv e n ; th e am ounts v a r ie d o v e r th e y e a r s . The T ro ja n re p o r te d t h a t in 1924 th e aw ards w ere: f i r s t p la c e , $5000; second p la c e , $1000; t h i r d p la c e , $750.*-®^ The June 20, 1929, Los A ngeles Tiroes s t a t e d t h a t th e f i r s t p r iz e had been red u ced from $5000 to $1500; th e o th e r p r iz e s o f second and t h i r d p la c e , r e s p e c tiv e ly , rem ained th e same, $1000 and $750.*-® 3 On Ju n e 5, 1925, th e n a t io n a l f i n a l s o f th e I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e O r a to r ic a l C o n s titu tio n C o n te s t w ere h e ld a t Los A ngeles in th e P h ilh arm o n ic A u d ito riu m . The c o n te s t was co n d u cted by th e B e tte r A m erica F e d e ra tio n o f 103The T ro ia n . X V (F e b ru a ry 29, 1924), 4 . 1 0 4 I b i d . , XV (F eb ru a ry 8 , 1924), 1. * ~ ® 3The Los A ngeles T im es, Ju n e 20, 1929, p. 1. 203 C a lif o r n i a . Seven n a t io n a l f i n a l i s t s from 318 A m erican c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s com peted. H arvey M attaldem an o f Los A n g eles a c te d a s ch airm an . Dean Immel o f th e SC S chool o f Speech se rv e d as one o f th e sev en ju d g e s . The con t e s t a n t s r e p r e s e n te d W esleyan U n iv e r s ity , C a n is iu s C o lle g e , U n iv e r s ity o f O regon, U n iv e r s ity o f T exas, N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , F ra n k lin and M a rsh a ll C o lle g e , and th e U n iv er s i t y o f N o rth D akota. E. W ight Bakke o f N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity won f i r s t p la c e . The f i f t h and s i x t h a n n u a l c o n te s ts o f th e I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e O r a to r ic a l C o n s titu tio n C o n te s ts w ere a ls o h e ld i n Los A n g eles, and w ere a g a in sp o n so red by th e B e tte r A m erica F e d e ra tio n o f C a lif o r n i a . On Ju n e 20, 1929, th e f i f t h c o n t e s t, u n d e r th e d i r e c t i o n o f A lan N ic h o ls, was h e ld in S C 's Bovard A u d ito riu m , w ith W ill R ogers a c tin g a s m a s te r o f ce re m o n ie s. The sev en f i n a l i s t s t h a t y e a r had b een s e le c te d from 342 c o n te s tin g c o lle g e s and u n iv e r s i t i e s . Lex King S o u te r, a j u n i o r from W illiam J e w e ll C o lle g e , L ib e r ty , M is s o u ri, won f i r s t p la c e . Second p la c e w in n er was R o b ert G. Goodwin from Wabash C o lle g e , C raw ford- v i l l e , In d ia n a . John P. MacEnery o f S an ta C la ra U n iv er s i t y , S a n ta C la ra , C a lif o r n i a , th e P a c if ic Zone c a n d id a te , won t h i r d p l a c e . O n Ju n e 29, 1930, th e s i x t h c o n te s t IQ^ i b i d . t Ju n e 5, 1925, P a r t I I , p . 1. ^ ^ I b i d . , Ju n e 21, 1929, P a r t I I , p . 1. 204 was h e ld In th e B iltm o re H o te l, Los A n g eles. O rra E. M onnette o f Los A n g eles p r e s id e d . T h at y e a r H aro ld F. P e tte e from Pomona C o lle g e , C larem ont, C a lif o r n i a , won f i r s t p la c e f o r th e P a c i f ic Zone. He spoke on *'the C o n s titu tio n as a g u a ra n te e t o a l l A m erican c i t i z e n s . " 1 0 8 The Widnev Cup In th e s p r in g o f 1933, th e Tau Kappa A lpha f r a t e r n i t y u n d e rto o k th e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f sp o n so rin g w hat was c a l l e d th e Widney T ournam ent, h o n o rin g Jo se p h P. W idney, second P r e s id e n t o f th e U n iv e r s ity . T h is c o n t e s t, l i k e th e Bowen and Ames e v e n ts , was open t o a l l S C 's u n d e rg ra d u a t e s . 10^ S u b je c ts o f th e o r a tio n s w ere l e f t to th e c a n d i d a te s to s e l e c t . The sp e ec h e s w ere from sev en to te n m in u te s lo n g ; c o n t e s ta n ts w ere ju d g ed on ( 1 ) a b i l i t y o f p r e s e n ta ti o n , and (2 ) o r g a n iz a tio n . M aurice A tk in so n won f i r s t p la c e in th e 1938 Widney T ourney, sp e a k in g on th e to p ic , " R iv e rs W on't F o rg e t. " 1 1 0 Ju d g es f o r th e c o n t e s t w ere: Dean Inm el o f th e School o f Speech, C a rlto n Rodee o f th e SC P o l i t i c a l S c ie n c e D epartm ent, and G ra fto n P. T anquary o f th e S chool o f Speech. 1 0 8 I b i d . . Ju n e 19, 1930, p . 1. 109The T ro ia n . XX (May 5, 1938), 1. 1 1 0 I b id . The l a a t a c c o u n t found o f th e Widney Tournam ent was f o r th e s p r in g o f 1940 when s e v e n te e n s tu d e n ts e n te r e d th e p re lim in a ry round a t S C 's T ouchstone T h e a te r. G rad u ate s tu d e n ts se rv e d as ju d g e s . V iv ia n C la rk e , o f th e s tu d e n t body, a c te d as c o n t e s t c h a i r m a n .m SC S p o n so rsh ip o f H igh S chool F o re n s ic s By th e m id d le 1 9 3 0 's c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s ( e s p e c ia lly in th e M id-W est) w ere sp o n so rin g h ig h sc h o o l f o r e n s ic and d ra m a tic a c t i v i t i e s . D a y Hanks r e p o r te d t h a t th e SC School o f Speech began sp o n so rin g th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a High S chool F o re n s ic Tournam ents in 1936. These to u rn am e n ts w ere h e ld on th e SC campus and, u n t i l th e School o f Speech became a D epartm ent i n 1945, w ere p r i n c i p a l ly u n d e r th e p e rs o n a l s u p e rv is io n o f Dean Immel. The to u rn am en t e v e n ts in c lu d e d extem poraneous sp e a k in g , o r a to r y , humorous and d ra m a tic r e a d in g s , im prom ptu sp e a k in g , and d e b a te . T hese a c t i v i t i e s w ere sc h e d u le d f o r one day, o n ly , p r e s e n ta tio n . S ch o o ls from a s f a r away a s F re sn o , C a lif o r n i a , p a r t i c i p a t e d . As o f 1950, SC c o n tin u e d m I b i d . . XXII (May 7, 1 9 4 0 ), 1. * ^ H a l b e r t g . G u lle y and Hugh F. S eaburv, "S peech E d u c a tio n in T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry P u b lic S c h o o ls, H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erica, in W a lla ce, op. c i t . . pp. 472-74".--- ------------ ----- 206 I I O to sp o n so r th e s e an n u a l h ig h sc h o o l f o r e n s ic e v e n ts . N a tio n a l D efense Speech C o n te s t. 1941-1942 A h i g h l i g h t in th e h i s t o r y o f f o r e n s ic s a t SC was th e n a tio n a l d e fe n s e sp eech c o n te s t w hich was co n d u cted d u rin g th e academ ic y e a r o f 1941-1942. N elson R o c k e f e lle r, a t t h a t tim e C o o rd in a to r o f In te r-A m e ric a n A f f a ir s in th e S ta te D epartm ent, d e c id e d to sp o n so r a n a tio n a l i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e sp eech c o n t e s t on th e g e n e ra l s u b je c t o f " In te r-A m e ric a n C o o p e ra tio n ." W inners o f th e c o n te s t w ere to r e c e iv e many a t t r a c t i v e rew ard s, in c lu d in g ap p e aran c e s on n a t i o n a l r a d io n etw o rk s and a six -w e e k s ' to u r as good w i l l am bassadors th ro u g h P an-A m erica. The c o n te s t was c o n c e iv e d as an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f A m e ric a 's n a t io n a l d e fe n s e program . In th e f a l l o f 1941 Mr. R o c k e fe lle r a p p o in te d A lan N ic h o ls to head t h i s n a t i o n a l sp eech c o n t e s t - - " i n re c o g n i t i o n o f [ h is ] o u ts ta n d in g ach iev em en ts as co ach o f th e T ro ja n d e b a te sq u a d s ." N ic h o ls was g iv e n a y e a r 's le a v e o f ab sen ce from SC f o r th e p u rp o se o f d i r e c t i n g t h i s c o n t e s t. ^•^From ^ u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w w ith Mr. L. D. Hanks, A ugust 10, 1960. Mr. Hanks, d e b a te and p u b lic sp e a k in g co ach a t John M a rsh a ll High S ch o o l, Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n i a , had, s in c e 1942, e n te r e d h i s own s tu d e n ts in th e A nnual S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a High School F o re n sic T ournam ents a t SC. H ^ D lc k e n s, u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w , 1960. N ich o ls s e t up a u n iq u e ty p e o f c o n t e s t — one com ** b in in g extem pore sp e a k in g and p a n e l d is c u s s io n . He worked o u t an e la b o r a te o r g a n iz a tio n a l and a d m in is tr a tiv e p la n by w hich th e n a tio n was d iv id e d i n t o d i s t r i c t s and r e g io n s . D e s p ite th e d is r u p tio n s o c c a sio n e d by P e a r l H arb o r in December o f 1941, N ich o ls su cceed ed in c a r r y in g th ro u g h h i s n a t io n a l p la n s . Dozens o f l o c a l , d i s t r i c t , and r e g io n a l c o m p e titio n s w ere h e ld . D uring t h i s p e rio d SC came c lo s e to a c h ie v in g a n a t io n a l w in n e r—w ith th e a s s is ta n c e o f T re v o r Hawkins (who was c o a c h in g a t SC d u rin g N ic h o ls ' le a v e o f ab sen ce ) John B a ird t i e d f o r second p la c e a t th e r e g io n a l c o n te s t i n S a lt Lake C ity . The h a l f dozen n a t io n a l w in n ers p re s e n te d a program on "A m e ric a 's Town M eeting o f th e A ir ," one o f NBC's m ost p o p u la r n a t io n a l r a d io b r o a d c a s ts . D uring th e e a r l y summer o f 1942 N ic h o ls accom panied th e s tu d e n t w in n e rs on a to u r o f s e v e r a l weeks in M exico (w ar c o n d itio n s made i t im pos s i b l e to e x te n d t h i s to u r to South A m erica as was o r i g i n a l l y p la n n e d ). D uring 1941-1942 t h i s c o n te s t in v o lv e d h u n d red s o f c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , and th o u sa n d s o f s tu d e n ts , s c a tt e r e d th ro u g h o u t a l l th e s t a t e s o f th e u n io n . As n e a r ly as t h i s i n v e s t i g a t o r c o u ld a s c e r t a i n , i t s t i l l rem ain s th e l a r g e s t s in g le p u b lic sp e a k in g c o n te s t e v e r h e ld . C r e d it f o r o rg a n iz in g and a d m in is tr a tin g t h i s 208 rem a rk a b le p r o j e c t m ust be g iv e n to i t s d i r e c t o r , A lan N ic h o ls . The Jo h n P au l Jo n e s O r a to r ic a l C o n te st The Jo h n P a u l Jo n e s O r a to r ic a l C o n te st o f 1944 was sp o n so red by th e H e a rs t new spapers on a c o u n try -w id e sc o p e. I t was an im p o rta n t e v e n t f o r SC. On A p ril 20, 1944, T y le r M acDonald, a m arin e t r a i n e e o f SC, r e p r e s e n te d ^ I b i d . (The fo llo w in g a c c o u n ts th ro w f u r t h e r l i g h t on some o f th e f o r e n s ic ach iev em en ts [1926-1947] o f A lan N ic h o ls, show ing a ls o th e re g a rd h e ld f o r h i s a b i l i t y : E l Rodeo [1926, p . 113] s t a t e d : "To Coach A lan N ic h o ls, f o r f i v e y e a rs v a r s i t y a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n i a , goes th e l i o n 's s h a re o f th e c r e d i t f o r th e e n v ia b le re c o rd e s ta b li s h e d by th e d e b a te squad t h i s y e a r. . . . S in ce t h a t tim e [N ic h o ls ' com ing to SC, 1921] he h as made th e name o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a d e b a te team s known a l l o v e r th e n a tio n , u n t i l th e T ro ja n d e b a te team s ra n k among th e b e s t in th e c o u n try . Under h i s le a d e r s h ip , team s r e p r e s e n tin g t h i s i n s t i t u t i o n have m et and d e f e a te d n e a r ly e v e ry la r g e u n i v e r s i t y w est o f th e M is s is s i p p i. In a t o t a l o f o v e r 150 d e b a te s d u rin g th e l a s t f iv e y e a r s , S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a h a s won o v e r 125. . . . Mr. N ic h o ls h as b een th e o r g a n iz e r o f th e P a c if ic S outh w est D ebate L eague, th e W estern S ta te s D ebate League, th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a C o n feren ce D ebate L eague, and th e P a c i f ic C o ast F o re n s ic L eague. . . . " The Alumni Review [F e b ru a ry , 1947, p . 7] gave th e fo llo w in g t r i b u t e : Alumni d e b a te r s , lo n g s ile n c e d by g ra d u a tio n , had t h e i r say a g a in a t a te s tim o n ia l d in n e r h o n o rin g D r. A lan N ic h o ls ' tw en ty - th r e e y e a r s ' s e r v ic e , th e e v e n in g o f Ja n u a ry 14, a t th e U n iv e r s ity C lub. . . . More th a n 200 S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a d e b a te alu m n i, SC f a c u l t y members, sp eech e d u c a to rs , a tto r n e y s , and p u b lic o f f i c i a l s g a th e re d in t r i b u t e to Coach N ic h o ls . . . . S p eak ers em phasized t h e i r a f f e c t i o n f o r Coach N ic h o ls and t h e i r e m u la tio n o f h i s p r i n c i p l e s and t r a i t s . . . in p o s t g ra d u a te l i f e r a t h e r th a n th e SC d e b a te r e c o rd , p ro d ig io u s th o u g h i t i s . . . ." ) 209 th e W est C o ast in th e n a t io n a l f i n a l s in New York C ity . B asin g h i s sp eech on th e ach iev em en ts o f John P au l Jo n e s, MacDonald to o k f i r s t p la c e w ith h i s o r a tio n , w in n in g a $ 1 0 0 0 w ar bond. H 7 S peaking g e n e r a lly on SC o r a t o r i c a l e v e n ts and how th e s e c o n t e s ts v a r ie d from y e a r to y e a r, N ic h o ls co n clu d ed h i s rem arks w ith : Names o f c o n te s ts and to u rn am e n ts change from y e a r to y e a r . Some o f them l a s t lo n g e r th a n o th e r s . F or exam ple, th e P a c i f ic C o ast P i Kappa D e lta Tournam ent was h e ld t h i s l a s t y e a r 1956 b u t was n o t h e ld y e a r b e f o r e l a s t ; . . . T hese g ro u p s a r e m o d ifie d , s u b s t i tu te d , changed from y e a r to y e a r . 1 1 ° O th e r C o n te s ts S t a r t i n g in 1928, a s i l v e r tro p h y cup was aw arded by th e U n iv e r s ity to th e to p d e b a tin g s e n io r who, in th e o p in io n o f th e co ach , c a p ta in , and m anager d e se rv e d t h i s h o n o r .H 9 W illiam H enley was th e 1928 w in n er o f th e " S e n io r C u p . "120 T hree cups w ere p re s e n te d in 1929. W inners w ere Leo H a r r is , Edwin J e f f e r s o n , and C a rl l 91 M ille r . x In th e s p r in g o f 1932 fo u r SC d e b a te r s w ere H ^P ro g ram o f th e "T w enty-Second A nnual D ebate B a n q u et," Ju n e 9 , 1944, A lan N ic h o ls ' f i l e s . 117The T ro ia n . XXX V (A p ril 4, 1944), 1. H ® N ich o ls in te rv ie w , 1957; se e A ppendix A. 119The T ro ia n . XXIX (Ja n u a ry 23, 1928), 1. 1 2 0 j|jLc h o ls , u n re c o rd e d In te rv ie w , 1960. 121E1 Rodeo. 1929, p. 345. 210 aw arded S e n io r Cups a t th e A nnual D ebate Squad B an q u et. Those r e c e iv in g tr o p h ie s w ere G lenn J o n e s , Em il S te c k , J r . , Hyrum W hite, and R alph B ow ers. * - 2 2 The 1948 T ro ia n s t a t e d t h a t i n th e l a t t e r 1 9 4 0 's tr o p h ie s f o r f o u r c o n te s ts w ere aw arded a n n u a lly . * 2 3 O th er th a n th e Bowen Cup th e s e w ere: th e S e n io r Cup ( th e w in n er f o r 1947 was R achel H ansen); th e J u n io r Cup ( th e w in n er f o r 1947 was D ale Drum); and th e tr o p h ie s f o r th e Im prom ptu Speech C o n te s t sp o n so red by Tau Kappa A lpha (w in n ers f o r 1947-1948 w ere M ilto n D obkin, Howard K o tle r, and A1 W ig g in s) . 1 2 4 L ite r a r y s o c i e t i e s , f r a t e r n i t i e s , and o th e r h o n o ra ry g ro u p s f r e q u e n tly sp o n so red v a r io u s p u b lic sp e a k in g co n t e s t s , th u s e n c o u ra g in g p a r t i c i p a t i o n in v a r io u s sp eech e v e n ts . Around th e tu r n o f th e c e n tu ry th e a c tu a l o rg a n i z a t i o n s w ere A r i s t o t e l i a n and C o m itia , m en 's o r g a n iz a t i o n s , and A thena and C lio n ia n f o r women s tu d e n ts . From 1906 on, h o n o ra ry p u b lic sp e a k in g f r a t e r n i t i e s f lo u r is h e d in m a jo r c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s o f th e U n ited S t a t e s . * - 2 3 In 1915 S C 's f i r s t n a t io n a l h o n o ra ry p u b lic sp e a k in g 122The T ro ia n . XXIV (May 3, 1 9 3 2 ), 1. 1 2 3 I b i d . . XXXIX (F e b ru a ry 24, 1948), 4 . 1 2 4 I b id . 1 2 3 N ic h o ls, D is c u s s io n and D e b a te , p . 221. 211 s o c i e t y was form ed. ^2^ T h is was D e lta Sigma Rho, n a t i o n a l f o r e n s ic f r a t e r n i t y . In 1921, t h i s was fo llo w ed by A lpha P h i E p s ilo n n a t i o n a l h o n o ra ry l i t e r a r y f r a t e r n i t y ; Z e ta P h i E ta , n a t io n a l h o n o ra ry , and P h i Kappa D e lta , n a t i o n a l h o n o ra ry f o r e n s ic f r a t e r n i t y . P h i D e lta Gamma, n a t io n a l p r o f e s s io n a l f o r e n s ic s o c ie ty , o b ta in e d i t s c h a p te r a t SC i n 1924. SC' 8 c h a p te r o f Tau Kappa A lpha, n a t i o n a l h o n o ra ry sp e ech f r a t e r n i t y , was form ed in 1926. * -2^ Most o f th e s e s o c i e t i e s , f r a t e r n i t i e s , and s o r o r i t i e s , a t one tim e o r a n o th e r, sp o n so red f o r e n s ic e v e n ts . D e lta Sigma Rho, b e in g th e o l d e s t f o r e n s ic f r a t e r n i t y form ed a t SC, was th e p r i n c i p a l sp o n so r o f b o th th e Bowen and Ames a n n u a l sp eech c o n t e s t s .^ 2® ^ few y e a rs a f t e r th e A lpha P h i E p s ilo n c h a p te r had been e s ta b li s h e d , t h i s h o n o ra ry f r a t e r n i t y sp o n so red th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia O r a t o r i c a l C o n te s t. B ern ard B rennan, p r e s id e n t o f th e o r g a n iz a tio n , s a id t h a t th e s o c ie ty o f f e r e d a tw e n ty - d o lla r p r i z e to th e b e s t s p e a k e r. *-29 in o r d e r to en co u rag e SC women s tu d e n ts to p a r t i c i p a t e in more p u b lic sp e a k in g 126por SC 's c h a p te r o f D e lta Sigma Rho, se e C h a p te r I I I , p . 79. * -2^SC C a ta lo g u e . " S tu d e n t A c t i v i t i e s , " 1928-1929, p . 62. I 2 8 E1 Rodeo. 1928, p . 221. 129The Troian. XVI (April 14, 1925), 1. 212 a c t i v i t i e s on th e cam pus, Z e ta P hi E ta sp o n so red a p u b lic sp e a k in g c o n te s t in 1930. (F o r th e second an n u a l c o n t e s t, ju d g e s w ere G ra fto n T anquary and two o th e r members o f th e f a c u l ty o f th e School o f S peech; th e s u b je c t w as, "The S o lu tio n o f th e M a rriag e Problem .")**3® A n o th er a c t i v i t y f o r women, and p ro b a b ly one o f th e m ost p o p u la r to u rn am e n ts h e ld ( u s u a lly e v e ry y e a r ) , was th e d e b a te and p u b lic sp e a k in g to u rn am en t sp o n so red by th e P i Kappa D e lta c h a p te r s o f th e W estern S ta te s . T h is to u rn am en t was begun in 1933. * -3 * - Summary o f C h a p ter F o re n sic a c t i v i t i e s a t SC began in 1880 w ith th e b e g in n in g o f th e U n iv e r s ity . The l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s sp o n so red th e s e a c t i v i t i e s , a s was g e n e r a lly th e p r a c t i c e in le a d in g E a s te rn and M idw estern u n i v e r s i t i e s ; th e y co n tin u e d to f o s t e r th e s e a c t i v i t i e s on to th e tu r n o f th e c e n tu ry . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g began a t SC ab o u t 1900, th u s p ro b a b ly b e in g in advance o f th e n a t i o n a l tr e n d . SC was a ls o one o f th e f i r s t u n i v e r s i t i e s o f th e n a tio n to g iv e academ ic c r e d i t f o r e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r d e b a tin g . As in o th e r s c h o o ls , th e tr e n d a t SC from 1915 to 1950 was 130Ibid. 131Ibid.. XXII (March 6, 1931), 1. 2X3 to s u b s t i t u t e a s in g l e c r i t i c ju d g e f o r th e b o a rd o f ju d g e s . D uring t h i s p e rio d , n o n -d e c is io n d e b a tin g a ls o had a r i s e and f a l l o f i n t e r e s t . F u rth e r ch an g es came a b o u t w ith th e in tr o d u c tio n o f v a r io u s s t y l e s i n d e b a tin g . The Oregon F la n was th e m ost p o p u la r o f th e new s t y l e s ; how ever, th e t r a d i t i o n a l o r O xford s t y l e c o n tin u e d to be th e s t y l e m ost f r e q u e n tly u se d in ju d g ed d e b a te s . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g was e x p e d ite d by th e fo rm a tio n o f th e T ria n g u la r D e b a tin g C o n te st League (1 9 1 4 ), th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a P u b lic S peaking C o n feren ce (1 9 2 2 ), and th e P a c if ic C o ast F o re n s ic League (1 9 2 6 ). In a l l th e s e , SC p la y e d a m ajo r r o l e . SC a ls o c o n tr ib u te d s i g n i f i c a n tly to th e developm ent o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e l e g i s l a t i v e a s s e m b lie s . In 1937, D e lta Sigma Rho was p e rsu a d e d by N ic h o ls and D ickens to sp o n so r a N a tio n a l S tu d e n t C ongress f o r d e b a te r s ; t h i s C ongress became D e lta Sigma RhoTs c h i e f c o n t r ib u t io n to s tu d e n ts engaged in d e b a te a c t i v i t i e s . In 1925, SC ex ten d ed i t s d e b a tin g to an i n t e r n a t i o n a l l e v e l w ith i t s f i r s t d e b a te w ith a team from O xford; i n t e r n a t i o n a l exchanges have c o n tin u e d s u c c e s s f u l l y and have added to th e e x p e rie n c e s o f f e r e d SC d e b a t e r s . W hile d e b a tin g h as been th e m ajo r f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t y a t SC, th e r e h as a ls o been an a c tiv e program o f sp e a k in g c o n t e s ts in v o lv in g in d iv id u a l c o n t e s t a n t s . I t i s b e lie v e d th e s e c o n te s ts added s i g n i f i c a n t l y to S C 's sp eech ed u ca t i o n program . CHAPTER VII DRAM A: FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS AND TRENDS R ecords r e g a r d in g th e b e g in n in g o f c o lle g e dram a a c t i v i t i e s in th e U n ited S ta te s a r e in c o m p le te . C la rk s t a t e d : The f i r s t docum ented e v id e n c e o f c o l l e g i a t e i n t e r e s t i n th e dram a i s found i n th e c r y p t i c e n tr y in H arv ard P re s id e n t I n c r e a s e M a th e r's d i a r y f o r O cto b er 10* 1698; "exam ined th e S c h o la rs a b o u t th e comedy* e t c . " W illia m and M ary 's famous " p a s t o r a l c o llo q u y " o f 1702, and a p erfo rm an ce in 1736 by " th e young G entlem en o f th e C o lle g e " o f " th e tra g e d y o f C ato*" a r e g e n e r a lly a c c e p te d a s th e f i r s t and second d ra m a tic p erfo rm a n ce s by c o lle g e s tu d e n ts i n w hat i s now th e U n ited S ta te s* b u t th e b a r e , unadorned n ew spaper announcem ents c o n s t i t u t e a l l t h a t i s known c o n c e rn in g them . 1 In th e e ig h te e n th and n in e te e n th c e n tu r ie s E a s te r n c o lle g e s and u n iv e r s itie s * in f lu e n c e d by th e churches* l a r g e ly d isa p p ro v e d o f t h e i r s tu d e n ts p a r t i c i p a t i n g in t h e a t r i c a l s . In th e S outh and Mid-West* however* c o lle g e dram a was en c o u rag ed . The U n iv e r s ity o f V ir g in ia had a T h esp ian S o c ie ty as e a r l y a s 1831* and dram a a c t i v i t i e s w ere found in th e U n iv e rs ity o f W isco n sin in 1 8 5 6 .2 C o u lto n exam ined th e c o u rs e s o f stu d y t h a t w ere found in John L. C lark* " E d u c a tio n a l D ram atics in N in e- te e n th C en tu ry C o lle g e s ," A H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erica, e d . K a rl R. W allace (New Y ork: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry - C r o f ts , In c .* 1954), p . 521. 2Ibid.* pp. 533-35. 215 216 118 c o lle g e and u n i v e r s i t y c a ta lo g u e s . C o u lto n s t a t e d t h a t by th e b e g in n in g o f th e tw e n tie th c e n tu ry f i f t y had dram a d e p a rtm e n ts , and by 1910*1920 th e num ber had r i s e n to e i g h ty - n i n e .^ C o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s on th e W est C oast e n co u ra g e d dram a a c t i v i t i e s from t h e i r b e g in n in g s . W estern i n s t i t u t i o n s w ere founded l a t e r th a n th o s e in th e E a s t, a t a tim e when dram a was more r e a d i ly a c c e p te d and th e P u r ita n in f lu e n c e o f d is f a v o r tow ard t h e a t r i c a l s had le s s e n e d . A n o th er f a c t o r t h a t may have had c o n s id e r a b le in f lu e n c e was th e d e a r t h o f e n te r ta in m e n t in th e i s o l a t e d W est. SC was t y p i c a l o f th e s e W estern i n s t i t u t i o n s w here dram a f lo u r i s h e d as an e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t y a t an e a r l y d a te . Drama a c t i v i t i e s a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a a r e d is c u s s e d u n d e r th e d iv i s i o n s below . 1 . P ro d u c tio n s (1) M ajor p ro d u c tio n s (2) D ir e c to r s (3) T h e a te rs (4) Drama Workshop I I . Some C u r r ic u la r D evelopm ents (1) M a s te r' 8 P ro d u c tio n s (2) P la y w ritin g ^Thomas E. C o u lto n , "T ren d s in Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erican C o lle g e s , 1835-1935" (u n p u b lish e d Ph.D . d i s s e r t a t i o n , New York U n iv e r s ity , 193 5 ), pp. 4 6 -5 2 . 217 111. The A p o Ilia d IV. The P o e try P lay h o u se V. Summary o f C h a p ter P ro d u c tio n s The S h ak esp eare C lub, o rg a n iz e d in 1906 by B eulah W rig h t, Dean o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , sp o n so red S C 's e a r l i e s t dram a p r o d u c tio n s . ^ The Club was composed o f s tu d e n t 8 , from th e c o u rs e t i t l e d S h a k esp e are, who s tu d ie d and p re s e n te d sc e n e s from v a r io u s S h ak esp earea n p la y s . A cco rd in g to Hamer, SC was one o f t h i r t e e n i n s t i t u t i o n s in th e U n ited S ta te s to o f f e r su ch work a t t h a t tim e .^ A l e s s im p o rta n t o r g a n iz a tio n , th e B u rn t Cork Club w hich p re s e n te d m in s tr e l shows and s k i t s , was o rg a n iz e d in 1909 and l a s t e d t i l l 1 9 1 4 .^ However, as s t a te d i n C h a p ter I I I , th e c h ie f dram a a c t i v i t i e s in th e U n iv e r s ity d u rin g th e f i r s t q u a r te r o f th e c e n tu ry w ere c e n te re d around th e J u n io r C la ss P lay and th e S e n io r C la ss P lay w hich w ere g iv e n a n n u a lly . The J u n io r C la ss P la y , f i r s t g iv e n in 1909, c o n tin u e d to be g iv e n ea ch y e a r th ro u g h 1932; th e S e n io r C la ss P la y , ^S ee C h a p ter I I I , p . 71. ^ C lif f o r d Eugene Hamer, " C o lle g e and U n iv e rs ity T h e a tre I n s t r u c t i o n i n th e E a rly T w e n tie th C e n tu ry ," A H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erica, in W allace, op. c i t . , p . S o l. 6 See C h a p ter I I I , p . 72. 218 b e g in n in g in 1910, c o n tin u e d th ro u g h 1 9 3 3 .7 The S e n io r C la ss P la y , how ever, was re v iv e d in 1940 £ o r one y e a r. The J u n io r C la ss P lay was th e more im p o rta n t and e f f e c t i v e o f th e tw o. As a r e s u l t o f th e s u c c e s s w hich th e J u n io r C la s s had w ith i t s p ro d u c tio n o f I s r a e l Z a n g w ill's p la y , The M e ltin g P o t, th e c a s t banded to g e th e r in 1913 to form th e Lance and L u te h o n o ra ry society** w hich became th e l o c a l c h a p te r o f th e N a tio n a l C o lle g ia te P la y e rs in 1926.9 M ajor P ro d u c tio n s In a d d itio n t o th e p ro d u c tio n s g iv e n by th e j u n i o r and s e n io r c l a s s e s , o th e r p la y s w ere pro d u ced by th e U nder classm en (who, in th e e a r l y 1 9 2 0 's , w ere more o r le s s a p p r e n tic e g ro u p s to th e J u n io r C la ss P lay and S e n io r C la ss Play),-*-** th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , th e S chool o f Speech, th e E n g lis h D ep artm en t, and th e U n iv e rs ity a t la r g e . F o llo w in g i s a l i s t o f th e m ajo r p la y s and m u s ic a ls w hich w ere p re s e n te d a t SC ( in Bovard A u d ito riu m u n le s s o th e rw is e in d ic a te d ) : 7See C h a p ter I I I , p . 72. **Giles F re d e ric k R obinson, "A H i s t o r i c a l S tudy o f D ram atic A c t i v i t i e s a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n ia from 1880 to 1957" (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n i a , Los A n g eles, 1957), p . 15. 9 E1 Rodeo. 1931, p . 214. 10Ibid., 1928, p. 240. PRODUCTIONS, 1920-194011 Plav A uthor D ire c to r D ates Green S tockings* f in &mu"t C lub) E. W . Mason B e rt S t. John Apr. 8 , 9, 1920 M iste r A ntonio ( in Gamut Club, by th e C o lleg e o f O ratory) Booth T ark in g to n F lo re n ce Hubbard Dec. 8 , 9, 1920 Hunger f in "Y" H ut, by th e C o lleg e o f O rato ry ) Eugene F i l l a t F lo re n c e Hubbard Ja n . 26, 1921 Am erica P asses By ( in "Y" H ut, by th e C o lleg e o f O rato ry ) Kenneth Andrews F lo re n ce Hubbard A pr. 21, 1921 The G reat G aleoto* Jo se Echegaray M ildred Voorhees Nov. 17, 1921 You Never Can T e ll* Geo. B ernard Shaw F lo re n ce Hubbard Feb. 23, 1922 The Lucky Ones*** A. A. M ilne M ildred Voorhees A pr. 6 , 1922 ^ T h e ta b u la tio n o f p la y s from 1920 to 1940 was com piled from drama scrapbooks le n t by James H. B u tle r. NOTE: F lays n o t d e s ig n a te d by a s te r is k s were sponsored by th e N a tio n a l C o lle g ia te F la y e rs (NCF) o f th e U n iv e rs ity . The (*) in d ic a te s p la y s g iv en by th e J u n io r C la ss, (**) by th e S en io r C la ss, (***) by th e U n iv e rs ity . O ther sp o n so rs a re l i s t e d along w ith th e p la y s . P lav A uthor A lic e S it-B v -T h e-F ire* * * James M . B a rrie The G reat D ivide* W m . Vaughn Moody P o lly W ith a P ast* David B elasco The C ritic * * * R. B. S h erid an Romantic Age ( in T ouchstone T h e a te r, by th e School o£ Speech) A. A. M ilne S m ilin ' Through (by th e U nderclassm en) A lle n Langdon The Show Shop* James Forbes The Campus Scandals*** (m u sical) Henry F. McCann Seven Keys to B aldpate** George M . Cohan The E nchanted C o ttag e (by th e U nderclassm en) A rth u r P in ero The Broken B achelor** (m u sic al) E llsw o rth Ross, C e c il C a rle Goose Hangs High* Lewis Beach The T o rch b earers* * * George K elly Director Dates F lo re n c e Hubbard M ildred Voorhees F lo re n c e Hubbard G ilm ore Brown F lo re n c e Hubbard T ac ie Hanna Rew M ildred V oorhees, Ray MacDonald Henry F. McCann Ray MacDonald T ac ie Hanna Rew S a lly T a£t Tesche S a lly T a£t Tesche John A tw ell Dec. 7, 1922 J a n . 18, 1923 May 24, 25, 1923 Aug. 9, 1923 Ja n . 19, 1924 Nov. 11, 1924 A pr. 25, 1924 Dec. 12, 13, 1924 J a n . 22, 1925 Nov. 11, 1925 Dec. 3, 1925 Apr. 10, 1926 Nov. 19, 1926 220 Play Author In th e Next Room *** As You L ike I t (by th e School o f Speech) You and I S en io r Road Show** She Stoops to Conquer ( in Touchstone T h e a te r, by Freshman E n g lish C la s s e s ) The Shoem aker's H oliday*** Adam and Eve** To The L ad ies (by th e U nderclassm en) The C hinese L an tern Pygm alion and G a la te a (by th e U nderclassm en) Rip Van W inkle The Show Off** E lean o r Robson, H a r r ie t Ford S hakespeare P h ilip B arry John H. M e I n t i r e O liv e r G oldsm ith Thomas Dekker Guy B olton, George M iddleton George S. Kaufman, Marc C onnelly L aurence Housman W . S. G ilb e rt Jo e J e f f e r s o n George K elly Director___________Dates Ray MacDonald Dec. 14, 1926 F lo re n ce Hubbard Feb. 15, 1927 Ray MacDonald Mar. U , 1927 Ray MacDonald May 13, 1927 R. H. Newlands May 25, 1927 G ilm ore Brown Aug. 5, 1927 Ray MacDonald O ct. 2 1 , 1927 Jo se p h in e Campbell Nov. o o * « 1927 Ray MacDonald Dec. 9, 1927 Ray MacDonald Nov. 16, 1928 Ray MacDonald Dec. 7, 1928 Ray MacDonald J a n . 18, 1929 Play Author C raig*s W ife** George K elly G hosts H e in rik Ib sen The Haunted House Owen D avis Thunder in th e A ir** Robin M ille r H e ll Bent f o r Heaven H atch er Hughes H oliday* P h ilip B arry Shipwrecked*** W infred P ark er, (m u sical) Fred P h leg e r F i r s t N ight (by th e U nderclassm en) F re d e ric k Bath H o tel U niverse*** P h ilip B arry The Royal Fam ily George S. Kaufman Suppose*** Ja c k Sw arthout, (m u sical) Jo se p h in e Long The Ja d e God (by th e O nderclassm en) W m . E. B arry M inick* George S. Kaufman, Edna F erb er Director Dates Ray MacDonald Ray MacDonald Ray MacDonald, S ta n le y Z. Evens Ray MacDonald Ray MacDonald Ray MacDonald, W . c. Kauffman W infred P ark er Ray MacDonald, W . C. M ille r Ray MacDonald, Je an S e lle r s F lo re n ce Hubbard R egina Kahn, D orathea B e ll Nov. 15, 1929 J a n . 24, 1930 O ct. 31, 1930 Nov. 25, 1930 Feb. 13, 1931 Mar. 20, 1931 A pr. 24, 25, 1931 Nov. 10, 1931 Dec. 15, 1931 Mar. 11, 1932 May 13, 1932 D orathea B e ll, D orothy M artin Ray MacDonald, Mary C ian fo n i O ct. 28, 1932 Dec. 3, 1932 222 Play Author Hav Fever** M ichael and Mary D eath Takes a H oliday*** The Tavern*** The Man Who M arried a Dumb wife*** H azel K irke*** The Shoem aker's H oliday (E n g lish D epartm ent) See N aples and Die (m u sic al) Pygm alion (School o f Speech) Outward Bound*** The Two Im p o sters ( in T ouchstone T h e a te r) Noel Coward A. A. M ilne A lb e rto C a s e lla George M . Cohan A n ato le F rance S te e le MacKaye Thomas Dekker Elmer R ice Geo. B ernard Shaw Mary Casa C a n fie ld T acie Hanna Rew Director Dates Ray MacDonald Mary E. H endricks Cloyde D. D a lz e ll F lo re n c e Hubbard F lo re n c e Hubbard F lo re n c e Hubbard L a u ra b e lle D ie tric k F lo re n c e Hubbard, Mabel P r u i t t , Mary C ian fo n i F lo re n c e Hubbard F lo re n ce Hubbard Yvonne Gregg, M argaret B arto n May 12, 1933 Nov. 3, 4, 1933 Nov. 17, 1933 A pr. 7, 9, 19, 1934 June 13, 1934 Nov. 23, 1934 J a n . 24, 25, 1935 Mar. 29, 1935 Ju n e 4, 1935 Nov. 14, 15, 16, 1935 Ja n . 16, 17, 1936 223 Author One Sunday A fternoon ( in T ouchstone T h e a te r) What Every Woman Knows*** ( in Touchstone T h ea ter) The P e rfe c t A lib i* ** ( in T ouchstone T h e a te r) P rid e and P re ju d ic e ** Both Your Houses ( in T ouchstone T h e a te r) The F i r s t Mrs. F r a s ie r (itT wilsliire £befl----- T h e a te r) L jliom *** (in Touchstone T h ea ter) As You L ike I t * ** ( in T ouchstone T h ea ter) Bombastes F u rio so (M usical p la y ) The School f o r Scandal*** James Hagon J . M. B a rrie A. A. M ilne Jan e A u stin , H elene Jerom e Maxwell Anderson S t. John G. E rv in e I F erenc M olnar Shakespeare P a u lin e Alderman R. B. S heridan Director Dates C h arles Lowe F lo re n ce Hubbard F lo re n c e Hubbard F lo re n ce Hubbard F lo re n ce Hubbard S. S. Pembroke F lo re n c e Hubbard D ick G lyer Peggy Fry F lo re n ce Hubbard Mar. 19, 20, 21, 1936 Nov. 18, 19, 20, 1936 A pr. 8 , 9, 10, 1937 June 2, 1937 Ja n . 21, 22, 1938 A pr. 8 , 1938 Apr. 19, 20, 1938 May 5, 6 , 7, 1938 May 10, 1938 June 1, 1938 224 Author F or Sumpter Summers (by Drama Work &hop, in T ouchstone T h ea te r) The Dover Road*** ( in T ouchstone T h ea ter) T a rtu ffe * * The C radle Song (School o f Speech) The T o rch b earers* * Icebound*** T acie Hanna Rev A. A. M ilne M oliere M artinez S ie r ra George K elly Oven Davis Director Dates F lo re n ce Hubbard V irg in ia R oediger F red N iem oeller W . C. M ille r W . C. M ille r Edmund Evans Nov. 17, 18, 1938 Mar. 23, 24, 25, 1939 June 6, 1939 Nov. 21, 1939 May 18, 1940 Dec. 3, 4, 1940 225 PRODUCTIONS, 1941-195012 P lav A uthor D ire c to r D ates You C a n 't Take I t W ith You George S. Kaufman, Moss H art W . C. d eM ille Nov. 28, 29; Dec. 1, 2, 3, 1941 S ta s e Door Edna F e rb e r, George S. Kaufman W . C. d eM ille A pr. 30; May 1, 2, 4, 5, 1942 The L ate C h risto p h e r Bean ftTCP^ Sidney Howard Edmund Evans May 16, 18, 1942 P as8 in s o f th e T h ird F lo o r Back Jerom e K. Jerom e W . C. d eM ille Dec. 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 1942 T o v arich Jacq u es D eval, R obert Sherwood W . C. d eM ille A pr. 29, 30; May 1, 3, 4, 1943 Dulcv George S. Kaufman, Marc C onnelly W . C. d eM ille, F rie d a J . M eblin O ct. 7, 8 , 9, 1943 Outward Bound S u tto n Vane F rie d a J . M eblin Ja n . 7, 8 , 10, 1944 19 *The ta b u la tio n o f p la y s from 1941 to 1950 was com piled from mimeographed m a te r ia ls made a v a ila b le by th e D epartm ent o f Drama. NOTE: U nless o th e rw ise in d ic a te d , a l l th e p la y s were p re s e n te d in Bovard A uditorium by th e School o f Speech, 1941-1945, and th e D epartm ent o f Drama, 1945-1950. The few p la y s sponsored by N a tio n a l C o lle g ia te P la y e rs a re in d ic a te d (NCP). For a l i s t i n g o f th e p r in c ip a l o n e -a c t e x p e rim e n ta l p la y s , see Appendix F. 226 Author Grumpy S p rin g A gain Mr. and Mrs. N orth Young Man o f Today H oliday Broken D ishes J u n io r M iss The A dm irable C ric h to n The Man Who Came to D inner The Male Animal H orace Hodges, Wigney P ercy v al I s a b e l L eighton, B ertram Bloch Owen Davis A u ran ia R ouveral P h ilip B arry M artin F la v in Jerom e Chodorov, Jo sep h F ie ld s James M . B a rrie Moss H art, George S. Kaufman James T hurber, E l l i o t t Nugent B lith e S p i r i t Noel Coward Director Dates W . C. d eM ille F rie d a J . M eblin W . C. d eM ille F rie d a J . M eblin F rie d a J . M eblin W . C. d eM ille F rie d a J . M eblin W . C. d eM ille F rie d a J . M eblin F rie d a J . M eblin W . C. d eM ille Ja n . 27, 28, 29, 31; Feb. 1, 1944 A pr. 13, 14, 15, 1944 May 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 1944 Aug. 24, 25, 26, 1944 Dec. 14, 15, 16, 1944 Feb. 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 1945 A pr. 12, 13, 14, 1945 May 31; June 1, 2, 4 , 5, 1945 Aug. 23, 24, 25, 1945 Dec. 13, 14, 15, 1945 Feb. 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 1946 227 Author High Tor Uncle H arry P h ila d e lp h ia S to ry Heaven Can W ait Dear Ruth Arms and th e Man Joan o f L o rra in e The L ate George Aplev S ta te o f th e Union Maxwell Anderson Thomas Job P h ilip B arry H arry S eg al1 Norman K rasna Geo. B ernard Shaw Maxwell Anderson John P. Marquand, George S. Kaufman Howard L indsay, R ussel Crouse End o f Sumner S. N. Behrman Director Dates F rie d a J . M eblin A pr. 11 1946 W . C. d eM ille May 30, June 1, F rie d a J . M eblin Aug. 15 1946 F rie d a J . M eblin O ct. 31 Nov. 1, W . C. d eM ille Dec. 12, 16, 17, F rie d a J . M eblin Mar. 27, 30, 31; Apr. 1, W . C. d eM ille May 15, 19, 20, F rie d a J . M eblin J u ly 24, 1947 F rie d a J . M eblin O ct. 30, Nov. 1, W . C. d eM ille Dec. 4, 9, 1947 , 12, 13, 31; 3, 4, 1946 , 16, 17, • *2, 1946 , 13, 14, 1946 , 28, 29, 1947 16, 17, 1947 , 25, 26, 31; 3, 4 , 1947 5, 6 , 8 , 228 Play Author Y ears Ago A ndrocles and th e Lion A ll M y Sons The L ate C h risto p h e r Bean The School f o r Wives Oedipus (E x p erim en tal Drama) Pygm alion Anna C h r is tie M rs. M oonlight Watch on th e Rhine Ruth Gordon Geo. B ernard Shaw A rth u r M ille r Sidney Howard M o H e r e Sophocles Geo. B ernard Shaw Eugene O 'N e ill B. F. Levy L i l l i a n Heilman Director Dates F rie d a J . M eblin W . C. d eM ille F rie d a J . M eblin W . C. d eM ille V ir g il L. Bergman James H. B u tle r W . C. d eM ille V ir g il L. Bergman V ir g il L. Bergman W . C. d eM ille A pr. 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 1948 May 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 1948 J u ly 22, 23, 24, 1948 Nov. 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 1948 Dec. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 1948 Ja n . 6, 7, 8, 1949 Mar. 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 1949 May 3, 4 , 5, 6, 7, 1949 J u ly 21, 22, 23, 1949 Nov. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 1949 229 Plav_______________ A ntigone (E x p erim en tal Drama) Fanny* 8 F i r s t P lay W in te rse t Laburnum Grove L ig h t U p th e Sky Author__________ Sophocles Geo. B ernard Shaw Maxwell Anderson J . P. P r ie s tle y Moss H art Director Dates James H. B u tle r W . C. d eM ille V ir g il L. Bergman H erb ert S ta h l W . C. d eM ille Ja n . 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 1950 Mar. 23, 25, 27, 28, 1950 A pr. 20, 21, 22, 24, 25, 1950 J u ly 27, 28, 29, 1950 Nov. 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 1950 230 231 The m ajo r developm ent i n dram a a t SC was s i m i l a r to t h a t w hich to o k p la c e on cam puses o f many m a jo r u n iv e r s i t i e s : Drama c e a se d to b e c o n s id e re d a s o n ly an e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r e n te r ta in m e n t and became a c r e d i t e d p h ase o f l i b e r a l a r t s o f f e r i n g s . ^ As th e c u rric u lu m expanded from th e b a s ic c o u rs e in p la y p ro d u c tio n , th e r e came many a d d itio n s in te c h n ic a l, e x p e rim e n ta l, and p la y w r itin g a r e a s . An e x a m in a tio n o f th e p la ^ s p re s e n te d shows th e u n i v e r s i t y t h e a t e r h as changed l i t t l e o v e r th e y e a rs to 1950. Always th e r e h as been an a tte m p t to p r e s e n t a b a la n c e o f th e b e t t e r " tim e ly " Broadway p ro d u c tio n s a lo n g w ith th e c l a s s i c s . D ir e c to r s Drama a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia (1920-1950) was in flu e n c e d by many p e o p le , b u t e s p e c i a l l y was i t in flu e n c e d by s ix members o f th e f a c u l ty who co n t r i b u t e d much d u rin g th e s e y e a rs o f d ev elo p m en t. These d i r e c t o r s w ere: Cloyde D uval D a lz e ll, F lo re n c e B. H ubbard, Ray MacDonald, W illiam C. d e M ille , F rie d a J . M eblin, and Jam es H. B u tle r . In h e r f i r s t y e a rs o f te a c h in g a t SC (1916-1918, r e tu r n in g to th e Speech f a c u l ty in 1929), D a lz e ll was 13 J Hamer, "C o lle g e and U n iv e r s ity T h e a tre I n s t r u c ti o n in th e E a rly T w e n tie th C e n tu ry ," in W allace, o p . c i t . , pp. 587-89. 232 i n ch a rg e o f dram a a c t i v i t i e s . She d ir e c te d th e J u n io r C la ss P lay D i s r a e l i , by L o u is N. P a rk e r, in 1917. The p la y was s ta g e d in th e Egan L i t t l e T h e a te r a t 1324 S outh F ig u e ro a S t r e e t , Los A n g ele s, n e a r P ic o B o u lev ard . (T h is t h e a t e r was o f te n u sed f o r th e U n iv e r s ity s ta g e p ro d u c tio n s a t t h a t tim e .) The D a ily T ro ia n r e p o r te d th e fo llo w in g : The dram a was p ro d u ced w ith o u t s c e n e ry b e fo re brown v e lv e t c u r t a i n s . T h is d e p a r tu r e from th e u s u a l seemed s tr a n g e a t f i r s t , and i t was some l i t t l e tim e b e f o r e .th e a u d ie n c e becam e accustom ed to th e in n o v a t i o n . 1 4 In r e p o r tin g p a r t o f a c o n v e rs a tio n w ith D a lz e ll r e g a rd in g th e p la y , R obinson s a id : The au d ien ce m ust h av e a c c e p te d th e d e p a rtu re in th e s ta g in g o f th e p la y b e c a u se M iss D a lz e ll remembers i t a s b e in g one o f th e s u c c e s s f u l p ro d u c tio n s o f t h a t e r a a t th e U n iv e r s ity . Two y e a rs a f t e r D a lz e ll* s le a v in g , F lo re n c e B. Hubbard jo in e d th e S chool o f Speech f a c u l ty as dram a i n s t r u c t o r and p la y d i r e c t o r ( 1 9 2 0 ) .^ Through H u b b ard 's p e r s i s t e n t e f f o r t s , and a s s i s t e d by Ray MacDonald, th e lo c a l Lance and L u te d ra m a tic o r g a n iz a tio n became a c h a p te r o f th e N a tio n a l C o lle g ia te P la y e rs in 1926. As a c o n t r i b u t o r t o e x p e r i m e n t a l d r a m a tic a r t , H ubbard c r e a t e d an d p ro d u c e d tw o m o n o d ram as. The D a ily 14 The T ro ia n . IX (December 7, 1917), 1. ^ R o b in s o n , op. c i t . . p . 21. l^SC Catalogue. 1927, p. 6. 233 T ro ia n f o r A p r il 29, 1936, r e p o r te d t h a t in t h i s ty p e o f d ra m a tic i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , an a c to r a d a p ts th e m a te r ia l so t h a t he h im s e lf can i n t e r p r e t a l l th e c h a r a c t e r s . * 7 The T ro la n c o n tin u e d t h a t " . . . to p erfo rm such a f e a t , th e p e rfo rm e r had to be an a r t i s t o f th e f i r s t r a n k ." H u b b ard 's f i r s t p erfo rm an ce was A p ril 29, 1936, when Eugene O 'N e i l l 's Beyond th e H o rizo n was p re s e n te d ; th e seco n d was The Good E a r th , a rra n g e d from P e a rl B u ck 's n o v e l, and was g iv e n March 27, 1937.*® From 1937 to h e r r e s ig n a tio n in 1939, H u b b ard 's h e a lth f a i l e d , w hich p ro b a b ly a c c o u n te d f o r th e f a c t t h a t no more monodramas w ere g iv e n . In an a r t i c l e a t th e tim e o f h e r p a s s in g in A p r il, 1948, The T ro ia n s t a t e d th e fo llo w in g c o n c e rn in g h e r d ra m a tic t r a i n i n g : M iss Hubbard was an e a r ly a d v o c a te o f monodrama, and ap p e ared in summer s to c k p erfo rm an ces w ith th e B a in rid g e p la y e r s o f M in n eso ta. She re c e iv e d e a r ly t r a i n i n g a t th e M a je s tic T h e a te r in Los A ngeles and I g t e r became a f f i l i a t e d w ith th e P asad en a P la y h o u s e .*9 Ray MacDonald jo in e d th e Speech f a c u lty in 1926, a f t e r h a v in g been a s tu d e n t a t SC s in c e 1921. H is c h i e f c o n tr ib u tio n s la y in h i s p la y c o a c h in g , in s ta g e tech** n iq u e s , and in h is m a ste ry o f t h e a t e r a r t s in g e n e r a l. 17The T ro ia n . XXVII (A p ril 29, 1936), 1. 1 8 I b i d . , p . 4; XXVIII (March 27, 1937), 1. 1 9 I b i d . . XL (May 12, 1948), 1. 234 Soon a f t e r coining to th e U n iv e r s ity , MacDonald d ev elo p ed c l a s s e s in p la y c o n d u c tin g and s t a g e c r a f t . 2^ i t was la r g e l y th ro u g h h is e f f o r t s t h a t th e Drama Shop was o rg a n - 21 iz e d in 1926. The p u rp o ses o f th e Drama Shop, sa y s R obinson in h is t h e s i s , w ere to c r e a te , i n t e r p r e t , and p ro d u ce w o rth w h ile p la y s , and t o o f f e r p a r t i c i p a t i o n to a l l s tu d e n ts in th e U n iv e rs ity who showed a d e s i r e to w ork. 2 2 The Shop aim ed a t p r e s e n tin g o r i g i n a l p la y s w r i t te n by th e s tu d e n ts , r e v iv in g o ld E n g lis h p la y s , and p ro d u cin g t r a n s l a t e d f o r e ig n p la y s , as w e ll as g iv in g num erous o ne- a c t p la y s . A f te r MacDonald l e f t th e U n iv e rs ity in 1 9 3 4 ,23 Hubbard assum ed h is d u tie s as f a c u lty a d v is o r f o r th e Drama Shop. W illiam C. d e M ille became a member o f th e School o f Speech in 1941. B eg in n in g in th e simmer o f 1941, d e M ille o f f e r e d th r e e c o u rs e s , c h i e f ly f o r advanced s tu d e n ts o f dram a. The T ro ia n , re v ie w in g th e p la y w r ig h t's background in dram a and announcing h is ap p o in tm en t to th e SC f a c u l ty , s a id : 20SC C a ta lo g u e . 1927-1928, p . 6 . 2 1 E1 Rodeo. 1927, p. 106. 2 2 R obinson, op. c i t . . p. 18. 23SC Catalogue. 1933-1934, p. 9. 235 A n o te d p la y w rig h t, m o tio n -p ic tu r e d i r e c t o r and w r i t e r was added to th e £ a c u lty f o r th e 1941 summer s e s s io n w ith th e announcem ent t h a t W illia m C. d e M ille had b een se c u re d by D r. Rufus B. von K leinSm id f o r d ra m a tic w ork. D eM ille w i l l o f f e r "S em inar in D ra m a tic s ," "Advanced D ra m a tic s," and " S ta g e and P h o to p lay A p p re c ia tio n ," d u rin g th e summer s e s s io n . D eM ille who h a s been w r itin g p la y s s in c e 1900 was one o f th e p ro m in en t men r e s p o n s ib le f o r th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e p r e s e n t d e p a r t m ent o f C inem a.24 In d is c u s s in g th e th e o r ie s and b e l i e f s W illiam d e M ille v o ic e d in d ram atu rg y l e c t u r e s , R obinson s t a t e s : Modern a r t r e q u ir e s t h a t th e i l l u s i o n to r e a l i t y be made n e a r ly p e r f e c t , and i f t h i s c a n n o t b e done, i t i s p r e f e r a b le t h a t no a tte m p t be made a t a l l . I f a r e a l i s t i c i l l u s i o n c a n n o t be a t t a i n e d , i t i s b e t t e r to c r e a te an im ag in ary i l l u s i o n . B ut, n e v e r sh o u ld th e r e a l i s t i c and th e im a g in a ry be com prom ised. The a c t o r 's s c ie n c e , a s h i s a r t , i s b e s t le a rn e d by e x p e rie n c e . He sh o u ld know th e p r a c t i c a l r e l a t i o n betw een th e r e a l and t r u e to th e a r t i f i c i a l . N ecessary d e p a rtu re s from r e a l i t y a r e n o t l i e s , b u t a r e th e means o f p o in tin g o u t th e s ig n if ic a n c e o f th e n a t u r a l . T h is i s th e g r e a t m essage w hich w i l l alw ays be th e i n s p i r a t io n o f a l l g r e a t a r t — t h a t w hich i s e x p re s s e d f i r s t , l a s t , and alw ays i s th e t r u t h . 25 I t was th e s e " b e l i e f s and th e o r ie s " t h a t d e M ille p u t i n to p r a c t i c e in h is d ra m a tic p ro d u c tio n s and in h is f o u rte e n y e a rs o f te a c h in g a t th e U n iv e r s ity . B e sid e s h i s fame a s one o f A m e ric a 's le a d in g p la y w rig h ts , h is p o p u la r ity and su c c e s s a s a te a c h e r o f dram a, 24The Troian. XXXII (April 9, 1941), 2. 25Robinson, op. cit., p. 57. 236 d e M ille i s e s p e c i a l l y remembered f o r h i s work a t SC in p la y p ro d u c tio n i t s e l f . C e c il B. d e M ille ( b r o th e r to W illia m ) i s a l s o g r a t e f u l l y remembered by a l l co n n e cted w ith th e U n iv e r s ity f o r h i s g en e ro u s g i f t s to SC. C oncern in g th e s e g i f t s , th e Alum ni Review f o r Ju n e o f 1954 s a id : The g i f t s in c lu d e th e d e M ille Cinema L ib ra ry w hich b r in g s to th e U n iv e r s ity th e b e s t assem bly o f n i s - t o r i c a l m a te r ia l and r e s e a r c h m a te r ia l on t h i s f i e l d i n th e w o rld . I t s b o o k s, s c e n a r io s , and r e e l s p r e s e n t th e s to r y o f th e developm ent o f th e M otion P ic tu r e I n d u s tr y from i t s v e ry in c e p tio n to th e p r e s e n t d a te . F e a tu re d in th e c o l l e c t i o n o f more th a n s ix t y s c r i p t s a r e th o s e d a tin g from 1913 when d e M ille p ro duced The Squaw Man. one o f th e f i r s t f e a t u r e f ilm s . C om plete m a n u s c rip ts , r e s e a r c h m a te r ia l and w eapons, s o c i a l cu sto m s, and f u r n i t u r e u sed in su ch p ic tu r e s as The Ten Commandments. up to th e l a t e s t f ilm by d e M ille a r e in c lu d e d in th e u n iq u e c o l l e c t i o n . 26 Von K le in S m id sp o k e o f t h e l o n g - f e l t d e s i r e f o r a cam pus t h e a t e r b u i l d i n g an d t o l d t h e w r i t e r : "M r. C e c i l 0 7 d e M ille . . . gave us some money to s t a r t th e f u n d ." * ' F rie d a J . M eblin came to SC in 1943 from th e P asad en a Community P lay h o u se . In a d d itio n to i n s t r u c t i n g in sp eech and dram a, M eblin began a s s i s t i n g d e M ille in p la y d i r e c t i n g in th e f a l l o f 1943. Her f i r s t p la y u n d er d e M ille 's s u p e rv is io n was D ulcy by Marc C o n n elly and G eorge S. Kaufman. 2 8 She produced many m ajo r p ro d u c tio n s 26Alumni Review, XXXVI (June, 1954), 15. 2^Von K leinSm id in te rv ie w , Ja n u a ry 1, 1957; se e A ppendix A. 28The Troian, XXXV (October 8, 1943), 1. 237 in th e s ix y e a rs sh e was on th e SC Drama s t a f f . Her l a s t p ro d u c tio n was in th e summer o f 1948 when she d ir e c te d A ll M v Sons by A rth u r M ille r . Jam es H. B u tle r re c e iv e d h is A.B. d e g re e a t W estern W ashington C o lle g e o f E d u c a tio n , B ellin g h am (1 9 3 7 ), and h i s M.A. a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a (1 9 3 9 ). He began th e f a l l term o f 1946 as A s s is ta n t P ro f e s s o r o f Drama a t SC. Two y e a rs l a t e r he re c e iv e d th e Ph.D. d e g re e in Speech a t SC. He assumed th e C hairm anship o f th e D ep a rt ment o f Drama when d e M ille r e t i r e d in 1953. B u tle r d ir e c te d two c l a s s i c a l G reek dram as (O ed ip u s. 1949, and A n tig o n e . 1950, by S o p h o c le s), as w e ll as s u p e rv is e d th e E x p e rim e n ta l T h e a te r P r o d u c ti o n s .^ T h e a te rs P la y s a t SC w ere g iv e n in f iv e campus th e a t e r s : A thena H a ll, Y H ut, T ouchstone T h e a te r, Bovard T h e a te r, and S top Gap T h e a te r. For many o f th e e a r l y p e rfo rm a n c e s, t h e a t e r s o f f th e campus n e c e s s a r ily had to be u se d . A thena H a ll was lo c a te d in Old C o lle g e , w hich was lo c a te d j u s t so u th o f F ounders H a ll. I t s e a te d a p p ro x i m a te ly s e v e n ty - f iv e and had a s ta g e w here th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry s tu d e n ts p re s e n te d t h e i r r e c i t a l s and p l a y s.^0 ^^R obinson, op. c i t . , pp. 65-6 7 . 30The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r . I I (O cto b er 31, 1906), 1. 238 The b u ild in g c a lle d "Y H ut” d u rin g W orld War I i s no lo n g e r s ta n d in g . I t was lo c a te d j u s t s o u th o f th e p r e s e n t S tu d en t Union B u ild in g (3623 U n iv e rs ity A venue). Many sp eech a c t i v i t i e s w ere h e ld th e r e , in c lu d in g th e 31 p r e s e n ta tio n o f p la y s . T ouchstone T h e a te r in Old C o lle g e was c o n s tr u c te d in 1922 when th e b u ild in g was re m o d e le d .3^ i t was th e m ain t h e a t e r on th e campus f o r many y e a r s ; i t was u sed co n s t a n t l y a l l th ro u g h th e p e rio d t h a t Immel was Dean o f th e School o f Speech and f o r th r e e y e a rs fo llo w in g h i s d e a th . Bovard A u d ito riu m , named a f t e r th e f i r s t and f o u r th P r e s id e n ts o f th e U n iv e r s ity , i s lo c a te d in th e A dm inis t r a t i o n B u ild in g and i s th e l a r g e s t a u d ito riu m on th e cam pus. I t h as a s e a tin g c a p a c ity o f 1 ,9 2 8 ; th e m ain f l o o r s e a ts 1 ,0 3 0 . The A u d ito riu m was co m p leted in S eptem ber, 1921, " i n tim e f o r th e Lance and L u te members to s ta g e t h a t 33 f a l l t h e i r p ro d u c tio n o f th e G re a t G a le o to . I t was h e re t h a t a l l th e m a jo r U n iv e rs ity t h e a t r i c a l p ro d u c tio n s w ere p r e s e n te d , and Bovard A u d ito riu m was a ls o u sed f o r a l l th e U n iv e r s ity g e n e ra l a s s e m b lie s . Stop Gap T h e a te r i s lo c a te d a t th e end o f Hoover S tr e e t a t E x p o s itio n B o u lev ard . A cco rd in g to von K leinSm id, a i Von K leinSm id in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. ^ R o b in s o n , pp. c i t . , p . 24. 33Ibid., p. 22. 239 i t s name came a b o u t by a c c id e n t: The s t r u c t u r e once se rv e d as a l i t t l e s to re h o u s e f o r " p ip e , lum ber, and w h a t-n o t" ; th e n i t was rem odeled in t o th e p r e s e n t s t r u c t u r e s e a tin g a p p ro x im a te ly 110 p e o p le . F e a rin g t h i s would d e la y th e lo n g - d e s ire d dream o f a m odem t h e a t e r , von K leinSm id added t h a t i t was c l e a r l y u n d e rsto o d a t th e tim e t h a t t h i s was to be o n ly a s u b s t i t u t e — a " s to p g ap "— t i l l th e U n iv e rs ity t h e a t e r c o u ld be b u i l t . ^ S top Gap h a s become th e c e n te r f o r much o f th e Drama D e p a rtm e n t's p ro d u c tio n a c t i v i t y . The SC p ro d u c tio n s t h a t w ere s ta g e d o f f campus w ere p re s e n te d in v a r io u s th e a t e r s in Los A n g ele s. T hree o f th e s e t h e a t e r s w ere th e Gamut Club A u d ito riu m a t E le v e n th and Hope S t r e e t s , th e Temple A u d ito riu m in th e downtown a r e a , and th e Egan L i t t l e T h e a te r a t 1324 S outh F ig u e ro a S t r e e t . 3 5 The Drama Workshop B eg in n in g as an e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t y in 1926, th e Drama Workshop ( a ls o commonly r e f e r r e d to as T ouchstone Drama Shop, a s i t was lo c a te d in T o uchstone T h e a te r ), was o rg a n iz e d u n d e r th e s u p e rv is io n o f Ray M acDonald. The o r g a n iz a tio n was th e r e s u l t o f a demand f o r w id e r d ra m a tic <j/ Von K leinSm id in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. is Robinson, op. cit., pp. 20-21. 240 36 o p p o r tu n itie s on th e p a r t o f th e s tu d e n ts . The Drama Workshop in c lu d e d a l l p h ases o f d ra m a tic s , su ch as a c tin g , p la y w r itin g , s ta g in g , l i g h t i n g , p ro d u c tio n , p u b l i c i t y , and d i r e c t i n g . A s tu d e n t e x e c u tiv e com m ittee was form ed i n th e f a l l o f 1926. T h is com m ittee was com p osed o f th e P r e s id e n t, M arcus B eeks; V ic e -p r e s id e n t, J o s e p h in e C am pbell; S e c r e ta r y - tr e a s u r e r , John B a ile y . The d i v is io n o f a c tin g was u n d er th e s u p e rv is io n o f L ib A lex an d er and J u l i a M ille r was ch airm an . The d i v i s i o n o f p la y w r itin g was s u p e rv is e d by D orothy D av is, p ro d u c tio n was managed by Ray P a rk e r, and th e p u b l i c i t y management was by E lo ra S ca m so n . Ray MacDonald a c te d as f a c u lty s u p e r v is o r . The s tu d e n t b o ard made o th e r ap p o in tm en ts as th e n eed s 37 a r o s e . Among th e f i r s t im p o rta n t o r i g i n a l p la y s p roduced by th e Drama W orkshop, and g iv e n i n T ouchstone T h e a te r, was D orothy M arie D a v is' o n e -a c t p la y c a lle d The M ists o f th e M orning. The p la y was d e s c rib e d as c o n ta in in g " c o n s id e r a b le p o t e n t i a l in te n s e dram a and i n t e l l i g e n t p h ilo s o p h y ," b u t a ls o i t was m en tio n ed t h a t th e p ro d u c tio n was in a d e q u a te due to p o o r s ta g in g and acting.-*® The Drama Workshop 3 8 I b i d . , p . 17. (The s tu d e n ts , u n o f f i c i a l l y , a ls o r e f e r r e d to th e o r g a n iz a tio n as The L i t t l e T h e a te r .) 3^The Alumni Review . V III (December, 1926), 7. 38E1 Rodeo, 1928, p. 251. 241 pro d u ced p r i n c i p a l l y o n e -a c t p la y s . Some o f th e b e t t e r ones w ere p o lis h e d and th e n p erfo rm ed i n B ovard A u d ito riu m w here l a r g e r a u d ie n c e s c o u ld be accom m odated; th u s o u t s id e r s w ere a b le to se e th e p e rfo rm a n c e s. The b e t t e r w r i tte n and b e t t e r p erfo rm ed o r i g i n a l p la y s w ere e n te r e d in th e A nnual A p o llia d p ro d u c tio n s . F o r exam ple, in th e s p r in g o f 1931 th r e e p la y s w ere p ro d u ced : The C o n fe ssio n (a th ir d - d e g r e e su sp e n se ty p e o f p la y ) by G. K enneth S h o rt, The W all (a f a n ta s y ) by D orothy D av is, and At L a st C iv iliz e d ( d e a lin g w ith th e p o p u la r to p ic o f wom an's dom i nan ce o v e r man) by T. Reg A r k e ll. 3 9 A r k e l l 's p la y was e n te r e d in th e an n u al c o n te s t sp o n so red by th e S a n ta Ana Community P la y e rs o r g a n iz a tio n , 1931, in th e E b e ll Club T h e a te r o f S an ta Ana. I t won second p la c e , a s i l v e r cup, and a p r iz e o f t h i r t y - f i v e d o l l a r s . 4 ® Les K o ritz , in w r itin g a colum n to th e D a ily T ro ia n November 6 , 1934, s t a t e d t h a t th e Drama Workshop e x h ib ite d fo u r prim e f a c t s ab o u t dram a in i t s p r e s e n ta ti o n o f o n e -a c t p la y s t h a t f a l l : (1) The Workshop was an i d e a l t r a i n i n g sc h o o l f o r a c to r s ; (2 ) i t p ro v id e d a d ep e n d ab le m ethod o f d is c o v e r in g t a l e n t ; (3) Workshop p ro d u c tio n s c o u ld be f i r s t - r a t e e n te r ta in m e n t; and (4) comedy was th e g e n re 39The Troian. XXII (February 6, 1931), 4. 40Ibid.. XXII (April 1, 1931), 1. 242 b e s t ad a p ted to c o lle g e d ra m a tic e f f o r t s . D uring W orld War I I th e Drama W orkshop, o r Touch s to n e Drama Shop as I t had come to be c a l l e d , s u f f e r e d g r e a t l y due to th e m i l i t a r y in d u c tio n o f many o f i t s a c t o r s . The r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f i t s c o n tin u a tio n was l e f t to th e women s t u d e n t s . ^ F o llo w in g th e w ar y e a rs i n th e s p r in g o f 1946, an o r g a n iz a tio n known a s th e T o uchstone P la y e rs came i n t o b e in g . I t was i n many ways s i m i l a r to th e T ouchstone Drama Shop. In t h a t s p r in g s e m e s te r i t p ro d u ced t h i r t e e n o n e -a c t p la y s —a l l d i r e c t e d by s tu d e n ts . In th e summer o f t h a t y e a r B u tle r o rg a n iz e d th e s e a c t i v i t i e s in to a c l a s s c a lle d The E x p e rim e n ta l T h e a tre and P ro d u c tio n . I t s p u rp o se was to g iv e s tu d e n ts an o p p o r t u n i t y to d i r e c t p la y s u n d e r f a c u l ty s u p e rv is io n in a c l a s s s t r u c t u r e and p r e s e n t them to th e p u b lic f r e e o f c h a rg e . N orm ally th r e e s e t s o f o n e -a c t p la y s w ere p ro d u ced d u rin g a s e m e s te r. When Old C o lle g e was d is m a n tle d i n th e f a l l o f 1948, th e E x p e rim e n ta l T h e a te r p ro d u c tio n s and many o th e r a c t i v i t i e s o f th e Drama D epartm ent moved to S top Gap T h e a te r. ^ R o b in s o n , op. c i t . , p . 18. (The Alumni Review . O cto b e r, 1945, p . 10, s t a t e d t h a t a s th e r e s u l t o f fo rm in g th e Drama D epartm ent, in 1945, a l l e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r dram a a c t i v i t i e s w ould now r e c e iv e c r e d i t . ) ^ F ro m an u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w w ith Jam es H. B u tle r , A ugust 15, 1960. 243 Some C u r r ic u la r D evelopm ents M asters* P ro d u c tio n s ^ ^ In 1929, th e S chool o£ Speech p e rm itte d th e p ro d u c tio n o f a f u l l - l e n g t h p la y a s p a r t o f th e M.A. d e g re e re q u ire m e n t in l i e u o f th e u s u a l t h e s i s . In such c a s e s th e s tu d e n t was a s s ig n e d a f a c u l ty com m ittee o f two members w ith an a l t e r n a t e member from th e E n g lis h D epartm ent. R e p re s e n ta tiv e o f th e th e s e s p la y s was th e one d e s c rib e d by The T ro ia n . F eb ru ary 17, 1932: Em il F a u s t d ir e c te d th e f i r s t o f th e fo u r M a s te rs ' th e s e s p la y s to be g iv e n t h a t y e a r. The p la y was J . 0. F r a n c is ' Change, a f o u r - a c t p la y d e a lin g w ith r e l i g i o u s , econom ic, and p o l i t i c a l c o n d itio n s in W ales. F a u st s e le c te d h is c a s t from th e sp eech m ajo rs t h a t y e a r; th e le a d s w ere p la y e d by R o b ert Evans and M ild red McDowell. O th ers in th e c a s t w ere F red B eel, Norman W rig h t, George O dransky, and Ja c k S w arth o u t. The f a c u l ty com m ittee members w ere A lta B. H a ll and F lo re n c e B. H ubbard o f th e School o f Speech, and M ild red S tru b le o f th e E n g lis h D e p a rtm e n t.^ ^ F o r a co m p lete l i s t o f th e " p ro d u c tio n th e s e s " from 1929-1950, se e A ppendix D, G rad u ate S tu d ie s . 44The Troian. XXIII (February 17, 1932), 4. 244 P la y w ritin g C ourse A f te r d e M ille became head o f Drama a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , one o f h i s m ain o b je c tiv e s was to em phasize p la y w r itin g . T h is was acco m p lish ed a few y e a rs l a t e r in th e f a l l o f 1947 when c o u rs e s in p la y w r itin g w ere added to th e c u rric u lu m . T h is a d d itio n made i t p o s s ib le f o r s tu d e n ts to subm it o r i g i n a l p la y s in l i e u o f th e con v e n tio n a l th e s e s f o r th e M a s te rs ' d e g re e s . To c a r r y o u t th e program , new i n s t r u c t o r s w ere added to th e s t a f f : 4 - * R e g in ald Law rence in 1947 and M a rtin Ross in 1 9 4 9 .4 ^ O rg a n iz a tio n o f a D epartm ent o f Drama The s e p a r a tio n o f dram a from sp eech was n o t r e s t r i c t e d to SC; s e v e r a l o th e r la r g e u n i v e r s i t i e s in th e U n ited S ta te s had fo llo w ed a s im ila r p o lic y a f t e r 1 9 3 5 .4 ^ By s e p a r a tin g from th e D epartm ent o f Speech, th o s e con n e c te d w ith dram a a t SC f e l t t h a t more s p e c ia liz e d and p r o f e s s io n a l c o u rs e s c o u ld be d e v e lo p e d . D eM ille was a b le to o b ta in th e c o o p e ra tio n o f P r e s id e n t von K leinSm id and a ls o to g e t a f a v o ra b le a c tio n from th e SC Board o f A d m in is tra tio n . In th e f a l l o f 1945, dram a w ithdrew from 4 5 I b i d . t XXXVIII (J u ly 25, 1947), 3. 4 ^SC C a ta lo g u e . 1948-1949, p . 69. ^ D o n a ld K. Sm ith, " O rig in and D evelopm ent o f D epartm ents o f S p eech ," in W a lla ce, op. c i t . , pp. 426-66. 245 th e D epartm ent o f Speech to become a s e p a r a te d ep a rtm en t i n th e C o lle g e o f L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s w ith d e M ille 48 s e rv in g as i t s f i r s t C hairm an. As an im m ediate r e s u l t o f t h i s developm ent, th o s e m a jo rin g in drama c o u ld r e c e iv e B a c h e lo rs ' o r M a s te rs ' d e g re e s in t h a t a r e a .^9 The T ro ia n . Septem ber 27, 1945, d e s c rib e d th e ad v a n ta g e s g a in e d by form ing th e Drama D epartm ent: P re v io u s to th e c r e a tio n o f th e new d e p a rtm e n t, s tu d e n ts i n t e r e s t e d in dram a had to m a jo r in sp e ec h in o rd e r t o g e t a com prehensive background in dram a. Now a s tu d e n t can m ajo r in dram a, and r e c e iv e c r e d i t f o r th e h o u rs s p e n t in r e h e a r s a ls , and f o r tim e s p e n t in p ro d u c tio n w ork. The T ro ia n c o n tin u e d w ith d e M ille 's a d v ic e to th o s e w ish in g to stu d y f o r a Ph.D. d e g re e : The d ep a rtm en t g iv e s M.A. d e g re e s to i t s s tu d e n ts , b u t as y e t Ph.D. d e g re e s a r e n o t g iv e n . " 1 s u g g e s t t h a t s tu d e n ts w orking f o r a d o c t o r 's d eg ree in t h i s f i e l d m inor in dram a, and we hope u ltim a t e ly to p r e s e n t t h i s d e g re e to d o c to r a l c a n d id a te s ," s ta t e d P ro f e s s o r d e M ille .50 The A p o llia d P ro b ab ly no o th e r o r g a n iz a tio n d id so much in u n iti n g so many S chools and D epartm ents o f SC in such ^®From an u n re c o rd e d c o n v e rs a tio n (J u ly 15, 1959), w ith Dr. A lb e rt S. R aubenheim er, V ic e -P re s id e n t, Academic A f f a i r s , o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , and W illiam C. W hite, member o f th e SC Drama s t a f f . ^ S e e A ppendix C f o r l i s t i n g s o f G rad u ate d e g re e s . ~^The Trojan, XXXVI (September 27, 1945), 1. 246 a w ide ra n g e o f c r e a t i v e e x p re s s io n as d id th e A p o llia d . The o r g a n iz a tio n began In th e f a l l o f 1924 when Rew co n c e iv e d a p la n to en c o u rag e developm ent o f c r e a t i v e a b i l i t y In th e s tu d e n ts . She d is c u s s e d h e r Id e a w ith Y oder and Hubbard o f th e S chool o f Speech and A llis o n Gaw o f th e E n g lis h D epartm ent who w ere e n t h u s i a s t i c a b o u t th e p la n and c o o p e ra te d w ith i t s developm ent.-*^ E x p la in in g th e p la n , Rew s a id : The id e a was a movement to s tim u la te a r t s on th e cam pus. Any s tu d e n t, who c a re d to do so , c o u ld subm it a m a n u s c rip t, p o e try , e s s a y , s h o r t p la y , a r t , m usic, and so on, a t a c e r t a i n tim e ; . . . th e v a r io u s c o l le g e s [w ere] to ta k e th e m a n u s c rip ts t h a t b elo n g ed to them , e v a lu a te them , and r e t u r n t h e i r d e c is io n s to a co m m ittee. . . .52 As th e p la n grew , d e t a i l s w ere w orked o u t and d e v e lo p ed . The h o n o r o f nam ing th e o r g a n iz a tio n w ent to Gaw who s a id : S e ttin g o u t in s e a rc h o f a t i t l e , we found th e th r e e l e t t e r s , I A D, s u g g e s tiv e o f a c o n t e s t, h a v in g ta k e n i t from O lym piad, an a t h l e t i c c o m p e titio n o r i g i n a t i n g in a n c ie n t G reece and s t i l l h e ld e v e ry f o u r y e a r s . In an e f f o r t to f in d some m y th o lo g ic a l c h a r a c te r w hich would b e s t r e p r e s e n t a l l th e a r t s , we found t h a t n o t one o f th e n in e w ould s u f f e r b e c au se each was in d ic a t i v e o f a d i s t i n c t ty p e o f a r t . Then we remembered t h a t A p o llo , b e s id e s b e in g th e Sun God and th e God o f B eauty and M anly S tre n g th , was th e c h o ir le a d e r a t such tim es when th e m uses sang to g e th e r in t h e i r c o n c e r ts . Com bining th e two id e a s , a v e ry a p t t i t l e was c r e a te d in " A p o llia d ," th e name w hich i s now g iv e n th e an n u a l e x h i b i t . 3 3 3 ^Rew in te rv ie w , 1957; se e A ppendix A. 5 2 I b id . 53The T ro ia n , XXI (November 12, 1929), 1. 247 As tim e w ent on, d e f i n i t e r u l e s g o v e rn in g th e an n u a l p ro d u c tio n o f th e A p o llia d w ere m ade. In th e D a ily T ro ia n f o r November 21, 1929, th e fo llo w in g r e g u la tio n s ap p e ared re g a rd in g th e fo rth c o m in g s p r in g program : 1. A ll m a n u s c rip ts m ust b e i n th e o f f i c e o f th e School o f Speech n o t l a t e r th a n F eb ru ary 17. 2. M a n u sc rip ts m ust be ty p e w r itte n on s ta n d a rd s iz e ty p e w r itin g p a p e r 8 1 /2 x 11 in c h e s . No manu s c r i p t s in lo n g hand w i l l be re a d by th e com m itte e . 3. A ll m usic c o n t r ib u t io n s sh o u ld be handed in on m usic m a n u s c rip t p a p e r, s ta n d a rd s i z e . Do n o t u se any e x t r a i l l u s t r a t i o n s . 4. The nom de plum e m ust a p p e a r on th e u p p er l e f t hand c o rn e r o f ea ch p ag e. 5. S ealed e n v e lo p e s c o n ta in in g th e nom de plume and r e a l name w ith c o r r e c t a d d re s s m ust be handed in w ith th e m a n u s c rip t. 6 . A ll a r t a c c e p te d w i l l b e on d is p la y th e n ig h t o f th e program . 7. E n tra n ts a r e a d v ise d to keep c a rb o n c o p ie s o f t h e i r m a n u s c rip ts a s th e o r i g i n a l w i l l n o t be r e tu rn e d e x c e p t in th e c a s e o f m usic s c o re s and a r t . A fte r th e m a te r ia l f o r th e program h as been s e le c te d , o th e r m a n u s c rip ts may be k e p t on f i l e f o r p o s s ib le p u b lic a t io n i n a volum e o f A p o llia d co n t r i b u t i o n s . A ll e n t r i e s w i l l be g iv e n a w r i t t e n c r i t i c i s m . 54 The f i r s t A p o llia d program was p re s e n te d May 5, 1925, to " th e m ost a p p r e c ia t iv e a u d ie n c e t h a t e v e r f i l l e d T ouchstone T h e a te r." The program , s t a t e d th e D a ily T ro ia n . 54Ibid.. XXI (November 21, 1929), 1. 248 was made up o f " s h o r t s t o r i e s , s k e tc h e s , o r i g i n a l m u sic a l c o m p o sitio n s and a d r a m a tiz a tio n ." On May 8 , 1925, The T ro ia n ad d e d : R alph Herman re a d "The C ross" . . . by C h a rle s H a r te r . C la re K au£er i n t e r p r e t e d some s k e tc h e s composed by D orothy D av is. T hese in c lu d e d a w him si c a l one c a l l e d "An Old Maid o£ T w enty," and two im p r e s s io n is t ic o n es e n t i t l e d "The T r i a l" and "Shadow s." B rin g in g a p o e t i c a l and O r ie n ta l f la v o r o f th e program was "From th e S i k i 's Bowl, " w r i t te n and re a d by D orothy Chan. An exam ple o f p u re r e a lis m was re a d by D orothy L aw ler . . . from th e pen o f D orothy C row ley. . . . E a r l S tone p la y e d a p re lu d e o f h i s own c o m p o sitio n . M adeline E ld rid g e sang " H a b it," w ords . . . by J e r r y Mayo, a law s tu d e n t, . . . m usic by E a r l S to n e. . . . [A] v o c a l number sung by Henry F o th [w as] w r i t t e n by Mr. Mayo [w ith ] m usic by M arie G ore. "T h e D an se O r i e n t a l , " w h ic h w as w r i t t e n by M a r jo r ie S c h a e l l e r w as p la y e d b y t h e c o m p o s e r. One n o v e l p a r t was . . . th e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f two o r i g i n a l m onologues . . . by M iss N evin P ack a rd . The program . . . ended by th e M e tro p o lita n C o lle g e 's p ro d u c tio n o f th e s to r y o f E th an Frome by . . . E d i t h W h a rto n . J o h n B. R o g e rs , J r . , . . . w as r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e d r a m a t i z a t i o n . . . . i n t e r e s t i n g o r i g i n a l e x h i b its w ere g iv e n by th e d ep a rtm e n t o f A rt and A r c h ite c tu r e . M iss Yoder . . . gave a s h o r t h i s t o r y o f th e A p o llia d .55 T y p ic a l o f th e y e a r ly p ro d u c tio n s was th e program f o r May, 1927. The E l Rodeo o f t h a t y e a r gave th e program in f u l l : 55Ibid., XVI (May 8, 1925), 4. THIRD ANNUAL APOLLIAD T ouchstone T h e a te r U n iv e r s ity o£ S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia T hursday, May 5, 1927 PRO G RA M 1. P ian o — Danse F u tu r i s tiq u e , G ilb e r t Bowers. 2. P o e try — E s th e r M. Brown, D orothy M arie D av is, A n to in e tte L a rse n . 3. P la y —The W all, D orothy M arie D av is. 4 . T rio in G M in o r--C la ra Spelm an. 5. S to ry --T h e T ry s t, Fay K eyzers. 6 . P la y - - P r e s s u r e , R o b ert Cooke. 7. V o ice--T h e Saucy F low ers M usic by C a lv in H e n d rick s. 8 . P ian o — Le B ru te Parfum , E a r l S to n e. 9 . P lay --T h e Honeymoon House by E liz a b e th A lex an d er Raede. J u s t b e fo re th e program th e p r e s id e n t e n te r ta in e d w ith a d in n e r in th e Women's R esid en ce H a ll in honor o f th e s tu d e n ts , a u th o rs and com posers whose c o n tr ib u t i o n s ap p eared on th e program , as w e ll a s f o r th e p ro m in en t v i s i t o r s who g r a c io u s ly c o n se n te d to a c t as c r i t i c s o f th e p r e s e n t a t i o n . 5 6 C r i t i c s and t h e i r e v a lu a tio n s o f th e A p o llia d program s d id a g r e a t d e a l to w in f o r th e o r g a n iz a tio n th e n a t i o n a l r e p u ta tio n i t a c q u ire d d u rin g i t s tw en ty -tw o y e a rs o f g iv in g p e rfo rm a n c e s. The Com m ittee was f o r tu n a te i n o b ta in in g men and women o f o u ts ta n d in g p r o f e s s io n a l 56E1 Rodeo. 1927, p. 109. 250 e x p e rie n c e in th e v a rio u s a r t s to s e rv e a s c r i t i c s o f th e p r e s e n t a t i o n s . Iranel s a id th e c o n te s t had aro u se d more i n t e r e s t th a n any o th e r s u b je c t o f h is t a l k s a t v a r io u s c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s d u rin g h i s s a b b a tic a l le a v e o f 1939* Immel c o n tin u e d w ith : ; The f a c t t h a t th e A p o llia d i s n o t a c o n t e s t, b u t an ; > ^ o p p o rtu n ity f o r e x p e rie n c e , a u t h o r i t a t i v e c r i t i c i s m , and r e c o g n itio n was d e c la r e d by s tu d e n ts a l l o v e r th e c o u n try to be th e u n iq u e com ponent w hich made th e A p o llia d s ta n d o u t from s im ila r c o m p e titio n .5? R eg ard in g th e e f f e c t iv e n e s s and w o rth o f t h i s a c t i v i t y , von K leinSm id s ta te d : I t [th e A p o llia d ] was w o n d erfu l f o r th o s e c r e a t i v e a r t i s t s who had a p u rp o se , g o a l, to work to w ard . D uring my a d m in is tr a tio n I en co u rag ed i t b ec au se I b e lie v e d so th o ro u g h ly in i t . 58 F o u rte e n o f th e o r i g i n a l p la y s w ere p la c e d in Doheny L ib ra ry f o r s tu d e n ts to ch eck o u t and re a d . A lso , f o r th o s e te a c h e r - s tu d e n ts who l a t e r w ished to p ro d u ce th e p la y s in t h e i r s c h o o ls a r o y a lty o f f iv e d o l l a r s p e r p la y f o r each p erfo rm an ce was c h a rg e d . One o f th e s e p la y s , A t L a s t C i v i l i z e d , by T. Reg A rk e ll, was e n te re d by th e Drama Workshop in th e L i t t l e T h e a te r c o n te s t o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a and won second p la c e .59 57The T ro ia n . XXXIV (F e b ru a ry 23, 1939), 4 . **® V on K leinSm id in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 59The T ro ia n , XXVI (J u ly 23, 1931), 2. 251 The A p o llia d was d is c o n tin u e d in 1947, a f t e r tw en ty two y e a rs o f p erfo rm an ce ( th e r e was no p erfo rm an ce in 194 6 ). R obinson w ro te: By 1948, i t was g e n e r a lly a g re e d t h a t th e A p o llia d had se rv e d i t s p u rp o se on t h i s cam pus. M ost c r e a t i v e work was done a s c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t y a s opposed to e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r , th e common p r a c t i c e o f e a r l i e r y e a r s . Today, i f one w ish es to se e th e o r i g i n a l w orks o f s tu d e n ts , he m ust go to th e d e p a rtm en t in w hich t h a t s tu d e n t i s s tu d y in g . T here i s no lo n g e r "one show c a se " f o r a l l u n i v e r s i t y t a l e n t . 60 The P o e try P lay h o u se "Can p o e try be sta g e d ? " T h is q u e s tio n was ask ed and answ ered in th e November is s u e , 1935, o f L i t t l e T h e a tre D ig e s t by C loyde D uval D a lz e ll and A lta B. H a ll in t h e i r a r t i c l e on th e fo u n d in g and developm ent o f The P o e try P lay h o u se a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n i a . They s a id : The s u c c e s s o f The P o e try P lay h o u se o f th e U n iv er s i t y o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , th e f i r s t P o e try P lay h o u se in A m erica and, w ith th e e x c e p tio n o f John M a s e f ie ld 's P o e tic T h e a tre a t O xford, th e o n ly p la y h o u se in th e w orld d ev o ted to p o e try , n o t o n ly p ro v e s t h a t th e answ er to th e t i t l e i s Y es, b u t i n i t s p ro o f c h a lle n g e s a l l who a r e i n t e r e s t e d in b o th p o e try and th e e x p e r i m e n tal t h e a t r e to d a re to o f f e r to a r e c e p tiv e , e a g e r w orld th e o ld e s t o f a l l d ra m a tic form s, and to s e t p o e try once a g a in on th e s ta g e to c a p tu r e e a r and eye mid w in f o r i t s e l f a h and. F or when th e h e a r t and b r a in o f an a u d ie n c e m eet i n i t s palm , th e y g iv e f o r t h th e m ost g lo r io u s sound h e a rd in any t h e a t r e — a hand.61 ^ R o b in s o n , op. c i t . . p . 40. 6 - ^ - L i t t l e T h e a tre D ig e s t. XI (November, 1935), 4 . 252 In th e s p r in g o f 1932, th e f i r s t program a t th e P o e try P lay h o u se was p re s e n te d in a t i n y t h e a t e r c o n v e rte d from two sm a ll rooms in th e basem ent o f Old C o lle g e . D a lz e ll and H a ll d e s c r ib e d th e fo u n d in g and th e p h y s ic a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f t h i s m in ia tu re s e t t i n g a s fo llo w s : . . . A lth o u g h i t s fo u n d e rs w ere in s p ir e d by th e p io n e e r work o f M a rjo rie G u lla n and h e r p o e try sp e a k in g g ro u p s, and by t h a t o f Jo h n M a se fie ld a s c a r r i e d on in h i s home a t O xford w here a n n u a l f e s t i v a l s o f p o e try a r e h e ld . . . th e C a lif o r n i a P o e try P lay h o u se rem ain s th e f i r s t t h e a t r e to have a perm anent home d ev o ted to spoken p o e try r a t h e r th a n to spoken dram a. The a c to r s , o r " s a y e r s and p l a y e r s , ” o f th e P o e try P lay h o u se work on a sm a ll s ta g e and on an e x te n s io n s ta g e w hich u n lik e th e e x te n s io n s ta g e s o f Ja c q u e s Copeau i s s i t u a t e d b eh in d th e s ta g e p ro p e r. On t h i s e x te n s io n s ta g e th e r e a r e th e th r e e p r e s c r ib e d e n tr a n c e s and e x i t s o f th e c o n v e n tio n a l s ta g e , w h ile th e s ta g e p ro p e r i s enhanced w ith g r e a t w rought ir o n d o o rs . I t i s on t h i s s ta g e t h a t th e a u d ie n c e a s w e ll as th e a c to r s f i r s t make t h e i r a p p e a ra n c e . T h is s ta g e w hich b o th a c to r s and a u d ie n c e u se i s s e p a r a te d from th e ho u se by a s e r i e s o f s te p s w hich le a d d i r e c t l y in to th e p i t . T here i s no c u r t a i n to s e p a r a te th e a c to r s from th e a u d ie n c e . The ho u se p ro p e r h as th e atm o sp h ere o f a m e d iev a l c h a p e l w ith i t s h ig h windows and g r e a t d o o rs w hich le a d o u t o n to a w ide c o r r id o r ; th e w a lls a r e rough w h ite cem ent and th e e n t i r e ho u se i s lig h te d by c a n d le l i g h t . The a u d ie n c e i s s e a te d in o ld ch u rch pews o f g ra d u a te d s i z e s , whose hym nal ra c k s a r e f i l l e d w ith f o re ig n a r t m ag azin es. The house as w e ll a s th e s ta g e can be u sed as a s e t t i n g f o r c e r t a i n num bers. The s e a tin g c a p a c ity o f th e P lay h o u se i s f o r t y , b u t d u rin g th e o p en in g b i l l w hich ra n f o r f iv e s u c c e s s iv e p e rfo rm a n c e s, n o t o n ly e v e ry a v a ila b le amount o f s e a t in g c a p a c ity , b u t g y ery a v a ila b le amount o f s ta n d in g c a p a c ity was u s e d . ® 2 The L i t t l e T h e a tre M agazine (G le n d a le : The Los A ngeles County Dance A s s o c ia tio n , (5ctober- November, 1952), p p . 7, 14. 253 The o p en in g p erfo rm an ce a t th e P o e try P lay h o u se, M arch 1932, was made up o f dan ce poems w orked around th e them e o f "An A d v en tu re w ith Y outh and P o e try ." On th e c o v e r o f th e p r in te d program s was C a rl S a n d b u rg 's d e f i n i t i o n o f p o e try : " P o e try i s an echo a s k in g a shadow d a n c e r to be a p a r t n e r ." Men and women s tu d e n ts from th e School o f Speech re a d th e dance poems from m a n u s c rip ts . The p la y e r s a t th e o p en in g program in c lu d e d C h in ese, Ja p a n e s e , and Hindu s t u d e n t s - - a l l i n n a tiv e co stu m es. The " s a y e rs and p la y e r s " w ere s e le c te d f o r t h e i r a b i l i t y in pantom im e, v o c a l e f f e c t iv e n e s s and b e a u ty , and t h e i r p i c t o r i a l q u a l i t y . 63 The fo llo w in g i s c o p ie d from th e M arch, 1932, o p en in g b i l l o f dance poem s: ^ C h in ese M u s i c ............................................................Don B lan d in g "E E E -e -e-y ih -B o n g !" B e l l s S a r o jin i N aidu "A n k le t B e lls ! f r a i l a n k le t b e l ls " J a z z F a n t a s i a ......................................................... C a rl Sandburg "Drum on y o u r drum s, b a t t e r on y o u r b a n jo e s" A C a b a re t D a n c e r ......................................................... Zoe A kins "C o m p letely o f o u r day and o f o u r mood, You dance and charm th e m u ltitu d e ." She o f th e D ancing F e e t S ings . . . . C ountee C u lle n " I w ith my d an c in g f e e t . . . . " 63Ibid. , p. 14. 6 ^From C loyde D uval D a l z e l l 's P o e try P lay h o u se n o te s l e n t to th e w r i t e r December 27, 1956. 254 Poems to be D a n c e d .................................................. H elen Hoyt "The v e r s e s o f my f e e t would s a y ." The Cakewalk .................................... W ilfr id W ilson G ibson " I n a solem n c e re m o n ia l ca k ew alk ." The P o ta to e s ’ Dance ...................................... V achel L in d sa y "The la u g h in g I r i s h la d y Who makes p o ta to e s p ra n c e ." Ja v a n e se D ancers .......................................... A rth u r Symons " I n m easure w h ile th e g n a ts o f m usic w h irr, The l i t t l e a m b re-co lo re d d a n c e rs m ove." The D ancer ............................................. Mary C aro ly n D avies " 'T i s you whom I se e d a n c in g w ith such e c s ta s y ." W hite S h a d o w s................................................John V. A. W eaver "And a l l th e tim e th e drum And I 'm d a n c i n ’ , d a n c in 1." The poems w ere p re s e n te d in th r e e ways: (1) They w ere spoken by th e p la y e r s and s a y e rs , b o th g ro u p s a c tin g them ; (2 ) th e e n t i r e ch o ru s spoke th e l in e s w h ile th e poem was danced by an in d iv id u a l p la y e r ; and (3) th e poem was danced and spoken by an in d iv id u a l p e rfo rm e r. A ccording to th e Alumni Review, A p r il, 1934, th e p la y e r s and s a y e rs d u rin g t h e i r f i r s t se aso n p erform ed b e fo re fo u r th o u san d p e o p le , in c lu d in g an a u d ien ce o f th e N a tio n a l A s s o c ia tio n o f T each ers o f Speech, w hich met in f i ^ c o n v e n tio n a t Los A ngeles December, 1932. In i t s second se aso n , th e c e n t r a l theme o f th e P la y h o u se ’ s c h i e f p ro d u c tio n was "B lack B e au ty ," a program ^ G r a c e W right C ru ick sh an k , "C loyde D a lz e ll - - D ir e c to r ," Alumni Review , X (A p ril, 1934), 14. 255 d e p ic tin g th e jo y s and so rro w s o f th e Negro r a c e . The poem s w e re s e l e c t e d fro m L a n g s to n H u g h e s' "D an ce A f r i - c a in e ," w ith i t s p rim e v a l tom -tom s, and V achel L in d s a y 's "When P e t e r J a c k s o n P re a c h e d i n t h e O ld C h u r c h ." ^ 6 O th e r c e n t r a l them es around w hich program s w ere b u i l t w ere " P r a y e r an d P r o t e s t , B e a u ty an d t h e B e a s t, an d J o y o u s Y o u t h - - f o r t h e S im p le , t h e S o p h i s t i c a t e d , an d t h e S a t i - 67 a t e d . " 0 / Over s e v e n ty - f iv e a r t i c l e s d e s c r ib in g th e P o e try P lay h o u se ap p eared in new spapers and m ag azin es, and s e v e r a l books c o n ta in e d d e s c r ip tio n s o f i t s p ro d u c tio n s . F o r exam ple, A ile e n D. L o rb erg in th e E lem en tary E n g lis h Review , F eb ru ary 1936, s ta te d : Knowledge o f th e s u c c e s s o f th e p o e try p erfo rm a n ces s ta g e d by th e P o e try P lay h o u se o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia a t Los A ngeles sh o u ld c o n v in c e even th e h o p e le s s ly p r o s a ic o f th e l a t e n t p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f t h i s p h ase o f d ra m a tic a r t . And th e re sp o n se w ith w hich th e summer P o e try P lay h o u se c l a s s o f 1935 m et in t h e i r su p e rb though e v e r so b r i e f l y re h e a rs e d p r o d u c tio n o f D ark B e a u ty , a sim p le and e f f e c t i v e p re v ie w p r e s e n ta tio n o£ poems p o r tr a y in g th e jo y s and so rro w s o f th e Negro ra c e , ca n s u r e ly be i n t e r p r e t e d a s a m arked advance on th e p a r t o f th e A m erican p u b lic in th e developm ent o f an a p p r e c ia tio n f o r a dram a co n s i s t i n g p u re ly o f p o e tic e x p re s s io n and d ra m a tic i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . 6 8 ^ 6Graham B e rry , "T o u c h sto n e ," The T ro ia n . XXIV (J u ly 27, 1933), 1. ^ C ru ic k s h a n k , o p . c i t . , p . 14. ^ A i l e e n D. L o rb erg , "What? No S tag e f o r P o e try ? " E lem en tary E n g lis h R eview . X III (F e b ru a ry , 1936), 41. 256 Lyman M. F o r t, in h i s book Speech f o r A l l . Chap t e r IV, " E x p e rim e n ta l T h e a te r ," sa y s: Much o f an e x p e rim e n ta l n a tu r e h as been ev o lv ed in r e c e n t y e a r s — some more h ig h ly d ra m a tic th a n o th e r s . One o f th e m ost i n t e r e s t i n g h as b een c a l l e d " S ta g in g o f P o e try " w hich i s m ass d ra m a tic s o r group d ra m a tic s u s in g p o e try a s th e medium o f e x p re s s io n . The o r i g i n a t o r i n A m erica i s P ro f e s s o r C loyde D a lz e ll, o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , who h a s been p io n e e r in g in e x p e rim e n ta l dram a f o r te n y e a r s . A lth o u g h o r ig in a te d f o r c o lle g e w ork, t h i s form o f d ra m a tic a c t i v i t y i s b e in g v e ry e f f e c t i v e l y u sed by h igh sc h o o ls. The l a s t p erfo rm an ce g iv e n by th e P o e try P lay h o u se, w hich t h i s w r i t e r was a b le to t r a c e , was f o r J u ly , 1938. A t t h a t tim e s e l e c t i o n s from "D ark B eauty" and " P ra y e r and P r o t e s t ," w ere o f f e r e d to th e s tu d e n ts and f a c u l ty o f th e Simmer S chool s e s s i o n . ^ In v o ic in g th e r e g r e t o f th e p u b lic t h a t th e P o e try P lay h o u se p erfo rm an ces had been d is c o n tin u e d , R obinson s t a t e d : T here i s hope t h a t th e P o e try P lay h o u se, one o f th e t r u e e x p e rim e n ts w ith dram a on t h i s o r any o th e r cam pus, may r e - o r g a n iz e . I f t h i s comes in to b e in g , i t w i l l have to be u n d e r th e a u s p ic e s o f some d e p a r t m ent o f th e U n iv e r s ity . A ll ex p en ses f o r th e p re v io u s p e rfo rm an ce s w ere met by i t s fo u n d e rs . T h is f a c t a lo n e c o u ld be th e re a s o n t h a t th e P lay h o u se i s n o t in o p e r a tio n a t th e p r e s e n t tim e . No o th e r d ra m a tic ex p e rim en t on th e SC campus has g a in e d such p ro m in en ce, p o p u la r ity , and p r a is e as had t h i s o n e. Should th e D epartm ent o f Drama d e c id e ^L ym an m. F o r t, Speech f o r A ll (New York: A lly n and Bacon, 1935), p . 120. 70The Troian. XXIX (July 22, 1938), 1. 257 to r e - e s t a b l i s h th e P o e try P lay h o u se on th e cam pus, i t c o u ld a g a in a c h ie v e th e g o a l o f e x tr a o r d in a r y and e x p e rim e n ta l t h e a t r e , and e x c e ll e n t t r a i n i n g f o r th e p a r t i c i p a n t s . ' 1 Summary o f C h ap ter W estern and M id-W estern c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s en co u rag ed dram a p ro d u c tio n s from th e e a r l y y e a rs o f th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f t h e i r i n s t i t u t i o n s . Though academ ic c r e d i t f o r dram a work was n o t g e n e r a lly g iv e n u n t i l w e ll i n t o th e tw e n tie th c e n tu ry , e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r dram a f lo u r is h e d . SC was among th e f i r s t s c h o o ls to o rg a n iz e a S h ak esp eare Club (1906) w hich p re s e n te d sc e n e s and a c ts from Shake s p e a re a n p la y s to th e p u b lic . E n te rta in m e n ts w ere o f f e r e d by th e B u rn t Cork Club b e g in n in g in 1909. In t h a t same y e a r, th e f i r s t J u n io r C la ss P lay was p re s e n te d , w ith th e f i r s t S e n io r C la ss P lay fo llo w in g in 1910. T hese became a n n u a l o f f e r in g s t i l l ab o u t th e m id d le 1 9 3 0 's . The c a s t o f th e J u n io r C la ss P lay in 1913 form ed th e Lance and L u te, h o n o rary d ra m a tic s o c ie ty w hich became th e U n iv er s i t y 's c h a p te r o f N a tio n a l C o lle g ia te P la y e rs in 1926. An ex a m in a tio n o f th e p la y s p re s e n te d showed th e u n iv e r s i t y t h e a t e r had changed l i t t l e o v e r th e y e a rs to 1950 w ith th e e x c e p tio n o f Jam es H. B u t l e r 's in f lu e n c e ^Robinson, op. cit., p. 47. 258 i n r e v iv in g th e e a r l y G reek c l a s s i c a l p la y s in 1946 and th e b e g in n in g o f e x p e rim e n ta l dram a a t SC. Always th e r e was showed th e a tte m p t to p r e s e rv e a b a la n c e o f th e b e t t e r co n tem p o rary p ro d u c tio n s alo n g w ith th e c l a s s i c a l p la y s . Two c r e a t i v e a c t i v i t i e s won n a t i o n a l r e c o g n itio n : The A p o llia d (1925-1947) p re s e n te d o r i g i n a l w orks in dram a, l i t e r a t u r e , m u sic, and a r t . The P o e try P lay h o u se (1931- 1938) added th e a r t s o f song, d an c e, and a c tin g to th e sp e a k in g o f p o e try . T hese two a re remembered as SC’ s o u t s ta n d in g c r e a ti v e dram a a c t i v i t i e s in i t s y e a rs o f dram a p a r t i c i p a t i o n . CHAPTER VIII SPEECH CORRECTION: DEVELOPMENT A N D TRENDS, 1925-1950 The h i s t o r y o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia w i l l be d is c u s s e d u n d e r th e d i v i s io n s : (1) The E a rly B e g in n in g s, (2) The C lin ic B eg in s, (3) The C lin ic D evelops, (4) L a te r C l i n ic a l D evelopm ents, and (5) Summary o f C h a p te r. The E a rly B eg in n in g s I t ca n n o t be s a id t h a t sp e ec h c o r r e c tio n began on any g iv e n d a te , f o r te a c h e r s have alw ays en d eav o red to im prove p r o n u n c ia tio n , a r t i c u l a t i o n , v o ic e q u a l ity , to n e p ro d u c tio n , and b r e a th in g h a b i t s . T hese m ig h t p ro p e rly be la b e le d "sp e e c h im provem ents"; how ever, th e r e a r e in s ta n c e s th ro u g h th e y e a rs o f more o r le s s i s o l a t e d a tte m p ts to a id th e speech h an d icap p e d . R ecords show th a t " . . . tr u e e d u c a tio n a l program s [ in sp eech c o r r e c tio n ] a r e a phenome non o f th e tw e n tie th c e n t u r y . T h e f i r s t announcem ent ^-Clarence T. Simon, "D evelopm ent o f E d u c a tio n in Speech and H earin g to 192 0 ," A H is to ry o f Speech E d u ca tio n in A m erica, e d . K arl R. W allace (New York: A p p leto n - C e n tu ry -C ro fts , I n c ., 1954), p . 390. 259 260 o f a c o u rse in sp eech c o r r e c t io n p e r se a t SC was made by Leon E. Wolpe in 1925. At t h a t tim e Wolpe was an under-* g ra d u a te . In e x p la in in g th e c o u rs e w hich prom ised a " s u re c u re f o r sta m m e re rs," The D a ily T ro ia n f o r March 27, 1925, s ta te d : "S u re c u re f o r Stam m erers" h as been em bodied in a c l a s s u n d er th e s u p e rv is io n o f Leon Wolpe and i s p ro v in g s u c c e s s f u l in t h a t th e r e i s a la r g e e n ro llm e n t and b e n e f i c i a l r e s u l t s a r e b e in g re c o g n iz e d . Mr. Wolpe o rg a n iz e s h i s c l a s s e s a s c lu b s w ith a m em bership b ased on an o a th to th e e f f e c t t h a t th e s tu d e n t when th o ro u g h ly c u re d w i l l o rg a n iz e a n o th e r such c lu b . Mr. Wolpe h as o rg a n iz e d c l a s s e s a l l o v er th e U n ited S ta te s in p ro m in en t c o lle g e s and in ev e ry u n d e rta k in g h as met w ith s u c c e s s . . . . M eeting from 4 :3 0 to 6 :3 0 d a i l y [ in Old C o lle g e ] . . . Mr. Wolpe g u a ra n te e s h i s c o u rs e to be s u c c e s s f u l. Unique f e a tu r e s a r e em bodied in a s lo g a n , "SLOW, EASY." A l i s t o f songs i s p r a c t ic e d . They a r e o f c l a s s i c a l , p o p u la r and m odern n a tu r e . The fo u r fu n d am en tals o f th e sy stem a r e : "P au se; Drop Jaw; B r e a th e - in ; N o ise ." The fo llo w in g poem i s a c o n s ta n t h e lp to th e s tu d e n ts . I t i s c a l le d th e "R ig m aro le": I f you stu m b le when you speak And y o u r v o ic e i s grow ing w eaker J u s t d ro p y o u r jaw ; Conform to law And be a vow el s p e a k e r. Mr. Wolpe r e c e iv e s no co m p en satio n f o r h is e f f o r t s o th e r th a n th e s a t i s f a c t i o n t h a t o th e r such c lu b s w i l l be fo rm e d .2 Wolpe c o n tin u e d h is sp eech c o r r e c t io n c la s s e s f o r th e n e x t 2The Troian. XVI (March 27, 1925), 1. 261 two y e a rs , and g ra d u a te d w ith a B.A. d e g re e In 1927.3 As re p o r te d in The T ro ia n th e second y e a r th e c l a s s e s w ere g iv e n , Dean Inm el I n v e s tig a te d W olpe1s work and "found I t s a t i s f a c t o r y . " 4 Dean Im m el's I n t e r e s t In a s c i e n t i f i c ap p ro ach to th e stu d y o f sp eech had grown o u t o f e a r ly a tte m p ts to h e lp stam m e rers. H is I d e a l o f u s in g s c i e n t i f i c m ethods and a p p a ra tu s In I n v e s ti g a tin g sp eech was e s ta b lis h e d a t SC C by 1925. Work in v o ic e and a r t i c u l a t i o n im provem ent in th e School o f Speech was g iv e n im p etu s by Xmmel when he o b ta in e d th e f i r s t te le g r a p h o n e - - r e p o r te d ly made by a s tu d e n t. T h is e a r ly in s tru m e n t em ployed a f in e s t e e l w ire , and was a f o re ru n n e r o f th e modern ta p e r e c o r d e r . A r e e l would re c o rd up to t h i r t y m in u te s. A ccording to Dean Immel, no m a tte r how many tim e s th e re c o rd in g was p la y e d , i t rem ained as s tr o n g as i t was a t th e o r i g i n a l h e a rin g . S tu d e n ts h e a rin g t h e i r v o ic e s f o r th e f i r s t tim e m arv eled th e n , as to d a y , t h a t "no one e v e r h e a rs h is own v o ic e o -'Emily H. K elsey , M anager, "Alum ni R e co rd s." In fo rm a tio n re c e iv e d May 2, 1957. (The T a c ie Hanna Rew in te rv ie w , 1957, g iv e s a f u r t h e r d e s c r ip tio n o f Mr. Wolpe*s sp eech c o r r e c t io n te c h n iq u e s . See A ppendix A .) 4The T ro ia n . XVII (F e b ru a ry 11, 1926), 1. - ’W illiam B. McCoard, "Ray K. Inm el, Dean o f th e S chool o f Speech, U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , 1924- 1945," u n p u b lish e d m a te r ia l , A ugust, 1960. 262 as o th e r s h e a r it."* * The m achine b a lk e d and th e w ire b ro k e f r e q u e n tly —b u t a t l e a s t th e re c o rd in g s w ere m in im a lly i n t e l l i g i b l e . The C lin ic B egins D is c u s s in g t h e h i s t o r y o f s p e e c h c l i n i c s i n th e U n ite d S t a t e s , C la r e n c e T . Sim on s t a t e d t h a t s e v e r a l o f th e e a r l y u n i v e r s i t y s p e e c h c l i n i c s w e re e s t a b l i s h e d by p s y c h o l o g i s t s w i t h t h e w ork i n s p e e c h c o r r e c t i o n b e in g an e x t e n s i o n o f p s y c h o l o g i c a l p ro g ra m s o f r e t r a i n i n g an d r e h a b i l i t a t i o n . He r e p o r t e d f u r t h e r : S c r ip tu r e , Tw itm eyer, and M a rtin w ere among th e p io n e e r p s y c h o lo g is ts to in c lu d e sp eech c o r r e c t io n w ith in a c l i n i c a l en v iro n m en t. B lan to n , a p h y s ic ia n w ith c o n s id e r a b le t r a i n i n g and e x p e rie n c e i n sp eech was a p p o in te d in 1914 by J . M. O 'N e ill, head o f th e D epartm ent o f P u b lic S peaking a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f W isco n sin , to e s t a b l i s h a sp eech c l i n i c in t h i s d e p a rtm e n t. ' Sim on su m m arized t h e b e g in n in g o f c l i n i c a l s p e e c h w o rk i n t h e e a r l y p a r t o f th e t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y w ith : " B e fo r e W orld War I , t h e r e f o r e , t h e p a t t e r n o f t h e u n i v e r s i t y s p e e c h c l i n i c a s a t e a c h e r t r a i n i n g an d r e s e a r c h c e n t e r w as e s t a b l i s h e d . " 8 6The T ro ja n . XVII (O cto b er 28, 1927), 2. ^Simon, "D evelopm ent o f E d u c a tio n in Speech and H earin g to 1920," in W allace, op. c i t . , p . 412. 8Ibid. 263 The fo rm a tio n o f th e f i r s t sp eech c l i n i c d u rin g th e e a r l y p a r t o f 1930 was an im p o rta n t developm ent in th e h i s t o r y o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . A nnouncing t h i s e v e n t The D aily T ro ia n f o r Ja n u a ry 6 s t a t e d t h a t th e work would be c o n fin e d to s t u t t e r i n g o n ly , w ith "a d m issio n f r e e , " and added: The f i r s t o rg a n iz e d sp eech c l i n i c to be e s ta b li s h e d by a u n i v e r s i ty on th e P a c if ic C o ast w i l l be o f f i c i a l l y opened a t S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a n e x t T hursday a fte rn o o n a t 1 :3 0 . The c l i n i c h as been made p o s s ib le by th e j o i n t c o - o p e r a tio n o f Dean Inm el o f th e S chool o f Speech, D r. M ilto n M e tfe s s e l and D r. G eorge H. Mount o f th e p sy ch o lo g y d e p a rtm e n t. At th e p r e s e n t tim e , due to lim ite d f a c i l i t i e s and problem s o f o r g a n iz a tio n , th e w ork o f th e c l i n i c w i l l be c o n fin e d e x c lu s iv e ly to s t u t t e r i n g . L a te r i t i s p la n n ed to b ro ad en th e program so a s to c o v e r o th e r form s o f d e f e c tiv e sp e ech . Over f o r ty p e rso n s have a lre a d y a p p lie d f o r a d m itta n c e to th e c l i n i c a c c o rd in g to D r. M e tfe s s e l, who s t a t e s t h a t i f o v ercro w d in g sh o u ld o c c u r, s tu d e n ts a t S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia w i l l be g iv e n p re fe re n c e o v e r o u t s i d e r s . 9 The c l i n i c was e s ta b li s h e d w ith a tw o fo ld p u rp o se o r p h ilo s o p h y : (1) to a id th e p sy ch o lo g y and sp eech d e p a r t m ents in stu d y in g th e n a tu re and c a u se o f s t u t t e r i n g , and (2) to t r y to h e lp s t u t t e r e r s th e m s e l v e s .^ In an e d i t o r i a l in The D a ily T ro ia n in th e s p r in g o f 1932 M aryanna Cooper s ta te d t h a t in th e two y e a rs o f i t s o p e r a tio n th e C lin ic had a id e d 113 s tu d e n ts and lo c a l 9The Troian. XX (January 6, 1930), 1. 10Ibid. 264 c i t i z e n s whose sp eech h a n d ic a p s v a r ie d from sim p le to s e r io u s . O b v io u sly , th e work was n o t lim ite d to s t u t t e r in g . L is tin g g ro u p s t h a t had r e c e iv e d a id from th e s t a f f i n i t s two y e a rs o f p ro g re s s ( th e s t a f f b e in g composed o f Dean Immel, A lic e W . M ills , A lta B. H a ll, and " a group o f tw elv e g ra d u a te s tu d e n ts " ) , M iss Cooper s ta te d : . . . Of th e d i a l e c t c a s e s th e r e w ere s ix German, two F i li p i n o , two J a p a n e s e , f i v e S p an ish , th r e e I t a l i a n , th r e e R u ssia n . A lso 15 g e n e ra l o r a l i n a c t i v i t y c a s e s , 12 li s p i n g , 5 o f h is s e d " s , " 8 m onotonous in to n a tio n , 15 o f d e f e c tiv e q u a l i t y , 16 o f weak v o ic e s , 7 o f n a s a l twang w ere g iv e n a id . The s e r io u s c a s e s c o n s is te d o f one o f o r a l in a c t i v i t y , r e s u l t i n g from ex trem e d e a fn e s s , two o f d e la y e d sp eech , one a n e u r o lo g ic a l [ s i c 1 g i r l and th e o th e r a boy o f 12 who had s u f f e r e d from i n f a n t i l e p a r a l y s i s , and 14 s t u t t e r e r s . Showing t h a t th e C lin ic p a t i e n t s in c lu d e d members o f th e community a ls o , Cooper added, "E very o n e, in c lu d in g b o th SC s tu d e n ts and o u t s i d e r s , i s welcome to th e c l i n i c 's s e r v ic e . . . . " ^ F re q u e n t announcem ents o f " th e f r e e c l i n i c s e rv ic e " w ere made th ro u g h th e U n iv e rs ity p e r i o d i c a l s d u rin g th e C l i n i c 's e a r ly y e a rs o f o p e r a tio n . The m o tiv es b eh in d th e s e announcem ents w ere: (1) To o f f e r h e lp to sp eech -h an d icap p e d p e rso n s from th e U n iv e r s ity and th e su rro u n d in g com m unity, and (2) to g iv e th e s tu d e n ts o p p o r t u n i t i e s to o b se rv e and work w ith a v a r i e t y o f sp eech p ro b lem s. 11Ibid.. XXII (April 7, 1932), 4. 265 R e c a llin g h e r c o n tr ib u tio n to th e e a r l y h i s t o r y o f th e C lin ic , D r. S arah S tin c h f ie ld Hawk, who jo in e d th e U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e s t a f f in 1932, had th e fo llo w in g com m ents to make re g a rd in g th e n a tu r e o f th e w ork th e n a tte m p te d : . . . i n th e f a l l o f *33, I began a c o u rs e in th e P sychology o f Speech, l i s t e d b o th in p sy ch o lo g y and in sp e ech a s 1 r e c a l l . . . . The t e x t s t h a t I u se d , my own t e x t s , w ere Speech P ath o lo g y and a ls o P sychology o f S peech. . . . Then in 193^ we u sed th e book w r i tte n j o i n t l y by Edna H i l l Young and m y se lf c a l le d C h ild re n w ith D elayed S peech. . . . I u sed . . . S c r ip tu r e * s S t u t t e r i n g and L is p in g . M rs. S c r i p t u r e 's book on C o rre c tio n o f Speech D e fe c ts , D r. B la n to n 's book on Speech T ra in in g o f C h ild h o o d . These a re th e c h ie f ones t n a t 1 th in k o f now. As to Dean Im m el's p la n [ f o r a sp eech c o r r e c t io n p ro g ram ], i t was n o t a v e ry e x te n s iv e ly worked o u t p la n a t t h a t tim e . He h im s e lf alw ays gave one c o u rs e in sp e ech c o r r e c t io n each y e a r, u s in g D r. T r a v i s 's book on Speech P a th o lo g y . A lic e M ills and D r. A lta B. H a ll u s u a lly gave a c o u rs e in sp eech c o r r e c t io n , u s u a lly ab o u t once a y e a r in m inor sp eech d e f e c ts , f a u l t y a r t i c u l a t i o n , and so on. Then Eugene Hahn came in to th e D epartm ent [1 9 3 4 ]. . . . He o rg a n iz e d a v e ry s u c c e s s f u l p r a c t i c a l sp eech c l i n i c f o r s t u t t e r e r s and d id some v e ry e x c e ll e n t work f o r them . . . . As to th e n a tu r e o f sp eech c o r r e c t i o n a t USC [ in th e e a r l y 1930*s ] , I would say i t was p r im a r ily m inor sp eech d e f e c ts w ith em phasis on th e p s y c h o lo g ic a l and p h o n e tic ap p ro ac h . T here was no c o n n e c tio n w ith th e M ed ical S t a f f so th e p a th o lo g y o f sp eech was n o t s t r e s s e d . . . . . . . th e c h i e f h an d ic ap was th e la c k o f money f o r c a r r y in g on c e r t a i n p h ases w hich Dean Immel w ished to s t r e s s , in c lu d in g th e speech c l i n i c a l w ork. . . . R eg ard in g d i f f i c u l t i e s in e s t a b l i s h i n g th e C lin ic , D r. Hawk s a i d : 266 I sh o u ld sa y t h a t th e c h ie £ d i f f i c u l t y in g e t t in g th e c l i n i c a l w ork s t a r t e d was th e la c k o f fu n d s even up to 1939, f o r i t was v e ry d i f f i c u l t to g e t money to o p e r a te a n y th in g l i k e t h a t . T h at i s why we u sed th e c l i n i c s a t th e O rth o p a ed ic H o s p ita l and a t th e C h ild G uidance C lin ic f o r th e t r a i n i n g o f s tu d e n ts in sp eech p a th o lo g y . T h is was th e p r a c t i c a l work w ith c h ild r e n , r e a l l y . When asked w h eth er th e r e was a n y th in g f u r t h e r she r e c a lle d r e g a rd in g th e sp eech c o r r e c tio n program t h a t D r. Immel had s e t up, D r. Hawk added: I would say t h i s , t h a t p re v io u s to 1932 Dean Immel had c o n ta c te d M rs. Edna H i l l Young, th e n c o n d u c tin g a sc h o o l o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n in M in n eso ta, . . . and he in v it e d h e r to come to C a lif o r n i a and to have h e r S chool an o b s e rv a tio n sc h o o l f o r sp eech c o r r e c tio n s tu d e n ts i n USC. . . . I made a r e s e a r c h o f h e r Method and found i t v e ry p r a c t i c a l . . . . I t would re a c h th e c h i ld th ro u g h th e m o to - k in e s th e tic te c h n iq u e . . . . T h is i s a m ethod o f g iv in g th e e x a c t p a t t e r n o f move* m ent to p e o p le a lo n g th e s e l i n e s : f i r s t o f a l l , th e p la c e w here movement b e g in s in form ing a sound; seco n d , th e d i r e c t i o n o f th e movement, t h a t i s w h eth er th e to n g u e goes fo rw ard , backw ard, w h eth e r th e m outh i s open, ro u n d ed , p ro tru d e d , r e t r a c t e d , o r w hat . . . ; t h i r d , th e form o f th e movement, j u s t how, w h eth er th e l i p s a re rou n d ed , open, c lo s e d , and so f o r t h . And th e tim in g i s im p o rta n t. I f a c h i l d t a l k s to o slo w ly , he i s l i k e l y to d ra g ; i f he sp eak s to o r a p id ly , i t may le a d to s t u t t e r i n g . F in a lly , th e b le n d in g o f i n i t i a l co n so n an t to th e f i r s t vow el in th e p h ra se so th e c h ild i s n ' t le a r n in g j u s t i s o l a t e d s o u n d s .*2 The w r i t e r was a b le to g e t f i r s t - h a n d in fo rm a tio n th ro u g h in te rv ie w s w ith many o f th o s e who w ere co n n ected In te rv ie w w ith D r. S arah S tin c h f ie ld Hawk, 515 N o rth C e n tr a l Avenue, G le n d a le , C a lif o r n ia , A ugust 8, 1957; se e A ppendix A. D r. Hawk, th e f i r s t woman to r e c e iv e th e Ph.D. in Speech, 1922, U n iv e rs ity o f W isco n sin , co n d u c ts h e r own C lin ic a t th e above a d d re s s in G le n d a le . 267 w ith th e e a r l y sp eech c o r r e c t io n program a t SC. In one such in te rv ie w , A lic e W . M ills d is c u s s e d h e r sp eech c o r ' r e c t i o n work d u rin g th e e a r l y day s when she was on th e s ta £ f : . . . I'm g iv in g you now w hat I ’d do. The tre a tm e n t w ould depend upon w hat one c o u ld le a r n ab o u t th e p a t i e n t — h is c a s e h i s t o r y . [The p u rp o se w as] t o become a c q u a in te d w ith th e p e r s o n 's h i s t o r y - - t h e p a r e n ts , th e w hole en v iro n m en t o f th e p e rs o n — th e y t r y to g e t some id e a o f w hat cau sed th e tr o u b le , o r w hat i s c a u s in g th e sp eech d i f f i c u l t y . A th in g I d i d n 't l i k e ab o u t th e t h e o r ie s in th o s e day s was t h a t i f a s t u t t e r e r was b ro u g h t in , you w ere t o ld to do t h i s , and t h i s , and t h i s . When I begem to do sp e ech c o r r e c t io n in th o s e d a y s, t h a t 's th e way th e y d id i t . They t r e a t e d w hat th e y h e a rd ! I t was a tre a tm e n t a c c o rd in g to fo rm u la; i t was a m ethod to w o rk --w ith so m ething you h e a rd o r o b s e r v e d - - in s te a d o f t r y i n g to f in d o u t w hat i s c a u s in g t h i s d e f e c t, th e n d o in g som eth in g a s a d o c to r would do in a d is e a s e , to overcom e th e c a u se o f th e th in g . The c o n d itio n o f th e p a t i e n t would d e te rm in e th e tr e a tm e n t. I f a c h ild had n e v e r b een ta u g h t to t a l k a t home, th e n t h a t would r e q u ir e th e p s y c h o lo g ic a l ap p ro ach ; b u t, i f i t i s due to a b r a in in ju r y , i t ' s a d i f f e r e n t th in g . M rs. M ills was ask ed to comment f u r t h e r on th e c o r r e c t iv e w ork she and Dean Immel c a r r i e d on in th e C l in ic . She r e p l i e d : . . . sp eech c o r r e c tio n work had to do w ith c l i n i c a l work t h a t was s e t up by D r. Immel and me, d e a lin g w ith a l l th e form s o f sp eecn d e f e c ts t h a t w ere l i s t e d a t t h a t tim e . I t was v o ic e d e f e c ts , a r t i c u l a t o r y d e f e c ts , s t u t t e r i n g - - b u t we d i d n 't t a l k ab o u t s p a s t i c s i n th o s e d a y s . S p a s t i c i t y i s j u s t one form o f c e r e b r a l p a ls ie d sp eech we d i d n 't d e a l w ith . I th in k Dr. Immel was d o in g so m eth in g , p ro b a b ly , t h a t I d i d n 't know ab o u t, w ith th e d e a f. I f so , he was j u s t b e g in n in g i t . W e d i d n 't do much w ith t h a t . A lso , c h ild r e n w ith d e lay ed sp eech w ere b e g in n in g to be b ro u g h t i n . 13 ^ In te rv ie w w ith A lic e W . M ills , 10001 G eo rg ian s Avenue, S an ta M onica, J u ly 12, 1957. M rs. M ills was th e f i r s t to te a c h p h o n e tic s a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . See A ppendix A. 268 Showing how i n t e r e s t e d Dean Inm el was in s tu d y in g Edna H ill-Y o u n g 's M ethod, M rs. M ills s a id t h a t D r. Inm el had h e r go to th e H ill-Y o u n g School to o b se rv e M rs. Y oung's work in sp eech c o r r e c tio n . She co n clu d ed t h a t th e SC C lin ic en d eav o red to u s e a l l p o s s ib le h e lp in t h e i r b e g in n in g work in t h i s f i e l d . ^ In an in te rv ie w w ith Edna H ill-Y o u n g re g a rd in g h e r r e l a t i o n w ith sp eech c o r r e c tio n work a t SC, she was ask ed w h eth e r she was d i r e c t l y c o n n e cte d w ith th e U n iv e r s ity . She t o ld th e w r i te r : Yes, th ro u g h th e U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e E x te n s io n work D r. S arah S tin c h f ie ld Hawk and I gave th e s e c o u rs e s . I was on th e U n iv e rs ity p a y - r o l l . I ta u g h t t h i s work t h a t had d ev elo p ed th ro u g h th e y ea rs--m y w ork. I t was l a t e r c a lle d th e M o to -K in e s th e tic Method o f Speech C o rre c tio n . Yes, th e s e c l a s s e s w ere g iv e n a t th e U n iv e r s ity n ig h t c l a s s e s . R eg ard in g th e c h i e f problem s e n c o u n te re d a t SC in g e t t i n g a sp eech c o r r e c t io n program g o in g , M rs. Young c o n tin u e d : . . . T here was a g r e a t d if f e r e n c e o f o p in io n a b o u t how sp eech c o r r e c tio n sh o u ld be ta u g h t-- a n d alw ays h as been a t SC--and th e r e i s th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try , as f o r t h a t m a tte r . One group w i l l th in k ab o u t i t from th e p s y c h o lo g ic a l [ a s p e c t] o n ly , and a n o th e r group w i l l th in k ab o u t i t from th e fo rm a tio n o f so u n d s. In my work and a l l th ro u g h my e x p e rie n c e , I k e p t s tu d y in g th e movements o f sp eech , g e t t i n g th e e x a c t movem ents, and h a v in g th e c h i ld p la c e h i s m outh in th e r i g h t 14Ibid. ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith Edna H ill-Y o u n g , 2342 S c a r f f S t r e e t , Los A ngeles 7, C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 16, 1957; see A ppendix A. 269 p o s it io n s f o r th e sound. Now, f o r in s ta n c e , th e word " f o o t" w ould be [d e m o n s tra tin g ] " f f f - " th e n b rin g th e to n g u e up h e re [M rs. Young p o in te d to th e a lv e o la r r id g e j u s t b ack o f th e u p p e r t e e t h ] " — t . " The word "man" w ould b e "n m n -aa-n n h ." So we would le a d th e m outh th ro u g h th e w hole word j u s t as i t i s done in norm al sp e e c h . . . . R ep ly in g to th e q u e s tio n re g a rd in g th e le n g th o f th e c o u rs e s , M rs. Young s a id : U su a lly s i x weeks in th e summer, when we gave t h i s work a t SC. They [ s tu d e n ts ] would come o v e r and do la b o r a to r y w ork. In th e S chool a t E lle n d a le P la c e we had a r e s id e n t sc h o o l o f ab o u t f i f t y c h ild r e n in th e d ay tim e , so th e s e p e o p le who came o v e r and who had le a rn e d th e m ethod w e ll enough w ould work w ith th e c h i ld r e n . " L a b o ra to ry work" m eant th e p e rs o n a l w orking w ith th e s tu d e n t. A t U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e th e c l a s s m et once a week f o r two h o u rs f o r one s e m e s te r. I would te a c h th e M o to -K in e s th e tic and Dr. Hawk would te a c h a l l th e o th e r m ethods— th e th e o r ie s o f sp eech c o r r e c t i o n - - g iv in g th e s tu d e n ts a background o f e v e ry th in g t h a t was b e in g ta u g h t in th e f i e l d . . . . The work was m o stly to te a c h te a c h e r s to go o u t and te a c h th e w o rk .*6 The C lin ic D evelops R ecords show t h a t th e C lin ic was begun in 1930 and w ent th ro u g h many "grow ing p a i n s ." The work c o n s is te d p r i n c i p a l l y o f sp eech im provem ent, w ith e x p e rim e n ta l fo ra y s in to more s e r io u s problem s o f s t u t t e r i n g , li s p i n g , and sp eech d i f f i c u l t i e s due to c l e f t p a l a t e s . Group th e ra p y f o r s t u t t e r e r s began in 1934. A cco rd in g to a r e p o r t from E li s e Hahn: 270 The f i r s t [ r e g u la r ] work was s t a r t e d w ith s t u t t e r e r s , in g ro u p s, in 1934. T h is was c a lle d th e Speech C lin ic . S in ce 1 was w orking tow ard a te a c h in g c r e d e n t i a l in Speech C o rre c tio n , 1 w orked w ith a few c o lle g e s tu d e n ts who lis p e d o r had f o r e ig n a c c e n t. The s t u t t e r i n g c l i n i c grew r a p id ly . By 1939, when D r. [Eugene] Hahn l e f t USC f o r Wayne U n iv e r s ity , he had some tw enty**five men com ing i n f o r th e n ig h t s t u t t e r i n g g ro u p . . . .17 R e c a l l i n g h e r o b s e r v a t i o n o f E u g en e H a h n 's w o rk in g w i t h h i s s t u t t e r i n g g r o u p s , T a c ie H anna Rew s a i d : . . . He was w o n d e rfu lly s u c c e s s f u l in t h i s . . . . I u sed to w atch him te a c h as I had a r a d io c l a s s in th e same b u ild in g in th e ev e n in g s w here h i s p e o p le w ere. They would come in , s i t down a t a lo n g ta b l e and j u s t s i t th e r e in th e se m id a rk n e ss. I 'd th in k , "What a r e th e y d o in g ?" A f te r a w h ile somebody would say some th in g . Then somebody e l s e would say so m eth in g . The id e a was to te a c h them r e l a x a t i o n , l i k e a Q uaker m eet in g . And i f th e y w anted to s i t a lo n g tim e , th e y c o u ld . Nobody u rg ed them . Then th e y 'd su d d e n ly say som ething and i t would be f r e e o f any s t u t t e r i n g . D r. Hahn was on th e Speech S t a f f in 1934. . . . P re v io u s ly Eugene Hahn, a s a s tu d e n t u n d e r M ills , Immel, and H a ll, had c o l le c te d and s tu d ie d th e c u r r e n t th e o r ie s o f s t u t t e r i n g and i t s t r e a t m e n t . ^ L a te r (1934) t h i s stu d y was p u b lis h e d as a volume o f 177 pages u n d e r th e t i t l e S t u t t e r i n g , S ig n if ic a n t T h e o rie s and T h e ra p ie s . 20 17P e rs o n a l l e t t e r from D r. E lis e Hahn to th e w r i t e r , J u ly 5, 1957. 1 8 ■ ‘ ■ ‘'Rew in te rv ie w ; see A ppendix A. ^ U n re c o rd e d c o n v e rs a tio n w ith A lic e W . M ills , J u ly 12, 1957. 20Eugene Hahn, S t u t t e r i n g , S ig n if ic a n t T h e o rie s and T h e ra p ie s (S ta n fo rd : S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity P re s s , 1943). 271 Commenting on th e im p o rta n ce o f t h i s e a r ly s y n th e s is o f e x i s t i n g th e o r ie s McCoard s ta te d : Eugene Hahn was th e f i r s t in sp eech c o r r e c t io n a t USC to draw to g e th e r a l l th e ap p ro ach es in t h i s f i e l d and r e p o r t i n w r i tte n form . H is p a p e r c o n ta in e d a l l th e th e o r ie s e x ta n t a t t h a t tim e .21 In h e r Forew ord to H ahn's book S arah S tin c h f ie ld Hawk e x p la in e d i t s im p o rta n ce in r e l a t i o n to c l i n i c a l work in sp eech p a th o lo g y as fo llo w s : D r. Hahn, in te a c h in g sp eech p a th o lo g y and in d i r e c t i n g c l i n i c s f o r th o s e who s t u t t e r , saw th e need f o r a compendium o f th e v a rio u s th e o r ie s and th e r a p ie s o f s t u t t e r i n g . S in ce t h i s m a te r ia l was s c a tte r e d in b o o k s, in v a rio u s jo u r n a ls , and, in some c a s e s , u n p u b lis h e d m a n u s c rip ts , s tu d e n ts o f sp eech p a th o lo g y had d i f f i c u l t y in g a in in g a com prehensive view o f th e f i e l d . In fo rm u la tin g and g a th e r in g th e v a rio u s a u t h o r i t a t i v e p o in ts o f view i n t o a s in g le volume D r. Hahn h a s , in my o p in io n , made a d e f i n i t e c o n tr ib u t io n to e d u c a tio n . T h is book may w e ll s e rv e as a t e x t in a sem in ar in sp eech p a th o lo g y o r as a u x i l i a r y r e a d in g in any s p e e c h - c o r r e c tio n c o u rs e . . . . 22 In r e c a l l i n g th e Speech C lin ic when he came to th e U n iv er s i t y in 1938 and th e p a r t Hahn p la y e d in i t s o p e r a tio n , T ra v is r e l a t e d th e fo llo w in g to th e w r i te r : As I remember, Mr. Hahn was tr y in g to ru n a l i t t l e c l i n i c when I came h e re in 1938. Dr. H a ll, I b e lie v e , was te a c h in g a c o u rs e in m inor sp eech c o r r e c tio n and Eugene Hahn was te a c h in g a c o u rs e o r two and w orking v e ry c lo s e ly w ith M rs. G iffo rd o f th e S ta te D epartm ent and fo llo w ed h e r m ethods o f t r e a t i n g s t u t t e r i n g p r e t t y c l o s e ly . I w o u ld n 't say t h a t th e r e was any o rg a n iz e d ^ F ro m an u n reco rd e d in te rv ie w w ith Dr. W illiam B. McCoard in th e D epartm ent o f Speech O ffic e , J u ly 9, 1957. ^"Foreword," in Hahn, op. cit. 272 sp eech c l i n i c a t t h a t tim e by way o£ a b u d g et, s ta f £ , o r sy stem o r even sp a c e . I'm n o t s u re i t had a name as such a th in g a s sp eech c l i n i c . But Gene was d o in g sp eech c o r r e c t io n b e fo re I came. . . . Gene w anted to g e t h is Ph.D. so we s e t up a Ph.D. program f o f him; he was my f i r s t Ph.D. h e re a t SC [1942J. W e d id a f a i r l y d e c e n t jo b o f c o n t r o l l i n g some v a r ia b le s in h is stu d y 2 3 w hich was th e f i r s t Ph.D. g iv e n a t SC in sp eech c o r r e c t i o n . 24 R ep ly in g to th e w r i t e r 's q u e s tio n r e g a rd in g H ah n 's c h ie f c o n t r ib u t io n in th e sp eech c o r r e c t io n f i e l d , T ra v is s a id : I w ould say t h a t Dr. H ah n 's c h i e f c o n tr ib u tio n was to th e ra p y . He was a good c l i n i c i a n - - a dandy c l i n i c ia n - -and was f in e i n t r a i n i n g te a c h e r s . He was ab o u t e q u a lly good a s c l i n i c i a n and te a c h e r . He in s p ir e d s tu d e n ts ; he in s p ir e d them to go on in sp eech c o r r e c t io n , to become te a c h e r s o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n . He worked v e ry w e ll, v e ry c l o s e ly w ith th e S ta te D e p a rt m ent, and M rs. G iffo rd had th e h ig h e s t re g a rd f o r him . He was h e lp f u l in g e t t i n g u s a c c e p te d [ t h e r e ] . . . .25 L a te r C l in i c a l D evelopm ents The H earin g C lin ic In 1938, when Hahn was em ployed in th e c o r r e c t io n o f s t u t t e r i n g , a n o th e r f i e l d was d e v e lo p in g in th e Psycho- E d u c a tio n a l C lin ic o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n ia . T h is developm ent was known a s sp eech f o r th e h a r d - o f - h e a r in g and th e d e a f, co n d u cted by D r. B o ris V. M orkovin. W ith th e a id o f te a c h e r s o f th e d e a f, ^ G r a d u a te Work a t SC, se e A ppendix D. ^ I n t e r v i e w w ith Lee Edward T ra v is , A ugust 12, 1957, 122 S outh B ev erly D riv e, Los A n g ele s. See A ppendix A. 25 Ibid. 273 M orkovin (1938) began by e x p e rim e n tin g w ith p s y c h o lo g ic a l " v is u a l e d u c a tio n " by means o f m o tio n p i c t u r e s . From t h i s d ev elo p ed w hat was known a s " v is u a l e d u c a tio n t o te a c h 26 s p e e c h -re a d in g to th e h a r d - o f - h e a r in g ." * ° R e a liz in g th e a lre a d y d is c o v e re d lip - r e a d i n g m ethod (" s p e e c h -re a d in g " ) c o u ld be a v a lu a b le accom plishm ent to one n o t a b le to h e a r s a t i s f a c t o r i l y w ith m e ch an ical a id s , M orkovin, a s s i s t e d by L u c e lia M. Moore, p e r f e c te d in 1942 a v i s u a l e d u c a tio n c o u rs e in s p e e c h -re a d in g . M orkovin ad v o c ated t h a t a l l e le m e n ta ry sc h o o l c h ild r e n , w h eth er d e f e c tiv e in h e a rin g o r n o t, be ta u g h t lip - r e a d i n g " to sh a rp e n a t t e n t i o n and o b s e rv a tio n , th u s a id in g co m p re h e n sio n ."27 M orkovin and Moore c a lle d t h e i r ap p ro ach to te a c h in g s p e e c h -re a d in g th e AVK o r A u d io -V isu al K in e s th e tic m ethod. The fo u r m ain s te p s o r g o a ls o f th e AVK m ethod a re to : 1. P ick up th e a u d ito ry a t t e n t i o n by developm ent o f th e a b i l i t y to h e a r and to d is c r im in a te sound w ith th e h e lp o f an in s tru m e n t c a lle d th e P hipps U n it, com bined w ith a m p lif ie r and phonograph o r m icrophone. 2 . B rin g ab o u t c l o s e r c o o r d in a tio n o f r e s id u a l h e a rin g w ith th e o th e r s e n s e s . 3. By means o f m o tio n p i c t u r e s , sh a rp e n v is u a l o b s e rv a tio n (a ) o f o b je c tiv e c lu e s to h e lp in u n d e rs ta n d in g s p e e c h - s itu a tio n s , o b je c ts , a c tio n s , g e s tu r e s , and f a c i a l e x p r e s s io n s , and (b) o f v e r b a l clu es--m o v em en ts o f th e l i p s o f th e p e rso n sp e a k in g . 2^Alumni Review, XXIV (May, 1942), 11. 27Ibid. 274 4 . R e in fo rc e th e a u d io - v is u a l c h a n n e ls o f sp e ech p e r c e p tio n k i n e s t h e t i c a l l y , i . e . , by t r a i n i n g i n th e l i s t e n e r a f e e l i n g o f a r t i c u l a t o r y movements in h i s sp eech o rg a n s i n u n is o n w ith th e s p e a k e r .2° M otion p i c tu r e s w ere made, on th e SC cam pus, o f te n l i f e s i t u a t i o n s . The s e r i e s o f te n p i c t u r e s was th e n u sed in ac co m p lish in g g o a l number 3 above. The p i c t u r e s r e l a t e d to ev ery d ay l i f e s i t u a t i o n s w ith w hich c h ild r e n w ere f a m il i a r . One o f th e m ost p o p u la r o f th e te n was c a l l e d "A t th e S to re " w hich showed th e p u rc h a s in g o f fo o d s, w ith s p e c ia l em phasis p la c e d on sp e a k in g , i . e . , th e a c tio n s o f th e o rg an s o f a r t i c u l a t i o n as ea ch o b je c t was b ro u g h t i n to fo cu s o f a t t e n t i o n . When M rs. Moore u sed th e p i c t u r e s she would s i t w here sh e c o u ld d i r e c t th e c h i l d r e n ’ s a t t e n t i o n from each o b je c t and movement in th e p i c t u r e to th e fo rm a tio n and u tte r a n c e o f th e w ords b e in g s a id . She sy n c h ro n iz ed h e r own w ords w ith th o s e spoken on th e s c re e n and t r i e d to g e t th e c l a s s to sp eak w ith h e r . 29 W ith in f iv e y e a rs o f i t s d ev elo p m en t, th e H earin g C lin ic had won n a t io n a l r e c o g n itio n ; in th e summer o f 1938 i t to o k a m ajo r p a r t o f th e N a tio n a l Workshop o f T each ers * 28I b i d . *7From th e w r i t e r 's n o te s ta k e n w h ile a tte n d in g D r. M o rk o v in 's and M rs. M oore's c l a s s in H earin g R e h a b ili t a t i o n , U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , Summer, 1948. (B oth D r. M orkovin and M rs. Moore jo in e d th e Speech s t a f f in 1 9 4 6 .) 275 o f th e H a rd -o f'H e a rin g w hich m et on th e SC c a m p u s . 30 The speech**reading w ork d ev elo p ed by D r. M orkovin and M rs. Moore, was c o n tin u in g a t th e tim e o f th e c lo s e o f t h i s stu d y (1950) to make a s i g n i f i c a n t c o n t r ib u tio n to th e sp e ech c o r r e c tio n a c t i v i t i e s o f th e U n iv e r s it y .3* The P s y c h o lo g ic a l Em phasis Lee Edward T ra v is , h e a d in g th e P sy c h o -E d u c a tio n a l C lin ic , jo in e d th e f a c u l ty o f th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia in 1938 a s P ro f e s s o r o f P sychology and Speech. Coming from th e U n iv e r s ity o f Iowa, w here he had h e ld s i m i l a r p o s it io n s , T ra v is b ro u g h t to th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia a dynam ic p s y c h o lo g ic a l ap p ro ach to OO sp e ech c o r r e c t io n . ^ D e s c rib in g th e C lin ic a y e a r a f t e r T ra v is jo in e d th e s t a f f , th e D a ily T ro ia n r e p o r te d th e fo llo w in g : O rganized around th e c l a s s in advanced [sp ee ch ] c l i n i c a l p sy ch o lo g y , th e c l i n i c i s a id e d by 15 s tu d e n ts from th e group who a c t a s a s s i s t a n t s to Dr. T ra v is . I t c o o p e ra te s w ith th e Los A ngeles G en eral h o s p i t a l , th e C h ild G uidance c l i n i c , th e O rth o p ed ic h o s p i t a l , p r i v a t e p h y s ic ia n s , sc h o o l sy stem s, th e Los A ngeles b o ard o f e d u c a tio n , and s o c i a l a g e n c ie s o f t h i s a r e a . Types o f c a s e s b e in g c a re d f o r a r e : s t u t t e r e r s , c h ild r e n w ith i n d i s t i n c t sp e ech , c h ild r e n and a d u lts w ith re a d in g d i s a b i l i t i e s , c h ild r e n w ith m inor 30Alumni Review . XXIV (May, 1942), 11. 3 1 T ra v is in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 3^Alumni Review. XXIV (March, 1946), 8. 276 e m o tio n a l p ro b lem s, a d u lts w ith s p e c i f ic problem s such a s memory d e f ic ie n c y , and p a t i e n t s w ith a p h a s ia , s p a s t i c p a r a l y s i s , and ex trem e s e lf - c o n s c io u s n e s s . The m ethod u sed by th e c l i n i c i s , i n g e n e ra l, r e e d u c a tio n . A ll c a s e s a r e t r e a t e d a t th e U n iv e r s ity , a lth o u g h s t a f f members o c c a s io n a lly go o u t to s o c ia l c e n te r s and h o s p it a l s f o r c o n s u lta tio n . F u rth e r d e s c r ib in g T rav is* aim s, The T ro ia n s a id : In sp e a k in g o f th e p u rp o se o f th e c l i n i c , D r. T ra v is sa y s t h a t th e p s y c h o lo g is ts who work th e r e do n o t co n s i d e r th e c l i n i c s u b je c ts as p a t i e n t s . "We a tte m p t to te a c h them to h e lp th e m se lv e s, w h eth er i t be f o r s t u t t e r i n g o r f o r d e la y e d sp eech developm ent o r v o ic e d i s o r d e r s ," he s a id summing up h i s rem ark s. The SC p s y c h o lo g ic a l [ e d u c a tio n a l] c l i n i c i s n o t u n lik e o th e r s a t m ajo r u n i v e r s i t i e s th ro u g h o u t th e U n ited S t a t e s . Some o f th e b e t t e r known a r e a t H arv ard , Y ale, Iowa, P e n n sy lv a n ia , In d ia n a , and M in n e s o ta .33 T ra v is , when asked to w hat e x te n t th e C lin ic se rv e d th e community in g e n e ra l, from ab o u t 1938 th ro u g h 1950, s a id : I th in k t h a t one c o u ld sa y , m o d e stly , t h a t th e C lin ic se rv e d th e p u b lic p r e t t y w e ll. L et* s sp eak now p a r t i c u l a r l y b e fo re th e War. As one exam ple, we had ab o u t t h i r t y o r f o r t y s t u t t e r e r s , a d u lt s t u t t e r e r s , in th e C lin ic , two n ig h ts a week, from seven P.M. on. They h e lp e d u s w ith r e s e a r c h , th e y se rv e d as s u b je c ts , th e y se rv e d as t r a i n i n g m a te r ia l f o r te a c h e r s . T hat group o f s t u t t e r e r s , n o t alw ays th e same o n es, b u t 33The T ro ja n , XXXI (J u ly 14, 1939), 4 . (In an u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w w ith D r. B o ris V. M orkovin, A ugust 28, 1960, th e w r i t e r was to ld t h a t in 1938 th e Psycho- E d u c a tio n a l C lin ic was i n a sm a ll bungalow a t th e c o rn e r o f W. 3 7 th S t. and H oover. The C lin ic had two d iv is io n s : Speech, headed by D r. T ra v is ; H ea rin g , headed by D r. M orkovin. In 1947 H earin g was moved to th e Speech D epartm ent and in c o rp o ra te d i n to th e Speech and H earing C lin ic , headed by Dr. G rant F a ir b a n k s .) 277 a s o r t o£ c o n tin u in g g ro u p , c o n tin u e d to come to SC a c o u p le o f n ig h ts a week f o r ab o u t th r e e y e a rs b e fo re th e War and we p ic k e d i t up f o r a s h o r t tim e fo llo w in g th e War. Some o f th e " o ld g u ard " w ere s t i l l th e r e . I w o u ld n 't know how many s t u t t e r e r s came and l e f t t h a t group b u t i t was alw ays ru n n in g ab o u t t h i r t y a t one tim e . Then we ra n ab o u t s i x t y to a hundred sp eech c a s e s p e r se m e ste r b e fo re th e War ( I was away from '4 2 to '4 6 ) . S in ce th e War, we have alw ays had around a hundred sp eech c o r r e c t iv e p e o p le , m ain ly c h ild r e n , in th e C lin ic , each s e m e s te r. Now, t h a t 's p r e t t y la r g e ly a "com m unity s e rv ic e " b ecau se th e y pay v e ry l i t t l e . They pay t u i t i o n , o r a fe e am ounting to t u i t i o n . A lso , you c a n 't sa y i t i s e n t i r e l y "com m unity" b ec au se th o s e c h ild r e n and th o s e a d u lts a r e h e lp in g u s t r a i n te a c h e r s , and h e lp in g us do r e s e a r c h , so , i t i s r e c i p r o c a l, i t w orks b o th w ays. W e're g iv in g them a s e r v ic e in a way— to h a n d le i t so c h e a p ly , b u t, s t i l l , th e y a r e g iv in g u s a s e r v i c e - - t o h e lp t r a i n te a c h e rs and to g e t r e s e a r c h done. The c h a rg e h as alw ays been ab o u t th e same a s th e c h a rg e f o r t u i t i o n r a t e s . They sig n e d up, f o r exam ple, a tw o -h o u r c o u rs e , th e n th e y p a id f o r two s e m e ste r u n i t s f o r a s e m e s te r .34 The John T racy C lin ic The John T racy C l i n i c ^ W a s n e v e r p a r t o f th e SC Speech D epartm ent; how ever, b ec au se i t was lo c a te d on th e SC campus b e n e f i t s w ere re c e iv e d by s tu d e n ts and s t a f f . Upon in q u ir y as to th e e a r ly h is t o r y o f th e John T racy C lin ic f o r t r a i n i n g o f p re s c h o o l h ard o f h e a rin g c h ild r e n , and i t s r e l a t i o n to th e SC Speech C lin ic , T ra v is r e p o r te d : The John T racy C lin ic was h e re b e fo re th e War [W orld War I I ] . . . . As f a r as I know, th e r e was n e v e r any o f f i c i a l c o n n e c tio n betw een th e C lin ic •^ T ra v is in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 35 Named "The John T racy C lin ic " a f t e r th e S pencer T ra c y s ' son John who, a t th r e e y e a rs o ld , was g iv e n t r a i n in g f o r th e d e a f. From an u n re c o rd e d in te rv ie w w ith M rs. T racy , A ugust 8, 1960. 278 and SC. T h at was alw ays a p e rs o n a l th in g . . . w ith th e C h a n c e llo r [von K lein S m id ]. And I th in k i t con tin u e d t h a t way. D r. R aubenheim er t o l d me t h a t th e r e h a s n e v e r b een any m o n etary o r p r o f e s s io n a l c o n n e c tio n . However, th e c o - o p e r a tio n by th e way o f te a c h in g and th e c l i n i c a l work h as alw ays been v e ry c o r d i a l l y c l o s e . The s tu d e n ts w ent b ack and f o r t h betw een th e two p la c e s in t h e i r t r a i n i n g and d ia g n o s tic w ork. . . .3 6 M rs. S pencer T racy in fo rm ed th e w r i t e r t h a t in 1949 when Dr. C h a rle s L ig h tf o o t came to SC ( to have c h a rg e o f H e a rin g ), he and th e T racy s t a f f worked o u t a j o i n t c u r ric u lu m f o r a t e a c h e r - t r a i n i n g program in c l i n i c a l p ro c e d u re s . T h is c u rric u lu m i s s t i l l in f o r c e . ^ The fo llo w in g q u o ta tio n s from b ro c h u re s a r e in fo rm a tiv e : W e m ig h t e la b o r a te a l i t t l e on th e " fo u n d in g d a te " w hich we have l i s t e d as O cto b er 1942. F o llo w in g a Summer Workshop a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n ia , ab o u t f i f t y p a r e n ts o f d e a f and h a rd o f h e a rin g c h ild r e n and i n t e r e s t e d p e o p le m et a t th e home o f Mr. and M rs. S pencer T racy f o r th e p u rp o se o f form ing an o r g a n iz a tio n w hich m ig h t h e lp th e p a r e n ts w ith t h e i r p ro b lem s. T h is was in J u ly 1942. I t was found t h a t th e gro u p in c lu d e d tw elv e m o th ers o f c h ild r e n s ix y e a rs o f age and u n d e r. I t was ag re e d t h a t th e s e m o th e rs, w ith M rs. T racy , would m eet t o g e th e r as a stu d y group to p o o l t h e i r e x p e rie n c e s and to le a r n a b o u t p re s c h o o l d e a f c h i ld r e n . They met ev e ry week. In Septem ber 1942, th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n ia made a v a ila b le [ f r e e o f c h a rg e ] th r e e fram e d w e llin g s lo c a te d a d ja c e n t to th e Speech C l in ic . The h o u ses w ere p u t i n t o c o n d itio n by m o th ers and g en ero u s and i n t e r e s t e d f r ie n d s and was named "Jo h n T racy C l in i c ." I t opened in O cto b er 1 9 4 2 .3 ° JOT ra v is in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 07 T racy in te rv ie w . ^®Taken from The John T racy C lin ic b ro c h u re s , A ugust 20, 1957. 279 As o f 1950 no o p e r a tio n a l c o n n e c tio n e x is te d betw een th e John T racy C lin ic and th e SC Speech D epartm ent. The r e l a t i o n s h i p and c o o p e ra tio n , how ever, a c c o rd in g to T ra v is , "h a s alw ays been v e ry c o r d i a l l y c l o s e ." Speech and H earin g C lin ic R e tu rn in g to th e U n iv e r s ity in 1946 fo llo w in g h is s e r v ic e le a v e f o r W orld War I I , T ra v is su cceed ed Dr. A lan N ic h o ls a s Head o f th e D epartm ent o f Speech. In a re o rg a n i z a t i o n o f th e Speech D epartm ent, th e Speech and H earin g C lin ic was form ed in 1947 w ith D r. G ran t F a irb a n k s in 3Q c h a rg e . 7 T ra v is r e p o r te d th e fo llo w in g re g a rd in g th e Speech and H ea rin g C lin ic and th e p a r t F a irb a n k s had in i t s e s ta b lis h m e n t: . . .Dr. G ran t F a irb a n k s , who was h e re ab o u t a y e a r and a h a l f , com ing in th e f a l l o f ’47 and le a v in g . . . in '4 9 . . . i s c r e d ite d e s p e c i a lly f o r o u r f in e h e a r in g s u i t e . He d e s ig n e d t h a t and h e lp e d u s co n v in ce th e A d m in is tra tio n to g iv e u s th e money, and he s u p e r v is e d th e b u ild in g o f t h a t [th e s u i t e ] . So, I th in k we can g iv e him g r e a t c r e d i t t h e r e . ^0 T ra v is d iv id e d sp eech work i n to two m ain a r e a s : (1) th e p e rfo rm a n ce , and (2) th e s c i e n t i f i c . The fo rm er d i v i s i o n in c lu d e d th e f i e l d s o f p u b lic sp e a k in g , d i s c u s s io n , d e b a te , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , and a l l c o u rs e s r e l a t e d to th e s e f i e l d s . The s c i e n t i f i c a r e a in c lu d e d sp eech 39Alumni R eview . XXIX (F e b ru a ry , 1947), 2. ^ T r a v i s in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 280 c o r r e c t io n , a u r a l r e h a b i l i t a t i o n , and sp eech p a th o lo g y . D e s c rib in g S C 's p ro g re s s in sp eech c o r r e c t io n fo llo w in g T r a v is ' r e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e Speech D epartm ent, th e Alumni Review f o r F e b ru a ry , 1947, r e p o r te d t h a t th ro u g h th e e f f o r t s o f T ra v is and h i s s t a f f , sp eech c o r r e c t io n a t SC "h ad fo rg e d ahead to a p o s it io n o f le a d e r s h ip on th e West C o a s t." 41 Many ty p e s o f o rg a n ic and p sy ch o g en ic sp eech d e f i c i e n c i e s h av e b een t r e a t e d by th e SC Speech and H earin g C l i n i c . T hese in c lu d e v o ic e and a r t i c u l a t i o n p ro b lem s, c l e f t p a l a t e sp e ech , c e r e b r a l p a l s ie d sp e ech , s t u t t e r i n g , and th e a p h a s ia s .42 up to and th ro u g h th e y e a r 1950, th e m ost im p o rta n t a s p e c t o f c l i n i c a l p ro c e d u re s a t SC was th e t r a i n i n g o f sp eech t h e r a p i s t s and p a t h o lo g is t s . In summing up th e p ro g re s s made in th e a r e a o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n a t SC from 1938 th ro u g h 1950, T ra v is s a id : I th in k , p ro b a b ly , th e g r e a t e s t change t h a t happened upon my com ing to SC in sp eech p a th o lo g y was th e G ra d u ate program . I d o n 't th in k th e r e had been a s in g l e Ph.D. i n Speech P ath o lo g y b e fo re I came h e r e . Eugene Hahn was th e f i r s t o n e. I would sa y , t h a t i f I have made a c o n tr ib u t io n o u t th e r e , i t i s m ain ly in th e re a lm o f g ra d u a te w ork, tu r n in g o u t th e s e P h .D .'s in sp eech p a th o lo g y . Our g r e a t e s t n eed s h av e been 4Alumni Review, XXIX (February, 1947), 2. 42Ibid. 281 f o r more money, more te a c h e r s , more eq u ip m en t, more f a c i l i t i e s . W e had h a rd ly a p r o je c tio n la n te r n [In 1 9 3 8 ]. W e n o t o n ly needed equipm ent f o r r e s e a r c h , b u t f o r te a c h in g and d e m o n s tra tio n p u rp o s e s.^ Summary o f C h ap ter Speech te a c h e r s , b e fo re and s in c e th e s e l f - t a u g h t Dem osthenes and h i s p e b b le s , have more o r l e s s b lin d l y c a r r ie d on th e p r a c t i c e o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n . In th e U n ited S ta te s , th e developm ent o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n a s a fo rm al academ ic s u b je c t began d u rin g th e f i r s t q u a r te r o f th e p r e s e n t c e n tu ry . At SC came th e h o p e fu l " s u r e c u re f o r stam m erers" in 1925, t y p i c a l o f w hat was h ap p en in g n a t io n a l l y . Then fo llo w ed th e even more u s e f u l q u e s tio n in g , i n v e s t i g a t i n g , and s e a rc h in g f o r answ ers w hich opened th e p o s s i b i l i t i e s o f s c i e n t i f i c r e s e a r c h . Dean Ray K. Immel in tro d u c e d th e S c h o o l's f i r s t re c o rd in g m a c h in e --a m arv el t h a t re c o rd e d sp eech on a s t e e l w ire . U n fo rtu n a te ly , i t was tem p eram en ta l. In 1930 c o u rs e s w ere in tro d u c e d u n d er such t i t l e s as M inor Speech C o r r e c tio n . H a ll and M ills , w orking w ith Immel, gave i n s t r u c t i o n in t h i s a r e a w hich d e a l t p r i n c i p a l l y w ith a r t i c u l a t i o n and v o ic e im provem ent. The f i r s t s te p tow ard an a c tu a l c l i n i c in Speech c o r r e c t io n o c c u rre d in 1930 when Immel, w ith M e tfe s s e l and Mount o f th e Psychology D epartm ent, a tte m p te d to s e t up ^ T r a v i s in te rv ie w ; se e A ppendix A. 282 a c l i n i c f o r s t u t t e r e r s . The c h i e f d i f f i c u l t y was la c k o f fu n d s f o r equipm ent and f o r h i r i n g needed te a c h e r s in th e f i e l d . The S chool o f Speech f a c u l ty , a s s i s t e d by Hill** Young and S tin c h fie ld -H a w k o f U n iv e rs ity C o lle g e , a l l made v a lu a b le c o n tr ib u tio n s to th e Speech C l i n i c 's p r o g r e s s . Through H ah n 's management o f th e C lin ic in 1934, s ta te - w id e r e c o g n itio n was re c e iv e d . S u p p o rt by M abel F a r rin g to n G iffo rd , C h ie f, C a lif o r n i a S ta te B ureau o f Speech C o rre c tio n , proved to be v a lu a b le a s s i s t a n c e . Hahn was S C 's f i r s t Ph.D. c a n d id a te in th e f i e l d o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n ; h i s was th e f i r s t d o c to r a l s tu d y d i r e c t e d by T ra v is a t SC. In th e l a t t e r 1930's , M orkovin and Moore ev o lv ed t h e i r c o u rs e s and th e f ilm s e r i e s t i t l e d " L if e S itu a t io n M otion P ic tu r e s " f o r th e h a r d - o f - h e a r in g . They ta u g h t s p e e c h -re a d in g and c a lle d t h e i r th e o ry th e A u d io -V isu a l K in e s th e tic M ethod. The H earin g C lin ic won n a t i o n a l re c o g n i t i o n . T ra v is , coining to SC in 1938, b ro u g h t a dynam ic p s y c h o lo g ic a l ap p ro ach to sp eech c o r r e c t i o n - - a s p a r t o f th e P sy c h o -E d u c a tio n a l C lin ic . The C lin ic c o o p e ra te d w ith th e Los A ngeles G en era l H o s p ita l, th e C h ild G uidance C lin ic , th e O rth o p ed ic H o s p ita l, th e Los A n g eles B oard o f Educa t i o n , and o th e r a g e n c ie s o f th e a r e a . Types o f c a s e s t r e a t e d in c lu d e d s t u t t e r e r s , i n d i s t i n c t sp e e c h , re a d in g d i s a b i l i t i e s , th e e m o tio n a lly u p s e t, memory d e f i c i e n c i e s , 283 a p h a s ic and s p a s t i c p a t i e n t s , c a s e s o f ex trem e s e l f - c o n s c io u s n e s s , v o c a l d is o r d e r s , and d e la y e d sp e ech . The Jo h n T racy C lin ic was founded i n 1942 to h e lp p re s c h o o l h a r d - o f - h e a r in g c h i ld r e n . A lth o u g h n o t a d m in is t e r e d by SC i t was c l o s e ly a s s o c ia te d w ith th e U n iv e r s ity . In 1949 a j o i n t c u rric u lu m was w orked o u t by L ig h t f o o t and th e T racy s t a f f f o r te a c h e r t r a i n i n g . In 1946 T ra v is su cceed ed N ic h o ls a s Head o f th e Speech D ep artm en t. He d iv id e d sp eech i n s t r u c t i o n in t o two d iv i s i o n s : (1 ) th e p erfo rm an ce a r e a - - p u b lic sp e a k in g and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , and (2 ) th e s c i e n t i f i c a r e a - - in c lu d in g a l l p h a se s o f sp eech c o r r e c t i o n . In 1947 th e Speech and H ear in g C lin ic was form ed w ith F a irb a n k s in c h a rg e . From i t s b e g in n in g s in 1925 when a s tu d e n t- ta u g h t e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r c o u rs e p rom ised a " s u r e c u re f o r s t u t t e r e r s , " th e program in sp eech c o r r e c t io n a t SC, by 1950, had g a in e d n a t i o n a l r e c o g n itio n f o r i t s s c h o la r ly ac co m p lish m e n ts. CHAPTER IX S U M M A R Y A N D CONCLUSIONS T h is h i s t o r i c a l stu d y was u n d e rta k e n to in v e s t i g a t e and r e p o r t th e developm ent o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t th e U ni v e r s i t y o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a from 1880 th ro u g h 1950. Such a stu d y seemed im p o rta n t b e c a u se (1) t h i s sc h o o l was one o f th e e a r l i e s t to o f f e r t r a i n i n g i n sp e ech , and th ro u g h th e y e a rs h a s c o n s i s t e n t l y s tre n g th e n e d i t s p o s i t i o n o f le a d e r s h ip ; (2 ) i t seemed, on th e w hole, to ty p if y th e m ovem ents, d ev elo p m en ts, and changes t h a t c h a r a c te r iz e d sp eech t r a i n i n g in o th e r le a d in g i n s t i t u t i o n s . I t seemed t h a t such a stu d y m ig h t be v a lu a b le a s a re c o rd o f speech t r a i n i n g a t SC, and a ls o m ig h t be v a lu a b le as p a r t o f th e l a r g e r h i s t o r i c a l p a t t e r n . As P r e s id e n t von K leinSm id s a id : '’H is to ry s e rv e s n o t o n ly to enhance o u r a p p r e c ia tio n o f th e p r e s e n t, b u t a ls o to q u ic k en o u r judgm ent o f th e f u t u r e ." In th e re v ie w o f l i t e r a t u r e c o n c e rn in g th e h is t o r y o f sp eech e d u c a tio n , a few books, d o c to r a l s tu d i e s , and one M a s te r 's t h e s i s w ere found w hich c o n tr ib u te d in a g e n e ra l as w e ll a s s p e c i f i c way to t h i s d i s s e r t a t i o n , "A H i s t o r i c a l S tudy o f Speech E d u c a tio n a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern 284 4 C a lif o r n i a , 1 8 8 0 -1 9 5 0 .” F o r a g e n e ra l background so u rc e i n sp eech t r a i n i n g developm ent, A H is to ry o f Speech E duca t i o n in A m erica, e d ite d by K arl R. W allace (1 9 5 4 ), was found h e l p f u l . T h is was p a r t i c u l a r l y t r u e o f th o s e ch ap t e r s b e a rin g on th e b e g in n in g s o f dram a, f o r e n s ic s , and sp eech c o r r e c t io n in v a r io u s c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s up to 1925, and, in a few in s ta n c e s , to 1935. T hese c h a p te r s ( c o n tr ib u te d by a u t h o r i t i e s in t h e i r r e s p e c tiv e a r e a s ) a id e d th e w r i t e r to make some g e n e ra l co m p ariso n s o f SC 's sp eech developm ents w ith th o s e sp eech d ev elo p m en ts found in o th e r g e o g ra p h ic a l s e c tio n s o f th e c o u n try . A n o th er b ac k ground so u rc e was D is c u s s io n and D ebate by A lan N ic h o ls (1941) w hich was o f c o n s id e r a b le g e n e ra l h i s t o r i c a l h e lp in th e developm ents and tr e n d s o f d e b a tin g in th e U n ited S ta te s from i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g in 1892 to th e h e ig h t o f sp eech to u rn am en t developm ent ab o u t 1940. U se fu l d a ta w ere a ls o g iv e n re g a rd in g th e fo rm in g o f d e b a te le a g u e s and h o n o ra ry f o r e n s ic s o c i e t i e s , tr e n d s in ty p e s o f d e b a te s and d e b a te ju d g in g , and r a d io and i n t e r n a t i o n a l d e b a tin g . Thomas E. C o u lto n 's "T ren d s in Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erican C o lle g e s , 1835-1935," was o f g e n e ra l, as w e ll a s s p e c i f i c , im p o rt to th e p r e s e n t s tu d y . In h i s su rv e y o f 118 i n s t i t u t i o n s o v e r te n - y e a r p e r io d s , d a ta w ere g iv e n re g a rd in g th e names and d a te s o f sp eech c o u rs e s a s th e y f i r s t ap p e ared in A m erican c o lle g e s ; a ls o , th e sp eech d e p a rtm e n ta l 286 d e s ig n a tio n d a te s w ere g iv e n i n ea ch te n - y e a r p e r io d . F o r s p e c i f i c background m a te r ia l s , th o s e s tu d ie s w hich r e l a t e d m ore d i r e c t l y to th e p r e s e n t stu d y in common f in d in g s w ere th e fo llo w in g : " R h e to r ic a l E d u c a tio n i n A m erican C o lle g e s and U n iv e r s it ie s , 1850-1915" by H arold M . J o rd a n , "The H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n in Ten In d ia n a C o lle g e s , 1820-1938" by H e rb e rt E dgar Rahe, " H is to ry o f Speech T ra in in g a t W illia m J e w e ll C o lle g e and P ark C o lle g e , 1850-1940" by C a rl A rth u r D a llin g e r , and th e p u b lis h e d d o c to r a l d i s s e r t a t i o n H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n a t C olum bia, 1754 to 1940 by H elen P. Roach. The f i r s t th r e e o f th e s e s tu d i e s gave a c c o u n ts o f e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r speech a c t i v i t i e s in o r a to r y and d e b a te a s sp o n so red by l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s . However, Roach m en tio n ed " e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t i e s in sp eech and dram a" (as d id Rahe) b u t n o t a s b e in g sp o n so red by sp e a k in g o r g a n iz a tio n s a t Colum bia C o lle g e . Jo rd a n , Rahe, and D a llin g e r d ev o te d c o n s id e r a b le sp a ce to th e d is c u s s io n o f f o r e n s ic d e v e lo p m e n ts--a s th e fo rm in g o f o r a to r y and d e b a te le a g u e s fo llo w ed by c o l l e g i a t e and i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d ev elo p m en ts. -Too, th e y d e v o te d d is c u s s io n s to th e developm ent o f c h a p te r s in v a r io u s n a t i o n a l sp eech h o n o ra ry s o c i e t i e s . The r e l i g i o u s in f lu e n c e u n d e r v a r io u s d e n o m in a tio n a l c l a s s i f i c a t i o n s , to g e th e r w ith e x e r c is e s in B ib le re a d in g as ta u g h t in th e c o lle g e s , was found in s tu d i e s by D a llin g e r , Roach, 287 and e s p e c i a l l y s t r e s s e d in R a h e 's s tu d y . As in th e w r i t e r 's f in d in g s J o rd a n , to o , d is c u s s e d th e d e c lin in g i n t e r e s t i n sp eech p r a c t i c e s f o r e n t e r ta in m e n t's sake fo llo w e d by th e r i s e o f i n t e r e s t in extem poraneous p u b lic s p e a k in g . R o a c h 's d i s s e r t a t i o n r e l a t e d d i r e c t l y to th e w r i t e r '8 stu d y in i t s c h r o n o lo g ic a l d ev elo p m en t. I t showed p a r a l l e l s w ith S C 's sp eech work i n th e h i s t o r i c a l p i c t u r e a s r e v e a le d by e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t i e s in p u b lic sp e ak in g and dram a p r a c t i c e s , though Roach s t a t e d t h a t th e s e w ere n o t " s tu d e n t sp e a k in g c lu b s " o r o r g a n iz a tio n s , a s w ere found in S C 's l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s . C ourse o f f e r in g s in Colum bia C o lle g e w ere s im ila r to th o s e sp eech c o u rs e s found a t SC. The s tu d ie s o f Jo rd a n , Rahe, D a llin g e r , and Roach d i f f e r e d from S C 's m a jo r sp eech developm ent in th e fo llo w in g c o n t r a s t s : (1 ) L i t t l e in f lu e n c e from th e E n g lis h D epartm ent a t SC was f e l t in th e s t r e s s i n g o f r h e t o r i c as a c o m p o sitio n p r a c t i c e e x c e p t p o s s ib ly from 1880 to 1895 b e fo re th e fo rm in g o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry . (2 ) P r iv a te sp eech i n s t r u c t i o n was n o t m en tio n ed e x c e p t a t SC. (3 ) S C 's e a r l y sp eech work (1895-1920) was more co m parable to t h a t found in p r i v a t e sp eech 288 s c h o o ls th a n found i n r e g u la r academ ic c o lle g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s . (4 ) T hese s tu d ie s d id n o t m en tio n c r e a t i v e w ork as was found i n S C 's A p o llia d and P o e try P lay h o u se o r g a n iz a tio n s . (5 ) No m en tio n was made o f dram a w orkshop a c t i v i t i e s and e x p e rim e n ta l dram a o th e r th a n in th e w r i t e r 's s tu d y . (6) R adio was n o t l i s t e d a s p a r t o f sp e ech work e x c e p t a t SC. (7) T each er t r a i n i n g program s and summer sc h o o l o f f e r in g s w ere n o t in c lu d e d in th e s tu d i e s by Jo rd a n , Rahe, D a llin g e r , and Roach. (8) E x cep t a t SC, g ra d u a te work in sp eech was n o t d e s c r ib e d . A n o th er stu d y w hich r e l a t e d s p e c i f i c a l l y to th e p r e s e n t stu d y was "An H i s t o r i c a l Study o f D ram atic A c ti v i t i e s a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1880 to 1 9 5 7 ," a M a s te r 's t h e s i s , by G ile s F re d e r ic k R obinson. R o b in so n 's p e rs o n a l c o n ta c t a s a s tu d e n t o f W illia m C. d e M ille e n a b le d him to g iv e so m ething o f d e M ille 's p h ilo s o p h y o f dram a and i t s in f lu e n c e on SC. Speech e d u c a tio n a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th e rn C a l i f o r n ia i s one o f th e o ld e s t e d u c a tio n a l t r a d i t i o n s in th e W est. T h is t r a d i t i o n began O cto b er 6, 1880, when 289 f i f t y - t h r e e s tu d e n ts found t h e i r ways to a new i n s t i t u t i o n o f h ig h e r le a r n in g c a l l e d SC. Seven o f th e s e s tu d e n ts sig n e d up f o r M iss M. D. M eC hain's c o u rs e in e lo c u tio n . From t h i s hum ble b e g in n in g h as f lo u r is h e d one o f th e le a d in g Speech D ep artm en ts o f th e c o u n try . T h is stu d y h a s been an a c c o u n t o f t h i s d ev elo p m en t. Any one o f s e v e r a l f a c t o r s m ig h t w e ll have prom pted th e in c lu s io n o f sp e ech in th e f i r s t c u rric u lu m a t SC, a s : (1 ) E lo c u tio n was a f a c e t o f o u r e d u c a tio n a l h e r ita g e from E n g lan d . H aving had i t s b e g in n in g in t h a t c o u n try aro u n d th e e a r l y 1 8 0 0 's , e lo c u tio n l a t e r found i t s way i n to A m erican c o lle g e s and th u s i t was n a t u r a l t h a t when SC opened i t s d o o rs , i t fo llo w e d th e t r a d i t i o n o f o f f e r i n g e lo c u tio n . (2 ) M i n i s t e r i a l and law s tu d e n ts o f th e th e n M e th o d ist d e n o m in a tio n a l i n s t i t u t i o n a ls o w ished to a v a i l th e m se lv e s o f e lo c u tio n i n s t r u c t i o n f o r th e p u rp o se o f im p ro v in g d e liv e r y in p u b lic a d d re s s . (3) R e c ita ls o f l i t e r a t u r e w ere " p o p u la r" fomens o f e n te r ta in m e n t o f th e l a s t q u a r te r o f th e n in e te e n th c e n tu r y . Many s tu d e n ts w anted t o become p e rfo rm e rs and e n r o lle d in e lo c u tio n c l a s s e s . (4) P ro b a b ly th e m ost im p o rta n t f a c t o r w hich prom pted th e e s ta b lis h m e n t o f a c l a s s in 290 e lo c u tio n was t h a t many p e o p le w ere w an tin g to sp eak more e f f e c t i v e l y and so u g h t e lo c u tio n t r a i n i n g f o r t h i s p r e p a r a tio n . V ario u s g u id in g p h ilo s o p h ie s and g o a ls ev o lv ed w ith th e ch an g in g tim e s and le a d e r s . From 1880 to 1895 sp eech t r a i n i n g c o n s is te d o f t r a i n i n g in e lo c u tio n w ith an em phasis on d e liv e r y and p la tfo rm te c h n iq u e s . The U n iv er s i t y c a ta lo g u e f o r 1884-1885 s t a t e d th e g e n e ra l g o a ls w ere " to g iv e th e n a tu r e , p u rp o se , and h is t o r y o f th e s e le c tio n s and to m a s te r th e th o u g h t, e x p re s s io n , and s e l f - c o n t r o l r e q u ir e d f o r p u b lic p r e s e n t a t i o n ." W ith th e o rg a n iz in g o f th e C o lleg e o f O ra to ry in 1895, Maude E. W illis (Dean, 1895-1898) s t a t e d t h a t th e c h i e f aim was " to d ev e lo p s tro n g r e a d e rs and s p e a k e rs , and to t r a i n p r o f i c i e n t te a c h e rs o f th e A r t." G ra d u a lly th e p h ilo s o p h ie s and p r a c t i c e s changed. Lee Emerson B a s s e tt ( P r in c i p a l, 1898-1899) en d eav o red to change th e em phasis from m echanics and d is p la y to more th o u g h t-m o tiv a te d p e rfo rm a n c e s. J e s s e M a rtin R o b erts (Dean, 1899-1903) d ev elo p ed a f o u r - y e a r program and a p o s t- g r a d u a te c l a s s , g a in in g a c c r e d i t a t i o n from th e Emerson C o lle g e o f O ra to ry in B oston. B eulah W right (Dean, 1903-1917) w ro te t h a t " a tr u e sc h o o l o f e x p re s s io n sh o u ld d ev e lo p c h a r a c te r in i t s s tu d e n ts , and sh o u ld p re p a re one to l i v e , " and l i s t e d th e g o a ls : " (1 ) to u p b u ild 291 th e in n e r man, (2 ) to p re p a re th e body, and (3) to d ev e lo p th e in d iv i d u a l." She b e lie v e d t h a t "no r e a d e r o r p e rfo rm e r c o u ld b e any g r e a t e r th a n he h im s e lf w as." E liz a b e th Y oder (Dean, 1917-1920) f e l t t h a t th e name C o lle g e o f O ra to ry was in a p p r o p r ia te to d e s ig n a te th e "m odem " sp eech t r a i n i n g h e r s t a f f endeavored to g iv e th e s tu d e n ts . She p la c e d l e s s em phasis on d e liv e r y and d is p la y , en co u rag ed th e developm ent o f s u b je c t a re a s w ith in th e d e p a rtm e n t, and changed th e name to School o f Speech. T hese changes g ain ed momentum a f t e r Ray K e e s la r Immel became Dean in 1924. He s e t f o r t h h is p h ilo s o p h y o f e d u c a tio n : to d ev e lo p c l e a r , n a t u r a l , and e f f e c t i v e sp e ech . The sp eech r e c i t a l s w ere d is c o n tin u e d ; th e U n iv e r s ity seemed to have "outgrow n" th e p r a c t i c e o f m em orized p ie c e s g iv e n f o r th e p u rp o se o f e n te r ta in m e n t. H is s p e c ia l g o a ls f o r th e School o f Speech w ere to d e v e lo p th e sp eech s c ie n c e s and sp eech c o r r e c tio n , and to t r a i n te a c h e r s o f sp e ech . Immel a ls o b e lie v e d in and s t r e s s e d th e v a lu e o f a th o ro u g h g e n e ra l e d u c a tio n . In 1932 th e S chool o f Speech became a S chool w ith in th e C o lle g e o f L e tt e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s . A t th e tim e o f Im m el’ s d e a th in 1945, a re -g ro u p in g o f d e p a rtm e n ts w ith in th e U n iv e rs ity was b e in g com pleted and th e S chool o f Speech became a D epartm ent u n d er th e C o lle g e . F or th e y e a rs 292 1945 on th ro u g h 1950, th e p h ilo s o p h ie s propounded by Iranel c o n tin u e d in la r g e m easure to s e t th e g o a ls f o r sp e ech e d u c a tio n a f t e r th e S chool was changed to a D ep artm en t. C u r r ic u la r em phasis was p la c e d on m em orized re a d in g s o f g r e a t sp eech es and l i t e r a t u r e a s an a id in d e v e lo p in g s k i l l in sp e a k in g a s w e ll a s f o r e n te rta in m e n t i n th e y e a rs from 1895 to ab o u t 1920. The SC C a talo g u e f o r 1908-1909 l i s t e d f o u r te e n c o u rs e s in th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry among w hich w ere: "C ourse 1. F undam ental p r i n c i p l e s o f e x p r e s s io n , E n g lis h p h o n a tio n , e n u n c ia tio n , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f s e l e c t i o n s from Cumnock's C hoice R e a d in g s." " R e la x a tio n , C o n c e n tra tio n , B re a th in g , Tone P la c in g , Rhythm, and P h ra s in g ." A c o u rs e ap p eared l i s t i n g L y ric Poems, and a n o th e r w hich was d e s c rib e d as " I n t e r p r e t a t i o n from Modern W r ite rs , K ip lin g , B a r r ie , Van Dyke, K ate D ouglas W iggins, M aclaren , Dunbar and O th e rs ." C ourse 9 l i s t s " A r t i s t i c A natom y." C la s s e s in P h y s ic a l C u ltu re f o r o r a to r y s tu d e n ts w ere a ls o co n d u c te d . "C ourse 10. R e p e r to ir e , ab rid g m en t o f books and c l a s s i c s f o r p u b lic p r e s e n ta tio n , arran g em en t o f program , im p e rs o n a tio n , f o r advanced s tu d e n ts o n ly ." "C ourse 12. Assem bly" ( r e c i t a l s g iv e n ev e ry two w ee k s). Drama had fu n c tio n e d c h i e f ly as an e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r a c t i v i t y sp o n so red by l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s (th e f i r s t s o c ie ty a t SC was o rg a n iz e d in 1880), c lu b s , and th e J u n io r and S e n io r C la s s e s . SC was among th e f i r s t s c h o o ls to o f f e r 293 a c o u rs e i n S h ak esp eare (1906) from w hich was o rg a n iz e d th e S h ak esp eare C lub ( a ls o c a ll e d D ram atic C lu b ). The Lance and L ute h o n o ra ry d ra m a tic s o c ie ty was form ed in 1913 and became S C 's c h a p te r o f th e N a tio n a l C o lle g ia te P la y e rs i n 1926. In 1916 th e f i r s t c o u rs e in E d u c a tio n a l D ram atics was g iv e n a t SC. Ray MacDonald (1926) o rg a n iz e d th e Drama W orkshop, th e p u rp o se b e in g to c r e a t e , i n t e r p r e t , and p ro d u ce w o rth w h ile p la y s , w ith em phasis on th e p ro d u c tio n o f o n e - a c ts . I n 1936 F lo re n c e B. Hubbard c o n tr ib u te d to e x p e rim e n ta l dram a by p ro d u c in g monodramas in w hich th e a c to r c u t, a d a p te d , and p re s e n te d a p la y , p o r tr a y in g a l l th e c h a ra c t e r s . W illia m C. d e M ille jo in e d th e s t a f f in 1941 and d ev elo p ed c la s s e s in p la y w r itin g , advanced d ra m a tic s , and p h o to p la y a p p r e c ia tio n . L a rg e ly th ro u g h h i s e f f o r t s drama s e p a ra te d from Speech and became a d e p a rtm en t in 1945. D eM ille was th e new d e p a rtm e n t's f i r s t ch airm an . In an e x a m in a tio n o f dram a p ro d u c tio n s p re s e n te d a t SC from 1920 th ro u g h 1950, i t was found t h a t th e u n iv e r s i t y t h e a t e r had changed o n ly s l i g h t l y o v e r th e y e a r s . In th e t h i r t y y e a rs o f p la y p ro d u c tio n , th e r e was ev id en ced th e a tte m p t to p re s e rv e a b a la n c e o f th e b e t t e r co n tem p o rary p ro d u c tio n s a lo n g w ith th e c l a s s i c a l p la y s . Jam es H. B u tle r s t a r t e d a r e v i v a l o f e a r ly G reek p la y s in 1946, and began work in e x p e rim e n ta l dram a th e same y e a r. 294 Two c r e a t i v e dram a a c t i v i t i e s w hich c o n tr ib u te d to th e f i e l d o f sp e ec h e d u c a tio n a t SC and w hich g ain ed n a t io n a l r e c o g n itio n w ere: The A p o llia d (1925-1947) o rg an iz e d c h i e f l y th ro u g h th e e f f o r t s o f T a c ie Hanna Rew w hich p re s e n te d o r i g i n a l w orks in dram a, l i t e r a t u r e , m usic, and a r t ; and The P o e try P lay h o u se (1931-1938) founded by C loyde D uval D a lz e ll w ith th e a s s is ta n c e o f A lta B. H a ll and Ray K. Immel, w hich added th e a r t s o f song, d an ce, and a c tin g to th e sp e a k in g o f p o e try . As w ith dram a, f o r e n s ic developm ent a t SC had i t s b e g in n in g in th e l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s w here d e b a te and o th e r form s o f p u b lic sp e a k in g w ere p r a c t ic e d . In 1893 ap p eared th e f i r s t i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e p u b lic sp e a k in g developm ent when th e O r a to r ic a l A s s o c ia tio n was form ed, th u s en c o u ra g in g a n n u a l sp e a k in g e v e n ts w ith n e ig h b o rin g c o lle g e s . M in is te r s and th e o lo g ic a l s tu d e n ts w ere num erous in th e o r a to r y c l a s s e s as w e ll a s in c la s s e s o f B ib le and Hymn re a d in g . I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g a t SC began ab o u t 1900, th u s p ro b a b ly b e in g in advance o f a n a t io n a l tr e n d . SC was a ls o one o f th e f i r s t u n i v e r s i t i e s o f th e n a tio n to g iv e academ ic c r e d i t (1912) f o r e x t r a c u r r i c u l a r d e b a tin g . As found in o th e r s c h o o ls , th e tr e n d a t SC from 1915 to 1950 was to s u b s t i t u t e a s in g le c r i t i c ju d g e f o r th e b o ard o f th r e e o r f iv e ju d g e s . N o n -d e c isio n d e b a tin g d u rin g 295 t h i s p e rio d a ls o had a r i s e and f a l l o f i n t e r e s t . A ddi t i o n a l ch an g es came ab o u t w ith th e in tr o d u c tio n o f v a ry in g d e b a te s t y l e s . The Oregon P lan was one o f th e m ost p o p u la r s t y l e s , a lth o u g h th e O xford s t y l e was f r e q u e n tly u sed in ju d g ed d e b a te s . The developm ent o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a tin g was h a s te n e d by th e fo rm a tio n o f th e T ria n g u la r D eb atin g Con t e s t League in 1914, th e S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a P u b lic Speak in g C o n feren ce in 1922, and th e P a c if ic C oast F o re n sic League in 1926. SC p la y ed a m ajo r r o l e , u n d e r th e d i r e c t i o n o f A lan N ic h o ls, in a l l th e s e o r g a n iz a tio n s . SC a ls o c o n tr ib u te d s i g n i f i c a n t l y to th e developm ent o f i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e l e g i s l a t i v e a s s e m b lie s . A lan N ich o ls and M ilto n D ickens p ersu a d e d D e lta Sigma Rho in 1937 to sp o n so r a N a tio n a l S tu d e n t C ongress f o r d e b a te r s . In 1925, SC expanded i t s d e b a tin g to an i n t e r n a t i o n a l scope w ith i t s f i r s t d e b a te w ith a team from O xford. S in ce t h a t tim e i n t e r n a t i o n a l exchanges have s u c c e s s f u lly c o n tin u e d , ad d in g to th e e x p e rie n c e s o f f e r e d SC d e b a te r s . A lth o u g h d e b a tin g has been th e c h i e f f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t y a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , th e r e h as d ev elo p ed an a c tiv e program o f sp e a k in g c o n te s ts in v o lv in g in d iv id u a l c o n t e s ta n ts . T hese c o n t e s ts , i t i s b e lie v e d , added c o n s id e ra b ly to SC 's program o f sp eech e d u c a tio n . 296 I t was found t h a t SC was u s u a lly In th e f o r e f r o n t o f n a t io n a l f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t i e s su ch a s : d e b a te t r i p s , th e fo rm a tio n o f le a g u e s , women d e b a te s , r a d io c o n t e s ts , and I n t e r n a t i o n a l d e b a tin g . A lthough c o u rs e s o f f e r e d In th e p h y s ic s o f r a d io w ere o f f e r e d a s e a r l y a s 1915, I n s t r u c t i o n In r a d io b ro a d c a s tin g a t SC was n o t begun u n t i l th e l a t t e r 1920*8 when s h o r t - l i v e d a tte m p ts w ere made to co n d u c t th e " U n iv e rs ity o f th e A ir" p ro g ram s. T hese program s p re s e n te d v a rio u s d e p a rtm e n ts and s c h o o ls o f th e U n iv e r s ity and w ere b ro a d c a s t th ro u g h rem ote c o n tr o l o v e r downtown Los A ngeles Don Lee s t a t i o n s . The f i r s t r a d io c o u rs e f o r c r e d i t was g iv e n in 1934 by T a c ie Hanna Rew in w hich d r a m a tiz a tio n s o f th e c l a s s i c s w ere p re s e n te d o v e r v a r io u s Los A ngeles s t a t i o n s . R adio b ro a d c a s ts on th e campus w ere la r g e ly u n d er th e management o f W . B a lle n tin e H enley who was a c tiv e in g e t t i n g th e SC s u b - s ta tio n s t a r t e d on th e cam pus. In 1942 th e Radio Workshop was o r g a n iz e d - -a n o n - c r e d it a c t i v i t y - - o p e r a t e d by s tu d e n ts and d ir e c te d by Max T. K rone. The p u rp o se o f th e Workshop was to g iv e e x p e rie n c e to th o s e who w ished to le a r n s c r i p t w r itin g , ann o u n cin g , and to do r a d io a c tin g . I t was sp o n so red by th e T ro ja n War B oard. A lthough b e in g l a t e r th a n m ost com parable sc h o o ls in i t s r a d io dev elo p m en t, S C 's D epartm ent o f R adio was f i n a l l y form ed in 1946 w ith W illiam H. S ener in c h a rg e . 297 By 1949 b o th a B a c h e lo r o f A rts and a B a c h e lo r o f S cie n c e and a l s o a M a s te r 's d e g re e In th e f i e l d o f R adio w ere o f f e r e d . Speech c o r r e c t io n a s an academ ic s u b je c t began in th e U n ite d S ta te s in th e f i r s t q u a r te r o f th e p r e s e n t c e n tu r y . The f i r s t o f f e r i n g in t h i s f i e l d a t SC was in 1925 when th e h o p e fu l " s u r e c u re f o r s t u t t e r e r s " was i n t r o d u ced . F o llo w in g t h i s e a r l y a tte m p t came th e more u s e f u l q u e s tio n in g , in v e s t i g a t in g , and s e a rc h in g f o r answ ers w hich c o n s t i t u t e s s c i e n t i f i c r e s e a r c h . B e tte r sp e ech p r a c t i c e s w ere f a c i l i t a t e d by th e S c h o o l's f i r s t " te le g ra p h o n e " in 1927 w hich re c o rd e d sp eech on a s t e e l w ire . T h is s c ie n t i f i c tr e n d c o n tin u e d w ith th e in tr o d u c tio n in 1930 o f a c o u rs e e n t i t l e d M inor Speech C o rre c tio n w hich d e a l t p r i n c i p a l ly w ith a r t i c u l a t i o n and v o ic e im provem ent. In 1930 th e f i r s t s te p tow ard e s t a b l i s h i n g an a c t u a l c l i n i c in sp eech c o r r e c t i o n was ta k e n when la m e l, w ith M ilto n M e tfe s s e l and G eorge H. Mount o f th e P sychology D epartm ent, s e t up a c l i n i c f o r s t u t t e r e r s . The School o f Speech f a c u l ty was g r e a t ly a s s i s t e d by S ara S tin c h fie ld -H a w k and Edna H i1 1 -Young i n m aking v a lu a b le c o n tr ib u tio n s to th e p r o g re s s o f th e Speech C lin ic . The C lin ic came tin d er th e management o f Eugene Hahn in 1934 and th ro u g h h is e f f o r t s re c e iv e d s ta te - w id e r e c o g n itio n . In the latter 1930’s, Boris V. Morkovin and 298 L u c e lia M. Moore ev o lv ed t h e i r " L if e S itu a t io n M otion P ic tu r e s " f o r th e h a r d - o f - h e a r in g . They ta u g h t sp e e c h - r e a d in g , c a l l i n g t h e i r th e o ry th e A u d io -V isu a l K in e s th e tic M ethod. By 1938 th e H earin g C lin ic was w in n in g n a t i o n a l r e c o g n itio n . I n 1938 Lee Edward T ra v is jo in e d th e P sycho- E d u c a tio n a l C lin ic a t SC, b r in g in g a dynam ic p s y c h o lo g ic a l ap p ro ach to sp eech c o r r e c t io n . The C lin ic c o o p e ra te d w ith th e Los A ngeles G en eral H o s p ita l, th e C h ild G uidance C l in ic , th e O rth o p ae d ic H o s p ita l, th e Los A ngeles Board o f E d u c a tio n , and o th e r l o c a l o r g a n iz a tio n s . Among th e many ty p e s o f sp eech problem s t r e a t e d w ere s t u t t e r i n g , a p h a s ia , v o c a l d is o r d e r s , and d e la y e d sp e ech . A lth o u g h n o t a d m in is te r e d by SC, th e John T racy C lin ic f o r t r a i n i n g h a r d - o f - h e a rin g c h ild r e n was founded on th e SC campus in 1942. L a te r , a j o i n t c u rric u lu m was w orked o u t by C h a rle s L ig h tf o o t and th e T racy s t a f f f o r a te a c h e r t r a i n i n g program f o r th e d e a f and h a r d - o f - h e a r in g . A f i n a l m a jo r developm ent was in 1947 when th e Speech and H earin g C lin ic was form ed w ith G rant F a irb a n k s in c h a rg e . By 1950 SC had g a in e d n a t i o n a l r e c o g n itio n f o r i t s s c h o la r ly a c c o m p lish m ents in th e sp eech c o r r e c t io n a r e a . G rad u ate sp eech work a t SC began in 1924 when two M asters* d e g re e s w ere c o n f e r r e d . The f i r s t Ph.D . i n Speech was aw arded in 1935. As o f 1950 SC had g ra n te d a t o t a l o f 609 M.A. d e g re e s in Speech ( in c lu d in g Drama and R a d io ), 207 w ith th e s e s and 402 w ith o u t; f o r t y - f o u r Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n s (1935-1950) had b een a c c e p te d . A cco rd in g to K now er's an n u a l l i s t i n g s , SC in 1950 was among th e to p h a l f dozen u n i v e r s i t i e s in th e U n ite d S ta te s in te rm s o f th e amount o f a c t i v i t y and p r o d u c tiv i ty in g ra d u a te d e g re e s in Speech. In c lo s in g t h i s s tu d y , th e w r i t e r r e a l i z e s th e in a d e q u a c ie s o f r e c o n s tr u c tin g p a s t e v e n ts from t h e i r rem nants o r from th e f a c t s w hich th e y have l e f t in human memory. N e v e rth e le s s , i t h as seemed im p o rta n t to make an e f f o r t . BIBLIOGRAPHY BIBLIOGRAPHY A. BOOKS A very, V erna. C horeography. Music f o r th e D ance. New Y ork: E. P. D u tto n Company, I n c ., 1941. 487 pp. B a ird , A. C ra ig ( e d .) . R e p re s e n ta tiv e A m erican S p eec h es. 1938-1940. New Y ork: The H. W . W ilson C o ., 1940. B aldw in, C h a rle s S e a rs . A n cie n t R h e to ric and P o e t i c . I n te r p r e te d from r e p r e s e n ta ti v e w orks. New York: The M acm illan Company, 1924. 261 pp. . M edieval R h e to ric and P o e tic to 1400. New York: The M acm illan Company, 1928. 321 pp. ________ . W ritin g and S p eak in g . New York: L ongm an's, G reen and C o ., 1969. 4 4 5 pp. B rig a n c e , W illiam Norwood ( e d .) . A H is to ry and C r itic is m o f A m erican P u b lic A d d re ss. 2 v o ls . New York: McGraw- H i l l Book Company, I n c ., 1943. C ooper, L ane. The R h e to ric o f A r i s t o t l e . New York: D. A p p leto n -C en tu ry C o ., 1932. Cumnock, R o b e rt McLean ( e d .) . C hoice R e a d in g s, f o r P u b lic and P r iv a te E n te rta in m e n ts and f o r th e Use o f S c h o o ls, C o lle g e s and P u b lic R ead ers w ith E lo c u tio n a ry A d v ice. C hicago: Ja n se n McClurg and C o ., 1878. C u rry , S. S. Mind and V o ice. P r in c ip le s and M ethods i n V ocal T ra in in g . B oston: E x p re ssio n Company, P ie r c e B u ild in g , C opley S quare, 1910. 456 pp. D illo n , J o s e p h in e . Modem A c tin g . A g u id e f o r s ta g e , s c re e n , and r a d io l New Y ork: P r e n tic e - H a ll, 1940. 313 pp. Dolman, Jo h n , J r . The A rt o f P lay P ro d u c tio n . New York: H arp er and B ro th e rs , 1928. 295 pp. 301 302 Eubank, Henry Lee, and A uer, J . D is c u s s io n and D eb ate. Too I s o f a Democracy. 2nd e d i t i o n . New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , 1951. F o r t, Lyman N. Speech f o r A l l . New Y ork: A lly n and Bacon, 1935. 365 pp. F o s te r , W illiam T ru f a n t. A rg u m en tatio n and D e b a tin g . New Y ork: Houghton M if f lin C o ., 1908. 466 pp. F u lto n , R o b ert I . , and T ru eb lo o d , Thomas C. P r a c t i c a l E lem en ts o f E lo c u tio n . B oston: Ginn and C o ., 1893. 464 pp. G ilm ore, A rt, and M id d leto n , G lenn Y. R adio A nnouncing. H ollyw ood: Hollywood R adio P u b lis h e r s , 1946. 118 pp. Good, C a r te r V ic to r . The M ethodology o f E d u c a tio n a l R e se a rc h . New Y ork: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , I n c ., T5W. G o tts c h a lk , L o u is R e ic h e n th a l. U n d e rsta n d in g H is to r y . A P rim er o f H i s t o r i c a l MethocT New Y ork: A lfre d A. Knopf, 1954. 240 pp. Hahn, Eugene F. S tu t t e r i n g . S ig n if ic a n t T h e o rie s and T h e ra p ie s . Forew ord by S ara S t i n c h f i e i d Hawk. S ta n f o rd : S ta n fo rd U n iv e rs ity P re s s , J u ly , 1943. 177 pp. Hawk, S arah Mae [ S t i n c h f i e l d ] . Speech T herapy f o r th e P h y s ic a lly H andicapped. S ta n f o rd : S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity P re s s , 1950. 245 pp. H erendeen, J a n e . Speech Q u a lity and I n t e r p r e t a t i o n . T heory, Method, and M a te r ia l. New Y ork: H arp er and B ro th e rs , 1946. 382 pp. H o c k e tt, Homer C arey. I n tr o d u c tio n to R e se a rc h in A m erican H is to r y . New York: The M acm illan Company, 1951. 179 pp. Immel, Ray K e e s la r. The D e liv e ry o f a S peech. Ann A rb o r: G eorge Wahr ( P u b lis h e r ) , 1927. 533 pp. ________ , and B rig a n c e , W illiam Norwood. Speech M aking. P r in c ip le s and P r a c tic e s . New Y ork: F. S. C r o f ts and C o., 1939. 385 pp. 303 Inm el, Ray K e e s la r, and Ogg, H elen L o re e. P o e try . L e a st P o p u la r o f th e A r t s . Norman, Oklahoma: C o o p e ra tiv e Books, 1939. 36 pp. ______ . and W hipple, R uth H u sto n . D eb atin g f o r High S c h o o ls. B o sto n : Ginn and Company, 1 9 2 9 . 2 5 1 pp. Jo h n so n , A lle n . The H is to r ia n and H i s t o r i c a l E v id e n c e. New Y ork: C h a rle s S c r ib n e r 's Sons, 1 9 2 6 . 1 / 9 p p . M urdock, Jam es E. A n a ly tic E lo c u tio n . New York: A m erican Book C o ., 1884. , and R u s s e ll, W . O rthophony: o r . C u ltiv a tio n o f th e Hianan V oice in E lo c u tio n . B o sto n : J . R. O sg o o d an d Company, 41 F ra n k lin S t . , 1876. N ic h o ls , A lan . D is c u s s io n and D eb a te. New York: H a rc o u rt, B race and Company, 1941. 569 pp. P a r r is h , Wayland M ax£ield. S peaking in P u b lic . New York: C h a rle s S c r ib n e r1 a Sons, 1947. 455 pp. P h i l l i p s , A rth u r Edward. E f f e c tiv e S p eak in g . C hicago: Newton C o ., 1908. 314 pp. P o tt e r , D avid. D eb atin g i n th e C o lo n ia l C h a rte re d C o lle g e s . New Y ork: T e ach ers (A lle g e , Colum bia U n iv er s i t y , 1944. 158 pp. ________ ( e d .) . A rg u m en tatio n and D eb ate. P r in c ip le s and P r a c tic e s , p re p a re d u n d e r th e a u s p ic e s o f Tau Kappa A lpha. New York: The Dryden P re s s , I n c ., 1954. R adin, Max. Law D ic tio n a r y , e d ., Law rence G. G reene. New Y ork: O ceana P u b lic a tio n s , 1955. R e n ie r, G. J . H is to ry , I t s P urpose and M ethod. B oston: The Beacon P re s s , 1956. 2^2 pp. Roach, H elen P. H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n a t Colum bia C o lle g e . 1754-1940. New Y ork: B ureau o f P u b lic a tio n s . T ea ch ers C o lle g e ,C o lu m b ia U n iv e r s ity , 1950. 130 pp. Robb, Mary M a rg a re t. O ra l I n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f L i t e r a t u r e in A m erican C o lle g e s and U n i v e r s i t i e s , rtew York: H. W . W ilson Co.", m l. 2 4T pp.-------------- R obinson, Jam es H arvey. The New H is to r y . New York: The M acm illan Company, 1922. 266 pp. 304 R obinson, M arion P a rso n s, and T h u rs to n , R o z e tta L u ra. P o a trv A rran g ed f o r th e S neaking C h o ir. B oston: E x p re s s io n C o ., 1936. 405 p p . Rush, Jam es. The P h ilo so p h y o f th e Human V o ice. P h ila d e lp h ia : G regg and E l l i o t , 1$83. 432 pp. R u s s e ll, W illia m . O rthophonv. o r V ocal C u ltu r e . B oston: H oughton M if f lin C o ., 1885. 362 pp. S a lv e m in i, G aetan o . H is to r ia n and S c i e n t i s t . Cam bridge: H arv ard U h iv a r s ity E re s s , 1936. 203 pp. T r a v is . Lee Edward. Speech P a th o lo g y . New York: D. A p p leto n and C o ., 1431. "3 3 1 pp. ________ , and B aruch, D orothy W a lte r. P e rs o n a l Problem s o f E veryday L i f e . New York: A p p leto n -C en tu ry C o ., 1941. 421 pp. W a lla ce , K a rl Edward ( e d .) . H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n i n A m erica. New York: A p p le to n -C e n tu ry -C ro fts , 1954. 687 pp. W eb ster, Noah, C o lle g e E d itio n o f New World D ic tio n a ry ( o f th e A m erican L anguage). C lev elan d and New York: The W orld P u b lis h in g Company, 1957. 1724 pp. W edberg, Conrad F ran k . The S t u t t e r e r S peaks. R ed lan d s, C a lif o r n i a : V a lle y F in e A rts P r e s s , 1937. 129 pp. W hitney, F re d e r ic k Lamson. The E lem ents o f R e se a rc h . New Y ork: P r e n tic e - H a ll, I n c ., 1650. 539 pp. Young, Edna H i l l , and S tin c h f ie ld , S arah Mae. C h ild re n w ith D elayed S peech. S ta n fo rd : S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity P re s s , 1938. 174 pp. B. UNPUBLISHED MATERIALS B lan k s, A nthony F. "An In tro d u c to r y Study in th e H is to ry o f th e T each in g o f P u b lic S peaking in th e U n ited S ta te s from 1636 to 1928." U npublished Ph.D . d i s s e r t a t i o n , S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity , 1928, B rode, A lv e rd a J u n e . "The H is to ry o f th e U n iv e rs ity S e c tio n o f Los A n g e le s." U n published M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , Los A n g eles, 1922. 305 C o u lto n , Thomas E. "T ren d s i n Speech E d u c a tio n in A m erica, 1 8 3 5 -1935." U n p u b lish ed Ph.D . d i s s e r t a t i o n , New Y ork U n iv e r s ity , 1935. C o w p erth w aite, Lowery L. "A H is to ry o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e F o re n s ic s a t th e S ta te U n iv e rs ity o f Io w a." Unpub lis h e d M a s te r '8 t h e s i s , U n iv e rs ity o f Iowa, Iowa C ity , 1946. D a llin g e r , C a rl A rth u r. " H is to ry o f Speech T ra in in g a t W illia m J e w e ll C o lle g e and P ark C o lle g e , 1 8 5 0 -1 9 4 0 ." U n published Ph.D . d i s s e r t a t i o n , U n iv e r s ity o f Iowa, Iowa C ity , 1952. F r i t z , C h a rle s Andrew. "The C o n ten t o f th e T each in g o f Speech i n A m erican C o lle g e s B e fo re 1850." U n p u b lish ed Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n , New York U n iv e r s ity , 1928. G a te s, Samuel Eugene. "A H is to ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , 1 9 0 0 -1928." U npublished M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , Los A n g ele s, 1929. Gay, L e s lie F. " H is to ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1 8 8 0 -1 9 1 0 ." U npublished M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n i a , Los A n g eles, 1910. Grimmer, B e tty B. "The I n t e r n a t i o n a l D ebate P ro g ram ." U n p ublished M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e rs ity o f A labam a, 1959. Hahn, Eugene F. "An I n v e s ti g a ti o n o f P u b lic S peaking C o u rses f o r A d u lts in C a l i f o r n i a ." U n p ublished M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , Los A n g eles, 1933. ________ . "A Study o f th e In flu e n c e o f V a r ia tio n s i n S o c ia l C om plexity o f O ra l R eading S itu a t io n s , o f P h o n e tic and G ram m atical F a c to r s , and o f R em edial T reatm en t upon F req u en cy o f S t u t t e r i n g ." U n p ublished Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , Los A n g eles, 1940. Jo n e s , H orace Rodman. "The D evelopm ent and P re s e n t S ta tu s o f B e g in n in g Speech C ourses i n th e C o lle g e s and U n iv e r s it ie s in th e U n ited S t a t e s ." U n p u b lish ed Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , E v an sto n , I l l i n o i s , 1952. 306 J o rd a n , H aro ld M. " R h e to r ic a l E d u c a tio n In A m erican C o lle g e s and U n iv e r s i t i e s , 1 8 5 0 -1 9 1 5 ." U npublished Ph.D . d i s s e r t a t i o n , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , E v an sto n , I l l i n o i s , 1952. L a sse , L eroy T. "The H is to ry o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e O ra to ry in th e U n ite d S t a t e s ." U n p u b lish ed M a s te r 's t h e s i s , N o rth w e ste rn U n iv e r s ity , E v an sto n , I l l i n o i s , 1929. Moe, A lic e . "The C hanging A sp e c ts in Speech E d u c a tio n ." U n p ublished M a s te r 's t h e s i s , M a rq u e tte U n iv e r s ity , M ilw aukee, W isco n sin , 1937. Rahe, H e rb e rt E d g ar. "The H is to ry o f Speech in Ten In d ia n a C o lle g e s , 1 8 2 0 -1 9 3 8 ." U npublished Ph.D. d i s s e r t a t i o n , Colum bia U n iv e r s ity , New Y ork, 1950. R obinson, G ile s F r e d e r ic k . "An H i s t o r i c a l Study o f D ram atic A c t i v i t i e s a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1870 to 1 9 5 7 ." U n p ublished M a s te r 's t h e s i s , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , Los A n g eles, 1957. C. PERIODICAL ARTICLES Adams, J . T. "My M ethods a s a H is to r ia n ," S a tu rd a y Review o f L i t e r a t u r e . L (November 10, 1 9 3 4 ), 777-78. B aldw in, C h a rle s S e a rs . " C o lle g e T each in g o f R h e to r ic ," E d u c a tio n R eview . XLVIII (Ju n e , 1914), 1 -2 0 . D ick en s, M ilto n . " I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e C on v en tio n D e b a tin g ," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech. XX (F e b ru a ry , 1934), G ray, G ile s W ild e rso n . "R e se a rc h i n th e H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n ." O u a r te r lv J o u r n a l o f Soeech. X X X V ( A p r il, 1 9 4 9 ,, 156-64. ------------ -------- ________ . "Toward th e H is to ry o f Speech E d u c a tio n ," Q u a r te r ly J o u r n a l o f S peech. XXXIII (December, 1947), H ayw orth, D onald. "The D evelopm ent o f th e T ra in in g o f P u b lic S p eak ers i n A m erica," O u a r te r lv J o u r n a l o f S peech. XIV (November, 1928), 48 9 -5 0 2 . 307 H ow ell, W ilb u r Sam uel. "S o u rc es o f th e E lo c u tio n a ry Move m ent In E ngland: 1 7 0 0 -1748," O u a r te r lv J o u r n a l o f Speech. XLV (F e b ru a ry , 1959), 1. N ic h o ls , E g b e rt Ray. "A H i s t o r i c a l S k etc h o f I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e D e b a tin g ," O u a rte rlv J o u r n a l o f S peech. XXII ( A p r il, 1 9 3 6 ), 213-20; XXII (Decem ber, 19365*, 591-602; X X III ( A p r il, 1937), 25 9 -7 8 . P a rd o e, T. E a r l. "An H i s t o r i c a l O v erv iew ," W estern S peech. X X III (J a n u a ry , 194 9 ), 5 -1 2 . T ru e b lo o d , Thomas C. "A C h a p ter on th e O rg a n iz a tio n o f C o lle g e C ourses in P u b lic S p e a k in g ," O u a r te r lv J o u r n a l o f S peech. X II (F e b ru a ry , 1926), 1 -1 1 . W e lls, Hugh N ea l. "Ju d g in g D e b a te s ," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech. I l l (Ja n u a ry -O c to b e r, 191 7 ), 336, 345. , and O 'N e ill. "Ju d g in g D e b a te s ," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech. IV (Ja n u a ry -O c to b e r, 191 8 ), 7 6 -9 2 . W o o lb ert, C h a rle s H enry. "The O rg a n iz a tio n o f D ep artm en ts o f Speech S c ie n c e in U n i v e r s i t i e s ," Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f S peech. I I (J a n u a ry , 191 6 ), 6 4 -7 7 . D. SC ARTICLES AN D PUBLICATIONS Alum ni R eview . V (F e b ru a ry , 1923), 16. Alum ni R eview , V II (S eptem ber, 1 9 2 5 ), 6. Alumni R eview . V III (Decem ber, 1926), 7. Alumni Review . XIV (May, 1932), 20. Alumni R eview . X V III (S eptem ber, 1936), 8. Alum ni R eview . XXIV (May, 1942), 11. A lum ni R eview . XXIV ( A p ril, 1943), 15. Alum ni R eview . XXVII (May, 1945), 6. Alumni Review. XXIX (June, 1945), 15. 308 Alum ni R eview . XXIV (M arch, 1946), 8. Alum ni R eview , XXVIII (Decem ber, 1946), 2. Alum ni R eview . XXIX (F e b ru a ry , 1947), 2. Alum ni Review , XXIX (F e b ru a ry , 1947), 7. Alum ni R eview . XXXVI (Ju n e , 1954), 15. Berry, Graham. "Touchstone." The Southern California Daily Troian. XXIV (July 277 '1923), 1. B ogardus, Emory S. "T ren d s in S c h o la rs h ip ," b u l l e t i n , 1936. B u tle r , Jam es H. E x p e rim e n ta l T h e a tre and P ro d u c tio n M anual. 1954. The C a rd in a l (SC s tu d e n t m onthly p u b lic a tio n , su p e rse d e d py The U n iv e r s ity A d v o c a te ). V ol. I , 1902. C ru ic k sh an k , G race W rig h t. "C loyde D a l z e l l - - D i r e c t o r ," Alumni Review . X ( A p r il, 1934), 14. E l Rodeo (p re ced e d by The S ib y l: t h i s p ro d u c tio n h a s no c o n n e c tio n w ith th e Y ear Book o f th e same nam e), V ol. I , Ju n e , 1891. E l Rodeo (The U h iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a Y ear Book b e g in n in g w ith th e y e a r 1899), 1910, p . 13. E l Rodeo. 1911, P- 62. E l Rodeo, 1912, pp. 149, 150. E l Rodeo, 1913, P- 40. E l Rodeo, 1914, pp. 38, 39, 43, E l Rodeo, 1915, p . 42. E l Rodeo, 1916, pp. 40, 270. E l Rodeo, 1922, P« 197. E l Rodeo, 1926, pp. 113, 114. E l Rodeo, 1927, pp. 106, 109. 309 E l Rodeo. 1928 p p . 221, 240, 251. E l Rodeo. 1929 p . 345. E l Rodeo. 1931 pp . 208, 214, 215. E l Rodeo. 1933 p p . 84, 85. E l Rodeo. 1934 p p . 175, 179. E l Rodeo. 1938 p . 165. E l Rodeo. 1939 p . 4 8 . E l Rodeo. 1943 p p . 151, 152. E l Rodeo. 1946 p . 192. E l Rodeo. 1948 p . 55. E l Rodeo. 1952 p . 368. Gaw, A llis o n . "A S k etc h o f th e D evelopm ent o f G rad u ate Work i n th e U n iv e r s ity o£ S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1910 to 1 9 3 5 ,” 1935. H enley, W . B a lle n tin e , and N eedley, A rth u r E. ( e d s .) C a rd in a l and G old. Alum ni A s s o c ia tio n , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n i a , 1939. 151 pp. H u d d lesto n , R ic h a rd . "R ad io a t S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a ," Alumni Review . XXVIII ( A p r il, 1936), 13. H unt, R ockw ell D. P r e s id e n t * s R e p o rt. 1940-1943. Los A n g eles: U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a l if o r n i a P re s s , 1943. " I n Metnoriam: Ray R e e s la r Im m el," Alumni Review , XXVII (May, 1945), 6. Jo h n so n , S arah . "D eb ate V ic tim s Poor S p o r ts ," The S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a D a ily T ro ia n . XVII (December 2, 192 6 ), 2. M atthew, B e s s ie L. "S ch o o l o f Speech in th e L im e lig h t," Alumni R eview . X V III (S ep tem b er, 1 9 3 6 ), 8 . M ille r , M a rily n M. " T r o y 's New FM S ta t i o n ," Alum ni R eview . XXVIII (Decem ber, 1946), 2. 310 N ig h t R e p o rte r, th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a C o lle g e B u l l e t i n , V ol. I I , J a n u a ry , 1951. The R ostrum . I (A p ril 1, 1893), 1. The R ostrum . I (Ju n e 17, 189 3 ), 1. The R ostrum . I I (S eptem ber 15, 189 3 ), 1. The R ostrum . I I (O c to b er 15, 189 3 ), 30. The S ib v l {"New O ra c le s from th e P o e ts " ) , p u b lis h e d by th e SC s tu d e n ts , p re d e c e s s o r to E l Rodeo. Ju n e , 1889. The S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a D a ily T ro ia n , o r: The D a ily S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a n . V o ls. I-V I, Septem ber 1912 to Ju n e 1915. The S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a T ro ia n . V o ls. V II-X V I, S eptem ber 1915 to F e b ru a ry 1925. The S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a D a ily T ro ia n . V o ls. XVII-XXXV, F e b ru a ry 1925 to Ja n u a ry 1943*. The D a ily T ro ia n . V o l. XXXV, F e b ru a ry 4 -9 , 1943. The S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a D a ily T ro ia n . V ol. XXXV, F e b ru a ry 10 to May 17, 1943. The S o u th e rn C a l i f o r n i a T ro ia n . V ol. XXXV, J u ly 6 1943, to November 10, 1944. The S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a D a ily T ro ja n . V o ls. XXXV- XXXVII, November 13, 1944, to Ju n e 13, 1946. The D a ily T ro ia n . V ol. XXXVII, Septem ber 16-1 8 , 1946. S o u th e rn C a l if o r n i a D a lly T ro ia n . V o ls. XXXVII-XLII, Septem ber 19, 1946 to Ja n u a ry 1951. S ta r e D e c is is (S ch o o l o f Law Y ear Book), 1914, p . 109. The T ro ia n Owl. V o ls. I-X , F e b ru a ry 18, 1929 to Ju n e 7, 1937. T rov T o n ic s . R e p o rt No. 2, J a n u a ry , 1954. The U n iv e r s ity A dvocate (p re c e d e d by The C a r d in a l, s u p e r- seded by The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r ). 1964. p p . 130. 155. 311 U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a C a ta lo g u e s . 1880 to 1950. The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r (1905-1912, p re c e d e d by The U n iv e r s i t y A dvocate. and su p e rse d e d by The D a ily S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a n ) . I I (Septem ber 26, 1906), TT The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r . I I (O cto b er 31, 1906), 1. The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r. I l l (Ja n u a ry 16, 190 7 ), 1. The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r. I l l (F e b ru a ry 6, 1907), 2. The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r . I l l (F e b ru a ry 13, 1907), 4 . The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r . I ll( F e b r u a r y 20, 1907), 1. The U h iv e r s itv C o u r ie r . I l l (O cto b er 16, 190 7 ), 4. The U h iv e r s itv C o u rie r. I l l (O c to b er 23, 190 7 ), 5. The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r, I I I (O cto b er 30, 190 7 ), 3. The U n iv e r s ity C o u rie r. I l l (November 13, 190 7 ), 1. The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r , IV (O cto b er 15, 1908), 9. The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r . V (Ja n u a ry 7, 190 9 ), 15. The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r . V (Septem ber 30, 190 9 ), 22. The U n iv e r s ity C o u r ie r . V II (O cto b er 25, 1 9 1 0 ), 3 . The U h iv e r s itv C o u r ie r . V II (A p ril 9, 1912), 14. W idney, J . P. "A Symposium,** The R ostrum . I I fF e b ru a rv 15. 1 8 9 4 ), 105. E. OTHER PUBLICATIONS The Birm ingham G a z e tte ( B r i t i s h p e r i o d i c a l ) , May 3, 1930. The G ra n ta ( B r i t i s h p e r i o d i c a l ) , May 16, 1930. L i t t l e T h e a tre D ig e s t.6636 Hollywood B lv d ., H ollyw ood, C a lif o r n i a , XI (November, 193 5 ), 4 . The L i t t l e T h e a tre M agazine. Los A ngeles County Drama A s s o c ia tio n , G l e n d a l e ,C a l i f o r n i a , O ctober-N ovem ber, 1952. 312 Los A ngeles T im es. Ju n e 5, 1925, P a r t I I , p . 1. Los A n g eles T im es. Ju n e 20, 1929, P a r t I I , p . 1. Los A n g eles T im es, Ju n e 21, 1929, P a r t I I , p . 1. Los A n g eles Tim es. Ju n e 19, 1930, p . 1. S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia J o u r n a l o f S peech. Speech A rts A s s o c i- a t io n o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , H ollyw ood, C a lif o r n ia , V o ls. I-IV , December 1930 to M arch 1934. Y ale News. VI (December 10, 1937), 1. F. MISCELLANEOUS DATA A p o llia d program s, A rc h iv e s o f Doheny M em orial L ib ra ry , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1926-1947. C hapin, C onnie. " H is to ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a School o f O ra to ry ," a te rm p a p e r f o r D r. W illia m B. M cC oard's c l a s s in I n t e r p r e t a t i o n , U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a , 1953. D a lz e ll, C loyde D uval. P rogram s, l e t t e r s , and p r e s s c lip p in g s o f th e P o e try P lay h o u se . K elsey , Em ily H ., M anager. Alumni R e c o rd s. May 2, 1957. N ic h o ls , A lan . S crapbooks, p ro g ram s, and l e t t e r s , p e r ta in in g to F o re n s ic A c t i v i t i e s o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a . O lm stead, M rs. A lb e r t, 141 S outh R oxbury, B e v e rly H i l l s , C a lif o r n i a , te le p h o n e c o n v e rs a tio n , Ju n e 26, 1957. G. DATA FROM PERSONAL LETTERS B a s s e tt, P ro fe s s o r Lee Em erson, 330 L ow ell Avenue, P alo A lto , C a lif o r n ia , S eptem ber 15, 1957. Cham bers, D o ris E ., S e c r e ta r y , Jo h n T racy C lin ic , Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n ia , A ugust 20, 1957. Com stock, W . W . (Husband o f B eulah W rig h t), 7082 F ra n k lin Avenue, Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n i a , November 10, 1956. 313 Hahn, Dr. E lis e , Speech D epartm ent, U n iv e rs ity o£ M ichigan, Ann A rb o r, M ichigan, J u ly 5, 1957. H a ll, H arvey, R e g is tr a r , S ta n fo rd U n iv e rs ity , P alo A lto , C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 15, 1957. Harwood, D r. K enneth, Chairm an, D epartm ent o f T e le com m unications, U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n ia , Los A n g eles, Septem ber 27, 1956. Hawk, D r. S arah S ., H a w k -S tin c h fie ld C lin ic , P asadena, C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 7, 1957. H u d d lesto n , D ick H ., M usic S u p e rv is o r, E l C en tro P u b lic S ch o o ls, December 17, 1956. Mabry, M rs. H arry C ., 2226 N orth New H am pshire Avenue, Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n ia , Septem ber 30, 1957, and November 20, 1957. M acloskey, P e a r l A lic e (fo rm er S e c r e ta r y , School o f M usic, U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a ) , 16 N orth P o rto la , T hree A rch Bay, South Laguna, C a lif o r n ia , Ju n e 29, 1957, and J u ly 25, 1957. M ills , P ro fe s s o r A lic e W., 1001 G eorgina Avenue, S an ta M onica, C a lif o r n ia , J u ly 14, 1957. N attkem per, P ro f e s s o r L eonard G ., P re s id e n t, Long Beach T o a s tm a s te rs ' C lub, Long Beach, C a lif o r n ia , November 14, 1957. Rew, P ro f e s s o r T a c ie Hanna, 2190 Moreno D riv e, Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n i a , Septem ber 20, 1956. W i llis , Dean Maude, R u ral R oute 1, L eesb u rg , In d ia n a , December 1, 1958. Y oder, P ro fe s s o r E liz a b e th , 235 C e n te n n ia l S t r e e t , N appanee, In d ia n a , November 9, 1956. H. MINUTES OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES Book I Ju n e 21, 1882, p . 24. Ju n e 4, 1888, p . 112. 314 Book I I O cto b e r 16, 1894, p . 287. S eptem ber 13, 1895, p . 315. S eptem ber 16, 1896, p . 102. Ju n e 5, 1899, p . 114. Ju n e 30, 1899, p . 118. M arch 22, 1900, p . 139. Ju n e 4 , 1901, p . 180. Book I I I Ju n e 19, 1918, p . 60. Ju n e 5 , 1922, p . 139. A p r il 16, 1945, p . 532. I . INTERVIEWS A ik en -S m ith , Dean P e a r le , 2987 O v erlan d Avenue, Los A n g e le s, C a lif o r n i a , Ju n e 25, 1958. B a s s e tt, P ro f e s s o r Lee Em erson, 330 L ow ell Avenue, P alo A lto , C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 23, 1956 and Ju n e 6, 1957. Com stock, G e rtru d e , R o o s e v e lt H o te l, 7000 Hollywood B lv d ., H ollyw ood, C a lif o r n i a , December 29, 1956. D a lz e ll, C loyde D uval, 1477 E l M irad o r D riv e, P asad en a, C a li f o r n i a , December 27, 1956. D iP ie tr o , H a r r i e t L o u ise T outon, 3919 P ro s p e c t Avenue, Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n i a , J u ly 16, 1957. H a ll, D r. A lta B ., 1477 E l M irad o r D riv e, P asadena, C a l i f o r n i a , December 27, 1956. Hawk, D r. S arah S t in c h f ie ld , 515 N orth C e n tr a l Avenue, G le n d a le , C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 8, 1957. Immel, M rs. Ray K ., 2917 West 78 P la c e , Inglew ood, C a l i f o r n ia , December 28, 1956. K rone, D r. Max T ., I d y llw ild A rt F o u n d atio n , I d y llw ild , C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 8, 1957. M abry, M rs. H arry C ., 2226 New H am pshire Avenue, Los A n g ele s, C a lif o r n i a , December 31, 1956. M ills , P r o f e s s o r A lic e W., 1001 G eo rg ian s Avenue, S a n ta M onica, C a lif o r n i a , J u ly 12, 1957. 315 N attk em p er, L eonard G ., 4030 V ir g in ia Road, Long Beach, C a lif o r n i a , Ju n e 17, 1957. N ic h o ls , D r. A lan , 3635 S outh G enesee Avenue, Los A n g ele s, C a lif o r n i a , Ja n u a ry 2, 1957, and Ju n e 19, 1957. Rew, P ro f e s s o r T a c ie Hanna, a t B u llo c k 's D epartm ent S to re Tea Room, Broadway a t S ev en th , Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n ia , J a n u a ry 2, 1957. S en er, W illia m H ., S e n a to r H o te l, 519 E l l i s S t r e e t , San F ra n c is c o , C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 25, 1957. T ra v is , D r. Lee Edward, 122 S outh B ev erly D riv e, Los A n g ele s, C a lif o r n i a , A ugust 12, 1957. Von K leinSm id, Dr. Rufus B ., 17 C h e s te r P la c e , Adams B lv d ., Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n i a , Ja n u a ry 1, 1957. Young, Edna H i l l , 2342 S c a r f f S t r e e t , Los A n g eles, C a li f o r n ia , A ugust 16, 1957. J . QUESTIONNAIRES Mabry, M rs. H arry C ., 2226 New H am pshire Avenue, Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n i a , F eb ru ary 27, 1958. T esch k e, S a lly T a f t, 7773 S u n set B o u lev ard , Hollyw ood, C a lif o r n i a , F e b ru a ry 27, 1958. Y oder, P ro f e s s o r E liz a b e th , 235 C e n te n n ia l S tr e e t, N appanee, In d ia n a , M arch 20, 1957. APPENDIX A INTERVIEWS (T a p e -re c o rd e d T r a n s c r ip tio n s ) 317 INTERVIEW: PEARLE AIKEN SMITH--EARL W . PRIDDY C h e v io t H i l l s C onvalarium , 2987 O verland A v e., Los A n g ele s, C a lif o r n i a W ednesday, Ju n e 25, 1958 E .W .P .: Dean S m ith, d id you sp o n so r th e S h ak esp eare C lub, o r was t h a t o r g a n iz a tio n n o t a c tiv e a f t e r you came to th e U n iv e rs ity ? P .A .S .: I sp o n so red th e S h ak esp eare C lub. I s t a r t e d I t . [P ro b a b ly h e re M rs. Sm ith m eant to say sh e r e o rg a n iz e d th e C lub a s M iss D a lz e ll had se rv e d as I t s sp o n so r In 1920 a s s t a t e d In E l Rodeo f o r t h a t y e a r .J E .W .P .: Would you d e s c r ib e th e S h ak esp eare C lub, g iv in g th e p u rp o se , fre q u e n c y o f m e e tin g s , im p o rta n ce? P .A .S .: W e m et th r e e tim e s a w eek. P la y s p re s e n te d w ere alw ays [th o s e o f ] S h a k e sp e a re . I w anted to a c q u a in t th e s tu d e n ts w ith S h ak esp eare, a s I b e lie v e t h a t n e x t to th e B ib le , S h a k e s p e a re 's p la y s f iv e one th e m ost c u l t u r e o f a l l o th e r ty p e s o f i t e r a t u r e b e c a u se o f such b e a u t i f u l lan g u ag e and f ig u r e s o f sp e ech ; a ls o , b e c a u se th e p la y s a r e so in f o rm a tiv e . M y hobby was t h a t th e s tu d e n ts sh o u ld commit a s many q u o ta tio n s a s th e y c o u ld to memory, a s a p e rso n can alw ays f in d th e answ er to e v e ry th in g i n S h a k esp e are. F o r r o l l c a l l , th e y alw ays gave a q u o ta tio n in an sw er. E .W .P .: The S h ak esp eare Club gave p la y s o th e r th a n Shake s p e a r e 's d id i t n o t? P .A .S .: No. W e gave o n ly S h a k e s p e a re 's p la y s . E .W .P .: Would you p le a s e d e s c r ib e th e S h ak esp eare F e s ti v a l? W a sn 't i t you who o r ig in a t e d t h i s ? What was th e d a te i t began? P .A .S .: I o r ig in a t e d th e S h ak esp eare F e s t i v a l . I m odeled i t a f t e r th e F e s t i v a l i n S t r a t f o r d . I had been th e r e and g o t th e id e a w h ile we s p e n t so many days a t S t r a t f o r d . I a ls o w ent to O xford. I do n o t remember th e e x a c t d a te o f th e o r i g i n o f th e F e s t i v a l . 318 E .W .P .: P le a s e t e l l som ething o£ y o u r S h ak esp eare c l a s s e s in th e S chool o f Speech. What p la y s w ere s tu d ie d ? How d id you r e q u ir e th e s tu d e n ts to r e c i t e ? Did you have them u s e a s ta g e ? P .A .S .: I alw ays had th e s tu d e n ts around me l i k e a sym posium , an in tim a te g ro u p . I t r i e d to ch o o se p la y s w ith v e ry d ra m a tic s e t t i n g s t h a t would g r ip and h o ld a t t e n t i o n from th e s t a r t . I u sed C h a rle s and Mary Lam b's " T a le s o f S h a k e s p e a re ." 1 s t a r t e d th e s tu d e n ts re a d in g t h a t . 1 t r i e d to ta k e some tr a g e d ie s and co m ed ies—w hich le d in to : w hat made tra g e d y and w hat fu rn is h e d th e comedy? C la s s e s w ere co n d u cted d i f f e r e n t l y each d ay . Always we began w ith r o l l c a l l by g iv in g a com m itted l i n e from a p la y we w ere s tu d y in g th e n . I th o u g h t i t was v e ry b e n e f i c i a l f o r them to s e l e c t a c h a r a c te r and se e how c h a r a c te r d ev e lo p ed a l l th e way th ro u g h and to show how S h ak esp eare d ev elo p ed c h a r a c te r . E .W .P .: Were th e r e s e v e r a l c o u rs e s in S h ak esp eare o f f e r e d , say b o th f o r b e g in n in g and advanced work? P .A .S .: Y ear a f t e r y e a r th e same s tu d e n ts came and to o k i t , and 1 t r i e d to a rra n g e to have so m eth in g new and d i f f e r e n t so we u sed d i f f e r e n t p la y s . F o r in** s ta n c e , tra g e d y , comedy, and th e h i s t o r i c a l p la y s . Then th e s o n n e ts . I s p e n t s e v e r a l weeks on j u s t th e s o n n e ts b e c au se I th in k S h ak esp eare c o u ld co n d en se in t o a few l i n e s so much t h a t was v i t a l . No one can b o i l down th in g s l i k e S h ak esp ea re . I th in k i t i s a tr u e t e s t . E .W .P .: What d id you w ant th e s tu d e n ts to g e t e s p e c i a l l y from th e c o u rs e s ? P .A .S .: I w anted them to lo o k up to S h ak e sp eare— th e m y riad m inded S h ak esp eare. I w anted to g iv e them such a p le a s a n t t a s t e t h a t th e y would w ant more and m ore. I f I c o u ld i n s p i r e them w ith th e id e a o f w hat a r i c h l i b r a r y S h ak esp eare o f f e r e d , th e stu d y o f S h ak esp eare would e n la rg e t h e i r v o c a b u la ry so much. E .W .P .: Did you f in d i t a id e d c o n s id e ra b ly when you b ro u g h t in o u ts id e t a l e n t to re a d , Mr. R. D. MacLean f o r exam ple? P .A .S .: Yes, i t I n s p ir e d th e p u p ils . J u s t th e id e a t h a t a p e rso n would spend t h a t much tim e le a r n in g th e v a r io u s r o l e s . F re d e ric k Warde u sed to come. R. D. MacLean came each y e a r. 319 E .W .P .: You re a d f r e q u e n tly , d id you n o t? What w ere y o u r f a v o r i t e s e le c tio n s ? Did you u s e th e book o r w ere th e s e m em orized? P .A .S .: Y es, I re a d f r e q u e n tly . My f a v o r i t e s e le c t i o n s w ere th e S onnet P rogram s. I m em orized some o f them and was v e ry f a m i l i a r w ith o th e r s [th e y w ere] r i g h t a t my to n g u e 's en d . Som etim es 1 u se d c a rd s in f r o n t o f me, b u t c o u ld h av e q u o ted from alm o st e v e ry p la y . E .W .P .: Would you p le a s e t e l l so m eth in g o f y o u r famous S h ak esp ea re a n re a d in g c o n t e s t s , how you d id th e s e , w hat you d id a t th e c o n t e s t s , how lo n g th e y c o n tin u e d ? P .A .S .: I t r i e d to make them i n t e r e s t i n g . W e p la y e d gam es. F o r in s t a n c e , one m orning 1 had c a p s and b e l l s w hich s i g n i f i e d th e j e s t e r s o r f o o ls i n Shake s p e a r e . The c o n t e s ts c o n tin u e d f o r many y e a rs [and w ere] ju d g e d by o u ts ta n d in g s c h o la r s — th e i n t e l l i g e n t s i a o f th e com m unity. S tu d e n ts would ta k e g r e a t sp e e c h e s from S h a k esp e are, f o r in s ta n c e , th e "M ercy S p eec h "--"T h e q u a l i t y o f m ercy . . ." e t c . , and th e n a g a in "To b e o r n o t to b e ." W e would g e n e r a lly ta k e th e s o li l o q u i e s and th e b a t t l e s c e n e s . E .W .P .: Was th e r e c o n s id e r a b le , o r l i t t l e c o o p e ra tio n from o th e r s in th e Speech work to a id you in th e s e S h ak esp earean a c t i v i t i e s ? P .A .S .: I was a l i t t l e d is a p p o in te d in th e c o o p e ra tio n from th e te a c h e r s . They alw ays th o u g h t I was a - s t r i d e my S h ak esp eare s te e d a g a in . My d e s i r e was to g iv e th e s tu d e n ts so much e n th u sia s m t h a t th e y w ould " j u s t e a t up" S h a k e s p e a re --to g e t th e s tu d e n ts so fond o f i t th e y would l i v e i t , s le e p i t : E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l any o f th e names o f th e t e x t s you u sed to u s e in y o u r te a c h in g ? P .A .S .: I u se d Cum nock's C hoice R e ad in g s. T h is seemed to c o v e r e v e ry th in g we needed in a t e x t . I was a p r i v a t e p u p il o f P ro f e s s o r Cumnock, knew him so w e ll, h i s m ethods, so I alw ays u sed h i s t e x t . I d o n 't r e c a l l e v e r u s in g any o th e r t e x t . 320 INTERVIEW: LEE EMERSON BASSETT** - EARL W . PRIDDY 330 L o w ell A venue, P a lo A lto , C a lif o r n i a T h u rsd ay , A ugust 23, 1956 E .W .P .: Would you p le a s e t e l l how you happened to te a c h sp e ec h a t USC, d e s c r ib in g th e S chool th e n , and t e l l i n g so m eth in g o f y o u r own p r e p a r a tio n ? Mr. B .: I t h ap p en ed , t h a t a f t e r w o rk in g i n S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a one Sumner i n th e o ra n g e o rc h a rd s , I was w a lk in g up H oover S t r e e t , Los A n g e le s, one a f te rn o o n and saw th e s ig n Cumnock S chool o f O ra to ry . F o r some unknown re a s o n I was prom pted to r i n g th e b e l l and in q u ir e . The la d y who came to th e d o o r happened to be one whom I had h e a rd re a d in my home tow n i n s o u th e rn W isco n sin . I t tu rn e d o u t t h a t I w ent to t h a t S chool f o r two y e a rs and g o t a c e r t i f i c a t e o f g r a d u a tio n . T h is la d y , M iss A ddie Murphy, t o l d me t h a t P r e s id e n t W hite, o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a w anted a te a c h e r o f e lo c u tio n and t h a t sh e was g o in g to recommend me. I t came a b o u t t h a t I w ent to USC on a v e r b a l u n d e r s ta n d in g t h a t I was to have th e u se o f a room and was t o ta k e such s tu d e n ts a s w ere i n t e r e s t e d . The fe e t h a t th e U n iv e r s ity c h a rg e d , 10 p e r c e n t o f th e t u i t i o n , was w aived i n my c a s e b ec au se o f th e [s m a ll] num ber o f s tu d e n ts . I ta u g h t th e r e from 1898 th ro u g h th e s p r in g o f 1899 and th e n Dr. J o rd a n ask ed me to come to S ta n fo rd . T h at te rm in a te d my f i r s t y e a r o f e x p e rie n c e i n te a c h in g . I was th e Speech D ep artm en t. The w hole School o f O ra to ry was c e n te r e d on one in e x p e rie n c e d , a m b itio u s young man. Now th e pro b lem was to ap p ly w hat I had le a rn e d in th e S chool o f O ra to ry on H oover S t r e e t ; I d i d n 't know a n y th in g e l s e . I had been t r a i n e d to r e c i t e m em orized p ie c e s , g iv e r e c i t a l s —m is c e lla n e o u s program s to h e lp m y se lf e a t . E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l w hat t e x t s w ere u sed in th e USC S chool o f O ra to ry ? Would you d e s c r ib e th e c o u rs e s ? 321 Mr. B .: Of c o u rs e 1 c o u ld te a c h o n ly w hat 1 had b een ta u g h t so u se d th e m ethods t h a t had b een u se d on me. As a t e x t I u sed Cum nock's C hoice R ead in g s (and th e y w ere c h o ic e ) w hich th e n was a v e ry p o p u la r t e x t a l l o v e r th e c o u n try , p a r t i c u l a r l y w ith p e o p le who h ad b een a t N o rth w e ste rn and s tu d ie d w ith P r o f e s s o r Cumnock th e r e . W e d id v o c a l e x e r c is e s a s found in h i s t e x t , and a ls o th e e x e r c is e s found In M u rd o c k -R u s s e ll's V oice T r a in in g . We d id some c a l i s t h e n i c s , s e t t i n g up e x e r c is e s . I had ab o u t f o r t y in my c l a s s , b o th men and women, m o stly women. The backbone o f th e work was i n t e r p r e t a t i v e re a d in g . T here was a good d e a l o f demand f o r my re a d in g s a t c h u rc h e s, s o c i a l s , e t c . Som etim es I was p a id , som etim es I w a s n 't. I d i d n 't alw ays g e t a d in n e r o u t o f i t . T h ere was no such th in g th e n a s extem poraneous sp e a k in g . W e m em orized poems, n a r r a t i v e s , d e s c r i p t i v e th in g s , and d e liv e r e d them w ith th e em p h asis la r g e l y on th e em o tio n , g e t ti n g th e s p i r i t o f th e th in g and f e e l in g . I d i d n 't le a r n to a n a ly z e n o r d id I te a c h my s tu d e n ts t o a n a ly z e b e c a u se 1 h a d n 't had t h a t c a l l e d to my a t t e n t i o n . The aim was t h a t w hich prom pted d ra m a tic e f f o r t s , th e c r e a t i n g a p i c t u r e and em p h asizin g e m o tio n a l v a lu e s . E .W .P .: What was th e p u b lic demand in th o s e e a r l y d ay s lik e ? Were th e r e d e b a te s ? Was th e r e e v id e n c e o f any grow ing d i s l i k e o f e lo c u tio n in th e s e n se as th e n em ployed? Mr. B .: No l e c t u r e c o u rs e [lyceum , C hautauqua] was co m p lete w ith o u t a good r e a d e r , and th e ap p e a ra n c e o f th e s e r e a d e rs sim p ly s tim u la te d young p e o p le to w ant to re a d to o . They had an id e a t h a t th e y w ould l i k e to g e t on th e p la tfo rm . S chools o f e lo c u tio n w ere s e t up around th e c o u n try . Good o n e s . Cumnock a t N o rth w e ste rn , C urry and Emerson in B o sto n , Shoemaker in P h ila d e lp h ia , A m erican O ra to ry in C hicago. The end was p u b lic e n te r ta in m e n t. W e w ere tr a in e d to a c t , t o e x p re s s by a c tio n a s w e ll a s by v o ic e , and p r e ju d ic e grew up a g a in s t t h a t s o r t o f th in g f o r th e re a s o n t h a t p e o p le o f t a s t e and judgm ent d i d n 't l i k e p e rs o n a l d is p l a y . Cos tum es w ere o f te n even announced on p e o p l e 's program s as made by s o -a n d -s o . Then a ch an g e came a b o u t. T here was a s tr o n g f e e l in g a g a in s t e lo c u t i o n , e s p e c i a lly among academ ic p e o p le . They 322 en jo y ed good re a d in g , b u t a s £ a r a s an e d u c a tio n a l in s tru m e n t, and e d u c a tio n a l m eans, th e y d i d n 't se e i t . D eb atin g i n c lu b s was s a n c tio n e d and h ig h ly ap p ro v ed , b u t t h a t had to c a r r y on i t s own m e r it. One boy was on th e d e b a tin g team and w anted some t r a i n i n g . 1 h e lp e d them o u t t h a t way a s much as I c o u ld in d iv i d u a ll y , t h e i r v o ic e s and t h e i r d e liv e r y , c h i e f l y . E very c o lle g e had a d e b a tin g c lu b o r tw o, b u t had no i n s t r u c t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y . D eb a tin g team s g o t h e lp from f a c u l t y members who w e r e n 't p a r t i c u l a r l y s k i l l e d , and t h a t was i t . P r o f e s s io n a l s p e a k e rs , and t h a t was a r e a l p r o f e s s io n a s lo n g a s th e lyceum s and c h a u ta u q u a s l a s t e d , d ev o ted t h e i r e n t i r e tim e t o p u b lic sp e a k in g , o r a to r y , tr a v e le d ab o u t and gave f ix e d m em orized l e c t u r e s . I had two o r th r e e p re a c h e rs who came in f o r h e lp , f o r v o ic e work p a r t i c u l a r l y . E .W .P .: What p a r t i c u l a r sp e ech t r a i n i n g te c h n iq u e s w ere u sed around th e tu r n o f th e c e n tu ry ? What o f b re a th in g ? V oice? S i m i l a r i t i e s o r d if f e r e n c e in v a rio u s m ethods? C o rre c tio n o f s t u t t e r i n g ? Mr. B .: As a m a tte r o f f a c t , 1 d i d n 't know much a b o u t v o ic e th e n , and th e r e was a d i v e r s i t y o f o p in io n ab o u t te a c h in g b r e a th in g . In th e m se lv e s th e s c h o o ls w ere s e l f - s u f f i c i e n t and had l i t t l e u s e f o r m ethods o f o th e r s c h o o ls • T h ere was th e Em erson S chool i n B o sto n , a v e ry p o p u la r s c h o o l. You c o u ld t e l l an Emerson g ra d u a te a s f a r as you c o u ld s e e him , by h i s t r a i n i n g , m anners, and th e r e a r e s t i l l some o f them s u r v iv in g . The C urry S chool was on a v e ry d i f f e r e n t b a s i s . C urry and Em erson d i d n 't sp eak to each o th e r . T here was no c o - o p e r a tio n a t a l l w ith m ethods. U n d e rsta n d a b le , b e c a u se th e s c h o o ls w ere d ep en d en t upon th e incom e th e y g o t from t u i t i o n , and th e y had to b e d i f f e r e n t . I ta u g h t th e Cumnock [ a t SC] b e c a u se I d i d n 't know a n y th in g e l s e . As f a r a s s t u t t e r i n g was c o n c e rn e d , I n e v e r had any t r a i n i n g t h a t would h e lp me m eet i t in th e Cumnock S ch o o l, and n o t much in C u rry . The b r e a th in g e x e r c is e s u se d w ere th e ty p e s o f b r e a th in g t h a t 1 was ta u g h t. One was by th e p r e s s u r e o f th e abdom inal m u sc le s , h a rd a g a in s t 323 th e d iap h rag m . T h at was a v e ry s tre n u o u s e x e r c is e . We w ere supposed to s ta n d and sa y , "One! One! One!" and a l l b r e a th su p p o rt was supposed to come from abdom inal m u sc le s. L abored, and v e ry e x h a u s tiv e . T h at i s w hat th e y ta u g h t in th e Cumnock S ch o o l. Then th e r e was a n o th e r t h a t I - - w e l l , to o k some p r i v a t e le s s o n s from o th e r te a c h e r s . W e c o n t r o ll e d th e b r e a th from th e s e l a t e r a l m u sc le s, th e r i b m u sc les, an e x a g g e ra tio n o f j u s t one ty p e o f m u sc le. Then th e o th e r i s th e b r e a th in g t h a t th e C urry System u se d , l e t t i n g th e diaphragm do i t j u s t a s in l i f e b r e a th in g when you c o n tr o l th e diaphragm f o r sp e ech , c u t t i n g o u t th e id e a o f r i b m u scles and abdomen a l t o g e t h e r . Very sim p le . The way we w ere ta u g h t to do i t was j u s t to ta k e in y o u r b r e a th and h o ld i t . You have to h o ld th e b r e a th in o r d e r to sp e ak and sa y , "One, two, th r e e , f o u r, f i v e ," and th e n r e la x ; " s i x , sev en , e i g h t , n in e , t e n ," r e l a x . I t seems to me to be s e n s ib le . T here i s no c o n s c io u s e f f o r t a f t e r you g e t th e rhythm o f i t . I t i s th e rhythm o f y o u r th o u g h t co n n e c te d w ith y o u r d iaphragm . W e u se d to n g u e t w i s t e r s , y e s . We had v o ic e c l a s s w ork, and g e s tu r e and a c tio n , l a r g e ly a m a tte r o f c a l i s t h e n i c e x e r c is e s . When we came to th e stu d y o f th e s e l e c t i o n [re a d in g ] we a p p lie d th e g e s tu r e . F or in s ta n c e , I remember o u r d r i l l on th e "C harge o f th e L ig h t B rig a d e ," i l l u s t r a t i v e o f much a c tio n t h a t would be lau g h ed a t to d a y . I t i s funny. E very tim e th e re a d in g was g iv e n t h a t p a r t i c u l a r g e s tu r e was supposed to be u se d . L eland T. Powers was a w o n d erfu l im p e rs o n a to r. I h e a rd him say once he worked f o r fo u r y e a rs on e v e ry th in g t h a t he gave i n p u b lic and g o t i t down to p e r f e c tio n , so f a r a s he c o u ld , g iv in g i t e x a c tly th e same way ev e ry tim e . I f an i n s p i r a t i o n o r "hunch" came to him d u rin g th e re a d in g t o prom pt him to do some th in g e l s e , he d i d n 't , b u t " p u t a p in i n i t " and worked i t o u t a fte rw a rd s to se e i f he was r i g h t . E .W .P.: I s th e sp eech s tu d e n t to d a y ( i n t e r p r e t a t i v e f i e l d ) seem in g ly a s good, b e t t e r , p o o re r th a n p e rfo rm e rs f i f t y y e a rs ago? Mr. B .: I th in k so f a r a s t h e i r te c h n ic a l t r a i n i n g in sp eech i s c o n c ern ed , th e y a r e n o t so good [now ]. They spoke w ith more c a r e , more a t t e n t i o n to 324 a r t i c u l a t i o n and w ith c o r r e c t u se o f th e v o ic e [ th e n ] . They p a id more a t t e n t i o n to th o s e th in g s . B ut, from th e o th e r p o in t o f v iew , th e y d i d n 't c a l l so much a t t e n t i o n to th e m selv e s b e c a u se th e y u se th e book [now] and t r y to p u t th e m se lv e s in th e b ack g ro u n d . W e th o u g h t more o f te n , in th e o ld d a y s , o f th e p e rso n who was d o in g th e th in g , th a n o f w hat was b e in g done. I can s t i l l v i s u a l i z e some o f th o s e s tu d e n ts b u t c a n 't remember w hat th e y re a d . T h ere i s t h a t d if f e r e n c e . The r e a d e r i s n o t so good from an e x p r e s s iv e , v o c a l p o in t o f view , b u t in o th e r ways i t i s l e s s th e p e rso n , who i s more i n th e back g ro u n d , and th e y [now] re a d f o r th e c o n te n t r a t h e r th a n f o r th e d is p la y . E .W .P .: Did th e sp eech te a c h e r have to " s e l l h i s w ares" to drum up enough s tu d e n ts to have a c l a s s , o r to have p r i v a t e p u p ils ? Mr. B .: D ecid ed ly y e s , in th o s e d a y s. Y es, I g o t my s tu d e n ts la r g e ly th ro u g h th e p u b lic re a d in g s t h a t I had g iv e n in Los A ngeles and th e re a b o u t. At USC I g o t s tu d e n ts b e c au se I gave a g r e a t many r e a d in g s a t c lu b s , e t c . I re a d a g r e a t d e a l o f R ile y , K ip lin g , D ick en s, S h ak esp eare (w hich I th in k was my b e s t ) , H am let. J u l i u s C a e s a r. Midsummer W ig h t's Dream. The T em pest. King LearT~ M acbeth. M erchant o f V e n ic e , and I n e v e r u se a a book! A n o th er re a d in g t h a t w ent o v e r w e ll was I d y l l s o f th e K in a. I re a d Browning a g r e a t d e a l, S a u l, C a lib a n , and some o f th e s h o r te r ones f o r Browning p ro g ram s. I p u t a g r e a t d e a l o f humor in my r e c i t a l s , s u g g e s tin g how I had h e a rd i t re a d ! E .W .P .: Do you th in k t h a t s tu d e n ts to d a y , w here p r i v a t e le s s o n s seem to be a th in g o f th e p a s t, p erfo rm a s w e ll a s th o s e who to o k p r iv a t e le s s o n s ? Mr. B .: No, I d o n 't th in k th e y do. I g o t more o u t o f my c o n ta c t w ith sy m p a th e tic te a c h e rs in p r i v a te le s s o n s th a n I e v e r g o t o u t o f c l a s s i n s t r u c t i o n , e s p e c i a l l y a t th e Cumnock S ch o o l. You had y o u r c l a s s e s and th e n you had two p r i v a t e le s s o n s , two h o u rs a week, w ith th e te a c h e r . What t h a t would mean now! I f we c o u ld have o u r s tu d e n ts tw en ty m in u te s ea ch once a week, w hat t h a t w ould mean! Oh, I u sed to ach e to g e t tim e f o r th o s e s tu d e n ts who had t h e i r tr o u b le s . I c o u l d n 't h a n d le them 325 i n c l a s s . T h at i s one g r e a t th in g ab o u t te a c h in g sp e e c h . I t i s a p e r s o n a l m a tte r and you a r e d e a l in g w ith an in d iv id u a l and you a r e tr y in g to b r in g him o u t in h is own way, n o t l i k e anybody e l s e . T h ere was an im i t a t i v e s c h o o l, you w ere ta u g h t by j u s t w hat th e te a c h e r d id , made th e same g e s tu r e s , s to o d up w ith th e te a c h e r , in to n e , in th e same way, and w ere coached in e v e ry d e t a i l a s to d e l iv e r y . T h at i s u n f a i r to th e in d iv i d u a l. To d is c o v e r w hat p e o p le a r e l i k e and to g e t them to do j u s t i c e to th e m se lv e s, a s in d iv id u a ls , i s th e aim . To do j u s t i c e to o th e r p e o p le by m aking t h e i r th o u g h ts c l e a r , sim p le , and e x p r e s s iv e , t h a t seems to be th e th in g t h a t j u s t i f i e s sp eech t r a i n i n g . We d is c o v e r o u r s e lv e s la r g e ly th ro u g h e x p re s s io n , and t h a t i s th e o n ly way o th e r p e o p le know u s . C o n seq u en tly , I , from th e v e ry b e g in n in g , n e v e r r e c i t e d a p ie c e t h a t I had been coached on. I d i d n 't f e e l i t was t r u e to me; e v e ry th in g I have re a d [g iv e n ] I have worked o u t m y se lf. I n e v e r had any i n s t r u c t i o n w ith i t . I d i d n 't w ant i t . I was j u s t t h a t p ig -h e a d e d . I n e v e r r e c i t e d i t to any te a c h e r to g e t h i s s u g g e s tio n s . 1 suppose I was p r e t t y c ru d e , b u t I d i d n 't w ant to im ita te ! I w anted to be n a t u r a l . 326 SECOND INTERVIEW: LEE EMERSON BASSETT**“EARL W . PRIDDY 330 L ow ell Avenue, P a lo A lto , C a lif o r n ia T h u rsd ay , Ju n e 6, 1957 E .W .P .: In y o u r two y e a r s ' w ork w ith M iss A ddie Murphy b e f o r e com ing to USC to te a c h , was th e i n s t r u c t i o n d iv id e d i n t o v a r io u s s u b je c ts a s , c a l i s t h e n i c s , e lo c u tio n , o r a to r y , e t c . ? Mr. B .: Y es, in m y two y e a r s ' s tu d y w ith M iss A ddie Murphy, th e i n s t r u c t i o n was d iv id e d i n t o v a r io u s s u b je c ts : c a l i s t h e n i c s , e lo c u tio n , o r a to r y , b u t we had no p r a c t i c e i n extem p o ran eo u s sp e a k in g , p u b lic sp e a k in g , o r d e b a tin g . In f a c t , t h a t was t r u e i n a l l th e th r e e y e a rs I p u t i n w h ile a tte n d in g s c h o o ls o f e x p r e s s io n . We had no t r a i n i n g w h a te v e r in extem poraneous sp e a k in g , o r in th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f sp eech m a te r ia l . E .W .P .: Was th e USC S chool o f O ra to ry , a t th e tim e you ta u g h t th e r e , i n t e r e s t e d c h i e f l y i n r e c i t i n g ( i n t e r p r e t a t i v e w ork) s e le c tio n s ? Mr. B .: The S chool o f O ra to ry (w hich was co n c ern ed w ith m y se lf a s th e o n ly i n s t r u c t o r ) was i n t e r e s t e d c h i e f l y w ith r e c i t i n g , m em orized s e l e c t i o n s f o r p u b lic r e a d in g s . We d i d n 't know a n y th in g e l s e . T here was no p u b lic sp e a k in g th e n , o r was th e r e any demand f o r i t . E .W .P .: Would you g iv e in some d e t a i l how th e v o c a l e x e r c is e s w ere u se d as found in Cum nock's t e x t o f C hoice R e ad in g s? Mr. B .: The v o c a l e x e r c is e s u sed w ere found in Cum nock's t e x t . W e d id th e e x e r c is e s f o r a r t i c u l a t i o n and p r o n u n c ia tio n in h i s r e v is e d book [7 9 th e d i t i o n , Cumnock]! th e r e s t o f th e v o ic e w ork was b ased on M urdock. I u se d th e d r i l l s a t th e b e g in n in g o f e v e ry c l a s s s e s s io n from f iv e t o te n m in u te s . C la ss p e r io d s , a s I r e c a l l , w ere f i f t y m in u tes ^R obert McLean Cumnock, e d ., C hoice R eadings (C hicago: A. C. M cClurg and C o ., 189 8 ). E.W. P H r. B E.W. F Mr. E.W. Mr. 327 long, the class meeting every day, five days a week. Private lessons were an hour in length, usually twice a week. I think I charged two dollars a lesson [for private lessons], but 1 could be mistaken about that. . : In p u b lic re a d in g , w ere th e s e l e c t i o n s alw ays m em orized o r was th e book som etim es u sed ? •: Chiefly, readings were memorized then [1888-1889]. The book reading came along later. The matter of reading from the book came into the open when Professor Clark began his reading around the country. He always read from the book. .: Were there contests in declamation around the turn of the century? In oratory? In debate? In the former interview (August, 1956) you mentioned helping an occasional student in debate who came to you for aid. . : Y es, th e r e w ere c o n te s ts in d e c la m a tio n . I d o n 't r e c a l l t h a t th e r e was any i n t e r - c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te , b u t th e r e w ere d e c la m a to ry c o n te s ts betw een th e s c h o o ls . T here was one c o n te s t t h a t was p o p u la r a l l o v e r th e c o u n try f o r p r iz e s c a l l e d , i t seems t o me, " D e m o ris t." I f my r e c o l l e c t i o n i s r i g h t , i t was on th e s u b je c t o f p r o h i b i t i o n . T h at was p r e v a le n t i n p u b lic c o n t e s t, b u t I d o n 't r e c a l l th e name v e ry s u r e ly . : How many s tu d e n ts w ere in y o u r USC c la s s e s ? How many m e e tin g s a week? Were th e y u s u a lly women s tu d e n ts p r i n c i p a ll y ? P le a s e d e s c r ib e th e b u i l d in g . I . : The b u ild in g w here I ta u g h t was a m adeover d w e llin g ho u se w ith some o f f i c e s u p s t a i r s f o r two p r o f e s s o r s o f th e o lo g y , and th e b ig room d o w n s ta irs was w here I h e ld my c l a s s e s . I t was a r a t h e r sm a ll d w e llin g h o u se t h a t happened to be on th e campus b ack o f th e m ain b u ild in g . I th in k I had a b o u t tw en ty s tu d e n ts i n my one c l a s s , a g e n e ra l c l a s s c a l l e d e lo c u tio n , m e etin g once a d ay , and from t h i s c l a s s I had p r i v a t e p u p i ls . I was k e p t p r e t t y b u sy . M ost o f th e s e s tu d e n ts w ere women, th o u g h I had o u ts ta n d in g men who u s u a lly w ere s tu d y in g f o r th e m in i s tr y . I n c i d e n t a l l y , s e v e r a l p re a c h e rs in th e com munity u sed to come i n f o r i n s t r u c t i o n , in r e a d in g c h i e f l y . 328 E .W .P .: Was " i m i t a t i o n o f th e te a c h e r" u sed as a t r a i n i n g e x e r c is e ? How d id t h i s a f f e c t y o u r own te a c h in g ? Mr. B .: " I m ita tio n o f th e te a c h e r as a t r a i n i n g e x e rc is e " was done in th e s c h o o ls I a tte n d e d , and much o f i t was p r a c tic e d by te a c h e r s o f e lo c u tio n . I n e v e r d id . I made i t a p r i n c i p l e ( I th in k y o u 'l l f in d i t in t h a t t h e s i s ) 2 n e v e r to re a d a n y th in g f o r th e c l a s s th e y w ere s tu d y in g , to re a d so m eth in g e l s e , b u t n o t re a d th e th in g we w ere w orking on b e c a u se I d i d n 't w ant them to im i ta t e me. I r e c a l l a rem ark o f Sam Jo n es who s a id t h a t "no two p e o p le a r e a l i k e ; i f th e y a r e , one o f them i s o f no a c c o u n t." I m ita tio n e x e r c is e s h e lp e d to e s t a b l i s h te c h n iq u e . E .W .P .: Did you e v e r h e a r a n y th in g o f Maude W illis who was r e s p o n s ib le f o r th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry o r C o lle g e o f E lo c u tio n ? T h is was in th e y e a r 1895. Mr. B .: I knew Maude W illis w e ll. She u sed to g iv e a g r e a t d e a l o f tim e to p u b lic re a d in g s l o c a l l y . She was n o t so g i f t e d o r a s w e ll tr a in e d a s M iss Murphy. M iss Murphy was a v e ry sim p le and n a t u r a l r e a d e r w h ile M iss W i llis was an e l o c u t i o n i s t a s we under** sto o d e lo c u tio n . M iss W i llis r e p r e s e n te d th e o ld e r sc h o o l, though she h e r s e l f was n o t o ld , she was q u ite young. She was v iv a c io u s , r a t h e r a charm ing p e rs o n . M iss W i llis was a l i t t l e l i k e a M iss E v e rts who had w r i t t e n a book, who was q u ite co n c e rn e d w h eth e r h e r to e s tu c k o u t j u s t r i g h t from h e r gown, b u t n o t so s tu d ie d [as M iss E v e r ts ] . I lik e d Maude W i l l i s . She m a rrie d 1 th in k . She was ab o u t my a g e . She u sed to do lyceum work to o . E .W .P .: In th e s ta te m e n t made i n th e in te r v ie w l a s t f a l l (A ugust 23, 1956), you made th e s ta te m e n t, "No l e c t u r e c o u rs e was co m p lete w ith o u t a good r e a d e r ." Did t h i s mean some a r t i s t p e rfo rm e r o u ts id e th e U n iv e rs ity i t s e l f ? 2C e lia E liz a b e th D enues, "Lee Emerson B a s s e tt, a P io n e e r in Speech E d u catio n " (u n p u b lish e d M a s te r 's t h e s i s , S ta n fo rd U n iv e r s ity , A p r il, 1935). i 329 H r. B .: Y es, I was t a l k i n g p a r t i c u l a r l y o f th e lyceum o r ch a u tau q u a c o u r s e s . T h is m eant someone o u ts id e th e U n iv e r s ity , some a r t i s t p e rfo rm e r. E .W .P .: Did M iss A ddie Murphy e v e r have any o f f i c i a l c o n n e c tio n w ith USC? Do you r e c a l l w hat happened to h e r a f t e r you l e f t h e r sc h o o l? Mr. B .: M iss Murphy n e v e r had any o f f i c i a l c o n n e c tio n w ith USC. She was P r in c ip a l o f th e Cumnock S chool o f E x p re s s io n . The b u ild in g was l a t e r moved down on Flow er S t r e e t . I t was a la r g e b u ild in g , had l o t s o f room. 1 was c a l l e d to come down summers and te a c h in th e sunnier s e s s io n th e r e . M iss Murphy m a rrie d a Mr. G r.ieg. She had a son who l a t e r came to S ta n fo rd . Then a member o f th e fa m ily , a M iss B rooks, had a l o t o f money and b u i l t a b e a u t i f u l sc h o o l on T h ird S t r e e t , ta k in g a w hole b lo c k th e r e in Los A n g e le s. I t was th e Cumnock School u n t i l th e War came and th e Government to o k i t o v e r. E .W .P .: In th e fo rm e r in te r v ie w (1956) m en tio n was made in co m p ariso n o f sp eech s c h o o ls , "You c o u ld t e l l an Emerson g ra d u a te a s f a r a s you c o u ld se e h im ." What w ere th e c h i e f d if f e r e n c e s in th e v a r io u s sc h o o ls? Betw een th o s e , f o r exam ple, from th e Emerson S chool and th e C u rry School? Or th e Cumnock S ch o o l, e t c . ? Mr. B .: Yes, you c o u ld t e l l th e d if f e r e n c e betw een an Emerson g ra d u a te and one r e p r e s e n tin g a n o th e r sc h o o l o f sp e ech , C u rry , f o r exam ple. I t i s a l i t t l e h a rd to d e s c r ib e . The Em erson s tu d e n ts w ere n o tic e a b le b e c a u se o f t h e i r c a r e f u l p o is e , f o o t p o s it io n , and g e s tu r e s . W ith em phasis upon e m o tio n a l q u a l i t i e s . The e f f e c t [ d e s ir e d ] b e in g to charm . I th in k t h a t i s ab o u t th e b e s t way I can p u t i t . I can t e l l an Em erson s tu d e n t even to t h i s d ay . They " la y i t o n "— e f f u s i v e . The Emerson sy stem was b ased on p r a i s e and en c o u ra g e m ent, n o t c r i t i c i s m . E v e ry th in g was p e r f e c t l y lo v e ly , b e a u t i f u l . A f te r a p u p i l ’ s r e c i t a l th e y would th ro w t h e i r arm s aro u n d him and sa y , "How w o n d erfu l you w ere!" The C urry m ethod was d e c id e d ly d i f f e r e n t , h a v in g th e a t t i t u d e o f "W ell, i f you c a n 't do b e t t e r th a n t h a t y o u 'd b e t t e r t r y a g a in ." A s i t b ack a t t i t u d e , from w ith in o u tw ard , b ased on c l e a r th in k in g , co n s e r v a tiv e e x p r e s s io n , r e s t r i c t e d . The Cumnock 330 S ch o o ls a g a in em phasized th e e m o tio n a l e le m e n ts . We w e r e n 't t r a i n e d p a r t i c u l a r l y to a n a ly z e a p ie c e o f l i t e r a t u r e , b u t t o g e t i t s mood and e x p re s s i t v o c a lly and b o d ily , n o t q u i t e to th e e x te n t o f th e Emerson S chool b u t th e r e was a good d e a l o f g e s tu r in g and em phasis on b o d ily e x p r e s s io n . The Cumnock m ethod was m ore l i k e th e Emerson S chool th a n was th e C u rry a vstern. I ta lk e d to P ro f e s s o r Cumnock when I came Deck from B oston and h e was d e r i s i v e o f th e C u rry m ethod "w hich d id o n ly p a r t i a l tr a in i n g " he s a id . He had n o th in g a g a in s t th e Emerson S ch o o l. E .W .P .: Does a n y th in g e l s e come to y o u r mind r e g a r d in g y o u r USC te a c h in g e x p e rie n c e t h a t m ig h t be o f i n t e r e s t i n th e h i s t o r i c a l dev elo p m en t o f sp e e ch t r a i n i n g th e re ? Mr. B .: A woman te a c h e r in Long B each, C a lif o r n i a , w here I was a p p e a rin g on th e C hautauqua, to o k me to ta s k upon my p u tti n g my p u p ils so much on t h e i r own. She s a id t h a t th e r e was b u t one way to re a d a l i n e , t h a t i t " c a n 't b e re a d any o th e r way and b r in g o u t th e f e e l i n g ." She ta u g h t t h a t way, and f o r f iv e d o l l a r s p e r [ le s s o n ] . I m ita tio n th o ro u g h ly . 331 INTERVIEW: GERTRUDE COM STOCK—EARL W . PRIDDY 7000 H ollyw ood B lv d ., H ollyw ood, C a lif o r n i a S a tu rd a y , December 29, 1956 E .W .P .: M iss Com stock, would you d e s c r ib e th e S chool o f O ra to ry a s you r e c a l l i t , m e n tio n in g who was te a c h in g th e r e , e t c . ? M iss C .: I came o u t h e re th e second y e a r a f t e r M iss B eu lah W right s t a r t e d th e S chool o f O ra to ry in 1903. I had g ra d u a te d from th e U n iv e r s ity o f Iowa i n 1904 and came o u t t h a t f a l l . I had ta k e n a g ra d u a te c o u rs e i n p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n a t North** w e s te rn U n iv e r s ity so M iss W right p u t me in t h a t w ork t o b e g in w ith . The n e x t y e a r I s t a r t e d te a c h in g some o f th e c l a s s e s in th e S chool o f O ra to ry . I ta u g h t d i f f e r e n t b ra n c h e s o f w ork as th e n ee d s came u p . M iss W right p u t me i n t o p u b lic s p e a k in g w hich I d e v e lo p e d . Then I w ent down to th e C o lle g e o f Law b u t s t i l l a s a member o f th e S chool o f O ra to ry and ta u g h t th e U n iv e rs ity s tu d e n ts th e r e a s p a r t o f my c l a s s e s . I was th e r e a t th e U n iv e r s ity [S ch o o l o f Law a f t e r 1912] t i l l I q u i t in 1922. I u sed to go down town and b a c k . W e w ent th ro u g h d i f f i c u l t days f o r we d i d n 't know w h eth e r w e'd g e t any s tu d e n ts o r n o t f o r we ra n o u r own t u i t i o n —c o l l e c t e d i t a l l . N e ith e r th e P r e s id e n t n o r th e S chool a u t h o r i t i e s had a n y th in g to do w ith i t . W e b u i l t up o u r own a d v e r t i s i n g . W e s e n t o u t o u r own b ro c h u re s e v e ry y e a r f o r s tu d e n ts . W e j u s t b u i l t i t from th e ground u p . W e had a h a rd tim e b u t M iss W right g o t r e c o g n itio n a lm o st im m ed iately f o r sh e was a charm ing woman, v e ry g i f t e d . I f i r s t m et h e r when sh e came b ack to th e C o lle g e in Iow a. She f e l l in lo v e w ith th e S ch o o l; sh e a ls o f e l l in lo v e w ith my b r o th e r . T h a t's w here th e y f i r s t m et. She was l i v i n g in o u r home w ith u s th e n . B ut, b ack to USC, to th e S ch o o l. The s tu d e n ts p a id t h e i r t u i t i o n . The U n iv e r s ity had n o th in g to do w ith i t . The S chool grew beyond o u r e x p e c ta tio n s , we needed more h e lp , so M iss Y oder was added to th e f a c u l ty [1 9 0 8 ]. E .W .P .: Where d id th e c h i e f em phasis seem to r e s t , on w hat p h ase o f w ork, c o u rs e , in s t r u c tio n ? 332 M iss C .: The c h ie £ em phasis o£ th e work th e n ta u g h t seemed to r e s t upon [m inor] sp eech c o r r e c tio n , and to c o n s tr u c t and d e l i v e r [a s p e e c h ]. My w ork in te a c h in g p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n was f o r women s tu d e n ts o f th e U n iv e r s ity . T h is was o u ts id e th e S chool o f O ra to ry and had n o th in g to do w ith sp e e c h . They ask ed M iss W right to f in d them a te a c h e r , and t h a t was me. The p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n c o n s is te d o f gam es, b a s k e tb a ll m o stly , b o th in and o u t o f d o o rs . I coached a number o f sc h o o ls aro u n d th e c i t y to o . The work c o n s is te d o f a num ber o f e x e r c is e s 1 had le a rn e d in th e b e g in n in g ; a l s o , i t had a p o r tio n o f fe n c in g . I ta u g h t w hat I knew o f i t . D ancing was n o t ta u g h t a s i t was n o t p e rm itte d a t th e School o r U n iv e r s ity . The s t u d e n ts had to le a r n r e la x a tio n , th e s i t t i n g p o s i t i o n s , w alk in g , s ta n d in g , c o r r e c t p o s tu r e — a l l t h a t would be needed to g e t them re a d y t o a p p e a r b e fo re an a u d ie n c e . They d id th e b en d in g e x e r c i s e s , g e t t i n g up from c h a i r s , r e s t i n g , le a r n in g how to r e la x from th e to p s o f t h e i r h ead s to th e t i p s o f t h e i r to e s ; how t o go up th e s t a i r s , th o u g h we d i d n 't have any s t a i r s to go up! I had them go up and down a la d d e r — so th e y le a r n e d g ra c e t h a t way. In w alk in g I had them to u c h w ith th e to e th e n to come down w ith th e f o o t to th e h e e l. In to e in g , I l e t them have a t l e a s t two in c h e s betw een th e f e e t ; I d i d n 't w ant them w alk in g w ith to e s o u t o r to e s in , b u t th e f e e t n o t to o c lo s e to g e th e r . I a l s o checked t h e i r g a i t s and s t r i d e s w hich depended m o stly upon t h e i r h e ig h ts o r th e in d iv id u a l a c tio n w hich was th e m ost g r a c e f u l. Some g i r l s w ere so awkward. I 'd p u t them in b a s k e tb a ll f o r ru n n in g , ju m p in g , g ra b b in g so t h a t th e y would lim b e r u p . They would a ls o ta k e p a r t i c u l a r r e la x in g e x e r c is e s . I 'd g e t them a l l on th e f l o o r , f l a t upon t h e i r b a c k s , and make them r e l a x . None o f t h i s was done to m u sic, n o r to c o u n tin g , n o r in rhythm . I t was v e ry p r im it iv e , b u t I th o u g h t th e y le a rn e d a g r e a t d e a l o u t o f i t . E .W .P .: How d id M iss W right d iv id e th e work among th e i n s t r u c t o r s ? What was th e n a tu r e o f th e c o u rs e s ? M iss C .: L a te r I to o k up work a t th e C o lle g e o f Law e n t i r e l y , d o in g p u b lic sp e a k in g and d e b a tin g down th e r e . M iss Y oder th e n to o k th e work a t th e S chool o f O ra to ry . M iss W right h ir e d a l i t t l e fe llo w by th e name o f N attkem per [1910] who l a t e r 333 l e f t th e S chool and w ent to Long Beach H igh S chool [In 1 9 1 5 ]. The te a c h e r s c o n n e c te d w ith th e S chool W hile I was th e r e w ere M iss W rig h t, M ias Y oder, Mr. N attkem per, and M iss Ju n e T e rry [1 9 0 9 -1 9 1 1 J Who l a t e r m a rrie d a Mr. P ic k e r e l. She was r a t h e r g i f t e d th o u g h sh e had a r a t h e r b la n k p e r s o n a l i t y . She w ould h o ld h e r s e l f b ac k , w o u ld n 't make th e m ost o f h e r e m o tio n s. She was n o t n e a r ly so e x p r e s s iv e a s M iss W rig h t. She was a lo v e ly p e r so n , v e ry charm ing, b u t sh e d i d n 't have th e a b i l i t y t h a t M iss W rig h t h ad . E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l w hat was done i n th e way o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n , anyone e s p e c i a l l y h e lp e d , e t c . ? M iss C .: To h e lp my s tu d e n ts s to p s t u t t e r i n g , I u se d to say to them , "Now j u s t h e s i t a t e , d o n 't crowd y o u r w ords to g e th e r ; h e a i t a t e b etw een w ords and you w i l l f in d you w i l l b e g e t t i n g a l i t t l e more le n g th to y o u r t a l k . And you w i l l b e g e t t i n g m ore c l e a r n e s s to i t to o . W ait! D o n 't crowd y o u r w o rd s." F red K e lly was one o f o u r e a r l y g ran d Olympic men. He w ent to th e W orld Olympic Games in Stockholm in 1912 and won f i r s t p la c e in th e h ig h h u r d le . He was a bad s t u t t e r e r b u t we c u re d him . He was l a t e r co n n e cte d w ith W estern A ir L in e s h e re in Los A n g eles. E .W .P .: What tr e n d s th e n seemed to be a f o o t, th u s te n d in g to b re a k away from th e " o ld p e rio d " o f te a c h in g ? M iss C .: W e a tte m p te d to g e t away from th e m em orized sp eech by s u b s t i t u t i n g o r g o in g more i n t o im prom ptu and extem poraneous sp e a k in g . M iss W right b ran ch ed me o f f in t o t h i s k in d o f w ork, and 1 a ls o u se d i t w ith th e s tu d e n ts in th e C o lle g e o f Law. They had t o ta k e i t . I made up my own sy stem , u se d no book o th e r th a n my own p la n s . L a te r I th rew t h a t sy stem away. In te a c h in g them to s e l e c t a su b j e c t , I 'd have them g e t th e th o u g h t o f w hat th e y w anted to t a l k a b o u t, th e n th e y had th e sp e ech to o rg a n iz e and b r in g i t to a c lim a x . They had to i n t e r e s t th e a u d ie n c e r i g h t up to th e l a s t word and p u t a p e rio d b e h in d i t ! T h a t's w hat th e y had to d o . They had a l o t o f f e a r to overcom e a t th e v e ry b e g in n in g . One in c id e n t was w ith P au l V a lle e , a Frenchm an, a v e ry p ro m in en t man h e re in town now. The f i r s t tim e he came to my c l a s s 334 h e was so s c a re d h e c o u l d n 't say a w ord. He came from A lham bra H igh S ch o o l. I s a id , "Now, P a u l, you g e t up on th e p la tfo r m and t a l k ab o u t some th in g , d o n 't t r y to make a sp e e ch , j u s t t a l k . " He stam m ered aro u n d , g o t o u t a s e n te n c e o r tw o. T h ere w ere ab o u t f i f t e e n o r tw en ty In th e c l a s s . A f te r th e y had a l l l e f t h e s a t th e r e w a itin g f o r me. He s a id , "M iss Com stock, I g u ess I w o n 't ta k e t h i s c o u r s e ." I s a id , "Why?" He s a id , "W ell, 1 c a n 't g e t o v e r t h a t f r i g h t . " I s a id , "Why, t h e r e '8 no u s e th in k in g o f t h a t . Why d o n 't you j u s t f o r g e t th e y a r e t h e r e . T here i s no o b je c t i o n . Y o u 'll j u s t h av e to t a l k to p e o p le you th in k a r e th e r e , and t r y to g iv e them y o u r l i n e o f th o u g h t. O u tlin e y o u r th o u g h t so you can sp eak a b o u t i t . " He was o u r p r i z e d e b a te r . I ' l l n e v e r f o r g e t i t . I n e v e r had my p u p ils p r a c t i c e a c e r t a i n g e s tu r e . I t o l d them t h a t i f th e y f e l t l i k e u s in g a hand, o r b o th o f them, th e n u se them . W hatever way th e y f e l t l i k e u s in g t h e i r h an d s, th e n u se them t h a t way. Be y o u r s e lf , 1 t o l d them , be n a t u r a l . I f th e y w ere awkward in t h e i r m ovem ents, w ith t h e i r h an d s, i f th e y f id d le d w ith t h e i r h an d s, i f th e y p u t them i n t h e i r p o c k e ts , I t r i e d to c o r r e c t i t . I t o l d them to g e t r i d o f t h e i r m annerism s t h a t c a l l e d a t t e n t i o n , to l e t th e au d ien ce th in k w ith them , n o t a t them . I t o l d them th e y w ere n o t awkward l i k e t h a t a l l th e tim e . "When you g e t o u t to p la y b a s k e tb a ll o r f o o t b a l l y o u 'r e n o t t h a t w ay." I s a id , " I f y o u 'r e g o in g to be a ju d g e o r an a t to r n e y y o u 'v e g o t to g e t up th e r e b e fo r e p e o p le , b e fo re a j u r y ." I t o ld them th e y c o u ld h o ld t h e i r hands b e h in d them o c c a s io n a lly , b u t n o t to make a p r a c t i c e o f i t . I en co u rag ed them to v a ry t h e i r hand p o s i t i o n s , n o t j u s t s ta n d s t i f f l y . E .W .P .: I s th e r e a n y th in g e l s e ab o u t th e S chool, M iss W rig h t'8 w ork, y o u r own, th e c o u rs e s , e t c . , you r e c a l l t h a t would b e i n t e r e s t i n g to r e l a t e ? M iss C .: M iss W right gave program s o c c a s io n a lly . They w ere v e ry i n t e r e s t i n g and trem e n d o u sly p o p u la r. I f t h e r e was anybody who came to th e U n iv e rs ity th e P r e s id e n t was v e ry p roud to h av e, th e n h e would h av e M iss W right do th e in tr o d u c in g . D r. Bovard was n o t a good p u b lic s p e a k e r. 335 W e had m o stly a two-man team In d e b a te s . Though we d id have some th ree -m a n team s to o . W e had th r e e ju d g e s . In th e S chool o£ O ra to ry i n th e e a r l y y e a rs m o stly women a tte n d e d . L a te r on th e men came. G eorge B u llo c k was one o f th e s e s tu d e n ts . Once i n a w h ile M iss W rig h t re a d from th e book on p ro g ram s, b u t no one e l s e d id t h i s . But more o f te n sh e re a d w ith o u t i t . In h e r l a t t e r y e a rs sh e ta u g h t a f t e r sh e l e f t th e s c h o o l. She had p r i v a t e p u p ils . T h ere w ere a g r e a t many p e o p le who w o u ld n 't g iv e h e r up! She was v e ry p o p u la r, and around h e re i n th e women's c lu b s sh e o f te n p erfo rm ed . I d o n 't th in k th e S chool o f Speech can e v e r g e t away from th e p r i n c i p l e s M iss W right ta u g h t. They d i d n 't w ant e lo c u tio n . They w anted th e m ore p r a c t i c a l th in g s , d e b a te , p u b lic sp e a k in g , and th in g s l i k e t h a t . E .W .P .: Would you t e l l a n y th in g you r e c a l l r e g a rd in g th e v i s i t i n g a r t i s t s who came to p erfo rm a t th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry ? T h is was a y e a r ly custom , was i t n o t? M iss C .: Each y e a r we t r i e d to have someone come to p e r form . W e had T ru e b lo o d . We a ls o had P e a rso n . 336 INTERVIEW: DR. ALTA B. HALL, CLOYDE DUVAL DALZELL-- EARL W. PRIDDY 1477 E l M Lrador D riv e , P asad en a 3, C a lif o r n i a T h u rsd ay , December 27, 1956 E .W .P .: D r. H a ll, M iss D a lz e ll, th e fo llo w in g q u e s tio n s a r e n o t in any seq u en ce o r o r d e r , h a v in g a r i s e n h e re and th e r e w here in fo rm a tio n on th e h i s t o r y o f th e developm ent o f sp eech e d u c a tio n a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a l i f o r n i a i s m eager; th u s , i n t h i s e a r l y s ta g e o f d a ta g a th e r in g , e v e ry th in g t h a t h as any p o s s ib le b e a rin g to th e h i s t o r y i s b e in g c a r e f u l l y exam ined. Who i s c h i e f l y c r e d i te d i n th e s t a r t i n g o f r a d io work a t th e U n iv e rs ity ? C .D .D .: M rs. Rew i s th e one c r e d i t e d w ith s t a r t i n g r a d io a t USC w e'd b o th s h o u t. E .W .P .: Can you g iv e me any in fo rm a tio n re g a rd in g th e w h ereab o u ts o f M rs. A lic e W . M ills who was on th e sp e ech s t a f f in th e e a r l y 1 9 3 0 's? C .D .D .: Dr. S arah S tin c h f ie ld Hawk o f G le n d a le can g iv e you t h a t in fo rm a tio n . She h a s th e a d d r e s s . M rs. M ills was f o r many y e a rs head o f th e Speech D epartm ent a t Mt. H olyoke, S outh H adley, M a s s a c h u s e tts , founded 1837, a c o lle g e f o r women. E .W .P .: Why d id th e S chool o f Speech d is c o n tin u e th e sp eech r e c i t a l s t h a t composed su ch a s t r e s s e d f u n c tio n d u rin g b o th M iss W r ig h t's and M iss Y o d e r's y e a rs as Dean? D r. H .: One re a s o n why sp eech r e c i t a l s w ere d is c o n tin u e d was b e c a u se p u b lic sp e a k in g became more l i k e r e g u la r sp e a k in g th a n was th e o ld s t i l t e d o r e lo c u tio n a r y ty p e . C .D .D .: I ca n g iv e a n o th e r re a s o n . The r e c i t a l s w ere d i s c o n tin u e d a f t e r th e o ld s t y l e o f e lo c u tio n had been abandoned by th e w o rld and by th e U n iv e r s ity . I th in k th e grow th o f th e U n iv e r s ity and th e heavy p ac k in g o f th e sc h e d u le p re v e n te d , p e rh a p s , a f r e e h o u r f o r r e c i t a l s . P r iv a te i n s t r u c t i o n d ro p p in g o u t a t ab o u t th e same tim e w ould have a g r e a t d e a l to do w ith th e d is c o n tin u in g sp eech r e c i t a l s . 337 E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l w h eth e r th e r e c i t a l s w ere alw ays m em orized, o r w ere re a d in g s from th e book o r s c r i p t p e rm itte d ? C .D .D .: C e r ta in num bers m ig h t h av e b een m em orized. C e r ta in num bers m ig h t have b een re a d from th e book. E .W .P .: Why was th e S chool o f Speech changed to a D e p a rt m ent o f Speech? D r. H .: The U n iv e r s ity , a s a w hole, c u t o u t t i t l e s o f s c h o o ls m ore o r l e s s and p u t them u n d e r d e p a r t m en ts, th o u g h some s c h o o ls e x i s t , as S chool o f M usic, S chool o f M ed icin e, S chool o f Law, S chool o f A r c h ite c tu r e , to name b u t a few . T here rem ain a b o u t f i f t e e n d i v is io n s s t i l l c a l le d " S c h o o ls ." E .W .P .: Would you t e l l so m eth in g o f th e fo u n d in g o f th e P o e try P lay h o u se? T h is was by you, M iss D a lz e ll, was i t n o t? C .D .D .: C o rre c tio n h e r e . The P o e try P lay h o u se ( th e F i r s t P o e try P lay h o u se i n A m erica) was founded by C loyde D uval D a lz e ll, A lta B. H a ll, and Dean Ray K. Immel. We a g re e d to ta k e th e names a l p h a b e t i c a l l y . The P o e try P lay h o u se was m en tio n ed in th r e e books [ Speech f o r A l l . F o r t; P o e tr y . R o b in so n -T h u rsto n ; C ho reo g rap h y . A rv ev ]. E .W .P .: When Dean Immel was away on le a v e in 1930, who a c te d a s Head o f th e S chool o f Speech? C .D .D .: Mr. G ra fto n P e t t i s T anquary a c te d a s Dean. E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l w h e th e r a c o u rs e c a l l e d A bridgem ent was e v e r o f f e r e d , o r was th e r e a c o u rs e by t h i s name? C .D .D .: T h ere m ig h t h av e b een a c o u rs e c a l l e d A bridgem ent, b u t th e r e i s none a t th e p r e s e n t tim e . A bridgem ent i s c o n s ta n tly b e in g d o n e. D r. McCoard, a s Head o f th e I n t e r p r e t a t i o n a r e a , c o u ld g iv e you in fo rm a tio n on w hat i s b e in g done now. At one tim e th e r e was a c o u rs e c a l le d R e p e r to ir e . I t was a v e ry f i n e c o u r s e . M iss Y oder ta u g h t i t . I to o k th e c o u rs e . I f i t was changed to a b rid g e m en t, I am i n t e r e s t e d in know ing. 338 E .W .P .: The h i s t o r i c a l stu d y in p ro c e s s seems to £ a l l i n t o th e many fo llo w in g a r e a s , p r o je c t s , tr e n d s , move m en ts, c o u r s e s . A re th e r e any in p r e s e n t u se o r t h a t have fu n c tio n e d o th e r th a n th e s e ? (1 ) A bridgem ent (2 ) A p o llia d (3 ) B ib le re a d in g , hymnology (4 ) D eb atin g , c o n t e s t d e b a tin g , d e b a te se m in a rs, f o r e n s ic s , a rg u m e n ta tio n and d e b a te , p r e - l e g a l o r g a n iz a tio n s (5) Drama, dram a w orkshop, s ta g e c r a f t , m ake-up, e v o lu tio n o f th e t h e a t e r , e d u c a tio n a l d ra m a tic s , dram a se m in ar, modern a c tin g , c r e a tiv e ., dram a, d ram atu rg y , e x p e rim e n ta l dram a (6 ) E xtem poraneous sp e a k in g , p u b lic sp e a k in g , im prom ptu sp e a k in g , d e c la m a tio n s , r a d io sp e ak in g (7) G e n e ra l l i n g u i s t i c s , d i a l e c t s (8) G rad u ate s tu d i e s in sp eech , t h e s i s w ork, g ra d u a te sem in ars (9) I n t e r p r e t a t i o n , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n se m in a rs, i n t e r p r e t a t i o n r e c i t a l s , fu n d a m e n tals o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and e x p re s s io n (10) L ite r a r y s o c i e t i e s (11) O ra l E n g lis h (12) O ra to ry , o r a t o r i c a l c o n t e s ts , h i s t o r y o f o r a to r y , p u l p i t o r a to r y , ty p e s o f o r a to r y (13) P a n e ls , p a n e l d is c u s s io n , th e o ry and p r a c t i c e o f group d is c u s s io n , d is c u s s io n and d e b a te (14) P a rlia m e n ta ry law , p a rlia m e n ta ry p ro c e d u re (15) P h y s ic a l c u l t u r e , l i g h t g y m n a stic s, c a l i s th e n ic s , g e s tu r in g , D e ls a r te System 339 (16) P h o n e tic s , E n g lis h p h o n e tic s , A m erican p h o n e tic s , g e n e ra l p h o n e tic s (17) P la tfo rm d e p o rtm e n t, pantom im e, a u d ito riu m a c t i v i t i e s (18) P o e try , P o e try P la y h o u se , s ta g in g o f p o e try , docum entary p o e try (19) P r iv a te i n s t r u c t i o n , e lo c u tio n le s s o n s , e x p re s s io n le s s o n s , sp eech le s s o n s (20) P u b lic a d d re s s , h i s t o r y o f p u b lic a d d re s s , a n c ie n t and m e d ie v a l o r a to r y , B r i t i s h and A m erican o r a to r y , se m in a r in p u b lic a d d re s s , form s o f p u b lic a d d re s s (21) R adio, r a d io sp e e c h , r a d io dram a, r a d io se m in a rs, r a d io fu n d a m e n ta ls (22) R eading, re a d in g te c h n iq u e s , e le m e n ta ry i n t e r p r e t a t i v e r e a d in g , re a d in g h o u r (23) R e c it a ls , e lo c u tio n , e x p r e s s io n , sp e ech , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , S h ak esp eare r e c i t a l s (24) R h e to r ic a l th e o ry , se m in ar in r h e t o r i c a l th e o ry (25) S h ak esp eare, " S h a k e sp e a re r e c i t a l s w ith o u t p r o p s ," S h ak esp eare C lub, S h ak esp earean r e a d in g s , o r a l s tu d i e s i n S h ak esp eare (26) Speech c l i n i c , s t u t t e r i n g , a p h a s ia c s , s p a s t i c s , e s o p h a g e a l sp e e c h , c l e f t p a l a t e sp e a k in g , l i p re a d in g f o r th e h a r d - o f - h e a r in g , sp eech re a d in g f o r th e d e a f, au d io m etry , sp eech c o r r e c t io n , m a jo r sp eech c o r r e c t io n , m in o r sp eech c o r r e c t i o n (27) S to ry t e l l i n g (28) V oice, v o ic e and sp eech im provem ent, v o ic e and a r t i c u l a t i o n , v o ic e s c ie n c e , v o ic e and d i c t i o n , sp e ech s c ie n c e , p sy ch o lo g y o f sp eech and v o ic e (29) V erse c h o ir , c h o r a l sp e e c h , c h o r a l re a d in g 340 C.D.D E.W. P Dr. H E.W. P C.D.D E.W. D r. E.W. C .D . . : C re a tiv e sp e ec h a c t i v i t i e s i s a c o u rs e o f f e r e d and i s m is s in g from th e l i s t h e re on th e q u e s tio n n a i r e . D ocum entary p o e try i s th e same a s s ta g in g o f p o e tr y , b u t th e name was ch an g ed . The l a r g e s t c l a s s e s anyone e v e r had a t th e U h iv e rs ity was D r. H a l l 's p a rlia m e n ta ry law c l a s s e s . . : Your b e in g one o f th e f i r s t te a c h e r s o f p h o n e tic s , D r. H a ll, w ould you m e n tio n so m eth in g o f w hat th e s e c o u rs e s c o n s is te d ? . : P h o n e tic s c o v e rs th e p r o n u n c ia tio n o f a l l la n g u ag es. E n g lis h p h o n e tic s c o v e rs b o th th e E n g lis h and A m erican w ith th e d i s t i n c t i o n t h a t th e E n g lis h i s lim ite d by E n g lis h p h o n e tic s ; A m erican p h o n e tic s i s lim ite d to th e d if f e r e n c e betw een th e E n g lis h and A m erican. . : What was th e n a tu r e o f th e S h ak esp eare Club a t USC? . : The S h ak esp eare Club u se d to m eet once a m onth, and had n o th in g to do w ith S h ak esp eare. The c o u rs e in S h ak esp eare was s t a r t e d by Dean P e a r le A ik en -S m ith a b o u t th e same tim e D r. H a ll began h e r p a r l i a m en tary law c l a s s . T h is was f a r i n to th e 1 9 3 0 's . M rs. Sm ith was a w o n d e rfu l te a c h e r , a ls o a s p le n d id r e a d e r o f S h a k e sp e a re . Two se m e s te rs in o r a l S h ak esp eare a r e o f f e r e d now a t USC. In fo rm er y e a rs M iss Hubbard u se d to g iv e a S h ak esp eare p ro d u c tio n once a y e a r a t Commencement tim e . ’. : D r. H a l l , w o u ld y ou d e s c r i b e y o u r c o u r s e i n r h e t o r i c a l t h e o r y , o f w h a t i t c o n s i s t e d , e t c . ? [.: The r h e t o r i c a l th e o ry c o u rs e co v e re d from th e e a r ly G re cia n and L a tin p e r io d s on th ro u g h th e E n g lis h and up to th e A m erican p e r io d , t h i s l a s t b e in g c h i e f l y th e d if f e r e n c e b etw een th e E n g lis h and A m erican r h e t o r i c a l th e o ry in p u b lic sp e a k in g . ’.: S to ry t e l l i n g h as been one o f th e c o u rs e s t h a t h as c o n tin u e d from p e rio d to p e r io d in sp e ec h work o f f e r e d , would you d e s c r ib e th e s u b je c t? ).: W e o f f e r s i x s e c tio n s a y e a r in s to r y t e l l i n g . The s to r y i s ap p ro ach ed from e v e ry p o s s ib le a r t a n g le a s m u sic, g r e a t p a in tin g s o f th e w o rld . The s t u d e n ts a c t o u t t h e i r s t o r i e s w hich c o v e r th e e t e r n a l ty p e s o f s t o r i e s , f a b le s o f th e w o rld . They b e g in E.W. F C .D .D E.W. F D r. C .D .D E.W. C .D . 341 w ith f a b le s a s one o f th e o ld e s t and s h o r t e s t ty p e s o f s to r y t e l l i n g o f d i f f e r e n t n a t i o n a l u n i t s , and th e y do p o e try f o r c h ild r e n to o . G re a t em phasis i s p la c e d on th e m odem s to r y b ec au se th e y have need as te a c h e r s to know th e s to r y t h a t i s to d a y 's and w i l l be to m o rro w 's as w e ll a s knowing th e s t o r i e s o f th e p a s t. . : Who was c r e d i te d as h a v in g v e r s e c h o ir w ork, o r c o n d u c tin g th e work a t USC? . : M iss G e rtru d e E n fie ld ta u g h t v e r s e c h o ir work a t th e U n iv e r s ity . . : Was th e School o f Speech weakened as th e r e s u l t o f th e r a d io and dram a d iv is io n s w ith d raw in g and becom ing s e p a r a te d e p a rtm e n ts? . : As a School o f Speech i t was n arro w ed , n o t w eakened, a s th e r e s u l t o f th e ra d io and dram a d iv i s i o n s w ith d raw in g and becom ing s e p a r a te d e p a r t m en ts. Speech, a s p u b lic sp e a k in g , was n o t weak ened as th e r e s u l t o f r a d io and dram a w ith d raw in g . But sp eech i n i t s b ro a d e r a s p e c t in a l l th r e e a r e a s (sp e e c h , dram a, r a d io ) was n o t w eakened. The la r g e re a d in g c o u rs e s pro v ed t h i s . . : Due to th e g r e a t i n t e r e s t o f th e e n t i r e c o u n try in r a d io , i t i s f u r t h e r found t h a t s tu d e n ts w i l l ta k e th e p a th o f th e n ew est i n t e r e s t , hence r a d io had g r e a t em pathy in becom ing a s e p a r a te d e p a r t m ent. I t h as p r a c t i c a l l y d is a p p e a re d from th e d e p a rtm e n t now i n t o w hat i s c a l l e d telecom m uni c a tio n s . But th e sp eech u n i t , a s su ch , rem ain s s tr o n g . '.: What do you c o n s id e r th e c h i e f d if f e r e n c e s a r e i n tr e n d s , aim s, r e s u l t s a r i s i n g from th e th r e e p e r io d s : C o lle g e o f O ra to ry (1 9 0 3 -1 9 2 0 ), S chool o f Speech (1 9 2 0 -1 9 4 5 ), and D epartm ent o f Speech (1 9 4 5 -)? i . : The d if f e r e n c e s t h a t e x i s te d betw een th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry and th e S chool o f Speech, I sh o u ld sa y , e x i s te d in th e n a t i o n a l and w o rld i n t e r e s t . The f i r s t y e a rs o f th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry showed t h a t th e in d iv id u a l was th e g r e a t s u b je c t o f c o n s id e r a t i o n . The in d iv id u a l s tu d ie d p r i v a t e l y o r had p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n . But th e n , when th e w orld 342 and th e n a tio n became one, we knew t h a t I t was a m a tte r o f g e n e ra l com m unication so em p h asis was p u t on a d d re s s , d e b a te , r a t h e r th a n on th e in d iv i d u a l s tu d e n t a p p e a rin g a s a p ro d u c t i n p a r t o f p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n on r e c i t a l s , and su ch s u b j e c t i v i t y . And I sp eak from e x p e rie n c e b e c a u se 1 a tte n d e d th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry . By c o n s u ltin g th e 1956 b u l l e t i n and th e 1912 b u l l e t i n , one w ould s e e th e d i f f e r e n c e . E .W .P .: I s th e r e a n y th in g f u r t h e r e i t h e r o f you w ould c a r e to m en tio n in a d d itio n to th e q u e s tio n s ask ed ? C .D .D .: 1 th in k p a r t o f th e s u c c e s s o f th e S chool o f Speech i s b e c a u se ea ch p e rso n i s i n t e r e s t e d i n th e w ork and in th e s u c c e s s o f e v e ry o th e r p e rs o n on th e s t a f f and y e t i n no way e n c ro a c h in g w ith a c u r io u s i n t e r e s t on w hat th e d i f f e r e n t on es a r e d o in g . Each one i s tr y in g to do h i s b e s t w ith o u t any one s a y in g , "My, w o u ld n 't i t b e n ic e i f s o -a n d -s o w ould do su c h -a n d -su c h a th in g on t h i s i n t h a t w ay." I t i s , p e rh a p s , th e m ost h arm onious d e p a r t m ent in th e w o rld . The num erous men a r e k in d n e s s i t s e l f to th e women on th e s t a f f and we, i n tu r n , a r e v e ry proud o f t h e i r s ta n d in g in th e w o rld o f sp e ech . 343 INTERVIEW: E .W .P .: M rs. D IP .: E .W .P .: M rs. D IP .: E.W. P . : M rs. D IP .: HARRIET LOUISE TOUTON DIPIETRO—EARL W. PRIDDY 3919 P ro s p e c t Avenue, Los A n g ele s, C a l i f o r n i a T uesday, J u ly 16, 1957 M rs. D iP ie tro , would you p le a s e d e s c r ib e th e i n s t r u c t i o n you had i n r a d io a t USC, w hat y e a r, o r y e a rs ? M rs. Rew, I b e lie v e , was th e f i r s t f u l l - t i m e r a d io i n s t r u c t o r a t USC. W e l a t e r had v i s i t i n g i n s t r u c t o r s , one o f whom was D r. H enry L. Ewbank who u sed to s p a rk th e W H A M adison E d u c a tio n a l R adio w hich was a s ta te - w id e n etw o rk , v e ry p o w e rfu l, one o f th e f i r s t . W ell, he came W est and I s tu d ie d w ith him one summer, p o s s ib ly two summers, I'm n o t s u r e . O th er th a n t h i s , I th in k ray work was e x c lu s iv e ly w ith M rs. Rew. Would you e x p la in th e work w ith M rs. Rew? She had th o s e w o n d erfu l a d a p ta tio n s o f th e c l a s s i c s . W e w ent down to KFI e v e ry F rid a y a fte rn o o n a t 3 o 'c lo c k . I remember o u r g iv in g The S c a r le t L e t t e r and S i l a s M am er. I c a n 't r e c a l l any o th e r s , b u t I b e lie v e we d id t h a t s e r i e s th e w hole y e a r. T h is was 1933-1934. Was th e work p r i n c i p a l l y m ike te c h n iq u e o r w ere t h e r e c l a s s e s in o th e r b ra n c h e s o f r a d io a ls o ? Our c la ssw o rk c o n s is te d m o stly o f m ike te c h n iq u e , p r e p a rin g f o r th e F rid a y p r e s e n ta tio n , and w orking w ith M rs. Rew in i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . W e d id d r i l l s in re so n a n c e , d i c t i o n d r i l l s , a r t i c u l a t o r y e x e r c is e s . Then, when D r. Ewbank came in th e sim m er, we had no program on th e a i r b u t th e r e was an arran g em en t in a s m a ll room w here th e a c to r s w ent and i n th e la r g e room th e a u d ie n c e l i s t e n e d t o th e program . He d id som ething in th e c l a s s t h a t I lik e d and have u sed e v e r s in c e i n my c l a s s e s . T h is was a s o r t o f fa n m a il sy stem . The p e o p le in th e c l a s s , who l is te n e d to th e p la y s , to o k c o p io u s n o te s , g iv in g t h e i r o p in io n s o f th e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f th e p e rfo rm e rs and so on, th e n a f t e r th e p la y was o v er you c o u ld go and p ic k up th e c a rd s t h a t had y o u r name on them to se e w hat was s a id o f y o u r w ork. T hese w ere 344 E.W. M rs. E.W. M rs. E.W. M rs. E.W. M rs. u n s ig n e d . No, th e r e w ere no c o u rs e s o th e r th a n t h i s o f p e rfo rm in g on th e a i r . The s t a t i o n s downtown to o k c a re o f a l l th e te c h n ic a l p h ases o f p ro d u c in g th e show s. I f we had m usic re c o rd s th e y w ould p la y th e s e f o r u s . They claim ed th e y had to do t h i s f o r u n io n re q u ire m e n t p r o te c tio n . B ut in D r. E w bank's c l a s s we d id one p la y t h a t had a u to m o b ile c ra s h e s in i t . F o r t h i s p la y we c r e a te d o u r own sound e f f e c t s . I r e c a l l o u r b re a k in g up s tra w b e rry bo x es to g iv e th e sound o f a u to m o b ile a c c id e n ts . In th o s e d ay s we d i d n 't have th e re c o r d s o f sound e f f e c t s u se d to d a y . F o r D r. Ewbank I r e c a l l t h a t ea ch member o f th e c l a s s had to p re p a re one m ajo r s c r i p t f o r th e sum m er's w ork. P . : Where w ere th e r a d io c l a s s e s h e ld ? D IP .: In Old C o lle g e on th e f i r s t f l o o r . P . : Was c r e d i t g iv e n i n r a d io in th e s e f i r s t c l a s s e s ? D IP .: Y es. I d o n 't r e c a l l any w ork in r a d io t h a t was n o t f o r c r e d i t . P . : What w ere some o f th e c h i e f problem s th e r a d io c l a s s , o r c l a s s e s , had to b a t t l e in th e e a r ly d ay s o f e x is te n c e ? D IP .: I th in k th e m ain one was th e need o f more eq u ip m en t. W e n e v e r had enough m ikes and so on. P . : Would you e x p la in th e " D iv is io n o f R adio" program s a t USC a s g iv e n around 1936? D IP .: T h is was o v e r in one o f th e Hancock S tu d io s . D ick H u d d lesto n d id some e x t r a - c u r r i c u l a r work, p r e t t y s u p e r q u a l i t y . I th in k th e y b ro a d c a s te d o u t to th e cam pus, to o . I d o n 't th in k t h i s was u n d e r th e a u s p ic e s o f th e Speech D epartm ent, b u t re p r e s e n te d th e U n iv e r s ity g e n e r a lly . I t was th e r a d io s t a t i o n o f th e U n iv e rs ity and headed by D ick H u d d lesto n , a f u llti m e em ployee. T h at grew o u t o f a th in g s t a r t e d by Don P e tty . They d id some b ro a d c a s tin g by rem ote c o n t r o l th ro u g h a c i t y s t a t i o n , and Don would have p ro f e s s o r s come i n and g iv e t a l k s . I t was r e a l l y a baby when Don had i t , th e n D ick to o k i t and h e lp e d i t grow u p . 345 E.W. M rs. E.W. M rs. E.W. M rs. E.W. M rs. P .: Do you r e c a l l w hat r a d io o r sp eech h o n o rary s o c i e t i e s w ere fu n c tio n in g ? D IP .: The sp eech s o r o r i t y i s Z e ta P h i E ta ; th e m usic and sp e ech co m b in atio n i s c a l l e d P h i B e ta. In 1945 th e r e was th e R adio G u ild , th e n c a ll e d A lpha E ta Rho o r A s s o c ia tio n f o r E d u c a tio n by R adio (AER). T here was an e la b o r a te sy stem o f e l e c t i o n by c u r r e n t members, p r o f e s s o r s made s u g g e s tio n s and p ro p o sed t h e i r o u ts ta n d in g s tu d e n ts , and th e s e w ere c u lle d o u t f o r member s h ip . I t was n o t a v e ry s a t i s f a c t o r y p la n and was c a s t o u t. In f a c t , th e w hole s o c ie ty was c a s t o u t. When th e y s t a r t e d o v e r w ith AER i t o p e ra te d much b e t t e r and i n a much more d i g n i f i e d m anner. P . : Do you r e c a l l o u ts ta n d in g members o f th e R adio C la s s , 1933-1934? D IP .: W a lte r P r i l l , P re s id e n t o f th e N a tio n a l C o l l e g i a t e P la y e rs , when we w ere in M rs. Rew 's c l a s s . He w ent to G len d a le C o lle g e , h ea d in g r a d io w ork th e r e , th e n l a t e r in to th e s e r v ic e w here he d id im p o rta n t r a d io work a l s o . Then th e r e was Bob W h itten who w ent to Los A ngeles C ity C o lle g e , te a c h in g r a d io and sp eech th e r e . D ick Jo y [ in an e a r l i e r c l a s s ] w ent to KFAC f o r news announcing, and now d o es p a r t- tim e work a ls o a t CBS. P . : I s th e d a te 1946 c o r r e c t f o r th e fo rm a tio n o f th e R adio D epartm ent? D IP .: I th in k t h i s i s ab o u t r i g h t . Mr. S en er came o u t f o r a se m e ste r to work o u t th e c u rric u lu m , h a v in g c o n fe re n c e s w ith D r. Krone th e w hole s p r in g and simmer, th e n in th e f a l l he s t a r t e d o p e r a tio n s . P . : Do you r e c a l l any f a c t o r s t h a t b ro u g h t t h i s ” fo rm a tio n " ab o u t? D IP .: As I u n d e rs ta n d i t , D r. R aubenhelm er b ro u g h t Dr. Krone to th e cam pus, th e n D r. Krone was ask ed t o f in d a man to s e t up th e R adio D e p a rt m ent. T h at was Mr. S en er. Mr. S en er had b een , f o r many y e a rs , w ith th e C hicago R adio C o u n c il. You p ro b a b ly know who th e y w ere. They had 346 s e t up th e e d u c a tio n a l p o lic y f o r s c h o o ls in C hicago and had q u ite an e la b o r a te e d u c a tio n a l sy stem . Mr. S en er had b een on t h a t a lo n g , lo n g tim e , so f o r t h a t re a s o n D r. K rone had b ro u g h t him to th e cam pus. I t [th e " fo rm a tio n " ] was an a d m in is tr a tiv e move. Then Mr. S en er was empowered to ch o o se h i s own f a c u l t y . E .W .P .: Were th e e a r l y e d u c a tio n a l c o u rs e s "by a i r " g iv e n a t USC (b e g in n in g around 1929 and on i n t o th e 1930Ts ) s u c c e s s fu l? M rs. D IP .: Now t h i s goes back, l e t ' s s e e , to 1929. I t ' s h a rd to sa y w h e th e r o r n o t th e y w ere " s u c c e s s f u l . " Don P e tty s e t th o s e u p . My f a t h e r gave o n e. I t was a s o r t o f p o p u la riz e d v e r s io n o f m a th e m a tic s. I remember t h a t my f a t h e r was v e ry fond o f th e id e a and h e had o th e r s c o n t r ib u t e to o . I im agine th e y w ere s u c c e s s f u l f o r t h a t 's a l l I h e a rd . I d o n 't r e c a l l w h e th e r o r n o t c r e d i t was g iv e n f o r th e s e c o u r s e s . They o v e r d id i t a l l o v e r th e c o u n try . They became so p e d a n tic t h a t l i s t e n i n g dropped o f f . T here a r e s e v e r a l e la b o r a te s tu d ie s t h a t w ere made, t e l l in g w hat happened to th o s e b r o a d c a s ts . I t was a b ig bone o f c o n te n tio n betw een in d u s tr y and e d u c a to r s . Say w here th e r e w ere ab o u t s e v e n ty - f iv e e d u c a tio n a l s t a t i o n s i n th e 1 9 2 0 's , i t l a t e r dropped to ab o u t n in e . They a r e s t i l l f ig h t i n g ab o u t i t . I t came up when t e l e v i s i o n was draw n i n t o th e p i c t u r e . T h ere a r e some e d u c a tio n a l s t a t i o n s s tr u g g lin g , and some t h a t a r e n o t s tr u g g lin g l i k e s t a t i o n s i n San F ra n c is c o , P i t t s b u r g , Newark, New J e r s e y , th e y a re d o in g liv e w ir e t e l e v i s i o n w ork. B ut, b ack to th e USC " a i r c o u r s e s ," I d o n 't b e lie v e any o f them c o n tin u e now. E .W .P .: I n w h a t way w e re t h e s e p e o p le p a r t i c u l a r l y in s tr u m e n ta l in h e lp in g d e v e lo p r a d io a t USC: M rs. Rew, D ick H u d d lesto n , Mulvey W hite, W. B a l l e n t i n e H e n le y , A r t G ilm o re , and o t h e r s ? M rs. D IP .: M rs. Rew m ig h t be s a id to have s t a r t e d th e work a t USC, w ent to b a t f o r i t , o rg a n iz e d i t . D ick H u d d lesto n , a s m en tio n ed above, was e s p e c i a l l y im p o rta n t i n r a d io developm ent on th e campus l a t e r on w ith th e U n iv e r s ity b r o a d c a s tin g . M ulvey W hite was w orking th ro u g h th e a d m in is t r a t i v e o f f i c e s . I t was a p ro m o tio n ty p e 347 o f o p e r a tio n h e was c a r r y in g on f o r th e U n iv e r s i t y . D r. H enley was c o n n e c te d w ith p ro m o tio n work a l s o , d o in g much i n s c h e d u lin g s p e a k e rs to go o u t a l l o v e r th e c o u n try to prom ote th e U n iv e r s ity , to prom ote g o o d -w ill, and to prom ote good p u b lic r e l a t i o n s . He had q u i t e a s p e a k e r s ' b u re a u s e t u p . H r. S en er, a f t e r d e v e lo p in g th e R adio D ep artm en t, changed th e name to T e le com m unications, w hich tu rn e d o u t to b e a v e ry f o r tu n a te name a s th e y e a rs have gone b y . He was a g r e a t one f o r p r e d i c t i n g th e f u tu r e , r e a l l y an am azing p e rs o n . The D epartm ent o f T eleco m m u n icatio n s i s now headed by D r. K enneth Harwood, ta k in g h i s d o c to r a te in 1950 in sp e ech , u n d e r D r. M ilto n D ick e n s. He w ent to Alabam a, I b e lie v e i t w as, to b e head o f r a d io and t e l e v is i o n , and came b ac k to b e th e head h e r e . A rt G ilm ore ta u g h t r a d io an n o u n cin g i n Mr. S en er* s D epartm ent o f R ad io , aro u n d 1946 o r 1947. M iss Leona P. W ilso n d id a b e a u t i f u l jo b o f te a c h in g ra d io and t e l e v i s i o n w r i t i n g . She c o u ld name many d i g n i t a r i e s who w ere in h e r c l a s s e s . 1 th in k sh e came i n th e summer o f 1947. 1 ta u g h t in th e D epartm ent i n th e s p r in g o f 1947. In 1946 I ta u g h t in th e U n iv e r s ity C o lle g e s e c tio n . A f te r com ing b ack from New York U n iv e r s ity , w here 1 had b een w o rk in g on my d o c to r a te , I came back and ta u g h t a t USC 48 to *49, and '4 9 to '5 0 , r e g u la r s e s s io n s and summ ers. And any o th e rs ? W ell, I t h in k I 'd l i k e to se e Jim R u e 's name t h e r e . He was one o f o u r b o y s, g o in g th ro u g h o u r d e p a rtm e n t, ta k in g h i s d o c to r a te u n d er Dr. D ickens i n sp e e c h , a i d a b e a u t i f u l stu d y on t e l e v i s i o n co m m ercials f o r h i s d o c to r a l d i s s e r t a t i o n a b o u t '5 0 o r '5 1 , th e n he s ta y e d on, d o in g some p a r t - t i m e te a c h in g , th e n became a f u l l - t i m e te a c h e r , was th e one o r p o s s ib ly two o f th e P h .D .' s i n th e D epartm ent f o r a w h ile , and ta u g h t r i g h t on t i l l th e com ing o f D r. Harwood. He w ent o v e r to CBS and i s now a t KTLA. H i8 work was an n o u n cin g , d o in g h is M a s te r '8 on in te r v ie w in g th e o u ts ta n d in g an n o u n cers a l l a ro u n d . I was on h i s co m m ittee. He was e s p e c i a l l y good on s p e c ia l e v e n ts . W e had an FM (fre q u e n c y m o d u la tio n ) s t a t i o n th e r e b e fo re t e l e v i s i o n cam e. Jim d id sim p ly m a rv e l ous s p e c ia l e v e n ts w ork. I w ould v o te t h a t he d id a g r e a t d e a l f o r th e D ep artm en t. L urene T u ttl e ta u g h t r a d io a c tin g w ork. They j u s t 348 lo v ed It* They lo v e d h e r . And u n t i l sh e g o t h e r r o l e in " L if e W ith F a th e r ," sh e was w ith us ab o u t f iv e y e a r s . And w ere h e r c l a s s e s b ig ! They lo v ed i t . She was n o t a g ra d u a te o f o u r D epartm ent, b u t sh e b ro u g h t u s q u ite a b i t o f h o n o r. E .W .P .: Would you b r i e f l y g iv e a d e s c r ip t i o n o f th e D e p a rtm e n t's r a t i n g a t p r e s e n t? M rs. D IP .: Though 1 have been away now s e v e r a l y e a r s , th e y have c l a s s e s f o r a l l tn e e le m e n ts f o r d e v e lo p in g a r t i s t s , an n o u n c e rs, w r i t e r s , te c h n ic ia n s , and so on. They have a v e ry h ig h ly s p e c ia liz e d r e s e a r c h ap p ro ach and d ev elo p m en t. I f e e l t h a t th e r a d io w ork d e v e lo p e d more r a p id ly th a n a t any o th e r tim e a f t e r i t became a D epartm ent. INTERVIEW: DR. SARAH STINCHFIELD H A W K — EARL W . PRIDDY 515 N o rth C e n tr a l A ve., G len d ale 3, C a lif o r n ia T uesday, A ugust 8, 1957 E .W .P .: D r. Hawk, would you g iv e th e d a te s you ta u g h t a t USC, w hat y o u r s u b je c ts w ere, d e s c r ib e o r g iv e th e n a tu r e o f th e s e c o u rs e s , t e x t s u se d , e t c . ? D r. H .: I f i r s t came to Los A ngeles In 1932, a t th e tim e o f my m a rria g e to D r. Hawk, and I had a t e n t a t i v e p la n to do some te a c h in g a t USC b u t n o th in g d e f i n i t e was e s ta b li s h e d a t t h a t tim e o th e r th a n th e p o s s i b i l i t y o f g iv in g c o u rs e s a t th e downtown d i v i s i o n o f th e U n iv e rs ity c a l l e d th e A d u lt E d u c a tio n D iv is io n . So, in th e f a l l o f '3 2 , I began a c o u rs e in th e P sychology o f Speech, l i s t e d b o th in p sy ch o lo g y and in sp eech a s I r e c a l l . T h at c o n tin u e d once a y e a r and I gave c o u rs e s f o r s e v e r a l y e a rs , and I a ls o gave c o u rs e s in c h i l d p sy ch o lo g y , P sychology o f th e E x c e p tio n a l C h ild I sh o u ld sa y . T h is was a ls o g iv e n f o r s e v e r a l y e a rs i n th e P sychology d e p a r t m ent. T h is was p a r t o f th e te a c h e r t r a i n i n g p la n , r e a l l y . The t e x t s t h a t I u se d , my own t e x t s , w ere Speech P ath o lo g y and a ls o P sychology o f Speech p u b lis h e d by th e E x p re ssio n Company, 1928, and th e n i n 1938 we u se d th e book w r i t t e n j o i n t l y by Edna H i l l Young and m y se lf c a l l e d C h ild re n w ith D elayed S peech. In th e p sy ch o lo g y c o u rs e I u sed Norma S ch eid em an n 's P sychology o f E x c e p tio n a l C h ild re n . I u sed a w ide v a r i e t y o f books o th e rw is e , th o s e t h a t w ere o u t o f th e f i e l d as S c r i p t u r e 's S t u t t e r in g and L is p in g . M rs. S c r i p t u r e 's book on C or r e c t i o n o f Speech D e f e c ts . D r. B la n to n 's book on Speech T ra in in g o f C h ild h o o d . These a r e th e c h i e f ones t h a t I th in k o f now. E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l w hat Dean Im m el's p la n f o r a sp eech c o r r e c t io n program w as, w hat was b e in g done to d e v e lo p i t , who th e m ain p e o p le w ere th e n a t USC e s p e c i a l l y i n t e r e s t e d in such a program ? D r. H .: As to Dean Im m el's p la n , i t was n o t a v e ry e x te n s iv e l y worked o u t p la n a t t h a t tim e . He h im s e lf alw ays gave one c o u rs e in sp eech c o r r e c t io n each y e a r, u s in g D r. T r a v is ' book on Speech P a th o lo g y . A lic e M ills and Dr. A lta B. H a ll u s u a lly gave a c o u rs e in sp eech c o r r e c t io n , u s u a lly ab o u t once 350 a y e a r in m inor sp e ech d e f e c ts , f a u l t y a r t i c u l a t i o n ana so on. Then Eugene Hahn came i n t o th e D e p a rt m ent to work f o r h i s Ph.D. He o rg a n iz e d a v e ry s u c c e s s f u l, p r a c t i c a l sp eech c l i n i c f o r s t u t t e r e r s and he d id some v e ry e x c e lle n t work f o r them . I b e lie v e he u sed M rs. G if f o r d ’ s book on Speech C o r r e c tio n . M y work was u s u a lly a t th e downtown C o lle g e o f A d u lt E d u ca tio n and e v e n tu a lly came up on th e campus f o r i t s c l a s s e s f o r th e y w ere l a t e a f te rn o o n and ev e n in g c l a s s e s u s u a lly , a lth o u g h once in a w h ile 1 was l i s t e d on th e campus f o r a summer c o u rs e in sp eech c o r r e c t io n . I ta u g h t from th e f a l l o f 1932 u n t i l th e s p r in g o f 1944. E .W .P .: What was th e n a tu r e o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n a t USC? To w hat e x te n t was c o r r e c t io n b e in g p r a c tic e d ? Was t h i s th e p a th o lo g ic a l o r p s y c h o lo g ic a l approach? Dr. H .: As to th e n a tu r e o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n a t USC, I would say i t was p r im a r ily m in o r sp eech d e f e c ts w ith em phasis on th e p s y c h o lo g ic a l and p h o n e tic ap p ro ac h . T here was no c o n n e c tio n w ith th e M edical S t a f f so th e p a th o lo g y o f sp eech was n o t s t r e s s e d . However, s tu d e n ts had some in tr o d u c tio n to t h a t th ro u g h th e c o u rs e a t th e O rth o p aed ic H o s p ita l, and th e p s y c h ia tr ic ap p ro ach th ro u g h h e lp in g me w ith re m e d ia l sp eech and re m e d ia l re a d in g a t th e C h ild G uidance C lin ic , Los A n g eles, w here I was a ls o c o n n e c te d . E .W .P.: How d id USC com pare th e n ( th e e a r ly 1 9 3 0 's ) w ith o th e r sp eech sc h o o ls in t h i s program in d e v e lo p in g a speech c o r r e c t io n d ep a rtm en t? D r. H .: USC w as w o rk in g up a r e p u t a t i o n i n s p e e c h w h ic h was o u ts ta n d in g in many ways a f t e r Dean Immel came th e r e from th e U n iv e rs ity o f M ichigan, w here he had s tr e s s e d a g r e a t d e a l a l l p h a se s o f sp e ech , and th e r e seemed to be u n lim ite d o p p o r tu n itie s in a la r g e m e tro p o lita n a r e a l i k e t h i s . However, 1930 to 1932 ev e ry sc h o o l was v e ry much h an d icap p ed by th e D e p re ssio n , and th e c h i e f h an d icap was th e la c k o f money f o r c a r r y in g on c e r t a i n p h ases w hich Dean Immel w ished to s t r e s s , In c lu d in g th e sp eech c l i n i c a l w ork. The School o f Speech was n o te d a l l o v e r th e West C oast f o r i t s d e b a te work u n d er A lan N ic h o ls. H is work was v e ry o u ts ta n d in g . Dean Immel was in q u ite some demand a s a l e c t u r e r ; 351 h e was a v e ry g e n ia l p e rs o n , v e ry k in d ly , v e ry s y m p a th e tic . L a te r , when D r. T ra v is came, a lre a d y h av in g a n a t io n a l r e p u ta tio n e s ta b li s h e d , sp eech c o r r e c t io n advanced. E .W .P .: Was th e r e any o f f i c i a l c o n n e c tio n betw een USC and th e John T racy C lin ic ? I f so , would you d e s c r ib e w hat t h i s was? Do you r e c a l l when th e C lin ic was founded? D r. H .: D uring th e l a s t o f my b e in g a t USC, th e John T racy C lin ic was o rg a n iz e d . M y o n ly c o n n e c tio n w ith i t was one summer when M rs. T racy asked me to l e c t u r e on c e r t a i n p h ases o f c h i ld p sy ch o lo g y to th e p a r e n ts . E .W .P .: What ap p eared to be th e c h i e f problem o r problem s e n c o u n te re d in g e t t i n g a sp eech c o r r e c t io n program underw ay? D r. H .: I sh o u ld say t h a t th e c h i e f d i f f i c u l t y in g e t t i n g th e c l i n i c a l work s t a r t e d was th e la c k o f funds even up to 1939 f o r i t was v e ry d i f f i c u l t to g e t money to o p e ra te a n y th in g l i k e t h a t . T hat i s why we u sed th e c l i n i c s a t th e O rth o p a ed ic H o s p ita l and a t th e C h ild G uidance C lin ic f o r th e t r a i n i n g o f s tu d e n ts in sp eech p a th o lo g y . T h is was th e p r a c t i c a l work w ith c h ild r e n , r e a l l y . E .W .P .: Was th e School o f Speech, as you knew i t when you ta u g h t th e r e , o f n a t io n a l prom inence? How d id i t com pare w ith o th e r sc h o o ls o f sp eech th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try ? Dr. H .: I would sa y t h a t th e School o f Speech d id have a c e r t a i n s ta n d in g , n a t io n a l l y ; i t had worked in to a p o s it io n o f prom inence b e fo re th e D e p re ssio n and o f c o u rs e ev e ry c o lle g e was lim ite d th e n a s to w hat i t c o u ld do d u rin g t h a t tim e , so USC s u f f e r e d l i k e th e r e s t o f them . But Dean Im m el's r e p u ta tio n was known, he was a v e ry p o p u la r p e rso n , ev ery o n e lo v e s C a lif o r n ia , so th e summer c o u rs e s w ere flo o d e d l i t e r a l l y w ith s tu d e n ts a l l a lo n g . P eople came from Colum bia, W isco n sin , S e a t t l e , from a l l o v e r. I , m y se lf, had s tu d e n ts from a l l th o s e p la c e s , so I know i t was q u ite w id ely known. E .W .P.: Was y o u r c o n n e c tio n w ith USC b e fo re M rs. L u c e lia M. M o o re's work th e r e in s p e e c h -re a d in g ? Was she a s tu d e n t o f y o u rs? 352 Dr. H .: M rs. L u c e lia M o o re's c o n n e c tio n w ith th e U n iv e r s ity was a f t e r 1 was th e r e i n 1944 when I w ent to S c rip p s C o lle g e f o r I d o n 't r e c a l l t h a t sh e was g iv in g c o u rs e s a t t h a t tim e . B ut she was i n t e r e s te d in w orking w ith th e d e a f and w orked w ith Dr. M orkovin. I know on th e s id e th e y w ere d o in g f ilm s f o r th e v i s u a l te a c h in g o f sp eech and d u rin g t h a t tim e sh e d id come in and ta k e c o u rs e s w ith M rs. Young and m y s e lf on sp e e c h t r a i n i n g o f c h i l d hood by th e M o to -K in e s th e tic M ethod. M rs. Moore and Dr. M orkovin w orked to g e th e r in th e developm ent o f film s l i k e "A t th e B ank," "A t D in n e r," "A t th e G rocery S to r e ," and o th e r s in s to r y fo rm --to t r a i n p e o p le to re a d th e l i p s . E .W .P .: I s th e r e a n y th in g f u r t h e r you would c a re to m en tio n re g a rd in g sp e ec h c o r r e c t i o n a t USC o r ab o u t th e work th e r e g e n e ra lly ? D r. H .: I would say t h i s , t h a t b e fo re 1932 Dean Immel had c o n ta c te d M rs. Edna H i l l Young, th e n c o n d u c tin g a sc h o o l o f sp e ech c o r r e c t io n in M in n eso ta, in M in n eap o lis a c t u a l l y , and he i n v it e d h e r to come to C a lif o r n ia and to have h e r S chool an o b s e rv a tio n sc h o o l f o r sp eech c o r r e c t i o n s tu d e n ts in USC. So she came h e re , was a lre a d y e s ta b li s h e d when I came to Los A n g ele s, and sh e i n v i t e d me to come o v e r th e r e [2716 E lle n d a le P la c e ] to do some r e s e a r c h work, so I made a r e s e a r c h stu d y o f h e r Method and found i t v e ry p r a c t i c a l , v e ry u s e f u l . I t w ould re a c h th e c h i l d th ro u g h th e M o to -K in e s th e tic te c h n iq u e - - th e c h i ld who w ould n o t resp o n d th ro u g h th e o rd in a ry m ethods o f v i s u a l and a u d ito r y t r a i n i n g , w hich a re th e u s u a l o r o n ly m ethods g e n e r a lly u se d . H er work had come ab o u t by h e r f i r s t h a v in g some sp eech d i f f i c u l t y o f h e r own and l a t e r d is c o v e r in g c h ild r e n who w ere n o t t a l k i n g and w ere th o u g h t to be m e n ta lly d e f i c i e n t . And as sh e exam ined them , worked w ith them , and ta u g h t them to t a l k , she found t h a t th e y w ere n o t m e n ta lly d e f i c i e n t . She f e l t i t a g r e a t tra g e d y f o r c h ild r e n to be r a i l ro ad ed i n to a s c h o o l f o r m e n ta l d e f e c tiv e s who w ere r e a l l y , j u s t f o r some re a s o n o r a n o th e r, e m o tio n a l, p s y c h o lo g ic a l, o r p h y s io lo g ic a l o r o th e rw is e , d id n o t b e g in to t a l k a t th e p ro p e r tim e and th e n d id n o t a c q u ir e sp e ech e a r l y enough so th e y w ere alw ays h an d icap p ed in sp e ech , in e x p re s s io n . So she b ro u g h t h e r S ch o o l, l i t e r a l l y , from M in n e ap o lis and w ith th e a s s i s ta n c e o f h e r husband, 353 who was a g r e a t i n s p i r a t i o n to a l l o f u s , e s t a b lis h e d h e r School o u t h e r e . A t t h a t tim e sh e was g iv in g no c o u rs e a t SC. A f te r I came h e r e , Dean Immel asked i f we would g iv e a c o u rs e , so sh e and 1 j o i n t l y gave a c o u rs e i n Speech D is o rd e rs o f C h ild h o o d , and in 1938 o u r book came o u t on t h a t s u b je c t, th ro u g h th e S ta n fo rd P re s s , and a c t u a l l y t h a t w ent o u t in f iv e e d i t i o n s . So we w ere u rg e a by th e p u b lis h e r s to do a n o th e r book and i n 1950 o u r second book came o u t, h a v in g more p h o to g ra p h s and d e s c r ib in g in d e t a i l th e M o to -K in e s th e tic sp eech t r a i n i n g . T h is i s a m ethod o f g iv in g th e e x a c t p a t te r n o f movement to p e o p le a lo n g th e s e l i n e s : f i r s t o f a l l , th e p la c e w here movement b e g in s in form ing a sound; seco n d , th e d i r e c t i o n o f th e movement, t h a t i s w h eth e r th e to n g u e goes fo rw ard , backw ard, w h e th e r th e m outh i s open, rou n d ed , p ro tru d e d , r e t r a c t e d , o r w hat, so th e second was th e d i r e c t i o n o f movement; t h i r d , th e form o f th e movement, j u s t how, w h eth e r th e l i p s a r e rounded, open, c lo s e d , and so f o r t h . And th e tim in g i s im p o rta n t. I f a c h i l d t a l k s to o slo w ly , he i s l i k e l y to d ra g ; i f h e sp e ak s to o r a p i d l y , i t may le a d to s t u t t e r i n g . F i n a l l y , th e b le n d in g o f i n i t i a l co n so n an t to th e f i r s t vow el in th e p h ra s e so th e c h ild i s n ' t le a r n in g j u s t i s o l a t e d so u n d s. She n e v e r ta u g h t by i s o l a t e d so u n d s. I t was alw ays th e f i r s t s y l l a b l e o f a word f o r o th e rw is e th e c h i ld m ight j u s t say "c - a - t " —n e v e r g e t th ro u g h to th e word " c a t ” a t a l l . She ta u g h t th e c h i l d word w h o les, n e x t p h ra s e s , and l a s t s e n te n c e s . She had g r e a t s u c c e s s in te a c h in g c h ild r e n who w ere backw ard in sp e e c h . I h av e seen many c h ild r e n who w ere f i r s t t e s t e d , who m ig h t b e c l a s s i f i e d as f e e b le m inded, and a f t e r a c q u ir in g sp eech had t h e i r I . Q . 's changed from te n , tw e n ty , to a s much a s t h i r t y p o in ts in a s in g le y e a r as a r e s u l t o f a c q u ir in g sp eech , show ing th e im p o rta n ce o f ex p r e s s io n . I th in k I le a rn e d more from M rs. Young in th e way o f sp eech c o r r e c t i o n th a n I have w ith any o th e r p e rso n w ith whom I have e v e r w orked, w h ile o th e r m ethods c o n tr ib u te d o th e r p a r t s o f t r a i n i n g . F o r y e a rs I had b een " s ty m ie d ," i f I m ight say so , by th e pro b lem p re s e n te d by c h ild r e n who w ere n o t ta lk in g and 1 d i d n 't know w hat to do. A f te r h a v in g h e r m ethod I c o u ld ta k e c h ild r e n who w ere n o t ta lk in g and I c o u ld te a c h them to t a l k j u s t a s she d id . Now i t i s no lo n g e r a problem to me. 354 I f e e l t h a t USC has made c o n s id e r a b le p ro g re s s In sp e ec h and th e r e s t o f th e h i s t o r y I s a f t e r my tim e f o r 1 l e f t In 1944 to go to S c rlp p s C o lle g e and a f t e r t h a t had n o th in g more to do w ith USC sp eech c o u rs e s . E .W .P .: D r. Hawk, w e r e n 't you th e f i r s t woman to r e c e iv e a Ph.D. d e g re e In Speech? D r. H .: Y es, I was th e f i r s t woman to r e c e iv e th e Ph.D . In S peech, and t h i s was In 1922 a t th e U n iv e r s ity o f W isco n sin . INTERVIEW: MRS. RA Y K. IMMEL—EARL W . PRIDDY 2917 West 78 P la c e , Inglew ood, C a lif o r n ia F rid a y , December 28, 1956 E.W .P. M rs. I E.W .P. M rs. I E.W .P. M rs. I Would you d e s c r ib e r a d io work a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th ern C a lif o r n i a when you and Dr. Immel came in 1924? Who was te a c h in g i t ? . : When we came in 1924 th e y had o n ly c r y s t a l r a d io s e t s . T hese w ere in th e hom es. As f a r a s I know, T a c ie Hanna Rew was th e f i r s t to do r a d io work a t USC. H a r r ie t L o u ise T outon c a r r ie d on th e r a d io work fo llo w in g M rs. Rew. M iss T outon was th e d a u g h te r o f D r. T outon, V ic e -p r e s id e n t o f th e U n iv e r s ity , and she i s now M rs. D iP ie tr o . She became i l l and Y e tta M itc h e ll to o k o v e r th e c l a s s in r a d io f o r a y e a r o r two. In th e s e e a r ly y e a rs o f th e S chool o f Speech when th e S tu d e n t Body was o rg a n iz e d and had o f f i c e r s , do you r e c a l l who was th e l a s t p r e s id e n t o f t h i s o r g a n iz a tio n ? . : M rs. H arry C. Mabry was th e l a s t p r e s id e n t o f th e S chool o f Speech S tu d e n t Body. Do you r e c a l l "S h ak e sp ea re W ith o u t P ro p s ," p ro b a b ly a c o u rs e Dean Immel s u g g e s te d , as i t was g iv e n in th e S chool o f Speech? :.: "S h ak e sp ea re W ithout P rops" was a c o u rs e D r. Immel g o t from P ro fe s s o r T ru e b lo o d 's work in th e U n iv e rs ity o f M ich ig an . T ru eb lo o d had Shake sp e a re a n re a d in g s o r r e c i t a l s when Ray was a s t u d e n t th e r e . They p u t on th e p la y s t h a t way, w ith o u t th e u se o f p ro p s, co stu m es, m ake-up. They g o t up and re ad from th e book. They gave w hole p ro g ram s. I t was n o t m em orized, though th e r e a d e rs w ere w e ll a c q u a in te d w ith t h e i r p a r t s and u sed th e book f o r a s e lf - p r o m p te r . G e s tu re s , movements when n eed ed , w ere u se d . The p la y s had few, i f any, r e h e a r s a l s . The l i t t l e b i t o f work t r i e d a t USC, 1932, o f t h i s n a tu r e was th e r e s u l t o f Mr. Im m el's work in S h ak esp eare a t M ichigan S ta te . E .W .P .: Can you g iv e any in fo rm a tio n o f th e L ite r a r y S o c ie tie s a t th e U n iv e r s ity , e s p e c i a lly when 356 th e y d is c o n tin u e d to f u n c tio n , w here th e y h e ld m e etin g s? M rs. I .: My d a u g h te r V ir g in ia was a member o f one o f th e L ite r a r y S o c ie tie s , t h i s was in th e 1 9 3 0 's . I d o n 't th in k th e s o c i e t i e s s u rv iv e d th e Second W orld War. They had t h e i r m e e tin g s in Old C o lle g e . T h is was to r n down in th e l a t t e r 1 9 4 0 's . E .W .P .: Where was th e Y.M.C.A. Hut lo c a te d ? M rs. I . : The Y.M.C.A. Hut was j u s t beyond th e p r e s e n t S tu d e n t Union tow ard E x p o s itio n P ark . I t was on U n iv e rs ity Avenue. When we came h e re in 1924 th e l i t t l e "d in k y " s t r e e t c a r came down th e c e n c e r o f th e s t r e e t . On th e o p p o s ite s id e w ere homes, ham burger s ta n d s , and f r u i t m a rk e ts. The U n iv er s i t y was a l l sp re a d a lo n g th e w est s id e o f U n iv e rs ity Avenue, th e m ain s t r e e t . Old C o lle g e was th e b ig b u ild in g . The S chool o f M usic was j u s t a c ro s s to th e f r o n t and r i g h t o f Old C o lle g e . Bovard was b u i l t , and th e y w ere j u s t f i n i s h i n g S tu d e n t U nion. The E n g in e e rin g B u ild in g was a lo n g re d sh ack and th e Y.M.C.A. Hut was betw een th e S tu d e n t Union and th e p r e s e n t S cie n ce B u ild in g . E .W .P.: Why w ere th e Speech R e c ita ls d is c o n tin u e d ? M rs. I . : P ro b ab ly my husband was to blam e f o r th e d i s c o n tin u in g th e Speech R e c i t a l s . He d i d n 't th in k th e y w ere w o rth w h ile , t h a t th e y w ere to o e l o c u tio n a r y and n o t a c c o m p lish in g a n y th in g . T here j u s t d i d n 't seem to be any p la c e f o r them in th e work t h a t was sh a p in g u p . The t a l e n t was n o t v e ry good and he th o u g h t many o f them w ere p r e t t y p i f f l i n g . These r e c i t a l s w ere h e ld on th e t h i r d f l o o r o f th e Old C o lle g e B u ild in g . I d o n 't th in k th e y had r e c i t a l s a f t e r th e School o f Speech was moved down to th e f i r s t f l o o r and a f t e r th e l i b r a r y was b u i l t . T h is was in th e 1 9 3 0 's . The l a s t rev ie w o f th e r e c i t a l s in The T ro ja n would p ro b a b ly d e te rm in e th e l a s t d a te any was g iv e n . The r e c i t a l s w ere m em orized f o r p u b lic p ro g ram s. M y husband, w h ile an u n d erc lassm a n a t M ichigan S ta te , d id a l o t o f i n t e r p r e t a t i v e w ork, b u t he to o k a d i s l i k e to i t . He f e l t j u s t sp e a k in g p ie c e s was b e n e a th him and he was w a s tin g h is tim e . P ro b ab ly t h i s was b ecau se he lo v ed to l e c t u r e . He had w r i tte n th e s e l e c t u r e s h im s e lf , 357 c o n s e q u e n tly he j u s t d i d n 't w ant to spend h i s tim e m em orizing. However, h e d id m em orize s e v e r a l p la y s , m onologues. T hese he lik e d to d o . The d e c is io n b ack o f d is c o n tin u in g th e r e c i t a l s w as, he d id n o t f e e l th e y w ere a c c o m p lish in g a n y th in g . T here w ere few s tu d e n ts who w ere ta k in g up t h a t l i n e o f w ork. They w ere f o r d is p la y , th e e l o c u tio n a r y ty p e , and he d i d n 't have any u se f o r t h a t . T h ere was a g r e a t d e a l o f t h i s when h e came in 1924 b u t he g o t r i d o f i t . My husband f e l t th e y [ th e r e c i t a l s ] w ere c h i l d l i k e . The r e c i t a l s and p r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n in Speech w ent o u t ab o u t th e same tim e . In a U n iv e r s ity S chool o f Speech l i k e t h i s he th o u g h t th e r e was no p la c e f o r a S chool o f E lo c u tio n . I t was p u b lic sp eech he was i n t e r e s t e d in and h i s m ain p u rp o se was to te a c h h is young f o lk to t a l k in p u b lic so t h a t th e y would b e u n d e rs to o d and c o u ld convey t h e i r m essage in a few sim p le w ords. He d id n o t w ant any em b e llis h m e n ts . He lo v e d th e t h e a t e r , d ra m a tic th in g s . T h at was a l l r i g h t . But g e t t i n g up and sp e a k in g p ie c e s was f o r c h i ld r e n , th e U n iv e rs ity had outgrow n i t . E .W .P .: How d id th e p u b lic f e e l tow ard n o n -d e c is io n d e b a te s when th e s e began to be h e ld ? M rs. I . : The p u b lic d id n o t l i k e n o n -d e c is io n d e b a te s . They w anted to se e so m eth in g d e c id e d - - to d e c la r e a w in n e r. E.W.P.: W ould y o u d i s c u s s d ram a o r g a n i z a t i o n a t USC, w hat some o f th e aim s w ere f o r dram a dev elo p m en t, who th e c h i e f le a d e r s w ere? The name "S to p Gap?" M rs. I i : Dr. Immel b ro u g h t W illia m d e M ille in to th e S chool o f Speech a f t e r M iss F lo re n c e H ubbard had a s tr o k e . She w ent b lin d and p a sse d away a f t e r 1945. Mr. d e M ille fo llo w e d Ray MacDonald who fo llo w e d M iss H ubbard. The sp e e c h , r a d io , and dram a d iv i s i o n s a l l became d e p a rtm e n ts ab o u t th e same tim e . A ll th ro u g h my h u s b a n d 's y e a rs a t USC he had dream s o f h a v in g a t h e a t e r . W e had q u ite a c o n n e c tio n w ith th e m ovies th e n , e s p e c i a l l y th e spoken f ilm s o r when th e " t a l k i e s " came i n . T h is was to te a c h th e a c to r s c o r r e c t sp e e c h , how to t a l k . They th o u g h t d e M ille was g o in g to g iv e a ch eck o f $25,000 to b u ild a t h e a t e r , b u t t h i s n e v e r came a b o u t. They g o t 358 th e l i t t l e b u ild in g down on E x p o s itio n B lv d ., and Dr. B u tle r s a id , "We can tu r n t h i s i n t o a 's t o p g a p ' u n t i l we g e t a t h e a t e r . " As £ a r a s I know t h i s i s how Stop Gap T h e a te r g o t i t s name. E .W .P .: In w hat r e s p e c ts o th e r th a n i n name d id th e S chool o f Speech d i f f e r m a t e r i a l l y from th e e a r l i e r S chool o f O ra to ry ? What d id th e School o f Speech s t r e s s ? M rs. I . : W ell, o r a to r y was j u s t th e b l a t a n t b l a th e r in g o f someone e l s e 's th o u g h ts tu rn e d in t o sp e e c h . I t was an e f f o r t to convey th e th o u g h ts o f th e o r i g i n a l w r i t e r o r sp e a k e r to th e p u b lic . I t was done a l l o v e r th e U n ited S ta te s in th e e a r l i e r tim e s . Mr. Immel d id n o t l i k e th e word " o r a to r y ." The S chool o f O ra to ry was m ain ly e lo c u tio n a r y so such i n t e r p r e t a t i v e re a d in g grew up and becam e th e School o f Speech. Now, f o r a lo n g tim e , th e em phasis h a s been on sp eech c o r r e c t io n . I th in k th e p r e s e n t head o f th e d e p a rtm e n t i s tr y i n g g ra v e ly to g e t i t b ack on th e r a i l s , th u s becom ing a g e n e ra l sc h o o l a g a in . Ray was v e ry pro u d t h a t he had th r e e a n g le s : (1 ) sp eech c o r r e c tio n , (2) sp eech e d u c a tio n (te a c h in g p e o p le to s p e a k ), and (3 ) to t r a i n te a c h e r s who c o u ld go o u t and t e l l th e r e s t o f th e w o rld . H is em phasis c h i e f l y was to g e t p e o p le to t a l k so th e y c o u ld e x p re s s th e m se lv e s. T h at was sp eech to him , n o t p r a t t l i n g w hat someone e l s e had s a id . He had t h i s t r i p l e v ie w p o in t. E .W .P .: Would you t e l l so m ething o f th e s o c ia l a s p e c ts o f th e School o f Speech? The summer a c t i v i t i e s ? M rs. I . : The summer p ic n ic was p ro b a b ly Dean Im m el's id e a o r i g i n a l l y , th e summer p ic n ic th e D epartm ent s t i l l m a in ta in s . He made h i s summer sc h o o l a th in g o f jo y and p le a s u r e . They had l o t s o f w ork to do, b u t e v e ry F rid a y so m ething in Summer S chool was p lan n ed f o r th e s tu d e n ts in th e S chool o f Speech. One n ig h t o f th e summer we would h av e th e w hole School o f Speech body o u t h e re in o u r g a rd e n . W e d id t h i s f o r y e a r s . A lso w e'd go down to O lv e ra S t r e e t one week, th e n w e'd go se e "The D runkard" o r go to some o th e r p la c e o f e n te rta in m e n t e v e ry week. N othing was p la n n e d , o f c o u rs e , f o r th e c lo s in g week o f summer. W e u sed to go se e H arry B u r n e t t 's P uppet Show on 359 E.W .P. M rs. I E.W .P. M rs. I O lv e ra S t r e e t . Now I t I s a t T u rn ab o u t T h e a te r on La C len eg a S t r e e t in H ollyw ood. T hese a c t i v i t i e s w ere su p p o rte d by th e e n t i r e S chool o f Speech F a c u lty who w orked r i g h t a lo n g w ith my husband. What w ere th e m a jo r h o n o ra ry s o c i e t i e s w ith w hich th e S chool o f Speech was a f f i l i a t e d ? . : R eg ard in g th e Speech s o c i e t i e s , th e r e was Z e ta P h i E ta w hich i s th e N a tio n a l Speech P r o f e s s io n a l S o c ie ty ; th e P h i B e tas w hich i s N a tio n a l Speech and M usic, m o stly dram a and m usic now; th e d e b a tin g s o c ie ty f o r men, D e lta Sigma Rho; f i n a l l y , th e N a tio n a l P la y e rs who s t a r t e d h e re in th e School o f Speech b e f o r e 1924. But now t h i s o r g a n iz a tio n h as b een ta k e n o v e r by th e Drama D ep artm en t. Then th e y had th e P h i B eta Kappa w hich i s f o r a l l L e t t e r s , A r ts , and S c ie n c e s who m eet c e r t a i n re q u ire m e n ts o f s c h o la r s h ip , and th e P hi Kappa P hi w hich i s a l l U n iv e r s ity , ta k in g in ev ery b o d y . Any o f u s c o u ld have been members o f th e P hi Kappa P hi b u t u n t i l th e S chool o f Speech w ent i n t o th e L e t t e r s , A rts , and S c ie n c e s we w ere n o t e l i g i b l e . Do you r e c a l l a n y th in g e l s e t h a t m ig h t be added in t r a c i n g th e h i s t o r y o f sp eech developm ent a t USC? . : W ell, th e r e i s a U n iv e r s ity Homecoming Day in th e s p r in g , on a S a tu rd a y , when a l l g ra d u a te s o f th e U n iv e r s ity in i t s v a r io u s d e p a rtm e n ts a r e i n v it e d to p a r t i c i p a t e . Then, to o , r a d io and dram a a r e now e n t i r e l y T eleco m m u n icatio n s. T h is was ta k e n o v e r when T eleco m m u n icatio n s was made a g ro u p in g by i t s e l f . 360 INTERVIEW: DR. M A X T. KRONE--EARL W . PRIDDY I d y llw ild A rt F o u n d a tio n , I d y llw ild , C a lif o r n i a T h ursday, A ugust 8, 1957 E .W .P .: Would you e x p la in w hat th e need was t h a t b ro u g h t ab o u t th e fo rm a tio n o f th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts , who o r ig in a te d th e id e a , w hat i t in c lu d e d , th e d a te ? D r. K .: The I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts in c lu d e d M usic, Speech, Drama, A rt, Cinema, and R ad io . The need in o rg a n iz in g th e s e d e p a rtm e n ts in to th e I n s t i t u t e c h i e f l y was to g iv e them more em p h asis, s i g n if ic a n c e , on th e cam pus. I t was Dr. von K le in Smid* s id e a to make th e o r g a n iz a tio n . T h is was in Ju n e , 1946. E .W .P .: O th er th a n y o u r s e lf , who e l s e was e s p e c i a lly in s tru m e n ta l in o r g a n iz in g th e I n s t i t u t e ? D r. K .: D r. von K leinSm id, Dr. R aubenheim er, and D r. John Cook. E .W .P .: Was th e r e any o th e r term th a n " I n s t i t u t e o f A rts" su g g e ste d f o r th e name? D r. K .: No, no o th e r . Dr. von K leinSm id su g g e ste d t h a t i t be c a lle d I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts o r g a n iz a tio n . E .W .P .: I s t h i s id e a o f "com bining" p e r t i n e n t o r r e l a t i v e to SC a lo n e o r have o th e r i n s t i t u t i o n s u sed i t to o ? Dr. K .: No, th e id e a was r e a l l y n o t a new one. O th er i n s t i t u t i o n s th ro u g h o u t th e c o u n try in some p a r t i c u l a r c a s e s u sed i t . Sometimes i t was c a lle d th e d i v is io n o f f in e a r t s , e t c . S im ila r o rg a n i z a t i o n s , I b e lie v e , w ere found in th e S ta te U n iv e r s it ie s o f I l l i n o i s , M ichigan, a t S y racu se to o . E .W .P .: I s th e r e any c o n s t i t u t i o n o r bylaw s s t a t i n g how th e o r g a n iz a tio n was to f u n c tio n o r o p e ra te ? D r. K .: No, i t was more o f an a d m in is tr a tiv e p o lic y . In an in s ta n c e o r two some o f th e D epartm ents v o ic e d th e f e a r t h a t th e o r g a n iz a tio n would ab so rb t h e i r own r i g h t s in d iv id u a lly , b u t i t seemed to work o u t a l l r i g h t and th e r e was no d i f f i c u l t y to a r i s e . 361 E.W .P. Dr. K. E.W .P. D r. K. What would you say th e c h i e f b e n e f i t s w ere o v e r th e fo rm er p e rio d when th e r e was no g ro u p in g o f d e p a rtm e n ts? I t was good p u b l i c i t y . Such an o r g a n iz a tio n e n a b le d o th e r d e p a rtm e n ts to know w hat ea ch was tr y in g to d o . I t c r e a te d a c l o s e r r e l a t i o n s h i p betw een k in d re d a r e a s . A ll th e a r t s have common ele m e n ts such as form , d e s ig n , c r e a t i v e e x p re s s io n and so on. Some, a s dram a, have s e v e r a l common e le m e n ts, as sp eech , a c tin g , a r t s ta g in g . M usic a l s o In w hich o p e ra In c lu d e d so many, a s : sp e ech , a r t , dram a, e t c . What s p e c i f ic p ro o fs a r e th e r e o f th e e f f e c t iv e n e s s o f th e "g ro u p in g ? ” From I t came th e D iv is io n a l-m a jo r Id e a w here th e s tu d e n t c o u ld c u t a c ro s s l i n e b a r r i e r s o f o n ly h i s m a jo r [ f i e l d ] and th u s ta k e work In a l l r e l a t e d f i e l d s o f h is I n t e r e s t . Too, th e A nnual F e s t i v a l r e s u l t i n g th e s p r in g a f t e r th e o r g a n iz a tio n was e f f e c t i v e . V ario u s D epartm ents p re s e n te d co n tem p o rary w orks In a r t , m u sic, dram a, cinem a, sp e e c h , e t c . In 1954 came th e D iv is io n o f C om m unications. T h is in c lu d e d th e D epartm ents o f Drama, Cinema, J o u rn a lis m , Speech, and T eleco m m u n icatio n s. Dr. M ilto n D ickens was a p p o in te d C hairm an o f th e D iv is io n . 362 INTERVIEW: MRS. HARRY C. MABRY--EARL W . PRIDDY 2226 New H am pshire Avenue, Los A n g eles, C a l i f . Monday, December 31, 1956 E .W .P .: When was th e l a s t A nnual Speech Homecoming D in n er f o r Alumni o f th e U n iv e r s ity o f S o u th ern C a li f o r n ia ? M rs. M .: The l a s t A nnual Homecoming D in n er f o r Speech Alumni was in May, 1950. The crow ds k e p t g e t t i n g s m a lle r and s m a lle r, and a f t e r 1950 i t was n o t t r i e d a g a in . E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l any in fo rm a tio n c o n c e rn in g a R eading Hour a t USC School o f Speech? M rs. M .: Dr. W illiam B. McCoard u sed to have a R eading Hour a t USC School o f S peech. V a rio u s ones would re a d from th e book. R efresh m en ts w ere se rv e d a f t e r w ard s. M rs. Rew w orked w ith th e R eading Hour a l s o . T h is was around th e 1 9 5 0 's . E .W .P .: D e sc rib e th e S to ry T e llin g c o u rs e t h a t was o f f e r e d in th e School o f S peech, w hat t e x t was u se d , som eth in g o f th e te c h n iq u e s a c q u ir e d . M rs. M. : I was in s to r y t e l l i n g f o r y e a r s . W e had a t e x t b u t I d o n 't r e c a l l w hat i t w as. The f i r s t a s s ig n m ent, I b e lie v e , was to s i t i n f r o n t o f a group and t e l l them a s to r y . T h is was a s to r y we remembered from o u r c h ild h o o d . E veryone g o t up and t o l d a s to r y . To a c e r t a i n e x te n t g e s tu r e s and p la c in g o f c h a r a c te r s o r " a n g le s " was d o n e. The f i r s t se m e ste r th e te c h n iq u e s o f t e l l i n g a s to r y w ere g iv e n and much book w ork had to be tu rn e d in a s , Why I l i k e t h i s s to r y , Why I 'd t e l l i t , F or w hat age, e t c . , How w e'd a d a p t o u r s e lv e s i f t h i s c h ild r a i s e d a f u s s , so on and so on. The second se m e ste r we w ent to v a r io u s p la c e s to do s to r y t e l l i n g — to o b ta in a c tu a l e x p e rie n c e . Our b ig g e s t jo b was to h o ld th e a u d ie n c e . I d id a g r e a t d e a l o f s to r y w ork o v e r KFI from 1928 to 1930. O ften t h i s was e v e ry d ay . R o b in so n 's D epartm ent S to re engaged me a t C h ristm as tim e s . I was a ls o a t B u llo c k 's f o r s i x w eeks, a p p e a rin g on th e program c a l l e d A lic e in W onderland. 363 E.W .P. M rs. V E.W .P. M rs. M E.W .P. M rs. M E.W .P. I w ent to th e h o s p i t a l s a ls o to t e l l s t o r i e s to th e c h ild r e n who w ere i l l th e r e . I t was q u ite an i n t e r e s t i n g e x p e rie n c e . : When you w ere a s tu d e n t a t th e S chool o f Speech, w hat c o u rs e o r c o u rs e s , m ethod, e t c . , seemed to r e c e iv e th e g r e a t e s t em phasis? . : When I was a s tu d e n t th e r e in th e S chool o f Speech [from 1927 to 1931] th e c h i e f em phasis seemed to r e s t upon v o ic e and d i c t i o n . M iss Y oder ta u g h t t h i s . She u sed a l l s o r t s o f e x e r c is e s f o r v o ic e , m outh, t h r o a t . I 'v e n e v e r h e a rd o f anyone e l s e d o in g them . T h is in c lu d e d b r e a th c o n t r o l from th e diaphragm , le a r n in g to p r o je c t th e v o ic e , le a r n in g to sp eak d i s t i n c t l y . W e d id p o s tu r e e x e r c is e s to o , many o f them . G e s tu rin g was ta u g h t to a c e r t a i n e x te n t, b u t m ain ly i t was g e t t i n g th e " f e e l " o f g e s tu rin g and when to u se i t . J o s e p h in e D illo n a ls o gave u s a g r e a t d e a l in p la tfo r m p re s e n c e , how to w alk, how to e n t e r a room, how to s i t , e t c . F or th e V oice and D ic tio n work one o f th e t e x t s u sed was G ladys W adsworth T u t t l e 's book c a lle d V oice and D ic tio n . Can you g iv e any in fo rm a tio n ab o u t th e Cumnock School o f E x p re ssio n o f Los A ngeles and any r e l a t i o n i t m ight have had to th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry ? [.: The Cumnock School o f E x p re ssio n was a w ell-know n sc h o o l a t one tim e . When I was a l i t t l e g i r l th e S chool was down on F ig u e ro a S t r e e t . At t h a t tim e my m o th er would ta k e me down th e r e f o r le s s o n s in e lo c u tio n . I t was betw een P ico and V en ice, I b e lie v e , th e n th e y moved i t o u t on W est T h ird S t r e e t . : Do you r e c a l l what was th e c o s t o f p r i v a t e le s s o n s a t th e S chool o f Speech? ;.: F or p r i v a t e le s s o n s we p a id $80 a s e m e s te r. T h is gave u s one p r i v a t e le s s o n a week. The amount was p a id to th e U n iv e rs ity when we e n r o lle d . : How would you r a t e th e p r e s e n t D epartm ent o f Speech a s com pared w ith th e form er S chool o f Speech re g a rd in g th e r e s u l t s each p ro d u ced ? 364 M rs. M .: I d o n 't th in k th e r e s u l t s now in sp eech work a re a s good a s th e y w ere i n th e S chool o f S peech. My d a u g h te r a tte n d s and th ro u g h h e r I can com pare th e e a r l i e r d ay s w ith now. Then th e S chool o f Speech was known a l l o v e r th e U n ited S t a t e s . I t was on a p a r w ith N o rth w e s te rn 's School o f Speech. When th e t a l k i e s came in th e 1920's , you w ould b e s u r p r is e d a t th e num ber o f m ovie p e o p le from Hollywood who came o v e r th e r e f o r sp eech w ork. A n ita Page was o n e. Dean Immel w p u ld n 't alw ays t e l l u s who th e y w ere. He enco u rag ed me so much in my w ork. I have a b ig s p o t in my h e a r t f o r him and M rs. Immel. 365 INTERVIEW: MRS. ALICE W . MILLS—EARL W . PRIDDY 1001 G eo rg ian a Avenue, S an ta M onica, T h u rsd ay , J u ly 12, 1957 E .W .P .: When d id you te a c h sp eech a t th e U n iv e rs ity o f S o u th e rn C a lif o r n ia ? M rs. M .: I was th e r e th r e e y e a r s , 1929 to 1932. I w ent E a s t In *32. E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l Dr. Eugene H ah n 's stu d y w h ile you w ere a t USC? H is sp eech c o r r e c t io n work? M rs. M .: He to o k two c o u rs e s w ith me, as I remem ber, one b e in g p h o n e tic s and th e o th e r a c o u rs e c a l l e d th e c o r r e c t io n o f m in o r sp eech d e f e c ts . A f te r h e had th o s e two c o u rs e s , D r. Hahn w orked w ith Dr. Immel who was b e g in n in g th e Speech C o rre c tio n C lin ic . Eugene Hahn d id a stu d y f o r me when he to o k my c o u rs e in sp eech c o r r e c t io n . He d ev elo p ed i t in to a book and y e a rs a fte rw a rd , when I was in B oston i n th e G en e ral H o s p ita l, w orking w ith a p h a s ia c s th e r e , i t had been p u b lis h e d in a l i t t l e pam phlet form and th e y w ere u s in g i t . I t had to do w ith l i s t i n g o f a l l th e th e o r ie s o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n o f a l l th e sp eech te a c h e r s . He had w r i t t e n i t up and th e n had s e n t i t o u t to a l l th e s e p e o p le to have i t approved b e fo re p u b lis h in g i t . He d id i t f i r s t f o r me in c l a s s , s t a r t i n g a s a c o u rs e p a p e r f o r me. E .W .P .: Would you say t h a t th e k ey n o te o f D r. H ah n 's s u c c e s s in tre a tm e n t o f s t u t t e r e r s la y in h i s r e la x a tio n m ethod o f h av in g th e s tu d e n ts m eet in a se m i-d a rk room? M rs. M .: I w o u ld n 't know ab o u t t h a t , b u t I th in k e v e ry one who w orks w ith s t u t t e r e r s u s e s m ethods f o r r e l a x a t i o n b e c a u se i t i s th e b a s is f o r a l l k in d s o f work w ith n erv o u s p e o p le to make them f e e l r e la x e d , e a sy , and c o n f id e n t w ith th e te a c h e r , w h eth e r a d a rk room i s u sed o r n o t. T h ere w ere some m ethods u sed ab o u t t h a t tim e and he may have been fo llo w in g M rs. G iffo rd , who u sed to be in c h a rg e o f sp eech c o r r e c t iv e work in t h i s s t a t e . She ta u g h t a t B e rk e le y . A ll p e o p le who d id sp eech c o r r e c t i v e work in C a lif o r n i a had to have worked 366 E .W .P .: M rs. M . E.W .P. : M rs. M . E.W .P. : M rs. M . f i r s t w ith M rs. G iffo rd and h e r p e o p le . Her f u l l name was M abel F a r rin g to n G iffo rd . She had them w ork f i r s t f o r r e l a x a t i o n and I know o th e r te a c h e r s , in th e b e g in n in g , alw ays s t a r t e d w ith r e l a x a t io n . But 1 n e v e r saw D r. Hahn do any o f t h i s . What m e ch an ic al d e v ic e s , r e c o r d e r s , e t c . , do you r e c a l l t h a t w ere u sed when you ta u g h t a t USC? : W e u sed r e c o r d e r s o n ly . The f i r s t sp eech c o r r e c t i v e w ork t h a t was done a t USC was w h ile I was th e r e . Dr. Immel and I to g e th e r worked i t o u t. W e w ere j u s t u s in g th e r e c o r d e r when I l e f t . Was c o r r e c t i v e work m ain ly f o r USC s tu d e n ts , o r d id i t a ls o s e rv e th e community? : Yes, i t se rv e d th e community a ls o . I t was j u s t b e g in n in g t o do t h a t th e y e a r b e fo re 1 l e f t . Would you l i s t th e d iv is io n s i n to w hich c o r r e c t i v e work m ig h t be d iv id e d ? : W ell, in o u r c o u rs e w hich we c a l le d V oice and D ic tio n , we d id w hat you c a l l a r t i c u l a t o r y work, o r work in v o ic e and a r t i c u l a t i o n r e a l l y . T h is was alw ays done th e r e , you know i t was j u s t e lo c u tio n . But th e o th e r sp eech c o r r e c t io n work had to do w ith c l i n i c a l work t h a t was s e t up by Dr. Im nel and me, d e a lin g w ith a l l th e form s o f sp eech d e f e c ts t h a t w ere l i s t e d a t t h a t tim e . I t was v o ic e d e f e c ts , a r t i c u l a t o r y d e f e c ts , s t u t t e r i n g , b u t we d i d n 't t a l k ab o u t s p a s t i c s in th o s e d a y s . S p a s t i c i t y i s j u s t one form o f c e r e b r a l p a ls ie d sp e ech . W e d i d n 't d e a l w ith t h a t . I th in k D r. Immel was d o in g so m eth in g , p ro b a b ly , t h a t I d i d n 't know a b o u t, w ith th e d e a f. I f so , he was j u s t b e g in n in g i t . W e d i d n 't do much w ith t h a t . A lso , c h ild r e n w ith d e la y e d sp e ech w ere b e g in n in g to be b ro u g h t in . They c a l l t h i s " p h a s ia " now. They th in k t h i s m ig h t be a p h a s ia . W e d o n * t know why c h ild r e n d o n 't t a l k . W e j u s t u se d to c a l l i t " d e la y e d speech" and th e y would say i t was b ec au se o f n e rv o u s n e s s , o r maybe b e c a u se th e c h i ld was d e a f, o r maybe low in i n t e l l i g e n c e . Now th e y th in k c h ild r e n may be b o m h a v in g a c o n g e n ita l c o n d itio n o f a p h a s ia . 367 E .W .P .: M rs. M . E .W .P .: M rs. M . E .W .P .: A p h asia i s a la c k o f sp eech due to an in ju r y in th e lan g u ag e c e n te r s o f th e b r a in . I w orked w ith many i n th e H o s p ita l i n B o sto n , w ith th e s o l d i e r s who had re c e iv e d head i n j u r i e s in th e w ar—b o th w a rs. They had l o s t memory o f w ords, o r th e a r t i c u l a t o r y a b i l i t y to re p ro d u c e th e w ords, o r th e a b i l i t y to d i s t i n g u i s h betw een w ords. Would you p le a s e g iv e a few s ta te m e n ts o f th e th e o r ie s o f tre a tm e n t o f any o f th e s e d e f e c ts t h a t have been d is c u s s e d ? : W ell, I would say t h i s . The f i r s t th in g you would t r y to do i s to f in d o u t w hat c a u s e s th e d e f e c t. I am g iv in g you now w hat I w ould d o . The t r e a t m ent w ould depend upon w hat one c o u ld le a r n a b o u t th e p a t i e n t , h i s c a s e h i s t o r y , to become a c q u a in te d w ith th e p e r s o n 's h i s t o r y , th e p a r e n ts , th e w hole en v iro n m en t o f th e p e rs o n , th e n t r y to g e t some id e a o f w hat c a u sed th e tr o u b le , o r w hat i s c a u s in g th e sp eech d i f f i c u l t y , th e n you b u ild up y o u r th e o ry o f tr e a tm e n t. A th in g I d i d n 't l i k e ab o u t th e th e o r ie s in th o s e days was t h a t i f a s t u t t e r e r was b ro u g h t in you w ere to ld to do t h i s , and t h i s , and t h i s . When I began to do sp e ech c o r r e c t io n in th o s e d a y s , t h a t 's th e way th e y d id i t . They t r e a t e d w hat th e y h e a r d ! I t was a tre a tm e n t a c c o rd in g to fo rm u la; i t was a m ethod to work w ith so m eth in g you h e a rd o r o b serv e d in s te a d o f tr y i n g to f in d o u t w hat i s c a u s in g t h i s d e f e c t, tn e n d o in g so m eth in g as a d o c to r w ould do in a d is e a s e to overcom e th e ca u se o f th e th in g . The c o n d itio n o f th e p a t i e n t would d e te rm in e th e tr e a tm e n t. I f a c h i l d had n e v e r been ta u g h t to t a l k a t home, th e n t h a t would r e q u ir e th e p s y c h o lo g ic a l ap p ro ac h ; b u t, i f i t i s due to a b r a in in ju r y , i t ' s q u i t e a d i f f e r e n t th in g . Do you r e c a l l o th e r s (USC f a c u l ty ) w o rk in g , o r e s p e c i a lly i n t e r e s t e d , in sp eech c o r r e c t i o n w ith you and Dr. Immel? : No, n o t a t f i r s t . The f i r s t I r e c a l l who d id was Eugene Hahn. Were you th e f i r s t to te a c h p h o n e tic s a t USC? M rs. M .: Yes, I was th e f i r s t to te a c h p h o n e tic s a t USC. 368 E.W .P. M rs. M E.W .P. M rs. W E.W .P. M rs. M : Did you te a c h o th e r th a n p h o n e tic s , sp eech c o r r e c t i o n . i n t e r p r e t a t i o n and re a d in g , v o ic e and d i c t i o n a t USC? . : Y es. when Dean Xmnel was away I ta u g h t h i s i n t r o d u c tio n to g ra d u a te s tu d y . I ta u g h t t h i s f o r j u s t one y e a r. : Would you t e l l o f D r. S arah S tin c h f ie ld Hawk's work a t USC? : She ta u g h t h e re in th e ev e n in g s e s s io n s a f t e r I l e f t . When 1 was te a c h in g a t USC. sh e was te a c h in g a t Mount H olyoke C o lle g e . South H adley. M a s s a c h u s e tts , and th e same y e a r I w ent to te a c h th e r e she l e f t to come to C a lif o r n i a th in k in g she would be on th e USC S t a f f . She was in th e P sychology D epartm ent a t Mount H olyoke. W e d i d n 't e x a c tly change p la c e s t h a t y e a r. They p u t h e r on n ig h t work a t USC. She was r e a l l y w e ll t r a i n e d . A t one tim e she was P re s id e n t o f th e N a tio n a l Speech and H earin g A s s o c ia tio n . She i s r e s p o n s i b le f o r th e d ic tio n a r y o f term s in Mr. R o b b in 's D ic tio n a ry o f Speech C o r r e c tio n , th e a u th o r o f th r e e o r fo u r te x tb o o k s in sp eech c o r r e c t io n . Was M rs. Edna H i l l Young e v e r co n n e cte d w ith USC? [.: No. n o t d i r e c t l y , b u t D r. Immel had me go to h e r C lin ic and o b se rv e h e r m ethods in sp eech c o r r e c t i o n . She was n o t an academ ic te a c h e r , o r n o t a c a d e m ic a lly tr a in e d , b u t she r e a l l y g o t r e s u l t s w ith h e r m ethods in w orking w ith p e o p le she was t r e a t i n g . Dean Immel was g r e a t l y im p ressed w ith h e r work and o f te n w ent to h e r C lin ic , en co u rag ed h e r in th e f i n e work she was d o in g . M rs. Young and D r. Hawk worked to g e th e r a g r e a t d e a l, M rs. Young a c tu a l l y d o in g th e t r e a t i n g and Dr. Hawk su p p ly in g why, d e s c r ib in g th e way and how M rs. Young w orked. She p la c e d h e r hands and f in g e r s on a r e a s w here she w anted th e sp eech sounds to be made. INTERVIEW: LEONARD G. NATTKEMFER— EARL W . PRIDDY 4030 V ir g in ia Road, Long Beach, C a lif o r n i a T uesday, Ju n e 17, 1937 E .W .P.: Mr. N attk em p er, how lo n g w ere you on th e s t a f f o f th e USC S chool o f O ra to ry ? Mr. N .: I came th e r e in 1910 and s ta y e d t i l l 1915, a p p ro x i m a te ly f iv e y e a r s . E .W .P .: Would you mind t e l l i n g so m eth in g o f y o u r own sp eech t r a i n i n g , b ack g ro u n d , and e x p e rie n c e t h a t p re p a re d you f o r USC te a c h in g ? Mr. N .: I g ra d u a te d from C olum bia C o lle g e o f O ra to ry , C hicago, th e n a y e a r a f t e r t h a t I w ent i n t o lyceum w ork, re a d in g p la y s down th ro u g h th e S o u th . T hat was lo n e ly w ork. I came b ac k and was g iv e n a p a r t in th e C hicago O pera House S to ck Company. The f i r s t p la y we p la y e d was The P r is o n e r o f Z enda. M y m o th er o b je c te d to my a d o p tin g th e s ta g e as a p r o f e s s io n , so I gave i t u p . I t was a h e a r t b re a k f o r I had dream ed o f i t a l l th e tim e . From th e r e I w ent to De Pauw U n iv e r s ity . But I was s t i l l in sp eech w ork. I l e f t De Pauw and w ent to Los A n g eles on a c c o u n t o f my h e a l t h . I m et O liv e r M orosco who had th e M orosco T h e a te r. M a rjo rie Rambeau, C h a rle s R u g g les, Lew is S to n e, and o th e r s w ere th e r e , and M orosco a s s ig n e d me to th e Company. T hat was on a F rid a y . I w ent to my room and th o u g h t, "W ell, h e re I am s ig n in g up w ith a t h e a t e r a f t e r I ’d p ro m ised M other I 'd g iv e n i t u p ." T h at S a tu rd a y I m et a man from S e a t t l e , F ran k C. Eagen, who had th e I n s t i t u t e o f D ram atic A rt on th e w hole s e v e n th f lo o r o f th e M a je s tic T h e a te r on Broadway, Los A n g ele s. He asked me i f I w o u ld n ’ t ta k e c h a rg e o f h i s S ch o o l, do some te a c h in g , and manage i t . I ta u g h t th e r e a lm o st a y e a r . W e had a r e c e p tio n f o r C h a rle s K. H a c k e tt, th e a c to r . M y w ife was u n c o m fo rta b le among t h e a t r i c a l p e o p le . She had had no e x p e rie n c e w ith them and sh e d i d n 't l i k e i t . They w e r e n 't c o n s id e re d " n ic e " in th o s e d a y s . A few day s a f t e r th e d in n e r , i t seemed th e hand o f P ro v id e n c e had so m eth in g t o do w ith i t , M iss W right came to se e me and a sk e a i f I w ould be i n t e r e s t e d in te a c h in g in th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry a t USC. 370 I s a id , "W ell, p ro b a b ly . 1*11 t a l k to M rs. N a tt- kem per a b o u t i t and I ' l l l e t you know ." tty w ife s a id , "Oh, t h a t w ould be lo v e ly . Y ou'd be a c o lle g e p r o f e s s o r ! " So, 1 l e f t th e Eagen I n s t i t u t e and w ent to USC. T h at was i n 1910, and I s ta y e d th e r e u n t i l 1915. E .W .P .: What w ere th e s u b je c ts w hich you ta u g h t a t USC in th e S chool o f O ra to ry ? Mr. N .: The s u b je c ts I ta u g h t w ere: "T heology" a s we c a lle d i t , o f th e C o lle g e o f T heology. They [ th e s t u d e n ts ] had to ta k e a y e a r in th e d e l iv e r y o f t h e i r serm ons and th e o r g a n iz a tio n o f th e m a t e r i a l . I had a c l a s s i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f th e B ib le w hich was v e ry h e lp f u l to m i n i s te r s . Then I had th e p u b lic sp e a k in g c l a s s e s , and a ls o had p r i v a t e le s s o n s . I p u t on th e c l a s s p la y s and S h ak esp eare p la y s . One i n t e r e s t i n g th in g r e g a rd in g S h ak esp eare was P r e s id e n t B o v a rd 's a s k in g me i f I would ta k e th e c l a s s i n S h ak esp eare w hich was a l l s e n io r s and th e y w ere r e q u ir e d to ta k e i t . They [ th e f a c u l ty ] had g r e a t d i f f i c u l t y in p a s s in g th e a t h l e t e s . The f o o t b a l l men, th e track m en — th e y w ould alw ays flu n k in S h a k e sp e a re . So Bovard asked me i f I 'd ta k e t h a t c l a s s and se e w hat I c o u ld do w ith i t . I w ent in th e room w here th e y had f a s te n e d down a l l th e t a b l e s and b e n c h es, so I w ent to him [D r. B ovard] and s a id , " T h e r e 's one r e q u e s t I 'd l i k e to make. I 'd l i k e a l l th o s e t a b l e s and b en ch es ta k e n o u t and j u s t c h a i r s p u t i n . " "Oh, P r o f e s s o r ," he s a id , " t h e y 'l l th ro w th o s e c h a ir s a l l o v e r th e p la c e ! " "No, t h a t w i l l be p a r t o f th e t r a i n i n g . I ' l l be r e s p o n s i b le ," I s a id . So th e y d id as I re q u e s te d . I a rra n g e d th e c h a ir s in a s e m i- c ir c le and s a t in th e c e n t e r . The c l a s s was te a c h in g S h ak esp eare, n o t a c t i n g . They had th r e e p la y s : a h i s t o r i c a l p la y , a comedy, and a tra g e d y . On th e f i r s t day, I s a id , "Now s tu d e n ts , i f you do n o t have a good tim e in t h i s c l a s s , y o u 'r e g o in g to f a i l ! T h a t’ s one o f th e re q u ire m e n ts , to have a good tim e . I'm n o t g o in g to r e q u ir e any f i n a l e x a m in a tio n . I'm n o t g o in g to r e q u ir e any n o te b o o k s. I 'm n o t even g o in g to r e q u ir e any te x tb o o k s . But w e 'r e g o in g to s tu d y th r e e p la y s : H am let. R ich ard I I I , and M erchant o f V e n ic e ." 371 W ell, th e n e x t d ay , we to o k H am let. I ask ed , "How many o f you know who Ham let w as?" One s tu d e n t s a id , "Oh, he was a young m an." "Y es, t h a t 's r i g h t . How o ld was he?" "W e-1-1-1, I dunno." I s a id , "W ell, th e p la y t e l l s you. He was t h i r t y y e a rs o ld . Did h e g ra d u a te from a u n iv e r s ity ? " Somebody s a id , "Y e s." "W h at's th e name o f t h a t u n iv e r s ity ? " I q u e s tio n e d . " W itte n b u rg ." "Good! Did H am let have a s w e e th e a rt? " "Y es." "What was h e r name?" " O p h e lia ." I n e x t ask ed , "How many o f you boys know O p h elia?" S e v e ra l hands w ent up. "How many o f you boys would l i k e to have O p h elia s w e e th e a rts ? " You know, 1 had th o s e s tu d e n ts s i t t i n g up, l i s t e n i n g to e v e ry th in g t h a t was s a id , ta k in g i t a l l i n . Some w ere em b arra ssed b ec au se th e y d i d n 't know. But n e x t day th e y a l l had c o p ie s o f th e p la y . One g i r l s a t th e r e lo o k in g a t me v e ry c r i t i c a l l y . I knew w hat was h ap p en in g in h e r m ind. She w ent to D r. Bovard sa y in g , " I w ant to be t r a n s f e r r e d from t h a t c l a s s . " He ask ed h e r why and sh e s a id , "B ecause I w o n 't le a r n a n y th in g i n i t . " P r e s id e n t B ovard s a id , "W ell, t h a t 's n o t f a i r to th e p r o f e s s o r to be asked to be t r a n s f e r r e d th e f i r s t d ay . A f te r a m onth i f you f e e l th e same way as you do now, th e n you come to me and you may be t r a n s f e r r e d ." W ell, she tu rn e d o u t to be th e b e s t s tu d e n t I had in th e c l a s s . At th e end o f th e s e m e s te r I s a id , "W ell, w e'v e a l l been h av in g a good tim e ," and we had, "and now I 'm g o in g to s u g g e s t som ething f o r o u r f i n a l , t h a t we have a s ta g e p erfo rm a n ce, g iv in g 'G re a t Moments from S h a k e s p e a re ,' in costum e, in th e a u d ito riu m . How many o f you would l i k e th a t? " "0 -o o o h !" th e y a l l c h o ru se d . W ell, we d id . Had p r in te d program s o f th e sc e n e s we p r e s e n te d , and p la y e d them . The n e x t s e m e ste r we had a l o t o f p e o p le [ to ta k e th e c o u r s e ] . The c l a s s e s b e fo re c o n s is te d o f , "What k in d o f p o e try i s th is ? " "Iam b ic p e n ta m e te r," e t c . W ell, who knows w hat "ia m b ic p e n ta m e te r" i s ? Who w ants to know? "How many r e s t s i n t h i s lin e ? " and, "Why d id th e y have few er in t h i s and more in t h a t lin e ? " Oh! Then th e r e was th e fo rm er custom o f b r in g in g o u t th e h i s t o r i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e . T h is I d i d n 't th in k was im p o rta n t. T each in g l i t e r a t u r e , I th in k , i s te a c h in g l i f e . I f you make i t r e a l , th e y ’ l l l i k e i t . And th e y began to l i k e S h ak esp eare and we h e a rd no more ab o u t " f lu n k in g ." 372 The o th e r s u b je c ts X ta u g h t, I t r a in e d th e o r a to r s t h e r e . W e had r a t h e r a good re c o rd in o r a to r y . I t was o r i g i n a l o r a to r y . But th e o th e r t r a i n i n g i n p u b lic sp e a k in g was extem poraneous sp e a k in g . Not much m em orized w ork. T h a t's n o t to o p r a c t i c a l £ o r s tu d e n ts . E .W .P .: Would you m en tio n g o a ls , aim s, you s tr o v e £ o r in y o u r c o u rs e s ? Mr. N .: In one c l a s s o f " th e o lo g y " I had f iv e men. They a l l became c o lle g e p r e s id e n ts and b is h o p s . I coached them on th e p r e s e n ta tio n o f th e serm on. So few m in i s te r s r e a l i z e t h a t in a ch u rch s e r v ic e th e r e a r e th r e e " d e p a rtm e n ts ," so to sp eak . T here i s p r a y e r , th e re a d in g o f th e s c r i p t u r e , and th e r e i s th e serm on. W ell, u s u a lly , th e m in i s te r s g iv e a l l th r e e th e same way. They re a d th e s c r i p t u r e l i k e i t was t h e i r c o m p o sitio n . They p ra y in th e same way, and th e y p re a c h in th e same way. T here i s a g r e a t d if f e r e n c e . The p ra y e r i s from man to God. The s c r i p t u r e i s from God to man, a p p ly in g to th e r e a d e r a s much as i t does to th e l i s t e n e r s . R eading o f th e s c r i p t u r e i s d i f f i c u l t . The o n ly p a r t o f th e s e r v ic e w here i t i s man to man i s th e serm on. In th e serm on, th e p re a c h e r i s g iv in g h i s r e a c tio n , t a lk i n g o f h is u n d e rs ta n d in g . The s c r i p t u r e i s th e m essage o f God to them th ro u g h him [ th e m i n i s t e r ] . I u sed to t r y to d r i l l t h a t in to them b e c a u se t h a t i s im p o rta n t. Then th e y 'd b e g in to r e a l i z e i t i s h e l p f u l b ec a u se th e r e i s v a r i e t y th e r e , i t i s n ' t a l l th e same. But th e y w ere d i f f i c u l t p e o p le and I 'd make them work l i k e e v e ry th in g on t h e i r v o ic e s , on t h e i r m anner, e t c . Bromley Oxnam was heavy, chunky, awkward. I s a id , "B rom ley, y o u 'r e a s awkward as a cow ." He s a id , " I know i t . " I s a id , "W ell, g e t o u t o f i t , " and he s a id , " I w i l l ! " And he d id . They gave p a r t s o f p r a y e r s , p a r t s o f serm ons in c l a s s . They c o u l d n 't g iv e th e s e in t h e i r e n t i r e t y b e c a u se o f tim e . I had them le a r n th e s t y l e . T here i s n a r r a t i o n , d e s c r ip tio n , e x p o s itio n , argum ent, and a p p e a l- - f iv e d i f f e r e n t l i t e r a r y form s in a serm on, o r i n a sp eech a s f a r as t h a t g o e s. I f th e y g iv e d e s c r i p t i o n a s th e y do argum ent, why i t ' s w rong. I n e v e r m en tio n ed g e s tu r e s to men. Som etim es when a man g e ts up to speak and le a n s a g a in s t th e podium I sa y , " D o n 't c a r e s s th a t! T hat th in g d o e s n 't need 373 any c a r e s s in g ." "Oh, I d i d n 't know I w asI" " I know you d i d n 't , b u t we d i d ." D o n 't t e l l them how to u se t h e i r arms in g e s tu r in g a s th e y u se d to be t o l d . Then th e y have tim e to th in k ab o u t t h e i r sp e e c h . I f th e y tn in k , th e n th e y g e t th e r e a c tio n and th e y speak i t ; th e y sp e ak i t w ith e x p re s s io n , w ith i n t e r e s t . Han f e e l s th e th o u g h t, l i v e s i t . He c a n 't h id e i t . He e x p re s s e s i t w ith h i s e y e s, h i s v o ic e , h is w hole b e in g i s a l i v e w ith i t . I t ' s l i k e a man in a fram e. M ost men l i v e back in t h a t fram e; th e y n e v e r em erge, n e v e r come o u t, and when th e y do, th e y f in d th e m s e lv e s . T h a t's w hat sp eech t r a i n i n g i s f o r . I t ' s n o t to te a c h a man how to g e t up and p e rfo rm b e fo re an a u d ie n c e , i t ' s to re a c h down w ith in h im s e lf and f in d th o s e l a t e n t pow ers w hich he n e v e r dream ed h e h ad . Oh, i t ' s l i b e r a t i o n . The c h i e f g o a ls I s tr o v e f o r in te a c h in g a t USC, w e ll, i t ' s a p s y c h o lo g ic a l developm ent o f th e in d iv i d u a l. One t a l k s ab o u t p e r s o n a l i t y . T h a t's a term v e ry few p e o p le u n d e rs ta n d . "You m ust have an a t t r a c t i v e p e r s o n a l i t y ," th in k in g o f how he lo o k s , how he d r e s s e s , and th in g s o f t h a t k in d , b u t th e b ig th in g i s i n d i v i d u a l i t y deep in s i d e a p e rs o n . T h at i s w hat I s tr o v e to fin d in each one o f my s tu d e n ts . Not any two had i t th e same way. No two a l i k e . T h a t's why one c a n ’ t im i ta t e a n o th e r. E .W .P .: How many s tu d e n ts ( r e l a t i v e l y e s tim a tin g ) d id you have in y o u r c l a s s e s ? Did you a ls o g iv e p r i v a te le s s o n s in sp eech , and i f so , would you d e s c r ib e t h i s work as f u l l y as you r e c a l l i t ? Mr. N .: R egarding th e number o f s tu d e n ts in my USC c l a s s e s , th e r e w ere ab o u t tw en ty in th e o lo g y . In th e o th e r c l a s s e s th e r e w ere around s ix t e e n . In S h ak esp eare c l a s s e s th e r e w ere m ore. In th e o lo g y th e y 'd sa y , "We d o n 't need t r a i n i n g on how to p r e s e n t a serm on, w hat we need i s to le a r n th e B ib le and God w i l l f iv e u s th e po w er." I u se d to t e l l them t h a t I i d n 't f e e l t h a t way ab o u t i t . I s a id , "God w o n 't g iv e you th e power u n le s s you work f o r i t . You have to t r y , and w hat you c a n 't do H e 'l l do th e r e s t . " They u sed to a g g ra v a te me. My, i f anybody needed t r a i n i n g , th e y needed i t ! 374 The p r i v a t e le s s o n s I gave w ere to s tu d e n ts who w ere s tu d y in g to be p u b lic r e a d e r s , o r te a c h e r s o f e x p re s s io n . I u sed to h av e th e advanced s tu d e n ts ta k e a n o v e l and g e t a them e o u t o f t h a t , p u t a p r e f a c e to t h a t and make i t a w o rth w h ile p u b lic r e a d in g . So, th e y had e x p e rie n c e in d ra m a tiz in g , i n c o m p o sitio n to o , and i n th e p r e s e n ta ti o n o f i t . T here would be im p e rs o n a tio n in d e p ic tin g th e v a r io u s c h a r a c te r s . The v o ic e t r a i n i n g was v e ry e s s e n t i a l , h a v in g a d i f f e r e n t v o ic e f o r ea ch c h a r a c te r , h a v in g a p o s it i o n , s id e , o r a n g le f o r ea ch c h a r a c te r . I ’d h av e a l l th e c h a r a c te r s pantom im ed. I 'd have th e g i r l s w alk, g e t u p , s i t down. T h at was good f o r anybody who f e l t s e l f - c o n s c io u s , tim id , n erv o u s b e f o r e an a u d ie n c e , to f a l l i n t o a c h a r a c te r and f o r g e t h im s e lf . A n o th er fu n d am en tal I 'd i n s i s t on was f o r s tu d e n ts to s ta n d on th e b a l l s o f t h e i r f e e t , th e w e ig h t th e r e and n o t on th e h e e ls . I 'd have them p u t a s t r i n g h e re [on a b u tto n o f th e bosom o f th e s h i r t ] and se e w h eth e r i t w ould go a l l th e way down to th e f l o o r w ith o u t g o in g a l l o v e r th e p e r s o n 's body. Too, when one moved in a c e r t a i n d i r e c t i o n , alw ays to ta k e th e f o o t in t h a t d i r e c t i o n . When one g e s tu re d , n o t to g e s tu r e w ith th e arm o r hand c r o s s in g th e body from r i g h t to l e f t , b u t to g e s t u r e away from tn e b o d y --fro m r i g h t to r i g h t , e t c . When movement was to be backw ard, keep on th e b a l l s o f th e f e e t , c h e s t up. E .W .P .: Would you e x p la in th e sy stem o f b r e a th in g you had y o u r s tu d e n ts do? Mr. N .: When I blow o u t ray b r e a th [Mr. N attkem per demon s t r a t e d t h i s a c tio n ] , my c h e s t n a t u r a l l y g o es up; when I in h a le , th e c h e s t d ro p s . Why? B ecause th e diaphragm d ro p s down and th e a i r comes in o f i t s own a c c o rd . I can blow a l l th e b r e a th o u t, my c h e s t w i l l s t i l l be u p , and I can s t i l l make a to n e [a g a in he d e m o n s tra te d ]; now when I b r e a th e , my diaphragm d ro p s, th e a i r flo w s in e a s i l y . One m ig h t say t h a t t h i s c a n n o t be done i n r a p id sp e a k in g , b u t i t can be done, and in sp e a k in g q u i e t l y i t i s g r a d u a lly [th e d iap h rag m ] g o in g i n a l l th e tim e . When one g e ts o u t o f b r e a th [an a u d ib le ru s h o f in g o in g a i r h e re was h e a rd ] he k e e p s g o in g , n e v e r g e t t i n g o u t o f b r e a th , th e v o ic e i s alw ays f r e e and e a sy when one b r e a th e s . And you can p a n t 375 and do i t [ p a n tin g was d e m o n s tra te d ]. T h at m uscle [diaphragm ] becom es f l e x i b l e . How w o n d erfu l t h a t i s when a s p e a k e r i s s ta n d in g and g iv in g s tr o n g p a s s a g e s . T h at o ld m u scle j u s t hammers i t o u t. One* “breathe**-you have a l l th e a i r you w ant i n s t a n t l y . Som etim es you s e e s in g e r s d o in g i t th e wrong way by l e t t i n g th e c h e s t d ro p down and th e n p u l l i t u p . The c h e s t sh o u ld be o u t b e c a u se i t ' s th e lu n g s t h a t expand and c o n t r a c t , n o t th e c h e s t. T h at i s th e c a v ity t h a t m akes room f o r th e lu n g s . So I ta u g h t t h a t to my s tu d e n ts and th e y had d i f f i c u l t y le a r n in g to do i t . I 'v e had them l i e on a couch, p u tt i n g a book on th e abdomen to se e w h eth er th e y can make t h a t book r i s e and f a l l as th e y b r e a th e . E .W .P .: What seemed to be th e S c h o o l's m ain p u rp o se when you w ere on th e s t a f f , was i t c h i e f l y to p re p a re s tu d e n ts to g iv e e n t e r t a i n i n g re a d in g s , to p re p a re f o r p u b lic sp e a k in g , d e b a te , e t c . ? Mr. N .: I th in k th e S chool had a tw o -fo ld p u rp o se : (1) o f a p r a c t i c a l n a tu r e f o r th o s e who w anted to do p u b lic sp e a k in g ; (2) o f a c u l t u r a l n a tu r e , o r t r a i n i n g in d e v e lo p in g a good v o ic e , in a c q u ir in g re fin e m e n t and g ra c e , in a c q u ir in g pantom im e. W e had men who w ere s tu d y in g to be a tto r n e y s , la w y e rs, and who w anted t r a i n i n g i n p u b lic sp e a k in g p r im a r ily . E .W .P .: What was b e in g done in th e way o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n when you ta u g h t i n th e S chool o f O ra to ry ? Mr. N .: In th e way o f sp eech c o r r e c t io n , I had a v e ry i n t e r e s t i n g e x p e rie n c e w ith a man by th e name o f Fred K e lly , who won th e Olym pic h ig h h u r d le . One day P r e s id e n t Bovard b ro u g h t F red i n t o my o f f i c e . He was a f i n e lo o k in g young man, b e a u t i f u l l y d e v e lo p ed , f in e f a c e . Bovard t o l d me t h i s young man was e n te r in g th e U n iv e r s ity and t h a t he had tr o u b le in sp e a k in g and w ondered w h eth er I c o u ld h e lp him . I s a id , "What i s y o u r name?" He j u s t sto o d th e r e . I s a id , "A re you tr y in g to answ er my q u e s tio n ? " He nodded an a f f ir m a tiv e . "And you w o n 't t e l l me, w i l l you?" He nodded a n e g a tiv e shake o f th e h ea d . I s a id , "Shame on y o u ." I to ld Bovard to le a v e him w ith me and w e'd se e w hat co u ld be done. I worked w ith F red f o r s h o r t p e rio d s e v e ry day f o r a w h ile . He came o u t o f i t 376 b e a u t i f u l l y . He w ent to th e Olympic Gaines, won f i r s t p la c e in th e h ig h h u rd le a t Stockholm , 1912, came back and came to se e me. "W ell, F re d , co n g r a t u l a t i o n s . How's e v e ry th in g ? Y o u 're w o rrie d ab o u t so m e th in g ." "Y es, th e y w ant me to make a sp eech ab o u t my e x p e rie n c e s to th e S tu d e n t Body and I c a n 't do i t ! " 1 s a id , "G et o u t o f h e re ! You t a l k t h a t way to me when you ta lk e d so w e ll when you l e f t . You know you ca n do i t , and you have to do i t , d o n 't you?" "Y es." I s a id , "You can jump o v e r a h u rd le b u t you c a n 't ta lk ! D o n 't t a l k to me, man. You go down th e r e and make a t a l k , and make i t good, good as y o u r h ig h h u r d le . H urdle a l l y o u r w o rd s. D o n 't you d a re f a i l ! " Boy, h e w en t t h e r e and j u s t l a i d i t on. I m et F red y e a rs l a t e r in Los A n g eles. He was an a v i a to r th e n , a l l d re s s e d up in a f in e u n ifo rm . He re c o g n iz e d me and came up w ith , " H e llo . P ro f e s s o r ! " " H e llo , F re d . How's t h a t sp e a k in g a b i l i t y ? " " F in e . I d o n 't have any tr o u b le w ith i t any m o re." In f i r s t w orking w ith F red I d is c o v e re d h i s tr o u b le was stam m ering. You s e e , stam m ering i s w orse th a n s t u t t e r i n g . In s t u t t e r i n g th e y sa y , " I - I - I - I c a n 't t - t - t a l k . " T h a t's s t u t t e r i n g . But stam m ering i s a g r e a t e r a f f l i c t i o n . I t ' s a n erv o u s d is o r d e r and th e y j u s t c a n 't u t t e r a sound. T h e y 'll j u s t sta n d th e r e , u s u a lly h a v in g t h e i r hands h id d e n and c lin c h them , tr y in g to sp eak b u t c a n 't . W ell, th e o n ly th in g to do i s to te a c h them to r e l i e v e t h a t te n s io n , l e t go. I u s u a lly had them l i e down, s t r e t c h o u t, and r e la x from t h e i r a n k le s to t h e i r t h r o a t s . Then have them j u s t do c o n s c io u s b r e a th in g f o r a w h ile , b ig f u l l b r e a th s , h av in g them th in k ab o u t th e book t h a t 's th e r e on th e diaphragm and th e y g e t to th in k in g ab o u t t h a t , tr y i n g to c o n t r o l th e r i s e and f a l l o f i t . Then, a f t e r a w h ile , t h e r e ’ s an " a - h ! " sound. You g e t them to c o u n t, "One, two" [Mr. N a ttk e m p e r's i n f l e c t i o n h e re s t a r t e d h ig h on each c o u n t and dropped low on th e l a s t p a r t o r th e w o rd ]. A f te r a w h ile I 'd have them s i t up and as I 'd ta p th e t a b l e w ith a r u l e r th e y 'd sp eak th e c o u n ts . Sometimes I 'd n o t ta p , th e n th e r e would be no co u n t v o ic e d . I ’d t e l l them to keep c o u n tin g w h eth e r I 'd h i t w ith th e r u l e r o r n o t. I had a number o f th o s e c a s e s . One had c o n v u ls io n s in th e t h r o a t . I t would s w e ll up. 377 I t was p a t h e t i c , t e r r i b l e . I tr e a t e d them a l l from th e s ta n d p o in t o f r e l a x a ti o n . I t was n e rv e s . I t w a s n 't any p h y s ic a l d is o r d e r . A cq u ired h a b i t . Sometimes a c h i l d may have an Im pedim ent In h is sp e ech and th e o th e r c h ild r e n w i l l la u g h a t him , te a s e him . T h at i s w hat c a u se s i t [stam m erin g ]. To f r i g h t e n somebody su d d e n ly , t h a t c a u s e s stam m erin g o f te n . I u sed to have a q u e s tio n n a ir e I 'd g iv e them . One q u e s tio n w as, "What d id you th in k o f to d ay ?" And do you know w hat th e y would say? T aking t h e i r l i v e s . They w anted to commit s u ic id e . They f e l t th e y w ere o s tr a c iz e d from s o c ie ty , t h a t nobody w anted them . But we d i d n 't have much o f t h a t in th e S ch o o l. F or a r t i c u l a t i o n we u sed to n g u e t w i s t e r s . M A b i t o f b u t t e r . . . . Around th e rugged ro c k th e rag g ed r a s c a l r a n ," e t c . U su a lly we had e x e r c is e s l i k e t h i s in a r t i c u l a t i o n a t th e b e g in n in g o f each c l a s s . In te a c h in g th e v o c a l p a r t o f sp eech , I n e v e r found t h a t s in g in g h e lp e d th e sp e a k in g v o ic e . The to n e p ro d u c tio n i s d i f f e r e n t . The s in g e r w i l l h o ld th e to n e and you c a n 't u n d e rs ta n d th e word a t a l l . In sp eech one i s e n u n c ia tin g , m aking w ords. I n e v e r u sed th e p ia n o in te a c h in g . I t r i e d to make them h e a r t h e i r own v o ic e s . By s ta n d in g b e s id e a d o o r and t a l k in g a g a in s t i t , a f t e r a w h ile th e y b e g in to h e a r t h e i r v o ic e s . I t ' s d i f f i c u l t . W e d i d n 't have a n y th in g l i k e a ta p e r e c o r d e r th e n . T hat w ould have been w o n d erfu l. I f I had a p u p il who d i d n 't p r o j e c t h i s to n e s , I 'd move away and t e l l him to re a c h me h e re w h ile he was th e r e . I t i s n ' t lo u d n e s s . U sing th e to n g u e a g a in s t th e t e e t h and th e r o o f o f th e m outh as a so unding b o a rd , I 'd t e l l them to im agine a w a ll o u t th e r e and in s a y in g "O ne!" in f u l l v o ic e to g e t th e to n e o v e r t h a t w a ll. A f te r a w h ile th e y would b e g in to l i f t t h e i r v o ic e s and p r o j e c t th e to n e . One h as to r e la x to th e low v o ic e , th u s k ee p in g th e t h r o a t open, no te n s io n . R o llin g th e head around h e lp s . R elax th e jaw , f e e l la z y , u n te n s e l i p s and l e t th o s e m u scles a l l r e la x , be e a sy . E .W .P .: Would you g iv e a d e s c r ip tio n o f th e USC School o f O ra to ry a s you found i t when you jo in e d th e s t a f f ? 378 Mr. N .: I found th e School o f O ra to ry a t USC to have a group o f te a c h e r s d ev o ted to t h e i r work, te a c h e rs who had had good t r a i n i n g , good back g ro u n d . They w ere v e ry much i n t e r e s t e d in b r in g in g th e b e s t o u t o f th e p u p ils , n o t so much a s to developm ent o f p e rfo rm e rs b u t to d e v e lo p t h e i r c o n fid e n c e and c h a r a c te r . 1 know we had no d i f f i c u l t y a t a l l in d i s c i p l i n e . I th in k t h i s was b ecau se th e s ta n d a rd s o f th e S chool w ere h ig h . T h is m ig h t be c o n tr ib u te d m o stly to M iss W rig h t. T here was no je a lo u s y . In t h a t k in d o f work i t i s u s u a lly e x p e c te d to have some envy as w e ll a s je a lo u s y , b u t we d i d n 't have t h a t to co n ten d w ith a t a l l . Everybody was alw ays tr y in g to h e lp th e o th e r p e rs o n . E .W .P .: Was th e r e any p a r t i c u l a r work b e in g done in re a d in g alo u d from th e page as we now have i t ? I f so , would you d e s c r ib e i t ? Mr. N .: The o n ly work I had in re a d in g alo u d from th e page was in re a d in g th e s c r i p t u r e s ; th e y would be re a d from th e B ib le . E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l any o f th e t e x t s you used? Mr. N .: I b e lie v e one t e x t I u sed was The H is to ry o f O ra to ry by S e a rs . E .W .P .: Was th e r e s p e c ia l work g iv e n in p h y s ic a l c u l tu r e f o r sp e a k e rs o r r e a d e r s , and was t h i s l e f t to th e p h y s ic a l e d u c a tio n c l a s s e s o r w ere d r i l l s g iv e n in sp eech c la s s e s ? Mr. N .: In p h y s ic a l c u l t u r e , we em phasized p o s tu r e , and th e movement f o r g ra c e . I u sed to have some e x e r c is e s w e'd p r a c t i c e . One was to r i s e on to e s (c o u n tin g one, two, th r e e , fo u r) th e n h o ld th e l i f t e d p o s it io n on th e to e s f o r fo u r more c o u n ts , down (one, two, th r e e , f o u r ) . T h is gave them b a la n c e . In w alk in g th e y would p u t th e r i g h t fo o t o u t f i r s t , th e to e le a d in g , th e n to u c h in g w ith o r on th e h e e l, k e e p in g th e c h e s t up, th e n th e l e f t f o o t th e same way (c o u n tin g one, two, th r e e , fo u r, a co u n t to each m ovem ent), l e t t i n g th e h e e l d ro p inw ard as th e o th e r f o o t re a c h e d o u t, th u s m aking th e w alk g r a c e f u l. I u sed to g iv e th o s e e x e r c is e s . Then th e arm s. W inding b ac k . Not a g r e a t d e a l o f i t , b u t as th e p e rso n needed i t . In t h e i r move m en ts, w alk in g , th e y w ere a l l to ld to keep t h a t 379 jo y o u s e x p re s s io n in th e f a c e , t h a t s e n se o f e l a t i o n , w e ll-b e in g f e e l i n g a s th e y e n te r e d th e room, o r came on th e s ta g e . Do i t w ith a s e n se o f d e l i g h t . Be r a d i a n t . T h at i s good t r a i n i n g . Then when th e y came o u t on th e p la tfo rm to r e a d , th e y had a l l th a t--h o w to move fo rw ard , b ack , t u r n . A ll t h a t w orked in when th e tim e came f o r them to p e rfo rm . T h at i s ab o u t a l l I had w ith them r e g a r d in g p o s tu r e and b o d ily movement. E .W .P .: What was done in th e way o f sp e ech o r g a n iz a tio n ? Was t h i s f o r th e fo rm a l p re p a re d p la tfo r m sp e e c h , f o r extem poraneous, th e im prom ptu sp eech ? Mr. N .: In sp eech o r g a n iz a tio n , I t o l d my s tu d e n ts t h a t th e o ld m a s te rs had f iv e d i v i s i o n s . Modern sp e ech h a s t h r e e — in tr o d u c tio n , body, and c o n c lu d io n . I alw ays em phasized t h a t th e y w r ite th e sp e ech f i r s t , th e n ad d in g th e in tr o d u c tio n and c o n c lu s io n a f t e r w ards f o r th e o n ly p a r t o f i t t h a t i s th e m id d le . The in tr o d u c tio n i s to p re p a re th e a u d ie n c e f o r th e sp e ech , and th e c o n c lu s io n i s f o r a g r a c e f u l le a v e - ta k in g , to make a p le a , o r to g iv e a summary, o r to sa y , "Thank y o u ," and so f o r t h . T hese two p a r t s a r e n o t th e sp e e c h . The a u d ie n c e would have much to do w ith th e k in d o f in tr o d u c t io n th e sp e a k e r u s e s . The sp e ech may be th e same, b u t th e in tr o d u c tio n and c o n c lu s io n w i l l depend upon th e ty p e o f au d ien c e one a d d r e s s e s . To g e t a u d ie n c e a t t e n t i o n th e r e a r e v a r io u s d e v ic e s . An a u d ie n c e a t f i r s t i s th in k in g ab o u t d i f f e r e n t th in g s . L ad ies may be th in k in g ab o u t b u y in g new h a t s , th e men ab o u t some b u s in e s s t r a n s a c t i o n o r d e a l, some one e l s e i s th in k in g ab o u t an e x p e rie n c e h e 'd had, a n o th e r i s th in k in g ab o u t th e p e o p le around him . The sp e a k e r h as to g a th e r them a l l to g e th e r in to one c h a n n e l and one way i s to t e l l an i n t e r e s t i n g s to r y . A s to r y t h a t h as some r e l a t i o n to th e sp eech to fo llo w , n o t j u s t b e c a u se i t ' s a s to r y , b u t b ecau se i t adds so m eth in g to th e sp e ec h t h a t fo llo w s . A n o th er one i s to b e g in w ith th e id e a , "The m ost im p o rta n t s i t u a t i o n b e fo re th e A m erican p e o p le to d ay i s . . . " and o f c o u rs e i f i t i s im p o rta n t tn e y w ant to know w hat i t i s . T h at a ro u s e s i n t e r e s t . The p u b lic s p e a k e r sh o u ld have s e v e r a l in tr o d u c tio n s re a d y i n o r d e r to u se th e one t h a t f i t s th e p r e s e n t a u d ie n c e b e s t . Maybe i n th e m orning h e 's ta l k i n g to a m en 's c lu b , and in th e ev e n in g h e 's t a lk in g to a l a d i e s ' c lu b . 380 Then h e 'd have to have a d i f f e r e n t in tr o d u c tio n f o r th e same sp e e c h . I th in k th e r e i s no b e t t e r way to o rg a n iz e th o u g h t and to b r in g c l a r i t y th a n to w r ite i t o u t. Maybe w r ite i t two tim e s , o r th r e e , th e n make an o u t l i n e o f t h a t sp e ech , p u tti n g th e m a n u sc rip t away and p r a c t i s i n g sp e a k in g i t from th e o u t l i n e . 1 n e v e r o b je c te d to n o te s b e in g u sed when th e sp eech was g iv e n i f th e n o te s w ere in - c o n s p ic u o u s. The p u b lic sp e a k in g I ta u g h t was ex tem p o ran eo u s. E .W .P .: Was th e Speech S t a f f r e q u ir e d to h o ld to a m ethod, u se a c e r t a i n sy stem , te a c h s im ila r ly ? Mr. N .: At o u r te a c h e r s ' m e e tin g s a t USC w e'd d is c u s s o u r s tu d e n t s ' p r o g r e s s ; we w ere in fo rm ed how th e work was g o in g . I t was alw ays a p le a s a n t tim e . T here was no c o n f l i c t b etw een te a c h e r s i n th e k in d o f m ethods th e y u s e d . M iss W right was v e ry b ro a d m inded and sh e p e r m itte d th e te a c h e r s to te a c h t h e i r way. She d i d n 't t e l l them how to te a c h . They w ere supposed to know how. T hat gave th e te a c h e r c o n fid e n c e and made him work b e t t e r . 381 INTERVIEW: DR. ALAN NICHOLS--EARL W . PRIDDY 3635 South G enesee Avenue, Los A n g ele s, C a lif . W ednesday, Ja n u a ry 2, 1957 E .W .P .: Do th e USC members o f th e D e lta Sigma Rho o rg a n i z a t i o n s t i l l have an A nnual Speech B anquet? D r. N .: W e s t i l l have an A nnual Speech B anquet b u t i t i s n o t u n d er th e a u s p ic e s o f th e D e lta Sigma Rho. I t i s an an n u a l b an q u et by th e D ebate Squad i t s e l f . E .W .P .: I s th e Widney Cup f o r O ra to ry s t i l l o ffe re d ? Dr. N .: The Widney Cup f o r O ra to ry i s n o t o f f e r e d any m ore. I t h as n o t been o f f e r e d s in c e 1941 t h a t I know o f. The Bowen Cup i s s t i l l o f f e r e d . E .W .P .: When d id women d e b a te r s b e g in to make a n o tic e a b le re c o rd f o r th e m selv es a t USC? Dr. N .: B efo re 1940, u n d er D r. B a tes B ooth. Women d e b a te r s to o k o v e r th e Women's F o re n s ic s in 1931. About 1935 one man and one woman team w ent b ack to W isco n sin and won th e N a tio n a l D ebate Champion s h ip . But d u rin g th e War we com bined two sq u ad s, one was a women's squad and one was a v a r s i t y squad; i t has been t h a t way e v e r s in c e . So to d a y , o u r d e b a te squads c o n s i s t o f b o th men and women. Mr. Hawkins to o k o v e r th e d e b a te s w h ile I was away, ab o u t 1938 o r 1939. He i s now p a sse d away. E .W .P.: Do you r e c a l l who f i r s t o f f e r e d r a d io a t USC? Dr. N .: I th in k Hanna T a c ie Rew o f f e r e d th e f i r s t c l a s s in r a d io a t USC. E .W .P .: Were th e L ite r a r y S o c ie tie s f u n c tio n in g v e ry s tr o n g ly when you came to USC? Dr. N .: W e had L ite r a r y S o c ie tie s in 1921, when I came, b u t th e y w ere g ra d u a lly fa d in g o u t a l l o v e r th e c o u n try . They d is a p p e a re d in th e l a t t e r 1920's a t USC. These re p r e s e n te d th e w hole U n iv e r s ity . The L ite r a r y S o c ie tie s w ere im p o rta n t in e a r ly y e a rs b ecau se t h e i r fu n c tio n s in c lu d e d re a d in g s , sp e e c h e s, d e b a te s , and so on. E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l w hat was m eant by th e term Old L ine D ebate? 382 D r. N E.W. P D r. N E.W. P Dr. N E.W. P Dr. N E.W. Dr. E.W. . : "O ld L in e D ebates" was p ro b a b ly a term in th e days b e fo re th e tim e o f d e b a te to u rn a m e n ts. The to u rn am e n ts s t a r t e d ab o u t 1926f b u t a t USC we d i d n 't e n t e r to u rn am en ts u n t i l ab o u t 1930. Up to t h a t tim e we had d e b a te s b e fo re a u d ie n c e s a l l th e tim e , in d iv id u a l d e b a te s w ith u n i v e r s i t i e s and c o lle g e s f o r a u d ie n c e s . Our sc h e d u le ra n ab o u t tw en ty to t h i r t y d e b a te s a y e a r and th e y w ere a l l p u b lic d e b a te s . Now i t (" o ld l i n e d e b a te " ) m ight mean d i f f e r i n g from n o n -d e c is io n d e b a tin g . I t means th e d i s t i n c t i o n betw een ju d g ed d e b a te s and n o n -ju d g e d d e b a te s p ro b a b ly . . : Would you e x p l a i n w hat i s m eant by " t r i a n g u l a r d e b a t e s ? " . : F or " t r i a n g u l a r d e b a te s ," see my book, D ebate and D is c u s s io n , page 216. . : When d id p a n e l d is c u s s io n s b e g in a t USC? . : P an el d is c u s s io n s began a t USC ab o u t 1930. They w ere c a l le d group d is c u s s io n s . T here w ere v a rio u s d e v ic e s as le c tu r e - fo r u m s , e t c . The p a n e l was j u s t one d is c u s s io n m ethod. Y o u 'll fin d a l l t h i s d e s c rib e d in my book a ls o . . : Was th e r e o n ly one d e b a te team to come to USC from A u s tr a lia ? . : Yes, th e r e was b u t one A u s tr a lia n d e b a te team h e re , th e one on F eb ru ary 2, 1936, d e b a tin g th e s u b je c t, "R eso lv e d , t h a t th e n a tio n s o f th e w orld sh o u ld a g re e to p re v e n t th e i n t e r n a t i o n a l shipm ent o f arms and m u n itio n s ." In th e 1 9 2 0 's a team came down from B r i t i s h Colum bia to d e b a te USC. : How do you t h i n k t h e S peech d e p a rtm e n t was a f f e c t e d a s t h e r e s u l t o f dram a and r a d i o w ith d ra w in g t o becom e s e p a r a t e d e p a r tm e n ts ? f . : I th in k th e Speech School was weakened as th e r e s u l t o f r a d io and dram a w ith d raw in g to form s e p a r a te d e p a rtm e n ts . '. : What seemed to be th e d if f e r e n c e , i f any, when th e S chool o f O ra to ry (some s t i l l c a lle d i t E lo c u tio n ) was changed to School o f Speech? 383 Dr. N .: T here was a d i s t i n c t change when Dean Immel to o k o v e r In 1924. He began d e v e lo p in g i t more a s a modern d ep a rtm en t o f sp eech f o r i t had been more o r l e s s a School o f E lo c u tio n up to t h i s tim e . D uring th e p e rio d o f th e 1 9 2 0 's to 1940*s , p e o p le came from everyw here to stu d y a t USC. 384 SECOND INTERVIEW: DR. ALAN NICHOLS--EARL W . PRIDDY 3635 S outh G enesee Avenue, Los A n g ele s, C a l i f . W ednesday, Ju n e 19, 1957 E .W .P .: Which p h ase o f d e b a te a c t i v i t y ( d e c is io n , non- d e c is io n ) seemed to be th e more im p o rta n t? D r. N .: I th in k th e c o m p e titiv e s id e o f d e b a te was th e more im p o rta n t. F or th e s tu d e n t t h i s p h ase o f d e b a te a c t i v i t y was m ost im p o rta n t. T here was d e c is io n and n o n -d e c is io n d e b a te , d is c u s s io n , a l l in c lu d e d u n d e r th e g e n e ra l term o f f o r e n s ic s . R egarding th e word " f o r e n s i c , ” in th e m odem to u rn am en ts th e y have a l o t o f in d iv id u a l e v e n ts in a d d itio n to d e b a te . They have d is c u s s io n , extem poraneous sp e a k in g , e t c . F or c o n v e n ie n c e , a l l th e s e have been com prehended u n d er th e term " f o r e n s ic s " w hich i s n o t a v e ry a c c u r a te term b ec au se f o r e n s ic s h as to do w ith a rg u m e n ta tio n and d e b a te . B ut, in d e f a u l t o f a b e t t e r term , i t i s a p p lie d to a l l th e s e a c t i v i t i e s . E .W .P .: Do we s t i l l have t r i a n g u l a r d e b a te s ? I s th e " d u a l" ty p e m ost u s u a lly em ployed now in d e b a tin g ? Dr. N .: A " d u a l" d e b a te does n o t r e f e r to th e number o f sp e a k e rs b u t r e f e r s to th e number o f s c h o o ls p a r t i c i p a t i n g ; f o r exam ple, i f we d e b a te S ta n fo rd a t P alo A lto and S ta n fo rd d e b a te s u s h e re on th e same n ig h t, t h a t " d u a l" arran g em en t i s c a l le d " d u a l d e b a te s ," in d i s t i n c t i o n w ith t r i a n g u l a r d e b a te s . I t d o e s n 't mean a "two-m an" team . A " th re e -m a n team " c o u ld th u s be a d u a l d e b a te . Up to ab o u t 1920 m ost team s, w ith th e e x c e p tio n o f th e f a r W est, c o n s is te d o f th r e e d e b a te r s . E .W .P .: What i s m eant by th e f re q u e n tly u se d new spaper term o f th e d e b a te r s w in n in g th e "sw e e p sta k e s? " Dr. N .: The word "sw ee p sta k es" a p p lie s to th e t o t a l p o in ts e a rn e d in a to u rn am en t o f d e b a te , much a f t e r th e fa s h io n o f a tra c k m e e t. Say th e f i r s t in d e b a te g e ts f iv e p o in ts , and so on down; th e n , in o r a to r y th e f i r s t p la c e g e ts f iv e p o in ts , th e second p la c e g e ts th r e e p o in ts , th e t h i r d p la c e g e ts one p o in t; in extem poraneous sp e a k in g , th e f i r s t p la c e 385 in th e to u rn am en t, say , g e ts f i v e p o in ts , th e second th r e e p o in ts , t h i r d g e ts one p o in t; so , th e team s t h a t amass th e g r e a t e s t num ber o f p o in ts in th e c o n te s t in th e to u rn am en t i s s a id to "w in th e sw e e p s ta k e s ." The term i s s t i l l u se d , a lth o u g h th e r e have been some a b e r r a t io n s from th e norm th e p a s t few y e a rs . E .W .P .: Would you e x p la in th e "sq u ad system " as you u sed i t a t USC? Dr. N .: O r ig in a lly , up to ab o u t 1920, g e n e r a lly sp e a k in g , th e d e b a te program c o n s is te d o f a b ig t r i a n g u l a r d e b a te in th e f a l l and a b ig t r i a n g u l a r d e b a te in th e s p r in g . Teams w ere s e le c te d f o r each one o f th o s e d e b a te s . When to u rn a m e n ts began to come in , and d e b a te t r i p s in c re a s e d th e num ber o f d e b a te s , team s w ere n o t s e le c te d f o r ea ch d e b a te b u t w ere assem bled in a "squad" and a s s ig n e d to v a r io u s d e b a te s from th e squad. So, l e t ' s sa y , i f you had te n team s, th o s e com p rised th e " s q u a d ." Each team was a s s ig n e d to a d e b a te as i t came a lo n g in th e se a so n . For exam ple, i f you d e b a te d S ta n fo rd in F eb ru ary , a team was s e le c te d o f f th e squad to r e p r e s e n t you in t h a t d e b a te . In to u rn a m e n ts, o f c o u rs e , th e w hole squad e n te r e d , o r such team s as you th o u g h t had any ch an ce to do you any good in th e to u rn am en t. The d i s t i n c t i o n i s t h i s , o r i g i n a l l y where you had team s, you j u s t s e le c te d a team f o r each d e b a te ; u n d er th e squad sy stem , say you have fo u r f i r s t a f f i r m a t i v e s , fo u r second a f f ir m a tiv e s , fo u r f i r s t n e g a tiv e s , and fo u r second n e g a tiv e s , and th e y a l l had th e same c a s e (th e y had to work up a squad c a s e ) so you c o u ld p a i r any sp e a k e rs to g e th e r t h a t you w ish ed , any f i r s t a f f ir m a tiv e w ith any second a f f ir m a tiv e , and so on. O r ig in a lly , d e b a te r s w ere p re p a re d to d e b a te o n ly one s id e o f th e q u e s tio n , b u t when to u rn am e n ts came a lo n g th e y had to be p re p a re d to d e b a te e i t h e r s id e o f th e q u e s tio n . I d i d n 't in v e n t th e "squad sy ste m ," th e e a r l y squad sy stem ap p eared ab o u t 1912. T h is i s m en tio n ed in my book D isc u ssio n and D eb ate. A gain, o r i g i n a l l y th e s e team s, when th e squad sy stem s t a r t e d , w ere p re p a re d to d e b a te o n ly th e a f f ir m a tiv e o r th e n e g a tiv e ; w ith th e ad v en t o f to u rn a m e n ts, ab o u t 1925, th e y had to d e b a te b o th s id e s . I t im proved t h e i r d e b a tin g when th e y d id have to d e b a te b o th ; t h i s b roadened them, as th e y had more in fo rm a tio n , 386 E.W. P D r. N E.W. Dr. E.W. Dr. more f a c t s to draw from . The squad sy stem worked w e ll In b e in g a b le to s e l e c t a team to m atch t h a t o f th e o th e r s c h o o l. You w ould know, f o r exam ple, t h a t S ta n fo rd alw ays had a v e ry h ig h ty p e d e b a te team , d e b a te d th e m e r its o f th e a u e s tio n and one was alw ays s u re o f g e t t in g a good c l a s h ; w h ereas, some o th e r s c h o o ls r e l i e d upon t r i c k i n t e r p r e t a tio n s o f th e q u e s tio n and you had to p ic k a p a r t i c u l a r ty p e o f d e b a te r [ to m atch th em ]. . : What a r e th e re q u ire m e n ts f o r s tu d e n ts to become members o f th e D e lta Sigma Rho o r g a n iz a tio n ? . : The D e lta Sigma Rho S o c ie ty i s f o r b o th men and women. I t was founded in 1906. The o n ly r e a l n a t io n a l re q u ire m e n t to become a member i s t h a t one r e p r e s e n t th e U n iv e rs ity in a m a jo r, i n t e r c o l l e g i a te , o r o r a t o r i c a l c o n t e s t. The g ra d e s a r e su p posed to be o f a c e r t a i n s ta n d a r d , b u t t h i s i s n o t r e q u ir e d . Now in in d iv id u a l s c h o o ls , th e s i t u a t i o n v a r i e s . They may add to th o s e n a t i o n a l r e q u i r e m ents as we do a t USC. W e s e l e c t f o r D e lta Sigma Rho a t USC o n ly th e th r e e o r fo u r to p d e b a te r s o f th e y e a r who a re n o t a lre a d y m embers. The fe e v a r ie s th ro u g h th e c o u rs e o f th e y e a r s . They have j u s t changed i t now and I th in k i t i s ab o u t n in e d o l l a r s . The coach recommends th e c a n d id a te s , and he i s c a lle d th e C h a p ter sp o n so r, and whom he recommends, th e S o c ie ty alw ays a c c e p ts . '. : Do you r e c a l l th e o r ig in o f th e t r i a n g u l a r d e b a te system ? f . : P ro fe s s o r F u lto n in v e n te d t h i s ty p e , ab o u t 1914, a t Ohio W esleyan U n iv e r s ity . T h is m en tio n i s made in my book, D isc u ssio n and D e b a te . F u lto n i s th e " s id e - k ic k " o f T ru eb lo o d . : Does th e Bowen Cup become th e p e rs o n a l p ro p e rty o f th e w inner? I . : Yes, th e Bowen Cup does become th e p e rs o n a l p ro p e rty o f th e w in n er. Ju d g e Bowen endowed th e c o n te s t so t h a t th e re a r e enough fu n d s to buy th r e e to s i x cups each y e a r, d ep en d in g on th e s iz e , and Bowen Cup w in n ers keep th e cups as p e r so n a l p r o p e r ty . The Bowen Cup i s s t i l l o f f e r e d . 387 E .W .P .: Would you d e s c r ib e some o f th e c h i e f f o r e n s ic a c t i v i t i e s ? D r. N .: W e had th e W estern S ta te s Tournam ent f o r a number o f y e a r s . The West P o in t Tournam ent h as been g o in g o n ly s in c e 1947. Names o f c o n te s ts and to u rn am e n ts change from y e a r to y e a r. Some o f them l a s t lo n g e r th a n o th e r s . F or exam ple, th e P a c if ic C oast P i Kappa D e lta Tournam ent was h e ld t h i s ' l a s t y e a r b u t was n o t h e ld y e a r b e fo re l a s t ; t h i s o r g a n iz a tio n w as, o r i s , f o r b o th men and women. T hese g ro u p s a r e m o d ifie d , s u b s t i t u t e d , changed from y e a r to y e a r. E .W .P .: What would you c o n s id e r th e c h i e f d if f e r e n c e o r d if f e r e n c e s found in d e b a te now from 1920? (T h is m ig h t b e from th e s ta n d p o in t o f aim s, m ethods o f d e b a tin g , m anner, e t c . ) Dr. N .: I n t e r c o l l e g i a t e d e b a te s t a r t e d in 1892, and f o r tw en ty y e a rs th e y m em orized a l l t h e i r sp e e c h e s. The extem poraneous elem e n ts w ere in tro d u c e d ab o u t 1915. In 1920 th e r e w ere s t i l l q u ite a few o f th e m em orized sp e e c h e s. I used mem orized sp eech es when I came to USC in 1921, a t l e a s t th e f i r s t a f f ir m a t i v e sp eech was m em orized. W ell, g ra d u a lly in to u rn am e n ts t h a t became im p o s sib le b ecau se you c o u l d n 't m eet a l l th e v a r io u s c a s e s in a to u r n a m ent w ith th e m em orized m a te r ia l so you had to go o v e r to extem poraneous sp e a k in g . So th e c h ie f d if f e r e n c e betw een 1920 and th e p r e s e n t tim e i s t h a t th e n a la r g e segm ent o f d e b a tin g was memo r iz e d , w h ile to d ay I d o n 't th in k anybody d o e s. A n o th er f e a t u r e i s t h i s : W e u sed to spend more tim e on in d iv id u a l team s th a n we do now, w orking long h o u rs w ith in d iv id u a ls on t h e i r d e liv e r y , p h ra s in g , and so on. Now you do i t la r g e ly th ro u g h squad p r a c t i c e , in tr a - s q u a d d e b a te s . Those a re th e c h i e f d if f e r e n c e s o f to d a y and 1920. The p re s e n t-d a y d e b a te r s a r e n o t so p o lis h e d from th e o r a t o r 's s ta n d a rd s a s w ere th e o ld e r d e b a te r s . A w e ll b a la n c e d program m ust in c lu d e a l o t o f d e b a te s , more th a n we have been a b le to in c lu d e a t USC. I f you have a to u rn am en t tr a in e d d e b a te r , h e 's a c c u s tomed to sp e a k in g in a lo n e room to a lo n e ju d g e , so one n eed s a n o th e r k in d o f te c h n iq u e to h an d le an a u d ie n c e s i t u a t i o n . W e had some v e ry d i s c o u ra g in g e x p e rie n c e s w ith f i r s t - r a t e tournam ent d e b a te r s m eetin g f o r th e f i r s t tim e an E n g lis h team 388 on th e p la tfo rm . The A m ericans f i r s t t r i e d to m eet th e B r i t i s h humor w ith humor (th e y g o t a l o t o f canned humor) and i t was p r e t t y r id ic u l o u s . Now we t r y to s e l e c t s p e a k e rs t h a t have a n a t u r a l b e n t f o r humor and who can p ic k i t up from th e d e b a te i t s e l f and u t i l i z e i t , b u t we n e v e r can h a n d le i t a s w e ll a s th e E n g lis h . When I was l i s t e n i n g to th e O xford d e b a te s in 1952 in th e O xford Union, I c o u ld se e th e g i f t o f p h ra s in g and th e r e t o r t s , humor, and so on, was a r r o g a te d w ith th e p o s itio n o f suprem e im p o rta n c e . In A m erica, we have n e v e r done t h a t a s w e-have p la c e d em phasis on e v id e n c e , re a s o n in g , e t c . E .W .P .: Do you f e e l t h a t d e b a t in g i s h o l d in g i t s own i n t h e p u b l i c ’ s i n t e r e s t ? T h a t i s , i s t h e r e a s much i n t e r e s t i n d e b a te now a s t h e r e u s e d t o be? D r. N .: I f e e l t h a t d e b a t in g i s h o l d in g i t s own, r o u g h ly , in th e p u b lic i n t e r e s t . Of c o u rs e up to 1910, when th e r e w ere no a u to m o b ile s and no m otion p i c t u r e s , d e b a tin g commanded g r e a t crow ds th e n ; a s m entioned b e fo re , we had a t r i a n g u l a r d e b a te in th e f a l l and one in th e s p rin g , b r in g in g o u t b ig crow ds. W e h a v e n 't had th e s e f o r y e a r s . On th e o th e r hand, we have had more d e b a te r s p a r t i c i p a t i n g , more sc h o o ls engaged in f o r e n s ic s th a n a t any o th e r tim e in o u r h i s t o r y . T h is shows t h a t d e b a te i s n o t d y in g . W e have o rg a n iz e d th e A m erican F o re n sic A s s o c ia tio n , an o r g a n iz a tio n o f sc h o o ls i n t e r e s t e d in f o r e n s ic s , i n t e r c o l l e g i a t e f o r e n s ic s , c o a c h e s, and so on. I t h as a trem endous m em bership. T h is was o rg a n iz e d in 1949. So, from th e s ta n d p o in t o f i n t e r e s t o f f o r e n s ic p a r t i c i p a t i o n i t i s th e l a r g e s t i t has e v e r b een . W e h a v e n 't had crow ds f o r d e b a te s in many, many y e a r s , t h i r t y o r f o r t y y e a rs now, e x c e p t in u n u su a l c a s e s . Sometimes when we can g e t an O xford team o v e r h e re we can g e t o u t a good crowd f o r i t . I d o n 't th in k n o n -d e c is io n d e b a tin g checked i n t e r e s t in d e b a tin g i t s e l f , b u t t h i s d id ch eck th e crow ds a tte n d in g . D e c isio n d e b a tin g augm ents th e s iz e a tte n d in g . E .W .P .: Did y o u r d e b a t e r s d e v e lo p v o c a l l y from t h e i r a c t u a l p r a c t i c e i n d e b a t e s p r o p e r , o r d i d you r e q u i r e d r i l l p r a c t i c e i n v o c a l e x e r c i s e s , a r t i c u l a t i o n , b r e a t h i n g , e t c . ? 389 Dr. N .: In d e v e lo p in g th e d e b a te r s v o c a lly , we n e v e r w ent in to th e e x e r c is e s o f a r t i c u l a t i o n and b r e a th in g , b u t b e fo re th e day s o f extem poraneous sp e a k in g to o k p la c e , a lo n g in th e f i r s t two d ecad es o f t h i s c e n tu ry , when we had m em orized sp e e c h e s, we u sed to d r i l l th e s tu d e n ts in th e d e l iv e r y o f th o s e sp eech es b e fo re th e d e b a te . W e d r i l l e d them on d e liv e r y b u t we d i d n 't g iv e th e v o ic e e x e r c is e s . They p r a c tic e d t h e i r d e liv e r y o f t h a t p a r t i c u l a r sp e ech , c h e c k in g volum e, v o c a l c l a r i t y , g e s tu r e s , movements, t r a n s i t i o n s on th e s ta g e o r p la tfo rm . T hese " t r a n s i t i o n s ” would be from one p o in t to a n o th e r. When we g o t them on th e p la tfo rm w e'd d r i l l them to d ro p back w ith th e r i g h t f o o t, th e n d ro p back w ith th e l e f t so th e y w o u ld n 't p ro g re s s on th e p la tfo rm . T h is " t r a n s i t i o n " was p a r a g ra p h in g p h y s ic a lly . Too, i f a p o in t was ended w ith much volume and v ig o r th e n th e y 'd d ro p back and sa y , "Second, we f e e l . . . " s t a r t i n g on a m od erate v o ic e and w orking up to th e clim a x o f t h a t p o in t, th e n d ro p b ack , and so on. W e d id t h i s as in th e Colum bian System o f E x p re ssio n [Colum bia School o f E x p re ssio n , C h icag o ]. T h is sy stem ta u g h t t h a t th e r e sh o u ld be em phasis a c c o rd in g to th e th o u g h t. The way to g e t th e em phasis was to th in k o f w hat one was s a y in g . And though t h e i r sp eech es w ere m em orized, we tr a in e d them to th in k o f th e s e n te n c e th e y w ere g iv in g and to i n f l e c t i t to t r y to b r in g o u t i t s m eaning. When I s t a r t e d d e b a te in 1914, th e r e w ere two s c h o o ls , Colum bia and Cumnock; Colum bia ad v o cated a l e s s m echanized form . They ta u g h t t h e i r s tu d e n ts to th in k o f w hat th e y w ere sa y in g , to convey th e th o u g h t, w here th e Cumnock S chool, more o r l e s s , fo llo w e d th e F u lto n - T rueb lo o d m e ch a n ical d e v ic e s w here th e y g e s tu re d a t c e r t a i n p la c e s and on c e r t a i n w ords, and so on. The Colum bian sy stem f i n a l l y won o u t. E .W .P .: Did you a d v o c a te d i s c u s s i o n g ro u p s f i r s t on t h e s u b j e c t t o b e d e b a te d and l a t e r from t h e s e " a i r i n g s " g ro u p i n t o d e b a te team s? Dr. N .: We u s e d t h e sq u ad i n d i s c u s s i o n g ro u p t o w ork o u t a c a s e f o r t h e team . The a s s ig n m e n t t o team s d i d n ’ t h av e much t o do w ith t h e d i s c u s s i o n g ro u p . We a s s ig n e d s p e a k e r s t o team s r e g a r d i n g t h e i r r e c o r d s o f t h e p r e v i o u s y e a r a lo n g w i t h t h e i r e x p e r i e n c e . Then we had t r y - o u t s and i n t r a - s q u a d d e b a t e s from w hich we p a i r e d team s i n v a r i o u s 390 E.W. P D r. N E.W. D r. c o m b in a tio n s and had them engage in p r a c t i c e d e b a te s . The team s w ere th e n s e le c te d from th o s e . But d is c u s s io n on th e y e a r 's d e b a te had to come f i r s t , had to come b e fo re th e r e c o u ld be p r a c t i c e d e b a te s . . : I s th e E. N eal Ames Trophy Cup s t i l l o f f e r e d in f o r e n s ic s ? (A n o ta tio n was found in The T ro ja n f o r 1 9 2 9 .) . : The E. N eal Ames Trophy Cup i s n o t o f f e r e d anym ore. Ames was a fo rm er g ra d u a te d e b a te r . In form er y e a rs he u sed to g iv e a cup to th e b e s t freshm an s p e a k e r. T h is was g iv e n b u t two o r th r e e y e a rs and I h a v e n 't been a b le to f in d him s in c e . '.: Who w ere some o f th e co ach es a t USC in d e b a te b e f o r e you came? f .: Tony [Anthony C .] B lanks had been te a c h in g d e b a te when I came to USC. A. W illiam O lm stead u sed to come o u t to D e lta Sigma Rho m e e tin g s. But more im p o rta n t th a n O lm stead in d e b a te a t USC was W e lls. T h is was ab o u t 1914 and 1915-1916, j u s t b e fo re th e War. I n e v e r m et him [Judge W e lls ], b u t he engaged i n g r e a t c o n tro v e rs y w ith O’N e ill in th e Q u a rte rly J o u r n a l o f Speech on th e q u e s tio n o f "How D ebate Should Be Ju d g e d ." W ells coached th e Law School d e b a te s . He had w hat he c a lle d a d e b a te squad in 1912. 391 INTERVIEW: MRS. TACIE H A N N A REW--EARL W . PRIDDY B u llo c k '8 D epartm ent S to re Tea Room, Broadway a t S ev en th , Los A n g eles, C a lif o r n ia W ednesday, J a n u a ry 2, 1957 E .W .P .: Did women d e b a te r s make any n o tic e a b le name f o r th e m selv es b e fo re 1940? M rs. R .: Yes, th e E b e rh a rd t g i r l s w ere s u c c e s s f u l in d e b a te a t USC. E .W .P .: What i s y o u r r e a c tio n to sp e ech work now a t USC com pared to w hat i t was when i t was u n d e r th e School o f Speech management? M rs. R .: The sp eech work i s so d iv id e d i n t o d e p a rtm e n ts now as p u b lic sp e a k in g , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , sp eech c o r r e c t io n , e t c . , t h a t i t i s n o t so w e ll co o r d in a te d as i t u sed to b e . E .W .P .: What became o f Leon Z. Wolpe? In 1926 he was f r e q u e n tly q u o ted in The T ro ia n f o r h is f r e e o f c h a rg e sp eech im provem ent c l a s s e s to c u re s t u t t e r in g . M rs. R .: Leon Z. Wolpe came from th e E a s t. He had been q u i t e a s t u t t e r e r . He had a sy stem t h a t he was so s u r e o f t h a t he asked f o r a ch an ce to demon s t r a t e i t , n o t o n ly f o r th e good o f hum anity b u t he w anted to p ro v e i t . I had an o f f i c e j u s t o f f th e m ain a u d ito riu m up th e r e w here he worked w ith them [ in Old C o lle g e ], so I u sed to be th e r e o f te n and h e 'd b rin g a c l a s s up and I 'd h e a r them w o rk in g . They sang e v e ry th in g to s t a r t w ith and th e y d i d n 't s t u t t e r w h ile th e y san g . So he would se e t h a t th e y g a in e d in c o n fid e n c e s i t t i n g th e r e s in g in g one song a f t e r a n o th e r. T h ey 'd s in g p o p u la r so n g s. From t h a t h e 'd go in t o th e sp e ak in g , maybe ask some one to say th e w ords o f th e song to him . They would do t h a t s u c c e s s f u lly . He was tr y in g to d e m o n s tra te , I 'm s u re , t h a t i t was a m a tte r o f r e la x a tio n , ap p ro a c h in g i t from th e rhythm a n g le . Then, when th e y found t h a t th e y c o u ld g e t i t w ith o u t s t u t t e r i n g , th e y would s to p s in g in g and say i t w ith o u t s t u t t e r i n g . They would r e a l i z e t h e i r tr o u b le was la r g e ly a m a tte r o f f e a r . I know he was q u ite in e a r n e s t ab o u t i t and had q u ite a gro u p ; no c h a rg e was made. They would 392 come ab o u t £ iv e o 'c lo c k in th e a fte rn o o n ; I would s i t th e r e and l i s t e n to them . I th in k he was v e ry s u c c e s s f u l, b u t I d o n 't know w hat happened to him . I th in k th e y had e x e r c is e s f o r th e rhythm o f b r e a th in g b ec au se you c a n 't s t u t t e r w h ile you have y o u r rhythm o f b r e a th in g and I d o n 't know o f any c o m p lic a te d w ords th e y u se d . 1 was j u s t l i s t e n i n g in and was n o t in th e sp eech c o r r e c t io n d e p a r t m ent, b u t was v e ry much i n t e r e s t e d . Dean Immel was alw ays v e ry k in d ly d isp o s e d to anyone who w anted to e x p e rim e n t. I d o n 't th in k th e r e w ere more th a n a dozen s tu d e n ts a t a tim e in Mr. W o lp e's c l a s s f o r s t u t t e r i n g . E .W .P .: Was th e r e any o th e r sp eech c o r r e c t io n work b e in g a tte m p te d in th e e a r ly 1930's a t USC? M rs. R .: T h at o f Dr. Eugene Hahn. He was w o n d e rfu lly s u c c e s s f u l in t h i s . D uring th e W orld War he w ent E a s t, d ie d o f f l u o v e r th e r e . 1 u sed to w atch him te a c h a s I had a r a d io c l a s s in th e same b u ild in g in th e ev e n in g s w here h is p e o p le w ere. They would come in , s i t down a t a lo n g ta b l e and j u s t s i t th e r e in th e s e m i-d a rk n e s s . I would th in k , "What a r e th e y d o in g ?" A f te r a w h ile somebody would say so m eth in g . Then somebody e l s e would say some th in g . The id e a was to te a c h them r e l a x a t i o n - - l i k e a Q uaker m e etin g . And i f th e y w anted to s i t a lo n g tim e , th e y c o u ld . Nobody u rg ed them . Then th e y would su d d en ly say som ething and i t would be f r e e o f any s t u t t e r i n g . D r. Hahn was on th e Speech S t a f f in 1934. He w ro te a book on s t u t t e r in g [ S t u t t e r i n g . S ig n if ic a n t T h e o rie s and T h era p i e s , 194 3 ]. I h e lp e d th e Navy s tu d e n ts in th e w ar who s t u t t e r e d . I g o t more o u t o f h i s book and Mr. W edberg's l i t t l e book [The S t u t t e r e r S p eak s, 1937] th a n I d id o u t o f a n y th in g e l s e . E .W .P .: W e re n 't you c h i e f ly c r e d ite d w ith th e one who s t a r t e d r a d io work a t USC? M rs. R .: 1 had th e f i r s t c l a s s in r a d io a t USC, maybe 1930 [1 9 3 4 ]. The s t a t i o n a t t h a t tim e had to nave e d u c a tio n a l program s so th e y 'd g iv e us h a l f an h o u r on KFI. They d id t h i s f o r a lo n g tim e. 1 d ra m a tiz e d o ld c l a s s i c s . W e c a lle d them " f i c t i o n f a v o r i t e s . " S ila s M am er. Adam B ede, The S c a r le t L e t t e r . Ja n e E y re , a l o t o f them. 393 But h e re was th e tr o u b le . They ch a rg e d u s n o th in g b u t as th e demand f o r b ro a d c a s tin g on th e s t a t i o n s became g r e a t e r , th e s t a t i o n s c o u l d n 't alw ays t e l l u s how much tim e th e y c o u ld g iv e u s . I 'd say , "Now w e 'r e g o in g to make, f o r exam ple, Ja n e E yre in to th r e e h a lf - h o u r program s, o r th r e e f i f t e e n - m ln u te p ro g ra m s." A ll r i g h t . Then, j u s t b e fo re we s t a r t e d to p u t i t on (som etim es when we w ere sc h e d u le d f o r t h i r t y m in u te s) w e'd be t o l d t h a t w e'd have j u s t f i f t e e n m in u te s! T hat was j u s t d e v a s ta tin g . I t was so d i f f i c u l t b ec au se I n e v e r knew w hat to do. I 'd have to change i t , and t h a t was alm o st th e d e a th o f i t f o r th e y c o u l d n 't t e l l us ahead o f tim e how much [tim e ] we c o u ld h av e. But we s e n t o u t p o s t c a rd s to a l l th e h ig h sc h o o ls s a y in g , "Y our r e q u ire d re a d in g i s b e in g d ra m a tiz e d f o r you and i t w i l l be on th e program a t such and such a tim e ," so we had q u ite a fo llo w in g in h ig h s c h o o ls . As f o r th e te c h n iq u e s o f p r e p a r a tio n , I made th e a b rid g e m e n ts, ana had them l a t e r m im eographed. The p r e p a r a tio n f o r d e liv e r y on th e a i r was done in c l a s s . W e had to work on th e s c r i p t s , tim in g them , c u t t i n g them down, b ro a d c a s tin g in Old C o lle g e from one room to a n o th e r. Then th e id e a d ie d a n a t u r a l d e a th a s th e r a d io s t a t i o n s c o u l d n 't g iv e u s as much tim e as we needed f o r th e p e rfo rm a n c e s. I a ls o had r a d io program s in announcing when th e c a d e ts w ere on th e cam pus. A lso , we d id a d v e r t i s i n g . As th e r e s u l t , some o f th e s tu d e n ts l a t e r w ent i n to q u ite s u c c e s s f u l b r o a d c a s tin g . D ick Joy was one o f my p u p ils j u s t a t th e b e g in n in g [o f one s e m e s te r]. He was alw ays s u c c e s s f u l. One day he w ent o v e r to N BC to s u b s t i t u t e , when somebody was i l l , and he n e v e r came back! They lik e d him so w e ll! They s a id , "Why n o t j u s t s ta y h e re ? " so he d id , and n e v e r g ra d u a te d . W e happened to s t a r t r a d io a t USC b e c au se M iss H ubbard, to o , was i n t e r e s t e d . I d o n 't know how I happened to be a s s ig n e d to th e r a d io w ork. W e worked to g e th e r on i t a g r e a t d e a l, and th e dram a c l a s s e n te re d i n to i t a g r e a t e x te n t. Our work was n o t c o n n e c te d w ith th e m echanics o f r a d io ; i t d e a l t w ith j u s t th e sp eech p h a se . I was o u t f o r two y e a rs and d u rin g t h a t tim e th e y s t a r t e d th e r a d io d e p a rtm e n t. Thfere th e y le a rn e d e v e ry th in g . Ours was th e r a d io te c h n iq u e o f sp e a k in g , so when 394 I r e tu r n e d I had n o th in g more to do w ith r a d io as th e y had th e r a d io d e p a rtm e n t. In o u r w ork, we p re p a re d s c r i p t s th e n w ent down to th e r a d io s t a t i o n s to p erfo rm . W e a ls o b ro a d c a s te d o v e r KFAC a g r e a t d e a l. Mr. R odriguez was th e r e a t th e tim e . One program was c a l le d "The F our F reedom s." I th o u g h t th e y w ere q u ite good. A f te r p re p a rin g them , we w ent to KFAC and made re c o rd s o f them , th e n th e s e w ere p u t on th e a i r in v a r io u s s tu d io s . W e p u t them on i n P asad en a. I d o n 't know w here e l s e th e y w ere p u t on. S to r ie s w ere d ev elo p ed in th e program s t e l l i n g w hat i t m eant to have t h i s freedom . In th e one we had on "Freedom o f R e lig io n " we had a l l th e d i f f e r e n t c h u rc h b e l l s r in g in g a t ch u rc h tim e . I t d i d n 't make any d i f fe re n c e , i t was y o u r c h o ic e to go anyw here, o r p a ss r i g h t b y . W e had a l i t t l e s to r y ab o u t i t and th e e f f e c t was v e ry n ic e . B ut, a s I s a id , a f t e r I r e tu r n e d , fo llo w in g th e two y e a rs away, I w ent i n to s to r y t e l l i n g and i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . E .W .P .: Would you p le a s e t e l l how th e A p o llia d (1924) o r g a n iz a tio n came a b o u t, w hat i t w as, why i t was founded? M rs. R .: When I came to USC, I th o u g h t how n ic e i t would be i f we c o u ld do som ething w ith th e c r e a t i v e e f f o r t so I spoke to M iss Y oder. She th o u g h t i t was a f in e id e a so we ta lk e d to Dr. Gaw and he s a id , " W e 'll do i t ! " so th e th r e e o f us g o t a com m ittee to g e th e r . The id e a was a movement to s tim u la te a r t s on th e cam pus. Any s tu d e n t, who c a re d to do so , c o u ld subm it a m a n u s c rip t, p o e try , e s s a y , s to r y , m u sic, a r t , and so on, a t a c e r t a i n tim e ; and th e n , th e r e w ere v a r io u s co m m ittees in th e v a r io u s c o lle g e s to ta k e th e m a n u s c rip ts t h a t b elo n g ed to them, e v a lu a te them, r e t u r n t h e i r d e c is io n s . I t r e a l l y grew in to som eth in g q u ite e x te n s iv e . Dr. von K leinSm id was v e ry e n t h u s i a s t i c , so he p re s id e d ev e ry tim e a t th e p ro g ram s, th e U n iv e rs ity p ay in g a l l th e e x p e n se s. W e g o t o u t p o s te r s , p u tti n g them a l l o v e r th e campus in th e f a l l . The T ro ia n was w o n d erfu l in h e lp in g u s , k ee p in g th e d e a d l i n e b e f o r e th e m inds o f th e p e o p le so th e y 'd a l l be s u b m itte d . H ere was th e g r e a t d i f f i c u l t y . I t was v e ry d i f f i c u l t to keep th e program s down to th e p ro p e r le n g th as th e r e 395 w ere so many i n t e r e s t e d in i t . Then we began l i s t i n g th e p e o p le whose work was a c c e p ta b le b u t c o u ld n o t be p re s e n te d b e c a u se th e r e was a program v a lu e to c o n s id e r , v a r i e t y , and a l l t h a t w hich maker, f o r a good program . O c c a s io n a lly we had a group o f s h o r t snappy l i t t l e e s s a y s , maybe a s h o r t s t o r y . F o r a w h ile we had two l i t t l e o ne- a c t p la y s . Then, a l l th e tim e , th e r e was th e pro b lem o f k e e p in g i t down. D r. von K leinSm id was so c o - o p e r a tiv e . W e u sed to i n v i t e c r i t i c s from a l l o v e r - - o u ts ta n d in g p e o p le , n o te d p e o p le , as g u e s t c r i t i c s . I t was q u i t e a g a la a f f a i r . T here was a d in n e r p re c e d in g i t , Dr. von K leinSm id p r e s id in g . A f te r d in n e r we w ent o v e r to Bovard A u d ito riu m , a f t e r we had o u t-g ro w n Old C o lle g e . W e lik e d i t b e t t e r th e r e b ec au se i t was more in tim a te , b u t Old C o lle g e was o u t-g ro w n so we to o k i t o v e r to Bovard w here we had th e c u r t a i n s so th e r e was s t i l l a c e r t a i n in tim a c y . T here w ere no p r i z e s , b u t w ith in a week a f t e r th e c r i t i c s had se en th e program , th e y 'd w r i te e v a lu a tio n s w hich w ere open to anybody. T hese w ere p u t in a book and anybody c o u ld come o v e r and se e them . The s tu d e n ts c o u ld re a d w hat p eo p le had s a id ab o u t them . I t became to o b ig . W e had to keep i t down and D r. R aubenheim er su g g e ste d we have a week o f i t , h av in g one th in g one n ig h t, a n o th e r on a second n ig h t, so on, b u t I s a id t h a t i t b u i l t up to such a c lim a x on one n ig h t p e o p le j u s t would n o t come t h a t many tim e s . 1 j u s t d i d n 't se e how we c o u ld h a n d le i t t h a t way. A f te r I was o u t th o s e two y e a rs and th e n came b ack , D r. Rauben- h eim er th o u g h t th e b u l l e t i n id e a m ig h t s u b s t i t u t e . T h is announces w hat th e v a rio u s d e p a rtm e n ts a r e g o in g to do b u t i t does n o t have th e s p lu rg e , v e rv e , and e x c ite m e n t as th e o th e r h ad . Our s e c r e ta r y [M rs. R uie A dkinson] u sed to make up books o f a l l e v a lu a tio n s w hich th e g u e s t c r i t i c s had s a id , and o f th e m a te r ia l u se d . T h is m a te r ia l i s now in Doheny L ib r a r y . Dr. Gaw named t h i s th e A p o llia d . He s a id a s A p o llo was th e god o f b e a u ty , p o e try , and m u sic, and Olympiad b e in g a f e s t i v a l o r c e l e b r a t i o n , w e'd name o u r c r e a t i v e p r o j e c t A p o llia d . So we d id , and i t was founded in 1924. Thus th e s u b s t i t u t i o n f o r th e c r e a t i v e work done, and c a l le d th e A p o llia d , was announced in v a r io u s b u l l e t i n s s e n t o u t a s " A rt e x h i b it in su c h -a n d -su c h a p la c e ," o r "T h ere w i l l be re a d in g a t noon by t h i s g ro u p ," o r "T h ere i s a p la y on 396 a t B o v ard ." So a l l th e e v e n ts f o r th e m onth a r e now sc h e d u le d In t h i s b u l l e t i n th e y p u t o u t. In a way, th e s e a c t i v i t i e s ta k e th e p la c e o f th e fo rm er A p o llia d , b u t n o t r e a l l y so . The l a s t A p o llia d , I th in k , was th e y e a r fo llo w in g th e c lo s e o f W orld War I I , p ro b a b ly in 1946. E .W .P .: What do you r e c a l l o f th e l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s and t h e i r f u n c tio n in g a t th e U n iv e rs ity ? M rs. R .: At f i r s t th e l i t e r a r y s o c i e t i e s fu n c tio n e d more in th e E n g lis h d e p a rtm e n t. W e had th e A thena and th e A r i s t o t e l i a n a t th e b e g in n in g o f th e U n iv er s i t y in th e 1 8 8 0 's . I r e c a l l h e a rin g a b o u t th e s e s o c i e t i e s . They w ere v e ry im p o rta n t. The women had th e A th e n ia n a s w e ll as th e C lio n ia n S o c ie ty . E .W .P .: Why w ere th e sp eech r e c i t a l s d is c o n tin u e d , and w hat i s y o u r o p in io n o f t h e i r v a lu e ? M rs. R .: I th o u g h t i t was a g r e a t m is ta k e f o r th e sp eech r e c i t a l s to d is c o n tin u e f o r th e y u sed to be so v a lu a b le and so w o n d e rfu l. W e had them ev e ry F rid a y m orning. F or y e a rs th e y w ere alw ays m em orized, and th e n I th in k th e y e v e n tu a lly began re a d in g from th e book. T here was a d if f e r e n c e o f o p in io n on th e f a c u l ty re g a rd in g th e r e c i t a l s . F or exam ple, say you w ere my p u p il. A fte rw a rd , each member o f th e f a c u l ty t e l l s you w hat he th in k s o f y o u r s e l e c t i o n g iv e n on th e r e c i t a l , and you g e t a d if f e r e n c e o f o p in io n . You come away c o m p le te ly c o n fu se d . I u sed to say t h a t i t ' s a l l w rong. I th o u g h t th e y sh o u ld n o t do t h a t . T h at th e s t a f f sh o u ld g e t to g e th e r and t a l k i t o v e r. Then we sh o u ld g iv e th e s tu d e n ts th e c r i t i c i s m we th in k th e y sh o u ld h a v e . In a f a c u lty o f e ig h t to te n te a c h e r s l i s t e n i n g to a r e c i t a l , t h e y 'l l a l l have a d if f e r e n c e o f o p in io n . One o f th e s tu d e n ts w ould come to me and sa y , "What d id you th in k o f th a t? " Then h e 'd add, "Mr. s o -a n d -s o s a id so -a n d - so , b u t M iss so -a n d -s o s a id t h i s was f i n e . " I t o ld Dean Israel I th o u g h t i t was v e ry c o n fu s in g , th e wrong p ro c e d u re . Then we had one o f th e f a c u l ty members e le c te d o r a p p o in te d to have c h a rg e o f th e p ro g ram s. I th in k Dean Immel j u s t th o u g h t i t b e t t e r n o t to do i t ; b u t I f e l t i t was g r e a t lo s s and th e s tu d e n ts d id to o . P r iv a te le s s o n s w ent o u t ab o u t th e same tim e . B ut, back to th e f a c u l t y 's o p in io n o f th e s t u d e n t 's work 397 on th e r e c i t a l . I u se d to sa y , "Now, t h i s p e rso n h as th e s e p ro b le m s ." Maybe i f I w ere h i s te a c h e r I 'd sa y , " T h is was a triu m p h f o r h im ." Though i f one w ere v ie w in g i t from th e s ta n d p o in t o f a f in is h e d p ie c e o f w ork, and w ere t e l l i n g him i t w a s n 't so good, j u s t i n o r d e r to be fra n k , th e n y o u 'r e d o in g j u s t th e w rong th in g b ec au se he c o u ld b a r e ly g e t on th e s ta g e and I th o u g h t i t was a trem endous th in e f o r h i s f i r s t tim e . So, I th in k th e w hole p ro c e d u re i s w rong. Dean Immel n e v e r sto p p e d i t , b u t you se e w hat i t would d o . Why, I w ould have no more t o l d him t h a t i t was c o n s p ic u ous f o r him to have f o r g o tte n th e r e . I would say , "You w ere d o in g s p le n d id ly . Of c o u rs e you d id f o r g e t, b u t y o u 'l l g e t o v e r t h a t . You g o t up th e r e . I was j u s t p le a s e d w ith th e way you w ere g o in g ," and h an d le d i t t h a t way. W ell, ab o u t th e tim e I 'd say t h a t to him someone e l s e would say , "You sh o u ld know i t b e t t e r th a n you do. You f o r g o t ." I u sed to sa y , "G et y o u r c r i t i c i s m from y o u r te a c h e r , and every b o d y who h as a n y th in g to say ab o u t you hand t h e i r c r i t i c i s m s to y o u r te a c h e r , l e t t h a t p r o f e s s o r s o r t them o u t, and th e p r o f e s s o r h as them on f i l e and e v e n tu a lly p a s s e s them a l l o u t, b u t n o t a t f i r s t . " At f i r s t he s a y s , "The co n se n su s o f o p in io n i s t h a t i t was j u s t f in e f o r a f i r s t e f f o r t , and th e s e w ere a l l th e th in g s th e y lik e d ab o u t i t . " Then th e s tu d e n t would th in k , "W ell, I r e a l l y am g e t t i n g o n ." But f o r j u s t anybody to g iv e th e s tu d e n t h i s o p in io n , i t *8 a l l d e f e a t . I th in k Dean Immel g o t r a t h e r w eary o f h e a rin g me sa y t h a t . But i t was tru e* T hese r e c i t a l s w ere n o t o f th e e lo c u tio n a r y ty p e . They w ere v e ry f i n e , e i t h e r from memory o r from th e book. E .W .P .: Would you p le a s e r e l a t e more o f y o u r own te a c h in g e x p e rie n c e s a t USC, as s u b je c ts ta u g h t, som ething o f y o u r p la y s ? M rs. R .: At USC I ta u g h t r a d io , s to r y t e l l i n g , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , re a d in g , and p la y w r itin g . M y p la y H y a c in th s , a o n e - a c t p la y f o r women, i s s t i l l ru n n in g . C lip p ed was g iv e n on a U n iv e rs ity p ro gram w ith s tu d e n ts who d id v e ry w e ll. I t was a comedy t h a t had a few c u te tu r n s in i t . M rs. Gaw s a id , "You sh o u ld b e a b le to do som ething w ith t h a t , " so I g o t i t re a d y . Samuel F in ch w anted 398 to p u b lis h th e p la y . I t was d u rin g th e p r o h ib i t i o n day s and a s th e r e was a p a r t o f th e p la y g iv in g a r e c ip e f o r m aking liq u o r , no one would buy th e p la y ! T h ere was a n o te a t th e b o tto m o f th e page sa y in g t h a t a n y th in g e l s e c o u ld b e s u b s t i t u t e d f o r th e r e c ip e , b u t t h i s d i d n 't do any f ood. B ecause o f th e s ta te m e n t o f "how to make iq u o r" th e p la y was banned f o r h ig h sc h o o l u s e . So I d o n 't know now w hat happened to i t . O th er p la y s I w ro te a r e : House B e a u tifu l and When S ta r s S h in e . T h is i s g o in g v e ry w e ll y e t . A n o th er i s E x c lu s iv e ly Y o u rs. I t had a v e ry unhappy b e g in - n in g b e c a u se I had g iv e n i t th e t i t l e o f G reek To You as i t was ab o u t s o r o r i t i e s and f r a t e r n i t i e s . Samuel F in ch w ro te me j u s t b e fo re i t was p u b lis h e d and s a id t h a t was a lre a d y th e t i t l e o f a book and t h a t I 'd have to th in k o f a n o th e r name. M iss D a lz e ll and I th o u g h t t h a t E x c lu s iv e ly Y ours e x p la in e d i t . I t was n o t v e ry s u c c e s s f u l; i t was r a t h e r an o v e r-u se d t i t l e a s C o n fid e n tly Y o u rs. T h is i s a l l Samuel F in ch h as p u b lis h e d . Long- mans, G reen and Company p u b lis h e d o n e. T h at was c a lle d P a ls . I 'v e had s ix p u b lis h e d . Q u ite a few w ere done on th e r a d io . E .W .P .: In y o u r o p in io n , was th e Speech D epartm ent weak ened o r made s tr o n g e r as th e r e s u l t o f th e r a d io and dram a d iv is io n s w ith d raw in g to become s e p a r a te d e p a rtm e n ts? M rs. R .: I th in k , in a way, th e Speech D epartm ent i s s tr o n g e r a s th e r e s u l t o f r a d io and dram a w ith draw ing and form ing s e p a r a te d e p a rtm e n ts . I t i s now a l l u n d e r one h ead , Dr. D ick en s. I th in k th e i n t e r p r e t a t i v e work i s v e ry s tro n g , b u t I th in k th e r e i s l e s s em phasis on p u b lic p erfo rm a n ce; I d o n 't know why. E .W .P .: In w hat r e s p e c ts o th e r th a n in name d id th e S chool o f Speech d i f f e r m a te r ia l ly from th e S chool o f O rato ry ? M rs. R .: They d i d n 't l i k e th e t i t l e o f School o f O ra to ry . I t sounded as i f i t w ere a l l p u b lic sp e a k in g . T h at was th e re a s o n , I th in k , f o r ch an g in g th e name. E .W .P .: How d id S top Gap T h e a te r g e t i t s name? 399 M rs. R .: "S to p Gap” g e ts i t s name b ec au se th e r e a re b ig p e rfo rm a n c e s, th e n in betw een th e r e a r e l i t t l e p la y s so " s to p gap" f i l l s i n th e sp a ce betw een th e s e . They nave a l i t t l e t h e a t e r th e r e now and th e y do some n ic e th in g s , b u t i t j u s t s to p s th e gap betw een th e b ig p erfo rm a n c e s o f th e y e a r, summer, f a l l , and s p r in g [ in Bovard A u d ito riu m ]. E .W .P .: What do you c o n s id e r to be th e c h i e f d if f e r e n c e s , tr e n d s , aim s, r e s u l t s a r i s i n g from th e th r e e p e r io d s : S chool o f O ra to ry (1 9 0 3 -1 9 2 0 ), S chool o f Speech (1 9 2 0 -1 9 4 5 ), D epartm ent o f Speech (1 9 4 5 -)? M rs. R .: M iss Y oder, M rs. Com stock (B eulah W rig h t), many o f th e e a r l y te a c h e r s , w ere o f th e Cumnock School o f Speech a t N o rth w e ste rn . Mr. L eonard N a tt- kem per, now i n Long Beach, came from th e r e 1 th in k [Mr. N attkem per came from Colum bia S chool o f E x p re s s io n , C hicago, a s s t a t e d in a p r i v a t e i n t e r view , se e A ppendix]. H e 's now r e t i r e d , b u t he s t i l l h as th o s e v e ry p r o f e s s io n a l p u b lic sp e a k in g c l a s s e s . H e 's made, a b ig h i t w ith th o s e down th e r e . M iss Yoder t o ld me l a s t summer t h a t some o f th e f i n e s t dram a we e v e r had a t USC was Mr. N a ttk e m p e r's c o n tr ib u tio n . In th e e a r l y d a y s, th e School o f Speech was a much more e le g a n t a f f a i r . I t was q u ite so m eth in g . The f a c u l ty gave a b r e a k f a s t f o r th e g ra d u a tin g s e n io r s , th e y d id t h i s and t h a t f o r th e g ra d u a tin g c l a s s . Then, when Dean Immel came, th e r e was no more f o o lis h n e s s you know, p u b lic sp e a k in g and so on, so th e y dropped a l l th o s e l i t t l e " f e r b o - lo e s " and te a s th e y h ad . W e u sed to have a r e a l f e e l in g o f u n ity , th o u g h . I remember M iss D a lz e ll and I gave a lo v e ly t e a f o r a l l th e Alumni o f th e Speech D ep artm en t. M iss Hubbard was v e ry , v e ry f in e . She p u t on S h ak esp earean shows, w o n d erfu l th in g s . W e d id one th in g we w ere v e ry pro u d o f . I t was th e F i f t i e t h A n n iv e rsa ry o f th e U n iv e r s ity . E very School had to do so m eth in g , so we gave a p a g e a n t, M iss Hubbard and I . W e to o k th e h i s t o r y o f th e U n iv e rs ity and d ra m a tiz e d i t . W e had r e a d e r s , one on e i t h e r s id e , who re a d in b la n k v e r s e th e h i s t o r y o f th e U n iv e r s ity . Then th e c u r t a i n s would p a r t and th e r e was a ta b le a u d e p ic tin g 400 a p h ase o f th e U n iv e r s ity h i s t o r y . W e dug i t o u t and M iss Hubbard s ta g e d i t . You know, how th e U n iv e rs ity s t a r t e d . We had a l l t h i s la n d . Then h a rd tim es came and th e y had to s e l l i t o f f . They had such a d i f f i c u l t s i t u a t i o n t o m eet so th e d i r e c t o r s , t r u s t e e s , th e p r e s id e n t m et and p ra y e d . M iss Hubbard had a b e a u t i f u l ta b le a u o f t h a t . A lo n g t a b le , th e s e p e o p le i n se m i-d a rk n e ss w ith th e l i g h t com ing down upon them ; " F a ith o f Our F a th e rs " was p la y e d in th e d is t a n c e , and th e v a r io u s n a r r a to r s w ere t a l k i n g th e w h ile . I t was d e p ic tin g h a rd tim e s up to th e p r e s e n t (1 9 3 0 ). Then i t had th e grow th o f th e U n iv e r s ity m a rv e l o u sly s ta g e d in th e s p r in g o f 1930. E .W .P .: What f u r th e r do you th in k sh o u ld be added in t h i s acco u n t re g a rd in g th e h i s t o r y o f Speech d e v e lo p m ent a t th e U n iv e rs ity ? M rs. R .: I th in k t h a t c o n t r ib u t io n s made to th e community and who w ent f o r t h from th e community i s im por t a n t . T here h a s b een much e v id e n c e o f t h i s as c a l l s to th e U n iv e r s ity f o r p u b lic s p e a k e rs , c a l l s f o r e n t e r t a i n e r s who w ent o u t to f i l l th e s e community n e e d s. T hese came from th e p u b lic sp e ak in g , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , and dram a d e p a rtm e n t. They used to send dram as o u t. I know t h a t when M rs. Comstock ta u g h t, th e r e was q u ite a b i t o f s e rv in g th e community in th e C o lle g e o f O ra to ry f a s h io n - - g iv in g r e a d in g s . M iss Y oder was s tr o n g f o r t h a t to o . F or a w h ile th e U n iv e rs ity had a B ureau and th e y drew q u ite h e a v ily upon th e S chool o f Speech. About f iv e y e a rs ago D r. D ickens a tte m p te d a r e u n io n b an q u et f o r a l l th e p e o p le co n n e c te d w ith th e School o f Speech. V ery few came. D r. McCoard was th e r e , M rs. Com stock and M iss Yoder w ere th e r e to o . D r. D ickens was v e ry d is a p p o in te d a t th e sm a ll a tte n d a n c e and f e l t d is c o u ra g e d in tr y in g to g e t p e o p le to come o u t. One more th in g ab o u t r e c i t a l s - - e v e r y s e n io r had to have a t l e a s t one s e m e s te r o f p r i v a t e le s s o n s in i n t e r p r e t a t i v e sp e e c h . T h ere was a w eekly r e c i t a l - - e v e r y F rid a y m o rn in g . In th e p r i v a t e s tu d y , th e s tu d e n t ch eck ed o u t a re a d in g w ith th e s e c r e ta r y , t h i s had t o b e m em orized when 402 INTERVIEW: WILLIAM H. SENER--EARL W . PRIDDY 519 E l l i s S t r e e t , San F ra n c is c o , C a l i f o r n i a Sunday, A ugust 25, 1957 E .W .P .: Mr. S e n e r, w ould you d e s c r ib e w hat th e r a d io w ork was l i k e a t USC when you came to th e cam pus? Mr. S. : I came to th e campus i n J u ly o f '4 6 . A t t h a t tim e , t o th e b e s t o f my know ledge, th e r e w ere one o r two r a d io c o u r s e s b e in g ta u g h t a s a p a r t o f th e Cinema d e p a rtm e n t. In 1946, Dr. Max T. Krone had th e v i s i o n , I b e lie v e , o f th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A r ts . I t was D r. Krone who came to C hicago, h ir e d me, and b ro u g h t me to USC. My i n s t r u c t i o n s from him w ere t o c r e a t e a R adio d e p a rtm e n t as r a p id ly a s p o s s i b l e , and t h a t we d id . W e p u t i n t o e f f e c t , a s you c a n f in d i n th e c a ta lo g u e , a d e p a rtm e n t in th e f a l l o f *46. I r e c a l l o u r is s u in g a su p p le m e n ta ry s h e e t to th e c a ta lo g u e , t h i s s h e e t b e in g p a s se d o u t a t th e f a l l r e g i s t r a t i o n and c o n ta in in g c o u rs e s n o t l i s t e d i n th e c a ta lo g u e . E .W .P .: Who i n p a r t i c u l a r was d e s i r o u s t h a t a R a d io d e p a r t m ent b e o r g a n i z e d ? Mr. S . : D r. Krone had p a r t i c u l a r s u p p o rt in th e d e v e lo p m ent from D r. R aubenheim er in th e p r e p a r a t io n and d e v e lo p m e n t, f i r s t , i n th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A rts (and cin em a a s a p a r t o f i t ) , and o f r a d i o - - t h e s e two e le m e n ts . A t th e tim e I came, in '4 6 , th e r e w ere no o th e r i n s t r u c t o r s in th e d e p a rtm e n t. T h e re w as one who had b e e n h i r e d , s u b j e c t t o my a p p r o v a l , and t h a t was G race I n g le d u e . She s t a y e d w i t h u s a y e a r . D r. G ra c e I n g le d u e o f O h io . She was c o n n e c te d w i t h a r a d i o s t a t i o n b a c k t h e r e . E .W .P .: W ere t h e r e d i f f i c u l t i e s e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f th e d e p a r tm e n t o f R ad io ? I f so , w ould y ou m e n tio n w hat t h e y w ere? Did t h e S p eech d e p a r tm e n t o b j e c t t o t h i s p u l l i n g away from i t s own d e p a r tm e n t? Mr. S . : I c a n ' t r e c a l l a n y c o m p l a i n t s . I c a n s a y t h i s . What I d id o r i g i n a l l y was to go around and t a l k to th e p e o p le h e a d in g th e v a r io u s e le m e n ts [ d e p a r t m e n ts] o f w hat was a t t h a t tim e d e s ig n e d a s th e I n s t i t u t e o f th e A r ts . B i l l d e M ille was h e a d in g dram a; Lee T r a v is , th e Speech d e p a rtm e n t h e a d . he w ent b a c k t o h i s n e x t l e s s o n , u s u a l l y a week l a t e r - - h a d t o b e m em orized th o r o u g h ly , n o t p a r t i a l l y ! D r. Cumnock c a l l e d i t " r e a d i n g " ; t h i s was a s s o c i a t e d w i t h e l o c u t i o n a r y m etho ds o f d e l i v e r y . 1 M rs. Rew gave th e w r i t e r t i t l e s o f t h e re m a in in g s e l e c t i o n s found t h a t w ere u s e d i n t h e S ch o o l o f S peech r e c i t a l s . See A p p en d ix E, " R e c i t a l P ie c e s and P r i v a t e L e sso n S e l e c t i o n s . " T h ese s e l e c t i o n s M rs. Rew l a t e r d o n a te d (summer o f 1957) t o Doheny L ib r a r y . 403 I had known L ee T r a v i s a t Iowa so we t a l k e d a b o u t w h at was g o in g t o b e d o n e, th o u g h t i t was f i n e - - w h at was t o b e d o n e . In f a c t , I r e c e i v e d no o b j e c t i o n s fro m an y o n e. E v ery o n e o f f e r e d t o h e lp t o g e t i t g o in g . A t t h a t p o i n t i t was a p e r i o d o f tre m e n d o u s boom i n e n r o l l m e n t s so I h ad th e im m e d ia te p ro b le m o f p u t t i n g i t [R adio d e p a rtm e n t] t o g e t h e r . As f a r a s f a c i l i t i e s w ere c o n c e rn e d , Dr. K rone had a r r a n g e d , o r i g i n a l l y , f o r me t o u s e h i s o f f i c e w h ile h e w ent on v a c a t i o n . H is o f f i c e was a t t h a t tim e i n t h e O ld M usic b u i l d i n g o v e r by t h e Gym. When D r. Krone r e t u r n e d from h i s v a c a t i o n , he to o k me o v e r t o m eet C a p ta in A lla n H ancock who was v e r y , v e r y i n t e r e s t e d i n r a d i o b e c a u s e , p r i o r t o t h a t tim e , he had a l r e a d y f i l e d f o r , and I b e l i e v e r e c e i v e d , th e l i c e n s e t o p u t up an FM r a d i o s t a t i o n . One o f my j o b s , a s f a r a s C a p ta in H ancock u n d e rs to o d i t , was t o g e t t h a t r a d i o s t a t i o n g o in g . So, b a s i c a l l y , I s u d d e n ly fo u n d m y s e lf w ith two j o b s - - n o t t h a t I o b j e c t e d . We w orked i n t h e c o u r s e s [ o f r a d i o ] a s r a p i d l y a s we c o u ld a lo n g w ith th e s t a t i o n and d e c id e d t h a t w hat w e 'd h av e t o do was t o u s e c o m p e te n t s t u d e n t h e l p t o make t h e s t a t i o n ru n , so we s t a r t e d o u t o u r c o u r s e s i n t h e f a l l s e m e s te r and I b e l i e v e i n s i x t y d a y s we had t h e s t a t i o n on t h e a i r . I know t h a t by T h a n k s g iv in g o f t h a t y e a r [1946] we w ere o p e r a t i n g on a p r e t t y f a i r f u l l - f l e d g e d r a d i o s t a t i o n . T h ere was a l i t t l e te m p o ra ry b u i l d i n g e r e c t e d down n e a r w hat i s now c a l l e d Alum ni H ouse. T h at was a l i t t l e te m p o ra ry p r e - f a b , a navy p r e - f a b , w h ich we d i v i d e d i n h a l f . We had two l i t t l e s t u d i o s , one you e n t e r e d from th e s i d e d o o r, one you e n t e r e d from t h e f r o n t d o o r, and a c o u p le o f c o n t r o l room s. A g r e a t d e a l o f t h e i n s t r u c t i o n was done i n t h a t b u i l d i n g , and, a s a m a t t e r o f f a c t , i n t h a t b u i l d in g up t o 1950. In th e b e g in n in g t h e r e w ere c e r t a i n e le m e n ts i n t h e H ancock B u ild in g o p p o sin g th e u s e o f th e s p a c e t h e r e f o r t h e r e w ere o t h e r d e s i g n s f o r u s i n g t h a t s p a c e , e v en th o u g h i t was n o t b e in g u s e d . However, a s th e r a d i o s t a t i o n d e v e lo p e d , C a p ta in H ancock m ore and more tu r n e d o v e r se g m en ts o f th e H ancock F o u n d a tio n B u ild in g u n t i l we b e g a n t o b r o a d c a s t th e H ancock Ensem ble w h ic h was b r o a d c a s te d from t h e H ancock A u d ito riu m . We d id many, many p ro g ram s from t h a t l i t t l e a u d it o r iu m . As t a r a s I know, t h e r e n e v e r w ere any q u a r r e l s b e tw ee n t h e d e p a r tm e n ts o f S peech and R a d io . Y o u 'l l f i n d t h a t t h e members o f th e S t a f f 404 o f t h e R ad io d e p a rtm e n t, when members o f t h e S peech d e p a r tm e n t r e q u e s t e d i t , w ere v e ry happy t o s i t on acad em ic c o m m itte e s , d e g re e c o m m itte e s , and so on; and a l s o y o u ' l l f i n d t h e r e w ere s e v e r a l o u t s t a n d i n g g r a d u a t e s t u d e n t s i n sp e e c h who w ere f a v o r e d i n t h e R adio d e p a r tm e n t, i n c l u d i n g th e p r e s e n t h e ad o f t h e R ad io d e p a r tm e n t, and t h e T e l e v i s i o n d e p a r t m en t, Ken Harwood, who d i d a l o t o f h i s w ork o v e r t h e r e . T h e re w ere s e v e r a l o f t h e s e and i n m ost c a s e s th e y w ere th e p e o p le who w e re, m ore o r l e s s , t h e p e o p le i n t i m a t e d by t h e p e o p le o f th e Speech d e p a r tm e n t. O b v io u s ly , we d i d n ' t h a v e an ad v an c ed d e g re e p ro g ram t o b e g in w ith , b u t I t h i n k we d id t h e f o llo w in g y e a r . E .W .P .: Do you r e c a l l w hat new c o u r s e s , m e th o d s, p r o c e d u r e s w ent i n t o e f f e c t a f t e r th e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f R adio i n t o a s e p a r a t e d e p a rtm e n t? Mr. S .: I w o u ld n ’ t know any new p r o c e d u r e s , a l l t h e c o u r s e s w ere new. The c u r r i c u lu m was c r e a t e d by S e n e r w ith K rone s t a n d in g o v e r h i s s h o u ld e r m aking him n o t o n ly v e r i f y b u t c l a r i f y e v e r y c o u r s e t h a t was d e s ig n e d . I d o n 't t h i n k S e n e r d e s e r v e s a l l t h e c r e d i t f o r t h e c u r r i c u lu m i n th e s e n s e t h a t Krone was s t a n d i n g o v e r him , r i g h t l y so , a l l th e way a lo n g t h e l i n e . And we n e v e r w ould h a v e made th e p r o g r e s s w e 'v e made i n t h e d e v e lo p m e n t o f a c u r r ic u lu m i f i t h a d n 't b e e n f o r th e w h o le - h e a r te d s u p p o r t o f Max K rone. And, f o r R au b en h eim er, who was a t t h a t tim e Dean o f L e t t e r s , A r t s , and S c ie n c e s , who gave w h o le - h e a r te d s u p p o r t w ith o u t w hich t h e d e v e lo p m e n t w o u l d n 't h a v e b e e n p o s s i b l e . Dr. Jo h n Cook h e lp e d e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e summer c o u r s e s , b u t we n e v e r a c c o m p lis h e d as much i n th e summer s e r i e s a s Dr. Cook w ould p e r m it u s t o a c c o m p lis h , i f we had b e en a b le t o im plem ent a l l t h e t h i n g s we w an ted t o d o . B u t, we g o t t o g o in g p r e t t y f a s t , th o u g h t h e r e was a l i m i t e d b u d g e t. The d e v e lo p m e n t o f t h e R ad io d e p a rtm e n t w ould h av e b e en im p o s s ib le w ith o u t t h e s u p p o r t o f t h e S o u th e rn C a l i f o r n i a B r o a d c a s tin g A s s o c i a t i o n , p a r t i c u l a r l y p e o p le l i k e C al S m ith, who was th e m anager o f KPAC, and a l s o l i k e th e m an ag er o f KMPC i n t h o s e d a y s . Mr. J e n n in g s P i e r c e , who was t h e e d u c a t i o n a l d i r e c t o r f o r NBC i n H ollyw ood, and who had found me f o r Max K rone, d id e v e r y t h i n g we n e e d e d . I f we n e ed e d p e o p le i n th e i n d u s t r y t o h e lp u s , i f o u r t r a n s m i t t e r w a s n 't w o rk in g r i g h t , P i e r c e c o u ld 405 f i n d u s an e n g in e e r t o h e lp o u t o u r e n g i n e e r . The same t h i n g was t r u e o f S t u a r t N o v in s, o f CBS. We had t o comb th ro u g h t h e b r o a d c a s t i n g i n d u s t r y t o f i n d p e o p le who had s u f f i c i e n t acad em ic b a c k g ro u n d . We came up w ith two o r t h r e e key p e o p le . F e llo w s named G lenn M id d le to n and A r t G ilm ore^ G ilm o re t a u g h t a c o u r s e i n a n n o u n c in g t i l l we d e c id e d t h a t was n o t a t r u e c o u r s e . He i s s t i l l an o u t s t a n d i n g a n n o u n c e r, and i n th o s e d a y s was p r o d u c in g t h e Amos and Andy r a d i o p ro g ram . And L u re n e T u t t l e , t h e a c t r e s s . L u ren e d i d an e x c e p t i o n a l l y good j o b i n t h e a c t i n g f i e l d o f r a d i o . T h ese t h r e e p e o p le w ere t h e r e s u l t o f lo n g c u l l i n g . G ilm o re and M id d le to n a c t u a l l y w ro te and p u b l is h e d a book on R adio A nnouncing t h a t r e c e i v e d w ide c i r c u l a t i o n i n tw e n ty - 'f iv e to t h i r t y u n i v e r s i t i e s a t one tim e . T h is was a c a s e o f S e n e r s t a n d in g o v e r G ilm o re and M id d le to n . As t o m eth o d s, we c o n c lu d e d t h a t we m ig h t j u s t a s w e ll a d o p t th e same p r o d u c t i o n s t a n d a r d s a s th e n e t w ork, w hich we d i d , i n an a tte m p t t o show p e o p le t h a t t h i s was n o t a p la y p r o d u c t i o n . E.W.P.: What seemed to be the c h ie f reason or reasons fo r organizing the Radio department? What s i g n i f ic a n t fa c to rs entered in to th is ? Mr. S .: We w ere i n th e re a lm o f t r a i n i n g p e o p le . The f u n c t i o n o f th e R adio d e p a rtm e n t was t w o - f o ld : (1) to t r a i n p e o p le f o r th e i n d u s t r y who w ould h av e an u n d e r s ta n d in g o f th e s e r i o u s n e s s o f th e p u r p o s e s o f b r o a d c a s t i n g ; and, o b v io u s ly , (2) t h e r e i s a n o th e r f u n c t i o n w hich i s n o t t r a i n i n g p e o p le f o r th e b r o a d c a s t i n g i n d u s t r y , l i k e p e o p le who a r e t r a i n e d i n sp e e c h b u t who a re n o t g o in g t o t e a c h s p e e c h . We had a p h ilo s o p h y t h a t t h e b a s i c fo u n d a t i o n i n L i b e r a l A r ts had to be tre m e n d o u s . T h ere was an i n t e g r a t i o n w orked o u t a t one tim e w here th e s t u d e n t had t o ta k e c e r t a i n t h i n g s i n e v e ry o n e o f th e o t h e r e le m e n ts o f th e A r ts b e f o r e he r e a l l y g o t a ro u n d to d o in g any r a d i o . And t h i s was t h e th o u g h t, a fu n d a m e n ta l b a s i c a r t s e d u c a t i o n and we knew v e r y w e l l t h a t t h e r e w ere v e r y few p e o p le we had t h e r e who w ould e v e r become g r e a t p e r f o r m e r s . We tu r n e d o u t a g r e a t m ore a s t h e r e s u l t . In f a c t , a t one tim e we had a l i s t show ing t h a t t h e r e w ere b e t t e r th a n 350 p e o p le who w ent from SC i n t o th e b r o a d c a s t i n g f i e l d . Most o f them w ent i n t o th e H ollyw ood a r e a . 406 E.W .P Mr. S E.W.P Mr. S E.W. Mr. . : What w ould you s a y th e c h i e f c o n t r i b u t i o n o f th e f o l lo w in g w as: A rt G ilm o re , L u ren e T u t t l e , H a r r i e t D i P i e t r o , Jim Rue, and o t h e r s ? . : I t a l k e d a b o u t A rt G ilm o re , L u ren e T u t t l e , and f o r Leona you w i l l f i n d t h a t sh e was t h e b a s i c o r i g i n a l p e rs o n i n w r i t i n g . She d id an enorm ous am ount o f w ork i n w r i t i n g , i n t r a i n i n g p e o p le i n t h i s p h a se o f r a d i o w ork. H a r r i e t L o u is e T o u to n D i P i e t r o c o n t r i b u t e d a g r e a t d e a l i n t h e fu n d a m e n ta l s o l i d i n s t r u c t i o n . Rue was b a s i c a l l y a s t u d e n t up u n t i l th e l a s t few y e a r s . C r e d i t s h o u ld b e g iv e n i n t h e re a lm o f f i n a n c i a l s u p p o r t t o C a p ta in A lla n H ancock, and f o r a l l h i s s u p p o r t i n t h e c o s t s o f o p e r a t i o n . He p ro v id e d s t u d i o s and e v e r y t h i n g e l s e i n a v e r y , v e ry good way. I d o n 't b e l i e v e we e v e r f a i l e d t o g e t a n y th in g we s e r i o u s l y a sk e d f o r th e r a d i o s t a t i o n . I t w a s n 't u n t i l a ro u n d 1950 t h a t h e [ C a p ta in H ancock] becam e i n t e r e s t e d i n th e academ ic pro g ram . . : How w ould you r a t e o r e v a l u a t e USC r a d i o work w ith r a d i o i n o t h e r l a r g e s c h o o ls o v e r th e c o u n tr y ? . : We w ere v e r y s t r o n g l y s u r e , d u r i n g t h a t p e r i o d , t h a t we r a t e d w e ll w ith anybody i n r a d i o i n th e U n ite d S t a t e s . I t h i n k you w ould f i n d t h a t p e o p le l i k e B a r t l e t t a t S y ra c u s e , and Dr. D ic k e n s, and t h e p e o p le a t Ohio S t a t e , M in n e so ta , and so on, w ould a g r e e . F o r i n s t a n c e , th e CBS p e o p le i n New York C ity s e n t u s a c o u p le o f s t u d e n t s , and so on, so we d i d , I f e e l , h av e a v e r y good r e p u t a t i o n . I d o n 't t h i n k we a c t u a l l y w ere d o in g a s good a j o b , so m e tim es, as we had th e r e p u t a t i o n o f d o in g ; b u t , w ith th e u s e o f th e H ollyw ood p e o p le , we p ic k e d up a r e p u t a t i o n . A lth o u g h we d id o u r b e s t , I d o n 't t h i n k we hav e a n y th in g t o a p o lo g iz e f o r t h e jo b we d i d . Som etim es i t to o k tw e n ty h o u rs a d a y , b u t we d id i t . ». : What f u r t h e r do you t h i n k s h o u ld be added t o t h i s i n f o r m a ti o n th u s f a r g a th e r e d r e g a r d i n g r a d i o d e v e lo p m e n t a t USC? What m ore on y o u r own c o n t r i b u t i o n t o i t s p r e s e n t s u c c e s s ? >.: I am n o t a c q u a in te d a t a l l w ith w hat i s g o in g on a t t h e moment. I made a p o i n t o f d o in g a p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s jo b i n th e b r o a d c a s t i n g i n d u s t r y b e c a u s e 407 I knew t h a t o u r s u c c e s s , r i s e o r f a l l , i n th e b r o a d c a s t i n g i n d u s t r y , was on t h e i r e s t i m a t i o n - - n o t o n ly o f t h e S c h o o l, b u t me. I had grown up w ith a l o t o f t h e s e p e o p le i n t h e b r o a d c a s t i n g i n d u s t r y . So, I d id a g r e a t d e a l o f p u b l i c r e l a t i o n s i n t h e b r o a d c a s t i n g i n d u s t r y ; and, I ’m s u r e , t h e r e was no q u e s t i o n i n t h e b r o a d c a s t i n g i n d u s t r y i n t h e W est t h a t th e p l a c e t o go t o s c h o o l f o r r a d i o i n t h o s e d a y s was t o USC. I am v e r y s u r e o f t h a t . INTERVIEW: DR. LEE EDW ARD TRAVIS--EARL W. PRIDDY 122 S o u th B e v e rly D riv e , Los A n g e le s , C a l i f . Monday, A ugust 12, 1957 E .W .P .: D r. T r a v i s , w ould you g iv e a b r i e f a c c o u n t o f w hat you fou n d was b e in g done i n sp e e c h c o r r e c t i o n a t USC when you came t o t h e U n i v e r s i t y i n 1938? D r. T . : As I rem em ber, Mr. Hahn was t r y i n g t o ru n a l i t t l e c l i n i c when I came h e r e i n 1938. D r. H a l l , I b e l i e v e , was t e a c h i n g a c o u r s e i n m in o r sp e e c h c o r r e c t i o n and E ugene Hahn was t e a c h i n g a c o u r s e o r two and w o rk in g v e ry c l o s e l y w i t h M rs. G i f f o r d o f th e S t a t e D ep artm en t and f o llo w in g h e r m eth o d s o f t r e a t i n g s t u t t e r i n g p r e t t y c l o s e l y . I w o u l d n 't s a y t h a t t h e r e was any o r g a n iz e d s p e e c h c l i n i c a t t h a t tim e by way o f a b u d g e t, s t a f f , o r sy s te m o r e v e n s p a c e . I 'm n o t s u r e i t had a name a s su c h a t h i n g a s a sp e e c h c l i n i c . But Gene was d o in g s p e e c h c o r r e c t i o n b e f o r e 1 cam e. Dr. S t i n c h f i e l d was t e a c h i n g i n t h e E x te n s io n D i v i s i o n , and o f c o u r s e M rs. Edna H i l l Young i n h e r w ork [s p e e c h c o r r e c t i o n ] o f f t h e cam pus. So t h e r e w as, l e t u s s a y , a d e f i n i t e sp e e c h l i f e b e f o r e 1 came t o SC. We c o u ld go on w ith th e s t o r y h e r e v e r y q u i c k l y . Gene w an ted t o g e t h i s Ph.D . so we s e t up a Ph.D . p ro g ram f o r him ; he was my f i r s t Ph.D . h e r e a t USC [1 9 4 2 ]. We d id a f a i r l y d e c e n t jo b o f c o n t r o l l i n g some v a r i a b l e s i n h i s s tu d y w hich was th e f i r s t Ph.D . g iv e n a t USC i n sp e e c h c o r r e c t i o n . E .W .P .: Was t h e r e any k in d o f r e c o r d e r i n u s e b e f o r e th e t e le g r a p h o n e ? (M en tio n i s made i n a 1927 T ro j an o f sp e e c h im provem ent by Dr. Im m el’ s u s i n g a " w ir e r e c o r d i n g m a c h in e ." ) Dr. T . : In r e g a r d t o e q u ip m e n t, we had p r a c t i c a l l y n o n e . I d o n 't ev en rem em ber [h a v in g ] a t e l e g r a p h o n e . I knew t h e r e w ere t e l e g r a p h o n e s , w ire r e c o r d i n g i n s t r u m e n t s ; b u t I t h i n k we m ig h t, a t tim e s , h av e s t u d e n t s buy t h e i r own l i t t l e p r e s s e d r e c o r d s and we w ould r e c o r d t h e i r sp e e c h f o r them , l e t them k e e p t h e r e c o r d , make r e c o r d s from tim e t o tim e t o s e e how t h e i r im provem ent w as. I t was good m o t i v a t i o n . A c t u a l ly , th o u g h , you c o u ld sa y o u r e q u ip m en t was p r a c t i c a l l y z e r o b a c k t h e r e . 409 E.W .P D r. T E.W .P Dr. T E.W.P Dr. T E.W. Dr. . : Does t h e sp e e c h r e a d i n g ( l i p r e a d i n g ) w ork f o r th e h a r d - o f - h e a r i n g , beg u n by M rs. L u c e l i a M. Moore and by D r. M orkovin, s t i l l c o n tin u e ? . : M rs. M oore, you know, i s s t i l l w ith u s . D r. M o rk o v in 's i n f l u e n c e i s s t i l l w ith u s . H is l i f e s i t u a t i o n c o n c e p t i n t r a i n i n g t h e h a r d - o f - h e a r i n g i s u s e f u l . M rs. M oore, I am s u r e , u s e s i t some. D r. Garwood, I t h i n k , i s f a v o r a b l y d i s p o se d to w a rd i t . Of c o u r s e a f t e r t h e War, you know, we p u t i n t h i s v e r y f i n e h e a r i n g s u i t e . I t i s one o f t h e b e t t e r h e a r i n g s u i t e s o f t h e c o u n tr y i n t h a t b a r r a c k s . I t h i n k a t th e tim e we s p e n t a b o u t t e n th o u sa n d d o l l a r s on t h a t t h i n g now i n th e S peech C o r r e c t i o n O f f i c e [930 W est 3 7 th S t r e e t ] . So, I w ould s a y , Dr. M orkovin h a s l e f t h i s i n f l u e n c e on o u r w ork. . : I s a h e a r i n g t e s t s t i l l r e q u i r e d f o r a l l in co m in g s t u d e n t s t o USC? (D r. M o rk o v in 's i d e a i n 1 9 4 1 .) .: I d o n 't t h i n k a h e a r i n g t e s t i s r e q u i r e d o f a l l in co m in g s t u d e n t s t o th e U n i v e r s i t y . We had t h a t a t Iowa w here e v e r y s t u d e n t was r e q u i r e d t o ta k e a h e a r i n g t e s t b u t I d o n 't t h i n k i t i s r e q u i r e d a t SC [ th e USC H e a lth U n it D ep artm en t was c h e c k e d , A u g u st 15, 1957, and no h e a r i n g t e s t i s r e q u i r e d ] . '.: What w ere th e d a t e s you s e r v e d a s Head o f th e USC S peech d e p a rtm e n t? . : Now, a s head o f t h e d e p a rtm e n t, l e t ' s s e e . I to o k t h a t o v e r a b o u t 1947, k e e p in g i t a b o u t a h e a r and a h a l f . F o llo w in g me was Mr. R ed d in g , and th e n we had an I n t e r i m C om m ittee. Dr. D ic k en s was c h a irm a n ; I was on i t w ith D r. N ic h o ls . So th e t h r e e o f u s r a n i t f o r a w h ile , w ith M ilto n [D r. D ic k e n s] d o in g m ost o f t h e w ork. We f i n a l l y p r e v a i l e d upon M ilt to a c c e p t i t , w h ich he d i d . '. : To w hat e x t e n t , o r d e g re e , d id th e S peech C o r r e c t i o n C l i n i c s e r v e th e com m unity a t l a r g e (fro m a b o u t 1 9 3 8 -1 9 5 0 )? Was t h e r e any f e e c h a rg e d ? : I t h i n k t h a t one c o u ld sa y , m o d e s tly , t h a t th e C l i n i c s e rv e d th e p u b l i c p r e t t y w e l l . L e t 's sp e a k now p a r t i c u l a r l y b e f o r e t h e War. As one ex am p le, we had a b o u t t h i r t y o r f o r t y s t u t t e r e r s , a d u l t s t u t t e r e r s , i n th e C l i n i c , two n i g h t s a week, 410 from s e v e n P.M. on . They h e lp e d u s w ith r e s e a r c h , th e y s e r v e d a s s u b j e c t s , th e y s e r v e d a s t r a i n i n g m a t e r i a l f o r t e a c h e r s . T h a t g ro u p o f s t u t t e r e r s , n o t a lw a y s t h e same o n e s , b u t a s o r t o f c o n ti n u i n g g ro u p , c o n ti n u e d t o come t o SC a c o u p le o f n i g h t s a week f o r a b o u t t h r e e y e a r s b e f o r e t h e War and we p ic k e d i t up f o r a s h o r t tim e f o llo w in g th e War. Some o f t h e " o ld g u a rd " w ere s t i l l t h e r e . I w o u l d n 't know how many s t u t t e r e r s came and l e f t t h a t g ro u p b u t i t was a lw ay s r u n n in g a b o u t t h i r t y a t one tim e . Then we r a n a b o u t s i x t y to a h u n d red sp e e c h c a s e s p e r s e m e s te r b e f o r e t h e War ( I was away from '4 2 t o ’ 4 6 ) . S in c e th e War, we hav e alw ay s had a ro u n d a h u n d re d sp e e c h d e f e c t i v e p e o p le , m a in ly c h i l d r e n , i n t h e C l i n i c , e a c h s e m e s te r . Now, t h a t ' s p r e t t y l a r g e l y a "com m unity s e r v i c e " b e c a u s e th e y pay v e ry l i t t l e . They pay t u i t i o n , o r a f e e am o u n tin g t o t u i t i o n . A ls o , you c a n ' t sa y i t i s e n t i r e l y "com m unity" b e c a u s e th o s e c h i l d r e n and th o s e a d u l t s a r e h e l p i n g u s t r a i n t e a c h e r s , and h e lp i n g u s do r e s e a r c h ; i t i s r e c i p r o c a l , i t w orks b o th w ays. W e 're g i v in g them a s e r v i c e i n a way t o h a n d le i t so c h e a p ly , b u t, s t i l l , th e y a r e g i v in g u s a s e r v i c e t o h e lp t r a i n t e a c h e r s and to g e t r e s e a r c h d o n e. The c h a r g e h a s a lw a y s b e e n a b o u t t h e same as t h e c h a rg e f o r t u i t i o n r a t e s . They s ig n e d up, f o r ex am ple, a tw o -h o u r c o u r s e , th e n th e y p a id t u i t i o n f o r two s e m e s te r u n i t s f o r a s e m e s te r . E .W .P .: Did th e Jo h n T rac y C l i n i c (806 West Adams B o u le v a r d , Los A n g e le s 7, C a l i f o r n i a ) hav e i t s b e g in n in g a t USC? Dr. T . : The Jo h n T ra c y C l i n i c was h e re b e f o r e th e War. I t was i n t h a t b u i l d i n g a t 924 W est 3 7 th S t r e e t . E .W .P .: Has t h e r e e v e r b e en any o f f i c i a l c o n n e c tio n b etw een t h e Jo h n T ra c y C l i n i c and USC? Dr. T . : As f a r a s I know, t h e r e h a s n e v e r b e en any o f f i c i a l c o n n e c tio n b e tw e e n t h e C l i n i c and USC. T h at was a lw ay s a p e r s o n a l t h i n g , you m ig h t sa y t o b e g in w ith , w ith t h e C h a n c e llo r [Dr. von K leinS m id J and I t h i n k i t c o n tin u e d t h a t way. Dr. R aubenheim er t o l d me t h a t t h e r e h a s n e v e r b e e n any m o n e ta ry o r p r o f e s s i o n a l c o n n e c tio n . However, th e c o o p e r a t i o n by t h e way o f t e a c h i n g and t h e c l i n i c a l w ork h a s a lw ay s b e e n v e r y c o r d i a l l y c l o s e . The s t u d e n t s w ent b a c k and f o r t h b e tw ee n th e two p l a c e s 411 i n t h e i r t r a i n i n g and d i a g n o s t i c w ork. They w ere l o c a t e d j u s t a d o o r o r two from e a c h o t h e r [S c h o o l o f S peech and Jo h n T rac y C l i n i c a t t h e tim e t o w h ich D r. T r a v i s i s r e f e r r i n g ] and t h e s t u d e n t s and s t a f f j u s t w ent b a c k and f o r t h a l l t h e tim e . E .W .P .: What w ould you sa y t h a t Dr. Eugene H ahn’ s c h i e f c o n t r i b u t i o n was t o t h e sp e e c h c o r r e c t i o n f i e l d ? A lso , D r. S a ra h S t i n c h f i e l d Hawk’ s c h i e f c o n t r i b u t i o n h e re ? Dr. T . : I w ould say t h a t Dr. H a h n 's c h i e f c o n t r i b u t i o n was t o th e r a p y . He was a good c l i n i c i a n , a dandy c l i n i c i a n , and was f i n e i n t r a i n i n g t e a c h e r s . He was a b o u t e q u a l l y good a s c l i n i c i a n and t e a c h e r . He i n s p i r e d s t u d e n t s , he i n s p i r e d them t o go on i n sp e e c h c o r r e c t i o n , t o become t e a c h e r s o f sp e e c h c o r r e c t i o n . He w orked v e ry w e l l, v e ry c l o s e l y w ith t h e S t a t e D e p artm en t and M rs. G i f f o r d had t h e h i g h e s t r e g a r d f o r him . He was h e l p f u l i n g e t t i n g u s a c c e p te d [ t h e r e ] . Now Dr. S t i n c h f i e l d Hawk’ s c o n t r i b u t i o n s w e re, I t h i n k , m a in ly i n t e a c h i n g and i n c l i n i c a l w ork to o . B ut, a s I rem em ber, she was n e v e r so c l o s e l y c o n n e c te d w ith SC a s Gene Hahn w as. She t a u g h t a t th e U n i v e r s i t y C o lle g e N ig h t S ch o o l D i v is io n , and was a l s o c o n n e c te d w ith th e O rth o p a e d ic H o s p i t a l . She d id h e lp a g r e a t d e a l , h ow ever, i n t r a i n i n g o u r s t u d e n t s , g i v in g them o p p o r t u n i t i e s i n l e a r n i n g a b o u t o r g a n ic sp e e c h d i s o r d e r s . E .W .P .: What o t h e r im p o r ta n t names c o n n e c te d w ith sp e e c h c o r r e c t i o n a t USC do you t h i n k s h o u ld be m e n tio n e d i n t h e w r i t i n g o f a h i s t o r y o f sp e e c h d e v elo p m e n t a t th e U n i v e r s i ty ? D r. T . : T h ere w ere n o t many t i l l we come up to m ore r e c e n t tim e s . I ' l l name them j u s t as th e y come t o me: T h ere was C h a r le s L i g h t f o o t , h e a r i n g ; F ra n k L a s s - man, h e a r i n g ; J o e J o h n s to n , sp e e c h th e r a p y ( t h e s e a r e S t a f f m em bers, n o t s t u d e n t s ) ; Dr. Garwood and Dr. P e r k i n s , a t th e p r e s e n t tim e ; V i c t o r Garwood, h e a r i n g ; and W illia m P e r k in s , th e r a p y . Now, we hav e had some v i s i t i n g p ro m in e n t p a t h o l o g i s t s . Dr. R o b e rt W est was w ith u s one summer, D r. W end ell Jo h n so n , Dr. M a rg a re t H a ll Pow ers, J a n e B e a s le y , G eorge Kopp. M ost o f th o s e t a u g h t a f u l l summer, b u t I b e l i e v e Dr. Kopp and Dr. Pow ers j u s t l e c t u r e d . Oh y e s , Dr. G ra n t F a ir b a n k s who was h e r e 412 a b o u t a y e a r and a h a l f , com ing i n t h e f a l l o f *47 and l e a v i n g , I t h i n k , i n *49. Dr. F a ir b a n k s i s c r e d i t e d e s p e c i a l l y f o r o u r f i n e h e a r i n g s u i t e . He d e s ig n e d t h a t and h e lp e d u s c o n v in c e t h e A d m i n i s t r a t i o n t o g iv e u s th e money, and h e s u p e r v i s e d t h e b u i l d i n g o f t h a t , so I t h i n k we c a n g iv e him g r e a t c r e d i t t h e r e . We m ig h t m e n tio n a p ro p o s o f t h a t we w e re , f o r q u i t e a w h ile , one o f t h e few sp e e c h c l i n i c s i n th e c o u n tr y t o h av e an e l e c t r o e n c e p h a lo g ra p h m a c h in e . We g o t t h a t i n '3 9 and i t h a s tu r n e d o u t c l o s e t o a d o zen P h . D . 's . T hese Ph.D . t h e s e s h a v e c o n c e rn e d th e m s e lv e s w ith e l e c t r o e n c e p h a l o g r a p h i c s t u d i e s . E .W .P .: I s t h e r e a n y th in g f u r t h e r t o m e n tio n r e g a r d i n g th e p r o g r e s s made i n th e sp e e c h c o r r e c t i o n from th e d a t e o f y o u r com ing t o USC t o a b o u t 1950? Dr. T . : I t h i n k , p r o b a b ly , t h e g r e a t e s t ch an g e t h a t h a p pened upon my com ing t o SC i n sp e e c h p a th o lo g y was th e G ra d u a te p ro g ram . I d o n 't t h i n k t h e r e had b e e n a s i n g l e Ph.D . i n S peech P a th o lo g y b e f o r e I came h e r e . Eugene Hahn was th e f i r s t o n e . I w ould s a y , t h a t i f I h a v e made a c o n t r i b u t i o n o u t t h e r e , i t i s m a in ly i n th e re a lm o f g r a d u a te w ork, t u r n i n g o u t t h e s e P h . D . 's i n S peech P a th o lo g y . Our g r e a t e s t n e e d s have b e e n f o r m ore money, more t e a c h e r s , m ore e q u ip m e n t, m ore f a c i l i t i e s . We had h a r d l y a p r o j e c t i o n l a n t e r n [ r e f e r r i n g t o t h e tim e when he came t o th e C l i n i c i n 1 9 3 8 ]. We n o t o n ly n e e d e d e q u ip m en t f o r r e s e a r c h , b u t f o r t e a c h i n g and d e m o n s tr a tio n p u r p o s e s . 413 INTERVIEW; E .W .P .: Dr. V.K. : E.W .P.: Dr. V.K. : E.W .P.: Dr. V.K. : E.W. P. : Dr. V.K. : E.W. P. : DR. RUFUS B. VON KLEINSMID--EARL W. PRIDDY 17 C h e s te r P la c e , Adams B lv d ., Los A n g e le s , C a l i f o r n i a T u esd ay , J a n u a r y 1, 1957 Was t h e r e a C o n s t i t u t i o n f o r t h e S c h o o l o f Speech? T h ere w ere r e p o r t s o f a S peech C o n s t i t u t i o n b e in g l o s t a b o u t 1926 and t h a t p l a n s w ere b e in g made t o draw up a new o n e . The C o n s t i t u t i o n o f th e U n i v e r s i t y o f S o u th e rn C a l i f o r n i a a u t h o r i z e s t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n o f s c h o o ls and c o l l e g e s w i t h i n t h e U n i v e r s i t y w ith th e c o n s e n t o r a u t h o r i t y o f th e B oard o f T r u s t e e s ; th e S ch o o l o f Speech, now o r g a n iz e d a s t h e D ep artm en t o f S peech , o r s t i l l l a t e r t h e D e p artm en t o f C om m unications, comes w i t h i n t h a t g e n e r a l a u t h o r i z a t i o n . Who i s c h i e f l y c r e d i t e d a s h a v in g s t a r t e d r a d i o work a t th e U n i v e r s i t y o f S o u th e rn C a l i f o r n i a ? As radio was begun under Dean Immel's management, then he would be c re d ite d w ith i t . Do any o f th e L i t e r a r y S o c i e t i e s o f t h e U n iv e r s i t y s t i l l f u n c t i o n , and w ould you d e s c r i b e t h e i r a c t i v i t i e s ? The L i t e r a r y S o c i e t i e s w ere a l l U n i v e r s i t y s o c i e t i e s . Of c o u r s e , th e E n g li s h D ep artm en t w ould be p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e r e s t e d i n them , b u t su c h s p e c i f i c t h i n g s as d e b a t e and o r a t o r y seemed t o ta k e p l a c e and w ere l a r g e l y f a d in g o u t . M iss A l t a B. H a ll, I b e l i e v e , was p a